OT ee ree ae ea aietonences, ; ASE North dansastlemrenhsowsch yeaa means MB isan tethers Nerney enti et AP ee hoe ~ - A. " . ~ - he nr et tee n : ets ka ony aetacinnerenntaach penemeetote aoe ~— - = sata tae _— rs Son same Sane et eR RNRADIAN AINE A Sein nacahnRa aes PIN Lola . ‘ste . ror Seaueleniean ad a arot'he’ oi baie ee ate A ‘ " 4 ateemaneaae M Bene RDACA Ure mere ADE Ba NV ALBAN Pn Seas AchSefhi sn ingetasbainnnertshachathare oer \ repent oe ; : - stakes r . nenirnainarasin any ne -SaiChomeae, - ~~ : aibeineteern hao a notainemitntin ee orf en mand tee tote OR a mim rel mat wt a nt Minh of po we 9m ASM REM Nee aR IE POD nem tn phnth ber ain Drie ia an AN etme a ae GA a AN Bintan 86816 nel A Bi Pron hint ten eit Aa EP an Pn wane somite e teen ete tetn ted meena nimrt ntm at sep ae ST een teats APRA mt Pn OP fin ntRad fin Fie 28 ren Mott Of ne nate hah OP akin oie menaetiogd ~ Cine Rasen Peete een Ese ame tinh ate atin toes teste ee Pina hleat0e" neem 2m wi Mang ett = pee CM itm imi nen Minb on atime nnn bp naetie’ re ee ee ne MET NMS ee 7 MAEM tang ot neat Aenea tert RUN Nara Sar Aan Seer han ER em am meena | Saat Pail aut emt ofc popes Seth emer ens wage wes bee Non SaNES Nps amen pare cihatedeciebea ee ete earns pn: ee ane o " Ne ee a Fs : ’ : 74 yf { - ' ' A tia tiie i he } PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication N. MANCHESTER, INDIANA - THE HECKMAN BINDERY, INC. Vol. 61 September 1986 No. 1 CONTENTS __ HOWARD, R.A., Three new species of Dicotyledoneae from Merge bucia, West Indies ...........-.. 0 ce sence nee e eee erences 1 SAGASTEGUI-ALVA, A., & DILLON, M.O., A new species of Monactis (Asteraceae) from northern Peru RG EEN AN RN Ore ary CPR ee a A rae 5 -\CESKA, A., Bibliography of botanical papers published in (mpnemiah (1968) — 17 (1984) .. 0... wee eee c eee ec eeees 9 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum NI os ooo kn i win oa Pa od vias nein als Sebi k wma einsie ein 22 CUATRECASAS, J., Miscellaneous notes on neotropical flora, XVI. Mmmmaeainm ihe Espeletiinae ....6.......-0seccesccecccccssares 51 LUNDELL, C.L., Neotropical Myrsinaceae — XX ......... 6-00 e ee eee ees 62 PEI? FLOOK TEVIEWS . 2. cae cc cc ete ese c esc esceuns 69 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. THREE NEW SPECIES OF DICOTYLEDONEAE FROM ST. LUCIA, WEST INDIES Richard A. Howard Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 22 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138 New species of Acalypha, Bernardia (Euphorbiaceae), and Calliandra (Leguminosae) are described at this time for inclusion in volume four of the Flora of the Lesser Antilles, now in press. Acalypha elizabethae Howard, sp. nov. Frutex monoicus; folia ovata 15-20 x 10-12 cn. dentata, hirsuta, glandulis in sinu basali aggregatis, sessilibus, setaceis; inflorescentia axillaris, spicata ad 20 cm, ovariis verrucoso-glandulosis. Shrub to 3 m, hirsute with long, stiff, occasionally clustered hairs. Stipules broadly lanceolate to 1.5 x 0.5 cm; blades broadly ovate, 15-20 x 10-12 cm, base cordate, apex acuminate, membranous, strongly 5 or more palmately veined at base, with 3 to 5 setaceous sessile glands in the sinus, some to 4 mm long, margin sharply dentate, teeth lanceolate when young, each toothed on the sides, becoming broader and entire on maturity, all parts hirsute with single or clustered stiff hairs. Inflorescences spicate, axillary; staminate 7-10 cm long, densely flowered, imbricated bracts several at base, ovate to 1 mm; pistillate inflorescences at different nodes, spicate, tenuous, 15-20 cm long, basal bracts clustered, ovate, to 1 mm, flowers in clusters of ? or 3isethe units separated, each subtended by an ovate bract to 2 mm, hir- sute, Ovary verrucose-glandular, styles laciniate from base, red. Capsule 2 mm dia., verrucose-glandular, mature seeds not seen. St. Lucia: Gros Piton, Soufriére, May 3, 1950, R. A. Howard 11492 (holotype, A); Petit Piton, Soufriére, May 2, 1985, L. L. Jn.-Pierre 141 (A). This species differs in its spicate inflorescences, broadly lanceolate stipules and ovate dentate leaves from Acalypha vin- centina Urban, which has ovate-elliptic and crenate leaves, setaceous stipules, paniculate inflorescences and pedicellate flowers. Acalypha elizabethae is named in tribute to Elizabeth S. Howard, my wife of many years, who explored the Lesser Antilles with me on the first of many trips in 1950, when the holotype was collected. As indicated, the species has been collected again on the summit of Petit Piton, an is Hae peak, 2 PrnY ¥:O.£°0 Gebse Vol. 61, No. 1 Bernardia laurentii Howard, sp. nov. Frutex dioicus, totus dense strigoso pubescens; stamina 10-11; Ppistillum 3-carpellatum, styli crassi, recurvati, basi separati, persistentes in fructibus rigide recurvati. Dioecious shrub to 1.5 m, compact and densely branched, all parts densely covered with a strigose pubescence. Stipules setaceous, 2 mm, caducous. Petioles stout, 3-4 mm long; blades ovate-lanceolate, 3.5-7 x 2-3.5 cm, base acute or cuneate, apex acute, both surfaces persistently and densely strigose pubescent, basal veins 2, one or both with round, flat, axillary glands, re- maining veins usually 5, straight and ascending, margin with con- spicuous serrate teeth often tipped with a single one or a cluster of larger stiff hairs, becoming callose on maturity and rounded. Staminate inflorescences axillary, 1.5-2 cm long, with 5 to 7 separated flower clusters, each subtended by broadly ovate bracts, 2 x 2.2 mm, apex acute with clusters of rigid hairs, densely strigose, subtending 6 to 8 flowers, maturing basipetally with pedicels 2 mm long, sepals 4, ovate, 1.3 x 1 mm, stamens 10 or 11, filaments 0.5-0.8 mm, anthers ovate, 0.3 mm; pistillate in- florescences terminal and axillary, 5-6 mm long, stoutly racemose with 3 or 4 branches, closely imbricate broadly ovate bracts 3 x 2.4-3 mm, calyx of 3, 4 or 5 ovate sepals 2.5-3 x 2-2.5 mm, pistil 3-carpellate, 2 mm long, strigose, styles deeply divided and seemingly separate for each carpel, 2 mm long, thick and strongly recurved, ovule 1 per locule. Fruit depressed globose 1 cm dia., 0.6 cm high, mature valves woody, strigose externally, shining inside; seed triangular, 6 mm long, 4 mm on each side, mottled with gray-brown scruffy material, the surface layer of dark shiny chestnut-brown color. St. Lucia: Summit of Petit Piton, Soufriere, altitude 2438", V. Slane & L. L. Jn.-Pierre 722 (holotype, A, pistillate), Oct. 2, 1985; 721 (A, staminate), same data. This species is clearly distinctive in the dense strigose pubescence of all parts and the seemingly separate styles for each carpel. In contrast, Bernardia dichotoma (Willd.) Muell. Arg. has a soft pubescence of mixed hirsute and stellate hairs and a slightly divided style, while Bernardia corensis (Jacq.) Muell. Arg. is sparsely pubescent when young and glabrate and shiny when mature, with short, clearly bifid styles. Bernardia laurentii is named in honor of its energetic col- lector, Laurent Lawrence Jean-Pierre of St. Lucia. The Petit Piton, where the plants were collected, has only recently been accessible to climbing by those not avid and capable rock climb- ers. No general botanical collections were previously known from its summit. In addition to this and the previous species, a collection of the authentic Juniperus barbadensis L. is one of 1986 Howard, Three new species the exciting discoveries of Slane and Jn.-Pierre from the summit of Petit Piton, where explorations will continue. Calliandra slaneae Howard, sp. nov. Frutex ad 2 m, rami abbreviati bene evoluti stipulis imbri- catis persistentibus; pinnae unijugae; foliola 3-4-juga, elliptico- obovata, 5-7 x 3-4 mm, coriacea, lucentia; inflorescentia 25-30- flora, filamenta staminalia intense rubra; legumen ad 6 cm, 6-spermun. Shrub to 2 m tall but often 3-4 m diameter, twigs brown, glabrous or slightly pubescent; axillary short shoots to 1 cm with persistent overlapping stipules. Stipules broadly ovate- triangular, acuminate, to 2.5 x 1 mm, coriaceous, strongly striate, persistent, pinnae 1] pair, rachis 7-12 mm, crispose pubescent; leaflets 3 or 4 pairs, middle ones elliptic-oblong to elliptic-obovate 5-7 x 3-4 mm, upper pair slightly falcate and larger, lower pair often very unequal and smaller, obtusely cordate and asymmetrical at base, obtuse and short apiculate at apex, coriaceous, shining, margin entire, ciliolate, midrib acentric, lower half with 2 ascending veins. Inflorescence axillary, capitate, 25- to 30-flowered, peduncle 1 cm, bracts triangular, to 1 mm, calyx campanulate 2 mm, strongly striate, 5-toothed, corolla tube 2-3 mm, lobes ovate, 0.5 mm, glabrous, staminal tube exserted to 7 mm, free portion of filaments to 2 cm, red. Legume to 6 cm x 1-1.2 cm, obtuse and apiculate at apex, margins strongly developed, seeds 6. Type: St. Lucia, 3 miles northeast of Dennery, May 15, 1985, V. Slane 541 (holotype, A). Additional collections: Martinique: Grand Tourneau, Hahn 1121 (A); Espérance, Stehlé NGS GA). St. Lucia: Dennery, R. A. Howard & R. E. Weaver 17946 (S), eee webster & J. R. Ellis 9371 (A); P. Beard 1187 (A); V. Slane 351 (A); Marquis Bay, G. R. Proctor 21664 (A), 17549 (A); Vieux Fort, R. A. Howard 11407 (A), 11437 (A); Marigot Lagoon, A. C. Smith 10186 (AS); Cap Estate, B. Sturrock 386 (A). St. Vincent: Petit Bordel Hill, C. V. Morton 5172a (A). The Grenadines: Bequia, H. H. & G. W. Smith 285; Petit St. Vincent, R. A. Howard 10908 (A); Mayero, D. Fairchild 2757 (A). Cultivated: Guadeloupe, Basse Terre, Quentin 154 (A). This species resembles Calliandra purpurea L., from which it is distinguished by the fewer and smaller shining coriaceous leaflets and smaller fruit. 4 P Be¥ -hcO bo GelvA Vol. 61, Noael Calliandra slaneae is named in honor of Verna Slane, who has collected extensively in St. Lucia as a member of the United States Peace Corps. The herbarium being developed for the Fores- try Department is the result of her work. We are grateful to her for the many collections made in assistance to the production of the Flora of the Lesser Antilles, which will include over a hundred new records for St. Lucia as a result of her efforts. A NEW SPECIES OF MONACTIS (ASTERACEAE) FROM NORTHERN PERU Abundio Sagastegui-Alva Herbarium Truxillense (HUT) Universidad Nacional de Trujillo, Trujillo, Peru and Michael O. Dillon Department of Botany Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, IL 60605-2496 ABSTRACT - A new species of Monactis (Heliantheae-Asteraceae) is described from northern Peru: Monactis rhombifolia Sagdst. & Dillon. Robinson (1976, 1979) recently reviewed the genus Monactis and added several new species. The present paper describes a well defined new species from northern Peru, thus bringing the total for the genus to 11. The genus is restricted to southern Ecuador (5 spp.) and northern Peru (6 spp.). Monactis rhombifolia Sagast. & Dillom, sp. nov. Fig. l. Monactis lojaensis H. Robinson accedens sed foliis grandis rhombiformis; phyllaria 2-seriata lineari-lanceolata, 6-7(-9) mm longa, 0.6-1 (-1.5) mm lata; achaenia 6-7 mm longa. TYPE: PERU. Dept. Cajamarca. Prov. Jaén: entre Chamaya y Pucara, ruta Chiclayo-Jaén, 550 m, 2 Jun 1972, I. Sanchez Vega 979 (HUT, holotype; CPUN, F, isotypes). Small trees or large shrubs, 1.7-3.5 (-7) m; stems much- branched, terete, striate, densely cinereo-puberulent to cinereo- tomentose, large central pith. Leaves alternate; petioles 1-4 (- 6.5) cm long, densely puberulent, broadly winged; blades rhombic to rhombic-ovate, 20-33 cm long, 13-21 cm wide, membranaceous, basally acuminate to cuneate, trinervate from above the base, apically acuminate, the ultimate portion acute to obtuse, the lower surfaces villous, the veins prominent, densely villous, the upper surfaces puberulent, glabrescent, the margins crenate to repand. Capitulescences terminal, broadly corymbose-paniculate, the peduncles villosulous, glandular. Capitula radiate, pedicellate, the pedicles 2-10 mm long, villosulous, glandular; involucres cylindrical, 6-7 mm high, tending to twist at maturity, often subtended by calyculate bracts, 1.5-2 mm long, densely oi 6 PHY WT. O2E 104G SIA Vol. 61 Nowe villosulous; phyllaries ca. 2-seriate, the outer linear- lanceolate, ca. 6 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, plane to concave or cymbiform, villosulous, apically acute to obtuse, glandular, often slightly reflexed, ciliolate, the inner linear-lanceolate, 7-8 (- 9) mm long, 0.8-1 (-1.5) mm wide, concave to cymbiform, villosulous, apically acute; receptacle convex, paleaceous, the paleae similar to inner phyllaries, 7-8 (-9) mm long; ray floret 1 or absent, fertile, the corolla yellow, the tube ca. 1.5-2 (-3) m long, glabrous, the ligula elliptic, 6-7 (-9) mm long, ca. 3-3.5 (-5.5) mm wide; disc florets (7-) 8-14 (-16), the corolla yellow, the tube ca. 1.5 mm long, sparsely glandular, the limb 1.5-1.7 mm long, broadly campanulate, 5-lobed, the lobes ca. 0.5 mm long, deltoid, the anthers 1.8-2 mm long, brown to black, the style branches ca. 0.75 mm long. Achenes fusiform, 6-7 mm long, glabrous subterete, slightly falcate; pappus of a single squamella, ovate-lancelate, ca. 1.5 mm long, ca. 0.5 mm wide, persistent. DISTRIBUTION: Known from local populations in the Rio Chamaya (type locality) and Rio Utcubamba valleys, both associated with the Rio Marafién drainage system (550-1820 m). The Rio Chamaya and associated valleys have yielded many endemics including the following taxa collected near the type locality: Caesalpinia cassioides Willd. (Caesalpiniaceae), Erythroxylum sp. (Plowman et al. 14253, 14255), Pucara leucantha Ravenna (Amaryllidaceae), Rauhia multiflora (Kunth.) Ravenna (Amaryllidaceae), and Tecoma rosifolia H.B.K. (Bignoniaceae). Monactis rhombifolia most closely resembles M. lojaensis of southern Ecuador, but 1S readily distinguished from that species by the former's larger, rhombic leaves and larger, linear- lanceolate phyllaries. These characters also serve to separate it from all other Peruvian species. Only M. wurdackii H. Robinson, from near Chachapoyas (Dept. Amazonas), has leaves (8-14 cm long, 4.5-9 cm wide) approaching those of M. rhombifolia. ADDITIONAL MATERIAL EXAMINED: PERU. Dept. Amazonas. Prov. Bongara: 21 km N of Pedro Ruiz (Shipasbamba) on road between Moyobamba and Bagua, 1820 m, 15 Apr 1984, T. B. Croat 58310 (F, HUT, MO). ces 1986 Sagdstegui-Alva & Dillon, A new species REFERENCES Robinson, H. 1976. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). VII. Notes on the genus Monactis. Phytologia 34: 33-45. . Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XVII. Additions to Monactis and Kingianthus. Phytologia 44: 70-78. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The illustration was prepared by Segundo Leiva GonzAles, Universidad Nacional de Trujillo (HUT). This study was made possible by a grant from the NSF-Science in Developing Countries Program (INT-8512104). EXPLANATION OF FIGURE Fig. 1. Monactis rhombifolia. A, flowering branch; B, capitulum; C, ray floret; D, disc floret and palea; E, stamen; F, style branches; G, achene. (Drawn from Sanchez V. 979, HUT). Puli YoT@ LalaGsiek BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BOTANICAL PAPERS PUBLISHED IN SYESIS 1 (1968) - 17 (1984) Adolf Ceska British Columbia Provincial Museum Victoria, B.C. Canada V8V 1X4 INTRODUCTION Syesis was a multidisciplinary journal published by the British Colum- bia Provincial Museum from 1968 to 1984. It was established as a centennial project to fill the need for a regional journal for publishing scholarly papers dealing with both natural and human history in British Columbia and the Pacific Northwest. Longer papers were published in Supplements. The scope of Syesis was very wide. The journal published articles on subjects ranging from geomorphology (e.g. tidal wave warning systems) through biology, archaeology, and linguistics to medical problems (e.g. the attrition of teeth). An important factor in the moulding of Syesis was the selection of the editor. The first editor of Syesis was Dr. Robert F. Scagel, a specialist in marine algae at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver. Under his editorship, from 1968 to 1975, Syesis developed into a journal which was very strong in botany and especially phycology. In 1976 Dr. Gilbert C. Hughes, a mycologist at the University of British Columbia, became the second editor of Syesis. The journal retained its original character. From the first issue to the last Syesis was an excellent regional botanical journal. Among the other biological disciplines, only ichthyologi- cal and ornithological papers were relatively well represented. In 1973 Ecology of western North America, a series edited by Drs. V.J. Krajina and R.C. Brooke and published by the University of British Columbia, was merged with Syesis. This merger brought several important vegetation studies to Syesis and further strengthened its botanical character. In its seventeen volumes Syesis published 175 papers dealing with various botanical disciplines (phycology 74, mycology 22, bryology & lichenology 10, vascular plants & floristics 32, plant ecology 19, paleobotany & palynology 5, ethnobotany 8, bibliography & obituaries 5). Nine new genera, 34 new species, one new name and 31 new nomenclatural combinations of algae and fungi and two new varieties and one new form of vascular plants were published in Syesis. Editorial difficulties and financial constraints led to a highly irregular publication schedule, with long intervals between volumes. High quality glossy paper was replaced with cheaper, but still acceptable paper. Nevertheless the cost of publishing remained high. There were also serious problems with the marketing of Syesis. The multidisciplinary nature of the journal made the content of individual volumes unpredictable and deterred 9 10 PHYTOLOGALA Vol. 61, No. @ potential subscribers. The irregular publication schedule, on the other hand, deterred potential contributors. In 1985 the British Columbia Provincial Museum decided to stop publi- cation of Syesis and to replace it with the Contributions series. Three Contributions series (Contributions in Natural Science, Contributions in Human History and Contributions in Museum Studies) will publish individual papers with the priority given to the employees and research associates of the British Columbia Provincial Museum, but papers from workers outside the Museum will also be considered. Editorial control for these series will be the responsibility of the General Publications Committee of the British Columbia Provincial Museum (for more information see Barkley, W.D. 1985. The end of an experiment. Syesis 17:1,2.). The first section of this bibliography lists botanical papers pub- lished in Syesis and its Supplements from issue 1 (1968) to issue 17 (1984). It is divided into major parts according to major specializations. The divisions are broad, and there is no overlap in citations. The second sec- tion provides a list of new plant taxa or new names published in Syesis. Publication dates of Syesis and its Supplements are given in the Appendix. PHYCOLOGY, MARINE AND FRESHWATER ALGAE Abbott, I.A. 1970. On some new records of marine algae from Washington State. Syesis 3: 1-4. Abbott, I.A. 1972. On the species of Iridaea (Rhodophyta) from the Pacific coast of North America. Syesis 4: 51-72. Boney, A.D. 1979. Audouinella bonnemaisoniae (Batt.) Dixon in Bonnemaisonia nootkana (Esper) Silva; in situ and in vitro studies. Syesis ll: 65-71. Bird, C.J., D. Garbary, and G.I. Hansen. 1982. Observations on Ptilotham- nionopsis lejolisea (Farl.) Dix. (Ceramiaceae, Rhodophyta) in northwes- tern North America. Syesis 14: 109-113. Calvin, N.I. 1977. A qualitative description of the intertidal plants and animals of Berners Bay, southeastern Alaska. Syesis 10: 11-24. Chapman, A.R.O. 1972. Morphological variation and its taxonomic implica- tions in the ligulate members of the genus Desmarestia occurring on the west coast of North America. Syesis 5: 1-20. Chen, L.C.-M. and J. McLachlan. 1980. Rhodoglossum affine (Harv.) Kylin (Gigartinaceae, Rhodophyta) in culture. Syesis 12: 113-116. Chihara, M. 1969. Field, culturing and taxonomic studies of Ulva fenestrata P. & R. and Ulva scagelii sp. nov. (Chlorophyceae) in British Columbia and northern Washington. Syesis 1: 87-102. Cole, K. and Lin, S.-C. 1969. The ecology of Leathesia difformis, I. Fine structure of vegetative cells in field and cultured material. Syesis 1: 103-119). Conway, E. 1976. Porphyra maculosa sp.nov. in British Columbia. Syesis 8: 317-320. Conway, E., T.F. Mumford, Jr., and R.F. Scagel. 1976. The genus Porphyra in British Columbia and Washington. Syesis 8: 185-244. 1986 Ceska, Bibliography 1] de Wreede, R.E. 1979. Phenology of Sargassum muticum (Phaeophyta) in the Strait of Georgia, British Columbia. Syesis 11: 1-9. Edelstein, T. 1972. On the taxonomic status of Gloiosiphonia californica (Farlow) J. Agardh (Cryptonemiales, Gloiosiphoniaceae). Syesis 5: 227- 234. Ellis, R.J. and N.I. Calvin. 1983. Observations on the 1975 year class of Laminaria groenlandica and incidental ecological observations, southeastern Alaska, 1975-80. Syesis 15: 1-6. Foreman, R.E., S.C. Lindstrom, and J.L. Celestino. 1973. New records of marine algae in British Columbia. Notes. Syesis 6: 267-268. Fralick, J.E. and K. Cole. 1973. Cytological observations on two species of Iridaea (Rhodophyceae, Gigartinales). Notes. Syesis 6: 271-272. Garbary, D.J., L. Golden, and R.F. Scagel. 1983. Capsosiphon fulvescens (Capsosiphonaceae, Chlorophyta), rediscovered in the northeastern Pacific. Syesis 15: 39-42. Garbary, D.J., G.I. Hansen, and R.F. Scagel. 1981. The marine algae of British Columbia and Northern Washington: division Rhodophyta (red algae), class Bangiophyceae. Syesis 13: 137-195. Garbary, D.J., G.I. Hansen, and R.F. Scagel. 1983. The marine algae of British Columbia and northern Washington: division of Rhodophyta (red algae), class Florideophyceae, orders Acrochaetiales and Nemaliales. Syesis 15 (Suppl. 1): 1-102. Garbary, D.J., G.I. Hansen, and R.F. Scagel. 1985. Additions to the marine algae of Barkley Sound, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Syesis 17: 43-45. Green, R.B. 1980. Scale-bearing Chrysophyceae from seven lakes on Vancouver Island. Syesis 12: 155-162. Guiry, M.D. 1976a. An assessment of Palmaria palmata forma mollis (S. et G.) comb.nov. (=Rhodymenia palmata forma mollis S. en G.) in the east- ern North Pacific. Syesis 8: 245-261. Guiry, M.D. 1976b. Halosacciocolax kjellmanii Lund parasitic on Palmaria palmata forma mollis (S. et G.) Guiry in the eastern North Pacific. Syesis 8: 113-117. Hansen, G.I., D.J. Garbary, J.C. Oliveira, and R.F. Scagel. 1982. New records and range extensions of marine algae from Alaska. Syesis 14: fi5=123) Harlin, M.M. 1970. A phycological survey of Steamboat Island, Thurston County, Washington State. Syesis 2: 257-261. Hawkes, M.W. 1982. Porphyra nereocystis and P. thuretii (Rhodophyta): gametophyte morphology, distribution, and occurrence. Syesis 14: 97- 108. Hawkes, M.W., C.E. Tanner, and P.A. Lebednik. 1979. The benthic marine algae of northern British Columbia. Syesis 11: 81-115. Hodgson, L.M. and J.R. Waaland. 1980. Seasonal variation in the subtidal macroalgae of Fox Island, Puget Sound, Washington. Syesis 12: 107-112. Hoham, R.W. 1973. Pleiomorphism in the snow alga, Rhaphidonema nivale Lagerh. (Chlorophyta), and a revision of the genus Rhaphidonema Lagerh. Syesis 6: 255-263. Hoham, R.W. 1975. New findings in the life history of the snow alga, Chlainomonas' rubra (Stein et Brooke) comb. nov. (Chlorophyta, Volvocales). Syesis 7: 239-247. 12 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 1 Hollenberg, G.J. 1970. New species of marine algae from Washington, U.S.A. Syesis 2: 163-169. Kristiansen, J. 1976. Chrysophyceae from Alberta and British Columbia. Syesis 8: 97-108. Lebednik, P.A. 1976. A new record of Chiharaea Johansen (Rhodophycophyta, Corallinaceae) from British Columbia. Notes. Syesis 8: 397. Lebednik, P.A. 1977. The Corallinaceae of northwestern North America. I. Clathromorphum Foslie emend. Adey. Syesis 9: 59-112. Lindstrom, S.C. 1976. Records of some red algae occurring in southern southeast Alaska. Notes. Syesis 8: 403-404. Lindstrom, S.C. and N.I. Calvin. 1976. New records of marine algae from the Gulf of Alaska. Notes. Syesis 8: 405-406. Lindstrom, S.C. and R.E. Foreman. 1979. Seaweed associations of the Flat Top Islands, British Columbia: A comparison of community methods. Syesis ll: 171-185. Lindstrom, S.C. and R.F. Scagel. 1980. Some new distribution records of marine algae in southeast Alaska. Syesis 12: 163-168. Lindstrom, S.C. and M.J. Wynne. 1982. Tokidaea chilkatensis sp. nov. and T. serrata (Wynne) comb. nov. (Ceramiaceae, Rhodophyta) from Alaska. Syesis 14: 33-43. [See also Syesis 15: 70.] Lindstrom, S,C., M.J. Wynne, and N.I. Calvin. 1983. Pleonosporium pedicel- latum sp. nov. and notes on Pleonosporium spp. (Rhodophyta, Ceramiaceae) from Alaska. Syesis 15: 57-62. Markham, J.W. 1969. Studies on the haptera of Laminaria sinclairii [sic!] (Harvey) Farlow, Anderson et Eaton. Syesis 1: 125-131. Markham, J.W. 1970. Vertical distribution of epiphytes on the stipe of Nereocystis luetkeana (Mertens) Postels and Ruprecht. Syesis 2: 227- 240. Markham, J.W. and J.L Celestino. 1977. Intertidal marine plants of Clatsop County, Oregon. Syesis 9: 253-266. Markham, J.W., D.L. McBride, and P.R. Newroth. 1972. New records of Rhodo- phyta in Oregon, British Columbia, and Alaska. Notes. Syesis 5: 285- 286. Mumford, T.F., Jr. 1973. A new species of Porphyra from the west coast of North America. Syesis 6: 239-242. Mumford, T.F., Jr. 1976. Observations on the distribution and _ seasonal occurrence of Porphyra schizophylla Hollenberg, Porphyra torta Krish- namurthy, and Porphyra brumalis sp. nov. (Rhodophyta, Bangiales). Syesis 8: 321-332. Norris, J.N. and I.A. Abbott. 1972. Some new records of marine algae from the R/V Proteus cruise to British Columbia. Syesis 5: 87-94. Norris, R.E. and E. Conway. 1975. Fucus spiralis L. in the northeast Pacific. Syesis 7: 79-81. Norris, R.E. and G.J. Hollenberg. 1970. Notes on marine algae of Washington and southern British Columbia, IV. Syesis 2: 115-119. Norris, R.E. and M.J. Wynne. 1969. Notes on marine algae of Washington and southern British Columbia, III. Syesis 1: 133-146. [See also Errata in Syesis 3: 190.] Palmisano, J.F. and Y.-C.S. Sheng. 1977. Blade width of Laminaria longipes (Phaeophyceae, Laminariales) as an indicator of wave exposure. Syesis 103 53-56. 1986 Ceska, Bibliography 13 Rao, V.N.R. and J. Lewin. 1977. Benthic marine diatom flora of False Bay, San Juan Island, Washington. Syesis 9: 173-213. Scagel, R.F. 1970. Benthic algae of Bowie Seamount. Syesis 3: 15-16. Scagel, R.F. 1972. The brown alga Dictyota binghamiae J.Ag. from British Columbia and northern Washington. Notes. Syesis 4: 261-262. Scagel, R.F. 1973. Marine benthic plants in the vicinity of Bamfield, Barkley Sound, British Columbia. Syesis 6: 127-145. Scagel, R.F. and J.L. Celestino. 1970. First record of the brown alga Dictyoneuropsis reticulata (Saunders) Smith from British Columbia. Notes. Syesis 3: 187. South, G.R. 1969. Intertidal marine algae from Gabriola Island, British Columbia. Syesis 1: 177-186. South, G.R. 1982. Wittrockiella paradoxa Wille (Chlorophyta, Cladophoraceae), new for the Pacific Coast of North America. Syesis 14: 93-95. Stein, J.R. 1976. Freshwater algae of British Columbia: the lower Fraser Valley. Syesis 8: 119-184. Stein, J.R. and C.A. Borden. 1980. Checklist of freshwater algae of British Columbia. Syesis 12: 3-39. Stein, J.R. and J.F. Gerrath. 1969. Freshwater algae of British Columbia: desmids of bog lakes in Coast Mountain area. Syesis 1: 187-197. Stein, J.R. and J.F. Gerrath. 1970. Freshwater algae of British Columbia: The Queen Charlotte Islands. Syesis 2: 213-226. Thom, R.M., J.W. Armstrong, C.P. Staude, K.K. Chew, and R.E. Norris. 1977. A survey of the attached marine flora at five beaches in the Seattle, Washington, area. Syesis 9: 267-275. Waaland, J.R. 1973. New records of red algae from Washington and British Columbia. Notes. Syesis 6: 269. Widdowson, T.B. 1972a. A statistical analysis of variation in the brown alga Alaria. Syesis 4: 125-143. Widdowson, T.B. 1972b. A taxonomic revision of the genus Alaria Greville. Syesis 4: 11-49. Widdowson, T.B. 1973. The marine algae of British Columbia and northern Washington: revised list and keys. Part I. Phaeophyceae (brown algae). Syesis 6: 81-96. Widdowson, T.B. 1975. The marine algae of British Columbia and northern Washington: revised list and keys. Part II. Rhodophyceae (red algae). Syesis 7: 143-186. Widdowson, T.B. and L.M. Coon. 1975. New records of maritime algae in British Columbia. Syesis 7: 139-141. Wollaston, E.M. 1972a. Antithamnion and related genera occurring in the Pacific coast of North America. Syesis 4: 73-92. Wollaston, E.M. 1972b. The genus Platythamnion J. Ag. (Ceramiaceae, Rhodo- phyta) on the Pacific coast of North America between Vancouver, British Columbia, and southern California. Syesis 5: 43-53. Wynne, M.J. 1970. Marine algae of Amchitka Island (Aleutian Islands). I. Delesseriaceae. Syesis 3: 95-144. Wynne, M.J., S.C. Lindstrom, and N.I. Calvin. 1983. Occurrence of Om- phalophyllum ulvaceum Rosenv. (Phaeophyta, Pogotrichaceae) in the North Pacific. Notes. Syesis 15: 65-66. 14 Pn! ¥" ier Ger on Vol. 61, No. 1 Wynne, M.J., D.L. McBride, and J.A. West. 1973. Polyneuropsis stolonifera gen. et sp. nov. (Delessseriaceae, Rhodophyta) from the Pacific Coast of North America. Syesis 6: 243-253. MYCOLOGY Anastasiou, C.J. and L.M. Churchland. 1969. An Olpidiopsis parasitic on a marine fungus. Syesis 1: 81-85. Bandoni, R.J. 1973. Epistolae mycologicae II. Species Platygloea from British Columbia. Syesis 6: 229-232. Bandoni, R.J., J.R. Maze, and J.P. Delange. 1980. Epistolae mycologicae IX. Entorrhiza casparyana from British Columbia. Syesis 12: 105-106. Booth, T. 1970. Marine fungi from British Columbia: monocentric chytrids and chytridiaceous species from coastal and interior halomorphic soils. Syesis 2: 141-16l. Booth, T. 1972. Occurrence and distribution of zoosporic fungi and some Actinomycetales in coastal soils of southwestern British Columbia and the San Juan Islands. Syesis 4: 197-208. Borden, J.H. and M. McClaren. 1970. Biology of Cryptoporus volvatus (Peck) Shear (Agaricales, Polyporaceae) in southwestern British Columbia: distribution, host species, and relationship with subcortical insects. Syesis 3: 145-154. Borden, J.H. and M. McClaren. 1972. Cryptoporus volvatus (Peck) Shear (Agaricales, Polyporaceae) in southwestern British Columbia: life- history, development, and arthropod infestation. Syesis 5: 67-72. Brough, S. and R. Bandoni. 1976. Epistolae mycologicae VI. Occurrence of Dacryonaema in British Columbia. Syesis 8: 301-303. Goos, R.D. and R.J. Bandoni. 1977. Epistolae mycologicae VII. Phialospore production by an isolate of Helicodendron triglitziense from British Columbia. Syesis 10: 121-123. Humet-Ahti, L. 1972. Notes on Ustilago vuijckii Oudem. and Beijer. on some Luzula species in North America. Syesis 5: 83-85. Harling, J. and M. McClaren. 1970. The occurrence of Endogone macrocarpa in stomachs of Peromyscus maniculatus. Syesis 3: 155-159. Hibbits, J. 1979. Marine Eccrinales (Trichomycetes) found in crustaceans of the San Juan Archipelago, Washington. Syesis 11]: 213-261. Hughes, G.C. 1970. Marine fungi from British Columbia: occurrence and distribution of lignicolous species. Syesis 2: 121-140. Hughes, G.C. 1973. Epistolae mycologicae III. Riessia semiophora Fresenius. Syesis 6: 233-238. Hughes, G.C. 1979. Epistolae mycologicae VIII. Indexes to Matsushima's Microfungi of the Solomon Islands and Papua-New Guinea (1971) and Icones microfungorum a Matsushima lectorum (1975). Syesis 11: 135-169. Kowalski, D.T. and A.A. Hinchee. 1972. Barbeyella minutissima: a common alpine myxomycete. Syesis 5: 95-97. Lester, R.J.G. 1975. Parasites of Gasterosteus aculeatus near Vancouver, British Columbia. Syesis 7: 195-200. [Saprolegnia parasitica and Saprolegnia sp. ] Mishou, K.E. and E.F. Haskins. 1972. A survey of the Acrasieae in the soils of Washington State. Syesis 4: 179-184. 1986 Ceska, Bibliography 15 Pugh, G.J.F. and G.C. Hughes. 1976. Epistolae mycologicae V. Keratinophilic fungi from British Columbia coastal habitats. Syesis 8: 297-300. Redhead, S.A. 1973. Epistolae mycologicae I. Some cyphelloid basidiomycetes from British Columbia. Syesis 6: 221-227. [See Errata Syesis 7: 265.] Redhead, S.A. 1975. Epistolae mycologicae IV. Valdensinia heterodoxa Peyr. (Sclerotiniaceae). Syesis 7: 235-238. Summerbell, R.C. and R.A. Cannings. 1982. Fungi and Brillia retifinis (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the decomposition of conifer leaves in a British Columbia stream. Syesis 14: 125-130. BRYOLOGY AND LICHENOLOGY Bird, C.D. and C.E. Beil. 1973. Thrombium epigaeum (Pers.) Wallr. in North America. Syesis 6: 101-104. Bird, C.D. and R.D. Bird. 1973. Lichens of Saltspring Island, British Columbia. Syesis 6: 57-80. Christy, J.A. 1984. Bibliography of Oregon mosses. Syesis 16: 43-52. Funk, A. 1984. Szczawinskia, a new genus of the lichen- forming Coelomycetes. Syesis 16: 85-88. Goward, T. and W.B. Schofield. 1984. The lichens and bryophytes of Burns Bog, Fraser Delta, southwestern British Columbia. Syesis 16: 53-69. Hong, W.S. 1981. Hepaticae of the Kokanee Glacier Provincial Park, British Columbia, Canada. Syesis 13: 9-12. Krause, G. and W.B. Schofield. 1977. The moss flora of Lynn Canyon Park, North Vancouver, British Columbia. Syesis 10: 97-110. Schofield, W.B. 1969a. A checklist of Hepaticae and Anthocerotae of British Columbia. Syesis 1: 157-162. Schofield, W.B. 1969b. A selectively annotated checklist of British Colum- bia mosses. Syesis 1: 163-175. Schofield, W.B. 1977. Bryophytes of British Columbia III: habitat and distributional information for selected mosses. Syesis 9: 317-354. VASCULAR PLANTS, FLORISTICS Barclay-Estrup, P. 1975. The distribution of Calluna vulgaris (L.) Hull in western Canada. Syesis 7: 129-137. Brayshaw, T.C. 1973a. The glabrous-fruited variety of Salix cascadensis in British Columbia. Syesis 6: 47-50. Brayshaw, T.C. 1973b. The sandbar willow on Vancouver Island. Syesis 6: V47=152): Brooke, R.C., N.A.M. Verbeek, and J.W. Kirbyson. 1984. An annotated vas- cular flora of Mitlenatch Island, British Columbia. Syesis 16: 23-38. Chuang, C.-C. 1975. Lewisia tweedyi: a plant record for Canada. Notes. Syesis 7: 259-260. Darbyshire, S.J. 1985. Sporobolus airoides (Eragrosteae: Poaceae) in British Columbia. Syesis 17: 11-12. Elliott, D.M. and I.E.P. Taylor. 1982. Abnormalities in germinants of red alder (Alnus rubra Bong.) seed. Notes. Syesis 14: 165-166. Grass, A.L. and L.E. Pavlick. 1981. Occurrence of a double-flowered variant of Salmonberry, Rubus spectabilis in British Columbia. Notes. Syesis isi) 205). 16 P-H.Y T -OxksOnG: IgA Vol. 61, Nowa Harrison, P.G. 1977. Zostera japonica (Aschers. & Graebn.) in British Columbia, Canada. Notes. Syesis 9: 359-360. Jamieson, D.W. 1980. Poa kelloggii Vasey, new for British Columbia. Notes. Syesis 12: 177. Janszen, H. 1977. Vascular plants of Saturna Island, British Columbia. Syesis 10: 85-96. Janszen, H. 1982. Vascular plants of Mayne Island, British Columbia. Syesis 14: 81-92. Krajina, V.J. 1969. Sarraceniaceae, a new family for British Columbia. Syesis 1: 121-124. Krause, D.L. and K.I. Beamish. 1973. Notes on Saxifraga occidentalis and closely related species in British Columbia. Syesis 6: 105-113. Lewicki, A. and P. Donahue. 1973. A catalogue of plant species from central British Columbia. Syesis 6: 183-192. Maze, J. 1972. Notes on the awn anatomy of Stipa and Oryzopsis (Gramineae). Syesis 5: 169-171. Maze, J. 1982. A preliminary study on the root of Oryzopsis hendersonii (Gramineae). Syesis 14: 151-153. McNeill, J. 1973. Lewisia triphylla (S. Watson) Robinson and Spraguea umbellata Torrey, new species for Canada. Syesis 6: 179-181. Olsen, S. 1981. Type locality for Boschniakia hookeri Walpers. Syesis 13: 5-8 eet eT Phillips, R.C. and R.F. Shaw. 1977. Zostera noltii Hornem. in Washington, U.S.A. Syesis 9: 355-358. Pojar, J. 1976a. Hummingbird flowers of British Columbia. Syesis 8: 25-28. Pojar, J. 1976b. Interesting angiosperms from Cathedral Lakes Park and the lower Skeena River. Notes. Syesis 8: 391. ; Pojar, J., K.I. Beamish, V.J. Krajina, and L.K. Wade. 1977. New records and range extensions of vascular plants in northern British Columbia. Syesis 9: 45-57. Randhawa, A.S. and K.I. Beamish. 1969. Sexual reproduction in Saxifraga ferruginea Graham. Syesis 1: 147-156. Revel, R.D. and K.I. Beamish. 1972. Liparis loeselii (L.) L.C. Rich., a new species for British Columbia. Notes. Syesis 5: 287. Revel, R.D. and J.R. Maze. 1972. The central portion of the Hope Landslide: a botanical census. Syesis 5: 131-135. Reynolds, J.D. and S.C.P. Reynolds. 1976. Aquatic angiosperms of some British Columbia saline lakes. Syesis 8: 291-295. Sparks, L.H., R. del Moral, A.F. Watson, and A.R. Kruckeberg. 1977. The distribution of vascular plant species on Sergief Island, southeast Alaska. Syesis 10: 1-9. Taylor, R.L. 1980. Taxonomic recognition and occurrence of Petasites japonicus (Asteraceae) in the Pacific Northwest. Syesis 12: 57-61. Taylor, R.L. and S. Taylor. 1977. Chromosome numbers of vascular plants of British Columbia. Syesis 10: 125-138. [See Correction in Syesis 11: 287.) Taylor, T.M.C. and A.F. Szczawinski. 1975. Trillium ovatum Pursh forma hibbersonii Taylor et Szczawinski f.nov. Notes. Syesis 7: 250. Tucker, J.M. and J.R. Maze. 1973. The Revelstoke oaks. Syesis 6: 41-46. 1986 Ceska, Bibliography 17 PLANT ECOLOGY, VEGETATION, CONSERVATION Bayer, R.D. 1980. Intertidal zonation of Zostera marina in the Yaquina Estuary, Oregon. Syesis 12: 147-154. Beil, C.E. 1975. Forest associations of the southern Cariboo Zone, British Columbia. Syesis 7: 201-233. Brayshaw, T.C. 1970. The dry forests of southern British Columbia. Syesis Brel] -43. Daubenmire, R. 1976. An ecological life-history of Lewisia rediviva (Portulacaceae). Syesis 8: 9-23. del Moral, R. 1975. Species patterns in the Upper North Fork Teanaway River drainage, Wenatchee Mountains, Washington. Syesis 7: 13-30. del Moral, R., A.F. Watson, and R.S. Flaming. 1977. Vegetation structure in the Alpine Lakes region of Washington State: classification of vegeta- tion on granitic rocks. Syesis 9: 291-316. Fuller, W.A. 1973. The Conservation of Terrestrial Communities Programme in Canada. Syesis 6: 11-16. Given, D.R. and J.H. Soper. 1976. Pioneer vegetation on moraines near Clachnacudainn Snowfield, British Columbia. Syesis 8: 349-354. HHmet-Ahti, L. 1979. Timberline meadows in Wells Gray Park, British Colum- bia, and their comparative geobotanical interpretation. Syesis 11: 187- 3 la Hebda, R.J. and W.G. Biggs. 1982. The vegetation of Burns Bog, Fraser Delta, southwestern British Columbia. Syesis 14: 1-20. Hoefs, M., I. McT. Cowan, and V.J. Krajina. 1976. Phytosociological analysis and synthesis of Sheep Mountain, southwest Yukon Territory, Canada. Syesis 8 (Suppl.1): 125-228. Kellman, M.C. 1970. Plant species interrelationships in a secondary succes- sion in coastal British Columbia. Syesis 2: 201-212. Kojima, S. and V.J. Krajina. 1976. Vegetation and environment of the coas- tal western hemlock zone in Strathcona Provincial Park, British Colum- bia, Canada. Syesis 8 (Suppl.1): 1-123. Krajina, V.J. 1973. The conservation of natural ecosystems in British Columbia. Syesis 6: 17-31. Kruckeberg, A.R. 1970. Plant life on serpentinite and other ferromagnesian rocks in northwestern North America. Syesis 2: 15-114. Manuwal, N.J. 1980. Vegetation of the Barren Islands, Alaska. Syesis 12: 131-146. North, M.E.A. and J.M. Treversham. 1985. The vegetation of the floodplains of the lower Fraser, Serpentine and Nicomekl Rivers, 1859 to 1890. Syesis 17: 47-66, + 1 map. Robinson, B., M.C. Feller, and K. Klinka. 1983. Four common mosses as indicators of forest floor acidity in the Coastal Western Hemlock Zone of southwestern British Columbia. Syesis 15: 17-23. Selby, C.J. and M.D. Pitt. 1985. Classification and distribution of alpine and subalpine vegetation in the Chilcotin Mountains of southern British Columbia. Syesis 17: 13-41. 18 PRY TOMS ee Rr Vol. 61," Nose PALEOBOTANY, PALYNOLOGY, TREE RING CHRONOLOGY Donahue, P.F. and T. Habgood. 1975. Analysis of the pollen and spore rain at two archaeological sites on the Nechako Plateau, British Columbia. Syesis 7: 93-99. Hebda, R.J. and G.E. Rouse. 1980. Palynology of two Holocene cores from the Hesquiat Peninsula, Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Syesis 12: 121- 129. Mathewes, R.W. 1981. Pollen evidence for the presence of Tall Jacob's- ladder (Polemonium caeruleum L.) on the Queen Charlotte Islands during late-glacial time. Syesis 13: 105-108. Mathewes, R.W. and R.C. Brooke. 1972. Fossil Taxodiaceae and new angiosperm macrofossils from Quilchena, British Columbia. Syesis 4: 209-216. Parker, M.L. 1977. Improving tree-ring dating in northern Canada by X-ray densitometry. Syesis 9: 163-172. ETHNOBOTANY, USE OF PLANTS Brough, S.G. 1985. Dye characteristics of British Columbia forest lichens. Syesis 17: 81-94. Harris, B. and L. Hrubant. 1972. Plant and animal names of Indian origin in British Columbia. Syesis 4: 223-225. Meilleur, B.A. 1980. Speculations on the diffusion of Nicotiana quadrival- vis Pursh to the Queen Charlotte Islands and adjacent Alaskan mainland. Syesis 12: 101-104. Palmer, G. 1976. Shuswap Indian ethnobotany. Syesis 8: 29-81. Turner, N.J. 1973. The ethnobotany of the Bella Coola Indians of British Columbia. Syesis 6: 193-220. Turner, N.J. 1974. Plant taxonomic systems and ethnobotany of three contem- porary Indian groups of the Pacific Northwest (Haida, Bella Coola, and Lillooet). Syesis 7 (Suppl.1): 1-104. Turner, N.J. and R.L. Taylor. 1972. A review of the Northwest Coast tobacco mystery. Syesis 5: 249-257. Williams, M.D. 1980. The harvesting of "sluckus" (Porphyra perforata) by the Straits Salish Indians of Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Syesis 12: 63-69. BIBLIOGRAPHY, OBITUARIES, COLLECTIONS Brayshaw, T.C. 1984. Thomas Mayne Cunninghame Taylor (1904-1983). Syesis 16: 1-3. MacBryde, B. 1975. Bibliographical history of the botanical handbooks of the British Columbia Provincial Museum. Notes. Syesis 7: 255-258. Newnham, S. 1980. Ching-Chang Chuang (1931-76). Syesis 12: 1-2. Peden, A.E. and G. Green. 1982. Primary type specimens of animals and plants in the British Columbia Provincial Museum. Syesis 14: 155-162. Szczawinski, A.F. 1970. J.W. Eastham (1879-1968). Syesis 2: 265. 1986 Ceska, Bibliography 19 NEW TAXA AND NEW COMBINATIONS PUBLISHED IN SYESIS Alacrinella sanjuanensis Hibbits, Syesis 11: 252. 1979. [ep. nov.] Alaria paradisea (Miyabe et Nagai) Widdowson, Syesis 4: 38. 1972. comb. nov. ] Antithamnionella glandulifera (Kylin) Wollaston, Syesis 4: 86. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Antithamnionella pacifica (Harvey) Wollaston, Syesis 4: 87. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Antithamnionella pacifica var. uncinata (Gardner) Wollaston, Syesis 4: 88. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Arundinula hapologaster Hibbits, Syesis 11: 234. 1979. [sp. nov.] Arundinula washingtoniensis Hibbits, Syesis 11: 228. 1979. [sp. nov.] Asterocolax hypophyllophila Wynne, Syesis 3: 131,132. 1970. [sp. nov.] Astreptonema pacificum Hibbits, Syesis 11: 248. 1979. [sp. nov.] Audouinella amphiroae (Drew) Garbary in Hansen, Garbary, Oliveira & Scagel, Syesis 14: 117. 1982. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella arcuata (Drew) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 12. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella coccinea (Drew) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 16. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella desmarestiae (Kylin) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 24. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella erythrophylla (Jao) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 27. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella hirsuta (Drew) Garbary Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 29. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audovinella macounii (Collins) Garbary Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 30. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella plumosa var. variabile (Drew) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 42. 1983. [stat. & comb. nov.] Audouinella proskaueri (West) Garbary in Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 45. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella simplex (Drew) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 51. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella vaga (Drew) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 61. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Audouinella vaga var. implicata (Drew) Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 15(Suppl.1): 63. 1983. [comb. nov. ] Blyttiomyces aureus Booth, Syesis 2: 142. 1970. [sp. nov. ] Chlainomonas rubra (Stein et Brooke) Hoham, Syesis 7: 245. 1975. [comb. nov. ] Clathromorphum nereostratum Lebednik, Syesis 9: 79,80. 1977. [sp. nov. ] Empselium Hansen et Scagel in Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 13: 150. 1981. [gen. nov. ] Empselium rubrum Hansen & Scagel in Garbary, Hansen & Scagel, Syesis 13: 151. 1981. [sp. nov. ] Enteropogon Hibbits, Syesis 11: 222. 1979. [gen. nov.] 20 PHY -T DebeOuG dak Vol. 61, Noma Enteropogon sexuale Hibbits, Syesis 1l: 222,223. 1979. [sp. nov.] Erythrodermis pacifica Hollenberg, Syesis 2: 166,167. 1970. [sp. nov. ] Hildebrandia sanjuanensis Hollenberg, Syesis 2: 165. 1970. [sp. nov. | Hollenbergia Wollaston, Syesis 4: 81. 1972. [gen. nov. ] Hollenbergia nigricans (Gardner) Wollaston, Syesis 4: 83. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Hollenbergia sub[u]lata (Harv.) Wollaston, Syesis 4: 81. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Holmskioldia quilchenensis Mathewes et Brooke, Syesis 4: 215. 1972. [sp. nov. ] Hypophyllum dentatum Wynne, Syesis 3: 129. 1970. [sp. nov.] Iridea cordata var. splendens (Setchell & Gardner) Abbott, Syesis 4: 55. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Laingia aleutica Wynne, Syesis 3: 103. 1970. [sp. nov. ] Leptosphaeria australiensis (Cribb & Cribb) Hughes, Syesis 2: 132. 1970. [comb. nov. ] Nienburgia prolifera Wynne, Syesis 3: 115. 1970. [sp. nov. ] Nitophyllum northii Norris & Wynne, Syesis 1: 141. 1969. [sp. nov. as N. nottii - orthographic change in Syesis 3: 190. 1970.] Olpidiopsis globosa Anastasiou et Churchland, Syesis 1: 81. 1969. [sp. nov. ] Palmaria palmata f. mollis (S. et G.) Guiry, Syesis 8: 258. 1976. [comb. nov. ] Phycodrys amchitkensis Wynne, Syesis 3: 113. 1970. [sp. nov.] Phycodrys isabellae Norris et Wynne, Syesis 1: 144. 1969. [sp. nov. ] Platythamnion recurvatum Wollaston, Syesis 5: 51,52. 1972. [sp. nov. ] Pleonosporium pedicellatum Lindstrom, Wynne & Calvin, Syesis 15: 57,58. 1983. [sp. nov. ] Polyneuropsis Wynne, McBride & West, Syesis 6: 247. 1973. [gen. nov. ] Polyneuropsis stolonifera Wynne, McBride & West, Syesis 6: 248. 1973. [sp. nov. ] Porphyra brumalis Mumford, Syesis 8: 328. 1976. [sp. nov. ] Porphyra kanakaensis Mumford, Syesis 6: 239. 1973. [sp. nov. ] Porphyra maculosa Conway, Syesis 8: 317. 1976. [sp. nov.] Pterosiphonia gardneri Hollenberg, Syesis 2: 168. 1970. [sp. nov. ] Raphidonema corconticum (Hind.) Hoham, Syesis 6: 262. 1973. [comb. nov. ] Raphidonema cryophylum Hoham, Syesis 6: 262. 1973. [nom. nov. ] Raphidonema planctonicum (Hind.) Hoham, Syesis 6: 262. 1973. [comb. nov. ] Raphidonema sessile (Deas.) Hoham, Syesis 6: 262. 1973. [comb. nov. | Raphidonema stagnale (Hind.) Hoham, Syesis 6: 262. 1973. [comb. nov. ] Rhodoglossum californicum (J.Ag.) Abbott, Syesis 4: 70. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Rhodoglossum minimum Hollenberg, Syesis 2: 166. 1970. [sp. nov. ] Salix cascadensis Cockerell var. thompsonii Brayshaw, Syesis 6: 47. 1973. [var. nov. ] Salix sessilifolia Nutt. var. vancouverensis Brayshaw, Syesis 6: 146. 1973. [var. nov. ] Scagelia Wollaston, Syesis 4: 88. 1972. [gen. nov. ] Scagelia occidentalis (Kylin) Wollaston, Syesis 4: 89. 1972. [comb. nov. ] Scagelonema Norris et Wynne, Syesis 1: 139. 1969. [gen. nov. ] Scagelonema parasiticum Norris et Wynne, Syesis 1: 139. 1969. [sp. nov. ] Sphacelaria norrisii Hollenberg, Syesis 2: 163. 1970. [sp. nov. ] Szczawinskia Funk, Syesis 16: 85. 1984. [gen. nov.] 1986 Ceska, Bibliography 21 Szczawinskia tsugae Funk, Syesis 16: 85. 1984. [sp. nov. ] Taeniella grandis Hibbits, Syesis 11: 242. 1979. [sp. nov. ] Tokidadendron Wynne, Syesis 3: 107. 1970. [gen. nov.] Tokidadendron ambigua (Gardner) Wynne, Syesis 3: 112. 1970. [comb. nov.] Tokidadendron bullata (Gardner) Wynne, Syesis 3: 108. 1970. [comb. nov.] Tokidaea chilkatensis Lindstrom & Wynne, Syesis 14: 33,34. 1982. [sp. nov. ] Tokidaea serrata (Wynne) Lindstrom & Wynne, Syesis 14: 42. 1982. comb. nov. ] Trillium ovatum Pursh f. hibbersonii T.M.C. Taylor et Szczawinski, Syesis 7: 250. 1975. [f. nov.] Ulva scagelii Chihara, Syesis 1: 92. 1969. [sp. nov.] Zinovaea Wynne, Syesis 3: 136. 1970. [gen. nov. ] Zinovaea acanthocarpa Wynne, Syesis 3: 136. 1970. [sp. nov. ] APPENDIX PUBLICATION DATES OF SYESIS AND ITS SUPPLEMENTS 1 (1968) September 2, 1969 15 (1982) May 1, 1983 2 (1969) May 1, 1970 16 (1983) May 1, 1984 3 (1970) October 1, 1970 17 (1984) 1985 4 (1971) February 1972 5 (1972) October 1972 6 (1973) November 1973 Supplements 7 (1974) January 1975 8 (1975) April 1976 3 (1970) Suppl. 1 December 1970 9 (1976) May 1977 4 (1971) Suppl. 1 April 1972 10 (1977) November 1977 7 (1974) Suppl. 1 August 1974 11 (1978) May 1, 1979 7 (1974) Suppl. 2 August 1, 1974 12 (1979) April 1, 1980 8 (1975) Suppl. 1 May 1976 13 (1980) September 1, 1981 12 (1979) Suppl. 1 June 1980 14 (1981) April 1, 1982 15 (1982) Suppl. 1 May 1983 NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XXIV Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. A. Forster, Fl. Ins. Austral. Prod. 45. 1786; Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 116 [ser. 3, 46]: pl. 7141. 1890; Kolb, Neub. Deutsch. Gartenmag. 43: 129. 1890; Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 13: Ubers. 93. 1891; Rehd., Journ. Arnold Arb. 15: 324--325. 1934; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirkikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 1912 & 1945--1952, pl. 743--747. 1935; Rehd., Journ. Arnold Arb. 17: 64 (1936) and 18: 286. 1937; Sobti & Singh, Prod. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 141--144. 1961; Manzoor- i-Khuda, Tetrahedron 21: 797. 1965; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: [397 ]--400 & 402--405, fig. 5, 11, 18, 19, & 33--36. 1968; Jain & Tarafder, Econ. Bot. 24: 249. 1970; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 3: 1912 & 1945-- 1952, pl. 743--747. 1975; Oakes & Butcher, U. S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Bull. 882: 90. 1962; Mitchell & Rook, Bot. Dermat. 714. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 60: 462--467, 483--496, 504--506, 508, 510, & 511. 1986. Balfour (1885) says of this genus: "One species in the Terai forms a large shrub beneath every tree, generally intermixed with ferns, aS polypodium, pteris, and goniopteris, and its sweet odour is borne far through the air. Cenodendron leaves, bruised, are used to kill vermin, fly-blows, etc., in cattle, and the twigs form toothpicks. Its flowers are presented to Siva (Mahadeo), milk, honey, flowers, fruit (ambrosia), etc. being offered to the pacific gods, as Vishnu, Krishna, etc.; while Mudar (Calotnopis asckepias), Bhang, Cannabis sativa, Datura, flesh, blood, and spirituous liquids are offered to Siva, Durga, Kali, and other destroying deities. The Burmese cultivate a fragrant double clerodendron. One species, sup- posed by Dr. Stewart to be C. infortunatum, L., called Kali basuti on the Beas, occurs in the Siwalik tract, and occasionally in the plains, and is probably the one that Edgeworth mentions as being used in the Ambala tract to give fire by friction." Obviously, the double-flowered species referred to here is C, phikippinum f. multi- plex (Sweet) Mold. and the one supposed to be C. infortunatum is probably C. viscosum Vent. The Jain & Tarafder (1970) reference his been mis-cited in a previous installment of these notes as occurring on page "294" in- stead of page 249. CLERODENDRUM ACULEATUM (L.) Schlecht. Additional bibliography: Oakes & Butcher, U. S. Dept. Agr. Misc. Bull. 882: 90. 1962; Mitchell & Rook, Bot. Dermat. 714. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 60: 359--360. 1986. Oakes & Butcher (1962) and Mitchell & Rook (1979) report that the spines of this plant often produce a dermatitis due to mechanical injury. 22 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 23 CLERODENDRUM DINKLAGEI Gurke Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 59: 253--255 (1986) and 60: 146. 193, 364, 365, & 367. 1986. CLERODENDRUM FLORIBUNDUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Nees, Rob. Br. Vermisch. Bot. Schrift. 3 (1): 367. 1827; Mold., Phytologia 60: 464 & 496. 1986. CLERODENDRUM FORTUNATUM L. Additional bibliography: Edwards, Bot. Reg. 30: pl. 19 in textu. 1894; Mold., Phytologia 60: 465 & 495. 1986. CLERODENORUM GRANDIFLORUM (Hook.) Schau. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 60: 128--152, 359-- 361, 366, 368, & 462. 1986. CLERODENDRUM INCISUM var. MACROSIPHON (Hook. f.) J. G. Baker Additional bibliography: Boorsma, Meded. Lands Plant. 52: 110. 1902; Mold., Phytologia 60: 275 & 277--281. 1986. CLERODENDRUM INDICUM (L.) Kuntze Additional & emended bibliography: Boorsma, Meded. Lands Plant. 52: 110. 1902; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl:, ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 1945 & 1951--1952, pl. 747. 1935; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 398 & 402--404. 1968; Jain & Taraf- der, Econ. Bot. 24: 249. 1970; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 3: 1945 & 1951--1952, pl. 747. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 60: 466--467 & 483--496. 1986. Jain & Tarafder (1970) summarize the reported medicinal uses for this species, with authority for each report, as: fever, atrophy, emaciation, cachexy, gravel, thirst, cholera, consumption, cough, bronchitis, puerperal fever, and blindness. A key to help distinguish this species from other Indian medic- inal species will be found in the present series of notes under ¢, anemme (L.) Gaertn. Other keys that may prove useful are the fol- lowing, modified by me in a few minor respects and with the nomen- clature updated. Bor & Raizada (1954) distinguish the showy-flower- ed Indian species as follows: ieeconolta-tube at VNeast: 4 inches fong:. css. S209 2 ae. C. sndicun, la. Corolla-tube only 2 inches long or less. PT neg PTANt . c's biclsiste%. sw ada 'date malelallle slate Biddle weet C. thomsonae. 2a. Shrubs or small trees. 3. Calyx-rim truncate or very short-toothed........... C. Anerume. 3a. Calyx-rim distinctly dentate or lobed. corolla red or scarlet... .0.. Gait eels chet alcla cients C. kaempferr. 4a. Corolla white or rose. 5. Calyx with peltate glands. 6. Calyx-lobes triangular-acute............ C. philippinun, 6a. Calyx-lobes broadly ovate and foliaceous..C. viscosum. 5a. Calyx without peltate glands. 7. Flowers in a pendulous panicle............ C. wakkichkk. 24 PLAY: Tae OG aA Vol. 61, No. 1 7a. Flowers in erect panicles. 8. Panicles trichotomous; leaves 6 inches or more long.. C. trichotomum. 8a. Panicles dichotomous; leaves 2 inches long or less.. C. phLomidis. Prain (1963) distinguishes the Bengal taxa as recognized by him as follows: 1. Corolla irregularly salverform, 1% inches long or less. 2. Panicles axillary or if [occasionally in C. phfomidis] terminal then the panicle lax and leafy below. 3. Calyx minutely toothed; leaf-blades marginally entire. 4. Leaf-blades obovate or elliptic, subobtuse, opposite or rarely ternate; fruiting-calyx closely appressed to the BASES Oh AGG eR RU oreo. atare.m ic erste, eens at ope, caveat tape C. Aneume. 4a. Leaf-blades elliptic-acute or linear-oblong, generally ternate; fruiting-calyx subpatent........ "C. nertiifoLiun", 3a. Calyx lobed to the middle; leaf-blades marginally sinuate or SEPP IEA Be 5 dno dopo Oba WT SeeRU COINS Cb coaddbeieocc C. phlLomidis. 2a. Panicles terminal. 5. Calyx subtruncate'or short-lobed; bracts 4--1l% inches long. 6. Leaves subsessile; calyx very shortly 5-lobed; panicle dense; leaf-margins always serrate............ C. Ssennatumn. 6a. Leaves very shortly petiolate; calyx subtruncate; panicle open; uppermost leaf-blades sometimes Cntive 22. caer sper ekate C. S5ennatum var. waklichit. 5a. Calyx deeply 5-lobed; bracts smaller. 7. Panicle pendulous; Corolla pure-white; fruit purple; leaf- blades narrowly obovate or lanceolate........ C. wakhichtkk. 7a. Panicle erect; corolla tinged with pink or rose; fruit black; leaf-blades broadly ovate or subrotund. 8. Calyx large, the segments broadly lanceolate, suberect, & ACUTES PAaHICTES OPEN sp .PYGAMIGA Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. J: 245-1912; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 1, 401 & 403. 1912; Pulle in Lorentz, Nova Guinea, ser. 1, 8: 687. 1912; Wigman, Teysmannia 23: 284. 1912; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queens]. Pl. 386. 1913; Dalla Torre, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 1318. 1913; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 9: 135. 1914; Rechinger, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien 89: 599. 1914; Kawag., Bull. Kag. 1: 175. 1915; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 88 & 94. 1916; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned.-Ind., ed. 1, 4: 120--121 & xxii. 1917; E. D. Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Amb. 455--456. 1917; Sakag., Gen. Ind. Fl. Okin. 18. 1917; Simada, Trans. Nate, Hist. Soc. Formos... 31:.12...1917; Basu, -Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, 3: pl. 743. 1918; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 388. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 61--62 & 73. 1918; Kirtikar Pebesuis Indian Med... Pl. 5 -imp.ks 2: 1002. 19185 E. D. Mer... Sp. Blanc. 334--335. 1918; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 1, 402-- 403. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 251, 252, & 363. 1919; Ridl., Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 10: 111. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Peefassouild. dard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 73, 77, 91, 108--110,,.& viii--x. 1921; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 507. 1921; Guerrero, Bite p., Bur. For., 22: 229. 1921; Hubert. Trav. Lab, Mat. Méd. Fac. Pharm. Paris 13 [Verb. Util. Mat. Méd.] 105. 1921; E. D. Merr., Bibl. Enum. Born. Pl. 516--517. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. Aes, O45... 19223, Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris., ed. I. 42 720. 1922: Parkinson, For. Fl. Andam., imp. 1, 219--220. 1922; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 2, 132. 1922; Hunt, U. S. Naval Med. Sie aos 150--15]. 1923; £. D. Merr.., Enum. Philip. Flow.. Pl.) 3: 401--402. 1923; Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 624. 1923; Bakh. in Bakh. & Lam, Nova Guinea 14, Bot. 1: 170. 1924; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Mad- ras 6: 1099 & 1100. 1924; H. J. Lam in Diels, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 28. 1924; H. J. Lam in Lauterb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 95. 1924; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 2, 402--403. 1924; H. F. MacMillan, 38 Pa PPO LeG & Tem Vol. 61, Nowa Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 3, 207 & 550. 1925; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Brit. 63: suppl. 81. 1925; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 2: 1322--1323 (1927) and ed. 2, 3: 1646. 1927; Nadkarni, Indian Mat. Med. 2: 9. 1927; Leeuwen, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 37: pl. 3, fig. 8 & 9. 1927; Domin, Bibl. Bot. 89: 1111. 1928; Itd, Taiwan Shokubutu Dzusetu [Illust. Formos. Pl.] pl. 600 & 602. 1928; Sasaki, List Pl. Formos. 351. 1928; Tropische Natuur 17: 178. 1928; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 72. 1929; Bakh. in White, Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 264. 1929; Ridl., Dispers. Pl. World pl. 13. 1930; Sasaki, Cat. Govt. Herb. Formos. 434. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238 (1930) and 6: 544. 1931; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6 (Suppl.): 232 & 233. 1931; Backer, Onkruidfl. 2 [Handb. Suiker.-Cult. 7] : 548--550. 1931; Mak- ino & Nemato, Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 997. 1931; Mullan, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 10: 129 (1931) and 12: 165--182, fig. 184--197. 1931; Wehmer, Pflanzenst. 2: 1024. 1931; Guillaum., Journ. Arnold Arb. 13: 29. 1932; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 123 & 127--128. 1932; Reh- nelt, Pareys Blumengdrt., ed. 1, 281. 1932; Hosokawa, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 23: 232. 1933; Kanehira, Fl. Micrones. 457. 1933; Mullan, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 12: 177--179, fig. 178--197. 1933; Hochr., Candollea 5: 192--193. 1934; L. H. Bailey, Florists Handl. Verbenac. [mss.]. 1935; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 16: 71 & 472. 1935; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 1945--19475 pl: 743. 19353 ‘Burkill, Dicts keane. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 1, 1: 585 & 592--593. 1935; Christoph., Bishop Mus. Bull. 128: 193--194. 1935; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 850 & 854--855. 1935; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 4, 104. 1935; E. Do Merr., Trans. Amer; Phillies. soc. ser. 2, 24 (2): [Comment. Lour.] 13, 337, & 420. 1935; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 55 (1): 834. 1935; Beer & Lam, Blumea 2: 225. 1936; Joshi in Kashyap, Lahore Dist. Fl. 195. 1936; Kanehira, For- mos. Trees, ed. 2, 650, 651, 691, & 718, fig. 606. 1936; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 624. 1936; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Cler- od. | 20. 1936; Yamamoto, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa 26: 282. 1936; Docters van Leeuwen, Blumea 2: 262. 1937; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 404, 406, & 424--427. 1938; E. D. Merr., Journ. Ar- nold Arb. 19: 65. 1938; Terasaki, Zoku. Nipp. Syokubutuzuhu 2490. 1938; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 3, 4, 7, 20, 27, & 29. 1939; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 9 & 37. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 15, 19--21, 29, & 53. 1940; Masam. & Yanag., Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 31: 323. 1941; Mold... Supprs Bree Comm. Vern. Names 3, 4--7, 9, 11--17, & 19--24. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 2. 1941; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 238. 1941; Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 103 & 118. 1942; Kanehira & Hatusima, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 56: 114. 1942; Lam & Meeuse in Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 236. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16--19, 27, & 56. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 27, 54--69, 72, & 90. 1942; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 1, 104 & 197. 1943; Parham, Fiji Nat. Pl. 107 & 108. 1943; Yuncker, Bishop Mus. Bull. 178: 102. 1943; H. J. Lam, Blumea 5: 768. 1945; Lam & Meeuse in Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 236. 1945; E. D. Merr., Pl. Life Pacif. World 33, 39, & 173. 1945; Mold., Phytologia 2: 99. 1945; Savage, 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLenodendrwm 39 Cat. Linn. Herb. Lond. 110. 1945; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 2, 85. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 560 & 561 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 386 & 1219. 1946; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 2, 104 & 197. 1946; E. D. Merr., Chron. Bot. 10: Zocee946-=Molde. -Alphe List Cit. ‘13 °5, 165-365-515 71,° 79; 91; 983 HoeeetoOs-s108,-115. 118s 3s 137, W545 155, W575 160; 166, 7170; Wasetotee 973200; 202, 207, 210; 220; 221, 224, 235,°238, 248, Boleeee. 208, 2/6;°2/7, 285, 287, 297, & 315. 1946; E. He Bailey, Sranaecvel- Hort. |: 801;>fig: 7G. 1947; Fosb., Journ. Ne Y: Bot. Gard. 48: 135 & 137. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6 & 29. 1947; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap., imp. 1, 1: 187--188. 1948; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 3, 104 & 197. 1948; Sieevonne Pacit. SCi.s 2: VO4s 12; B 2732 “1948s HoONs (& ASSES Mold; Pl. Life 2: 43 & 54. 1948; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 353, 359, 404, 408--411, 413, 414, 462, 464, 481, 482, 484, 487, 489, 490, 496, Ameo 2o. 001, 536, 5545 555, 557, 559, “S61=-563, 565, 566, 5815 602, 618, 625, 626, 629, 631, 634, & 644 (1948), 3: 656--658, 666, Migs TOs 19s 727, 132, /54--/56, 761, 764, 765, 771, 774, 793, 810, 823, 840, 848, 855, 858, 879, 880, 912, 917, 918, 932, 936, 957, & 977 (1949), and 4: 983, 985, 987, 994--997, 1011, 1017, oe, v094s 1098, 1100; 1101, 1103, TTT, 1128, 1140, 1145, 1146, eons. blo, Vi5S25 11545 W6ly MiG, 1200, 1215, W285 2235 1235, 1238, 1242, & 1243. 1949; Hara, Enum. Pl. Sperm. Jap. 1: 187. 1949; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 4, 104 & 197. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 51, 124, 126, 128, 130, 131, 133, 135--152, 159, & 182. 1949; M. R. Henderson, Malay. Nat. Journ. 6: 385--386, fig. 356. 1950; Li & Keng, Taiwania 1: 127. 1950; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1033 & 1040. 1950; Sastri, Wealth India 2 (R): 232. 1950; W. R. Taylor, Pl. Bikini 196- 197. 1950; Navalkar, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 50: 157--160. 1951; Quisumb., Philip. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 16: 787--789 & 1208. 1951; Sheriar, Sci. Cult. 17: 218--219. 1951; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 26: 3472. 1952; Dastur, Med. Pl. India 84 & 86. 1952; H. F. MacMil- lan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 5, 104 & 197. 1952; Quaintance, Bole Abstr. 2o: L017. 1952; VV. S. Rao, Journ= Indian Bot. Soc’. “31: [297], 307, 308, 312, & 313, fig. 43--45. 1952; Razi, Poona Univ. Journ. 1 (2): 47. 1952; Sheriar, Biol. Abstr. 26: 3184. 1952; Sono- hara, Tawada, & Amano, Fl. Okin. 132. 1952; Naito, Sci. Rep. Kag. 2: 60. 1953; Santapau, Pl. Saurashtra 31. 1953; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. 146--148 & 292, fig. 92. 1954; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 6, 104 & 197. 1954; Pételot, Pl. Méd. Cambod. Laos Vietn. 2 [Archiv. Recherch. Agron. Past. Vietn. 18]: 254 (1954) and 4: 99 & 207. 1954; Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kanazawa Univ. 4: 50. 1955; Chopra, Nayar, & Chopra, Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 71. 1956; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 7, 104 & 197. 1956; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 155, 241, 244, & 267, fig. 39. 1956; Nair & Nathaway, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 54: 99. 1956; Navalkar, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 53: 335--342, pl. 3. Woo R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 3, 577. 1956; Pattnaik, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 54: 149. 1956; Natarajan, Phyton 8: 24, ert, pl. 3s, Trg. 18°& 19, & pl. 4. 1957;-T.° Cooke, Fil.’ Presid. 40 PB Me Ti O; GAD A Vol. 61, Nowel Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 511. 1958; Abeywick., Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Bi- ol. 2: 218. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 77. 1959; Hara, Outline Phytogeog. Jap. 79. 1959; Mold., Resumé 59, 141, 159, 161, 165--167, 1695 17250174, 24550 h7 dy 181.218355185==198, «200. -202--208 9 Zi 216542505 2615262, -264--267,, 272, 273); 301, 321, -330..391 ee 92eue 450. 1959; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 1: 16. 1959; Yuncker, Bishop Mus. Bull. 220: 233. 1959;..R. Br. s.Prodr.pFl.) Nov. Holl .saimpeed.) aeeol ie 1960; Grindal, Everyday Gard. India, ed. 16, 48, 55, & 75. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 560 & 561 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 386 & 1219. 1960; Kitamura & Okamoto, Col. Illust. Trees Shrubs Japan 222. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): [Fl. Peru] 697--700. 1960; Mold., Resume Supp]. 2: 6 & 7. 1960; Puri, Indian For. Ecol. 1: 154, 223, & 233. 1960; Santapau, Fl. Bomb. Salsette [3]. 1960; Van Royen, Nova Guinea, ser. 2, 10: 240. 1960; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. 2: 136. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris., ed. 2, ,22 755 1961; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc.,. ser. 2 sBerhgec: 691. 1961; Hundley & Ko in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 3, 203. 1961; L., Mant. Pl., imp. 2, 2 [Cramer & Swan, Hist. Nat. Class. FAs 4234,19613 Re Re Stewart, Pakist.: dourns Fors 11 se59hSoieehar ler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 159. 1962; Hatusima, Mem. South. Indust. Sci. Inst. Kogoshima Univ. 3 (1): 31. 1962; Liu, I]lust. Nat. In- trod. Lign. Pl. Taiwan 2: 1216, pl. 1024. 1962; H. F. MacMillan, Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 8, 104 & 197. 1962; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 3: 18, 19, 21--24, 27, & 28 (1962) and 4: 7. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 14 & 16. 1962; Razi, Journ. Univ. Poona 1 (2): Biol. 47. 1962; G. L. Shah, Bull. Bot. Surv. In- dia 4: 293. 1962; Sobti & Singh, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.54: 141 & 143. 1962; Graf, Exotica 3: 1481 & 1577. 1963; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Inst. Franc. Pond. 6: 325, 326, 328, 334, 547, & 561. 1963; Li, Woody Fl. Taiwan 824, 827, 828, & 946, fig. 332. 1963; Mahesh- wari, Fl. Delhi 283. 1963; Malaviya, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.58: 351--361, fig. 4, 9, 10, & 26, pl. 32 (4). 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 89. 1963; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 7: 7. 1963; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 2: 622 & 623. 1963; Raman & Kesavan, Sci. Cult. 29: 609--610. 1963; Rao, Aggarwal, & Mukherjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 142, 146, 307, 309, 311, 315, 320, & 321. 1963; Sharma & Mukho- padhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 359, 360, 362, 363, 373, & 381, pl. 9, fig. 9. 1963; Al-Rawi & Chakravarty, Iraq Minist. Agr. Tech. Bull. 15: 28. 1964; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. 2: 330. 1964; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 2: 13 & 15. 1964; Lord, Shrubs Trees Austral. Gard., ed. 2, 260. 1964; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 10: 4. 1964; Parham, Pl. Fiji Isls. 213. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Ceyl., imp. 2, 243. 1964; Arora & Aggarwal, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 316, 317, 319--321, & 325. 1965; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 608. 1965; Bose, Handb. Shrubs 9, 41, 42, & 106. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 2, 1: 592--593. 1965; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison. Pl. India 2: 694. 1965; Dat- ta, Handb. Syst. Bot. 181. 1965; Gaussen, Viart, Legris, & Labrous, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Fran¢. Pond. Hors 5: 24--25. 1965; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. 2, 205 & 268. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 350. 1965; Maheshwari & Singh, Dict. Econ. Pl. India 44. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 41 1965; Malaviya, Biol. Abstr. 46: 8468. 1965; Mani, Bull. Bot. Surv. India &: 114. 1965; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 13: 3 & 8. 1965; Ohwi, Fl. Jap. 765. 1965; Quisumb., Govt. Sarawak Sympos. Ecol. Res. Humid Trop. Veg. 35. 1965; Gaussen, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors 7: 78 & 98. 1966; Hatusima, Mem. Fac. Agr. Kagoshima Univ. 5 (3): 47. 1966; Jafri, Fl. Karachi 290 & 353. 1966; Joshi, Salt Res. Ind. 3: 15. 1966; Kalani, Journ. Sci. Technol. 28: 125-- 127. 1966; Koo, Journ. Tai-Wan Pharm. Soc. 18: 2--9. 1966; Lourteig, Taxon 15: 26. 1966; Mishra & Joshi, Proc. Indian Sci. Cong. 53 (4): 27--28. 1966; Ramaswami, Stud. Flow. Pl. Bangalore 1035--1036 & 1391 [thesis]. 1966; Venkatesan, Indian Forester 92: 29. 1966; Whitmore, Guide For. Brit. Solomon Isls. 173. 1966; Baquar & Tasnif, Pakist. Counc. Scient. Indust. Res. Bull. 3. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 511. 1967; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Indian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 4: 12. 1967; Guillaum., Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris B.15: 316. 1967; Joshi, Cent. Salt Mar. Chem. Res. Inst. Proc. Sem. Sea Salt Pl. 256--264. 1967; Kalani, Biol. Abstr. 48: 9226. 1967; Mishra & Joshi, Indian Sci. Cong. Ass. Proc. 54: 356. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 8, 14, 17, 18, & 25. 1967; Pal & Krishnamurthi, Flow. Shrubs 30, 134, & 135. 1967; Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 38. 1967; Sebastine & Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 92° 192 & 197:°1967; B. C.. Stone, Pacif.®Sci. 21: 108.1967; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38. 1967; Arachi, Pict. Present. Indian Fl. 160 & xxv, fig. 162. 1968; Arulchelvam, Ceyl. Forester, ser. 2, 8: 83, 86, & 91. 1968; Baghwar & Fernandez, Edible Wild Pl. Himal. 284. 1968; Carrick & al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 16: 2436-- 2441. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 148. 1968; Inamdar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 130. 1968; Joshi, Stud. Photosynth. Mar- ine Pl. Bomb. 256--264. 1968; Joshi, Biores. Ind. 4: 4601. 1968; Maiti, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 121. 1968; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 2, 401 & 403. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 15: 472 (1968) and 17: 13, 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 8--10, 19, & 20 (1968) and 17: 6. 1968; G. C. Morrison, Pacif. Sci. 22: 184--193. 1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 268--269. 1968; Shah, Biol. Abstr. 49: 5219. 1968; Shah, Canad. Journ. Bot. 46: [169]--175, fig. 3--16, 19, & 20. 1968; H. Walt., Veget. Erde 2: 917 & 818. 1968; Anon., Biores. Ind. 5: 309 & 1371. 1969; Anon., Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi 32. 1969; Bhakum & al., Indian Journ. Exper. Biol. 7: 250--262. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 755. 1969; Hafez & Younis, Act. Biol. Sci. Hung. 20: 336--340. 1969; Hafez & Younis, Biol. Ab- str. 50: 10217. 1969; Hafez & Younis, Physiol. Pl. 22: 332--337. 1969; Inamdar & Patel, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz. 45: 403, 405, & 406, fig. 6 & 7. 1969; Joshi, Biores. Ind. 5: 309. 1969; Majumdar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 23: 39. 1969; Mishra & Joshi, Biores. Ind. 5: 1973. 1969; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 18: 8. 1969; M. A. Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Santapau & Shah, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 66: 438. 1969; Shah, Indian Forester 95: 275. 1969; Shah, Poulose, & Unnikrishnan, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 48: 85--89. 1969; Sharaf, Aboulezz, Abdul-Alim, & Gomaa, Qual. Pl. Mat. Veg. 17: 293-- 298. 1969; Tilak & Kale, Sydowia 23: 17 & 20. 1969; Venkatareddi, 42 PHY. Budde -O G1) aA Vol. 61, Now’ Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 254 & 258. 1969; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (3): ii & title 2543 (1970), 5 (4): iv & title 3983 (1970), 5 (8): ix & title 8898 (1970), and 5 (9): ii & title 10008. 1970; Graf, Exot. Pl. Man., ed. 1, 541 & 828. 1970; Hafez & Younis, Beitr. Biol. Pflanz, 47: [1]--9, fib 3b. 1970; Hafez & Younis, Hort. Abstr. 40: 185. 1970; Hatusima & Yoshinaga, Bull. Fac. Agr. Kagosh. Univ. 2: 93 & 110, pl. 16, fig. 1. 1970; Sharaf, Aboulezz, Abdul-Alim, & Gomaa, Hort. Abstr. 40: 550. 1970; B. C. Stone, Micronesica 6: [Fl. Guam] 504--505. 1970; Sykes, N. Zeal. Dept. Sci. Indust. Res. Bull. 200: 212, 214, 272, 273, 275, & 306. 1970; Willaman & Li, Lloydia 33, Supp]. 3a: 220. 1970; Abdul-Alim, Plant. Med. 19: [318]--321. 1971; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 27. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52.(10): BsAiS.1.C. $352. 19713, Anonss Kew. Recs. Tax. Lit.° 270.53 Ses Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 5, 507. 1971; Chippendale, Proc. Linn. Soc. New S. Wales 96: 256. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cum. Gen. Ind. (1971), 6 (1): vi & title 36686 (1971), and 7 (7): vi & title 12244. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceyl. 72, 82, 97, & 98. 1971; Harborne, Subram., & Nair, Phytochem. 10: 2822. 1971; Inamdar & Patel, Indian Forester 97: 328. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 22: 6. 1971; Patel, For. Fl. Gujarat 232. 1971; Petrov in McGinnies, Goldman, & Paylore, Food Fiber Arid Land 360. 1971; Rao, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 13: 196 & 200. 1971; Roxb., Fl. Indicassed..2; imp.'3,5.-479=-4805°1971; "“J.°G..S. “s Biol. PAbStre 52: -5685..19713+St.edohn & Sm... Pacif. Seis:25:2 341. S7iee Shahe Patel, & Singh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 13: 208. 1971; Thrower, Pl. Hong Kong 1, 50, & 51. 1971; Weiner, Econ. Bot. 25: 229 & 446. 1971; Anon.; Biol. Abstr. 53 (4): B.A.S.I sees eee C. vanprukir, 14a. Main rachis-ramifications to the cymes 1.5--5.5 cm. long; calyx often truncate, the teeth at most 0.75 mm. long; leaf-blades marginally only distantly serrate or denticulate. 15. Leaves and bracts opposite; petioles at least 2 cm. long; leaf-blades marginally mostly subentire; in- florescence at most 15 cm. long 16. Leaf-blades glabrous on both surfaces...C, venoswn. l6a. Leaf-blades strongly pubescent on the midrib and secondaries above and on all the venation beneath. C. venosum var. pubescens. 15a. Leaves often ternate and the bracts generally so; leaves subsessile or short-petiolate. 17. Leaves subsessile, the blades basally cuneate...... C. sennatum. 17a. Leaves generally petiolate, but sometimes only slightly so when the leaf-blades are basally de- cunrentwandtacuminadteliysnanriowed seis onl... C. sernatum var. wallichii. 13a. Panicles pyramidal. 18. Leaf-blades conspicuously lobed......... C. paniculatum. 18a. Leaf-blades unlobed. 19. Leaf-blades marginally entire; calyx lobes extending little more than halfway to the calyx base.......... C. viklosum, 19a. Leaf-blades often marginally dentate; calyx-lobes extending almost to the calyx base...... C. viscosum. 12a. Panicle corymbose or subcapitate. 90 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 2 20. Panicles corymbose; calyx-teeth small, at tiost 7 mm. Tong. 3.2 TSDC Ss OR .CES Tee C. colebrokianun. 20a. Panicles subcapitate; calyx-lobes large, at least 8 mm. long. 21. Corolla-tube at least 3 cm. long; calyx-lobes triangu- lar-lanceolate, at least 10 mm. long; corolla SRIQTO LT. SRST SRS . PO as Oe C. Lasiocephafum, 21a. Corolla-tube at most 2 cm. long; calyx-lobes triangu- lar, apically acuminate, at most 10 mm. long; corolla "“doubled"......... C. philkippinum f. multiplex. Ja. Corolla infundicular, the tube more than 5 cm. long. Subgenus Siphonanthus (L.) C. B. Clarke; leaves usually verticillate..... C. Andicum, Cooke (1905) distinguishes the Bombay taxa as follows: 1: "Cynes few=-flowered, axillary, GiStinct.. «ons sess nace eee C. A4nerame. la. Cymes collectively forming a terminal panicle. 2. Calyx not conspicuously enlarged in fruit. 3. Calyx-lobes long, ovate, acuminate; leaves opposite, less than FT TMCHES CONG 6 scare cies o syns a ae ane aan oe ae C. phlomidis. 3a. Calyx-lobes very short, broadly triangular; leaves often ter- Mater. LO OVER 6 IMNGNES NOM cts creas chatesercerereieserareiene C. Sernnatumn. 2a. Calyx much enlarged in fruit, turning red.......... C. villosum Maheshwari (1963) distinguishes the Delhi species as follows: 1. Corolla-tube less than 5 cm. long. 2. Corolla white, rarely pink; cymes axillary and terminal. 3. Leaf-blades ovate, elliptic, or oblong, subfleshy; flowers in axillary mostly 3-flowered cymes.........cceecoees C. 4nerme. 3a. Leaf-blades ovate or rhomboid, thin-textures; flowers in di- chotomous cymes forming a rounded panicle...... C. phlomidis. 2a. Corolla not white; cymes only terminal. 4. Habit erect; corolla pink, doubled.C, philippinwm f. multiplex 4a. Habit climbing; corolla crimson, single......... C. spLendens. la. Conolia—tubes mone, Chained: Cm.” WONG cer -cfotetere. oletelrene set tated C. indicwn, Blatter and his associates (1935) key the Indian medicinal species as follows: 1. Corolla-tube less than 3.8 cm. long. 2. Peduncles mainly axillary. 3. Leaf-blades obovate or elliptic, subobtuse, entire, glabrate.. C. dnewne. 3a. Leaf-blades ovate, sinuate or serrate, puberulent or pubes- cent beneath when: MAtUre...cxccevscscceee -++-C. phLomidis. 2a. Peduncles terminal. 4. Inflorescence paniculate, elongate, conspicuously bracteose... C. sernatum. 4a. Inflorescence capitate or corymbose.........eeees C. védscodsum. la., Corolliastube monet than 72 5rcminlionG ee eee eee C. tndicum. The pollen of CLerodendaum ineume is described by Nair & Rehman (1962) as spheroidal, diameter 63 mu, range 56--58 mu, apocolpium di- ameter 35 mu, based on Indian Nat. Bot. Gand. 44116, skide 2631, from Bonibay. Huang (1972) describes the grains as oblate to subpro- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 91 late, 42--67 mu x 56--71 mu, based on Huang 3342 from Taiwan. Maiti (1968) reports the presence of a green oil, a sterol, and much saponin in C, dnerame, but a negligible amount of alkaloid and no terpene. Hafaz & Younis (1969) found experimentally no change occurring in stomatal opening response in carbon dioxide free air. Bose and his associates (1977) found significant promotion of rooting with use of ethylene and acetylene. Wehmer (1931) reports the extraction of chirettin (chiratin) and ophelic acid from the leaves, while Al-Rawi & Chakraverty (1964) re- port that the fresh leaves contain an amorphous bitter principle and the ash Contains sodium chloride. Abdul-Alim (1971) isolated from the leaves a water-soluble bitter principle with alkaloid attributes, as well as a sterol, an aliphatic alcohol and ketone, also glucose, fructose, and sucrose as free sugars. Subramanian & Nair (1972) report the presence of a unique flavonid, scutellarein-4'-L-arabinoside, in the leaves of this plant, claimed to be "the only scutellarein pentoside so far known. The presence of high proportions of free scutellarein with small quantities of its glycoside in C, nercfoLium is unusual in TubifLonae and may be due to the easy hydrolysibility of scutellarein-4'-arabinoside....Luteolin and apigenin which have been recorded to be common flavones of Ver- benacege are absent in C, nerifolium." This same researcher and his associates (1973) have found the sterol, (24S)-ethylcholesta-5, 22, 25-triene-3@-ol, in the leaves, based on their no. 11/71 deposited in the Jipmar Herbarium at Pondicherry. Common and vernacular names recorded for this widespread plant are understandably very numerous, including: "abuts", "aihua", "afig-angri" "a-la-loi-alugi", "aloalo-atai", "alo alo itai", "alo alo tai", “aloalo tai", “aloalotai" [=seaside Pxemna], "“amahoesoe", “anjali", "apuech", "apuoch", "apwec", taal Mantas “ahaiyat's syelig iad oe "aupui", "awai", "ayer putri", "baliscug", "baliseng", "baliskug", "ban-jai", "bdn-jai", "banjai", "banjoi", "banjuen", "ban-juen", “ban-jumet", "barga", "bat-raj", "batraj"s "hen juen", "biring djené", "boerende", "ponjoi", "bon-joi", "bunga pawang" [=sorcerer's flower], "bunjoin", "bun-join", "bunjumat". "“bun-jumat", "burenda", "burende", "busel-busel", "chamvert", "chhoti-arni", "chia bam", "“chirettakraut" "cholora", "chong gong", "choti-arni", "ch'ou-k'u-lang", "clerodendro do cagillas", "Coromandel chlerodendrum", "dariai arni", "didi leman" "di hia", "dungeti", "embreret", "embrert", "eru-pichcha", "eru- pichecha", "erupucha", "eru puchcha", "“etin", "“etipisangi", "eti pisinika", “etipisinika", “etiu", "fa long shue", "false jasmine", "foo long", "foo long shue", "foo yis hai", "fouksha", "fuefuesina", "gabwi", "gambir-lant", "gambit-laut", "gambir laoet", "gamwert", “garden quinine", "gashangi", "geki", "genguti", "ghuraenda", “girila-mari", "glory-bower", "glorybower", "goo yis hai", "gowie", "gulinda", "habiya", "habui", "habwi", "ibanjoi", “ibota-kusagi"[=Li- gustium clerodendrum ], “ibotakusagi kunin".."dhbauy! 2 atau, Pl..- imp. 14,22-423,00i0ee [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 155. 1772; Reichard, Linn. Syst. Pl. 3: 19. 1780; J. A. Murray in L., Syst. Veg., ed.. 15; 2: 578. 1784; Gaertnas. Fruet. Sema (Pl... be 2715) pleod sefiGsobh). 178853 .dseF. Gmels tn: Lae See Natss,ed.«13, imp 15 02:-9626:1789;-Lour. sol . Cechinchs ced ee 387--388. 1790; Nemnich, Allgem. Polyglott. Lex. 1: 1065--1066. 1791 sg ode7F. Gmel.inukes Syst. Nataj, edicl3acimps 25028 S62Qeiees Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. [Illust. Gen.] 3: pl. 544. 1796; P. Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 9, 1: CLenodendrum 1. 1797; Raeusch., Nom. Bot. ,.ed- 34°182. 37975 Willd. ‘in be, Sp. Pl., ed. 4 [5 ), sae 386. 1800; Vent., Jard. Malm. 1: 25, pl. 25. 1803; Desf., Tabl. fool. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat., ed. 1, 53. 1804; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 5: 163--164. 1804; K. C. Gmel., Hort. Mag. Duc. Bad. Carlsr. 72. 1811; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1s 46% 218143. Desiree Ecol. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat., eds 2, 64. 1815: Perss, Sp. Pleads 236au 1819; Jack, Malay. Misc. [Descr. Malay. Pl.]. imp. 1, 1: 16. 1820; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 1, 315--316. 1821; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1,5 207.. 1821; Moons: Cat. Indig..Exots.-P) «.Ceyleole46.008Eae Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 9: 811. 1825; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 759. 1825; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 811. 1826; 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 171 Sweets sHowmt -Obrit..fed2 Lael: 322281826; Wostook... (Curtise@bot. “Mags 56:[ser. 2,.3]: pl. 2925 (in textu). 1829; °Loud., Encycl. Pl. 522: 1829; Wall., Numer. List [49]. no. 1796. 1829; W. Hook., Bot. Misc. lmeeos. 630; Loud., Hort. Brits, ed? 1, 2472 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 416. 1830; Wall., Numer. List 87, no. 1795/H--K'& M-- OelioaLsoktouds, Horts Brit... edae2,. 247s 18325aRoxbi5ackles Indica, ed. 2, imp. 1, 3: 59. 1832; Kostel., Allgem. Med.-Pharm. 3: 382. 1834; Bojer, Hort. Maurit. 256. 1837;.G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 247. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; J. Grah., Cat. Pl. Bomb. 157. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 382 & 383. 1840; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 616. 1843; Jack, Calcut. Journ. Nat. Hist. 4: [Descrip. Malay. Pl., imp. 5] 16 & 39. 1843; Hasskeiemcdt. srl. Hort. Bot. Bogor. Cult. Alt. 136... 1844: Lindl)2,..Ed= wards Bot. Reg. 30 [ser. 2, 7]: pl. 19. 1844; Paxt., Mag. Bot. 11: 169 & 170. 1844; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 107 & 108. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 657 & 667. 1847; Wight, Icon.P1.Indiae Orient., imp. 1, 4 (3): 12, pl. 1471. 1849; Planch. & Van Houtte, Fl. Serres Jard., ser. 1, 9: 17. 1850; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handworterb., ed. 1, 206. 1852; Sweet, Ornament. Fl. Gard. 2: pl. 37. ,he24; Hassk.; Retzia 1: 59.1855; Regeli, »Gartenfl2 5: [353]. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 876--877. 1858; C. Muell. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 5: 711. 1860; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 2: 243. 1861; Anon., Journ. Hort. 28 [ser. 2, 3]: 515. 1862; Balf. f., Edinb. New Philos. Journ., ser. 2, 15: 232. 1862; W. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 88 [ser. 3, 17]: pl. 5294 (in textu). 1862; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Obs. Bot. ] 3: 214. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbenac. 214. ie6sa2) Lem. 5 ol lust sHorte dO: pl. 358. 1863 ;Je.ke Wats... lndid Nat: Scient. Names 437. 1868; Kurz, Rep. Veg. Andam. App. A: 45. 1870; Beddome, Fi. Syliv. Anal. Gen. pl. 22. 1872; Brandis, For. Fl. Northw. Cent. India 353. 1874; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 3. 530 & 609. 1874; Roxb., Fl. Indica, ed. 2, imp. 2, 478. 1874; Kurz, rrelim. Rep. For. Veg. Pegqu App. A: xcvi (1875) and B: 71. 1875; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 266 & 267. 1877; Naves & Fern.-Villar i anca sls Filip... ed. 3,4: Nov. App. 161, pls 223]: 1880; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 299 & 504. 1881; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. India 496--497 & 747. 1884; E. Balf., Cyclop. India 3: 740-- Pal Siesss Ce B.. Clarke in 4ook. fog Fle Brit. India 4: 594-=595. 1885; Trimen, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. P1.] 69. 1885; Campbell & Watt, Descrip. Cat. Econ. Prod. Chutia Nagpur 18 & 55. 1886; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 31: 83 & 85. 1886; Watt., Dict. Econ. Prod. India 2: 373. 1889; Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 95. 1891; Pardo de Tavera, Pl. Med. Filip. 241--242, 329, 332, & 337. 1892; "W. W.", Garden Lond. 42: 563. 1892; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 1, 3: 79--81. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Edwards, Bot. Reg. 30: pl. 19. 1894; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 248. 1894; Tal- bot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 162 & 217. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 143 & 175. 1895; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1219. 1895; Tri- men, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 359 & 361. 1895; Voss in Vilm., Blumengdrt. 1: 831. 1895; Hansgrig, Sitzungsber. BUhm. Gesell. Wiss. Prag Jahrb. 172 Poe TO LO Grd eR Vol. 61, Nowes 23: 44. 1897; J. L. Stewart, Punjab Pl. 165. 1899; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bat. 42 [Beijdr. Booms. Java 7]: 212. 1900; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 543. 1902; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 1, 623, 834, & 835. 1903; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 1, 3: 430 & 432 1905; F. N. Will., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 5: 432. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 507 (1906) and imp. 2, 507. 1906; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 1, 3: 433. 1906; Duthie in Strachey, Cat. Pl. Kumaon 138. 1906; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2a, 507. 1907; Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 826 & 835--836, 1908; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 358. 1909; Haines, For. Fl. Chota Nagpur 484 & 485. 1910; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 3, 507. 1911; Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1911: 444, 1911; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain 2: 225--227. 1911; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 1, 1: 335. 1911; Pammel, Man. Poi- son. Pl., ed. 2, 857 & 932. 1911; Ridl., Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits 59: 156. 1911; J. C. & M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 69. 1911; Craib, Contrib. Fl. Siam Dicot. 165. 1912; Koord., Exkursionsfl. 3: 138. 1912; E. D. Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 98. 1912; C. B. Robinson, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 414 & 416. 1912; Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 5: 1849. 1913; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 90--91 & 94. 1916; Died., Ann. Mycol. 14: 220. 1916; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 1, 2: 756, 1079, 1127, & 1531. 1916; E. D. Merr., Interpret. Rumph. Herb. Am- boin. 452 & 455. 1917; Firminger, Man. Gard. India, ed. 6, 2: 387. 1918; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 64--65 & 72. 1918; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., imp. 1, 3: pl. 746. 1918; E. D. Merr., Sp. Blanc. 334. 1918; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 1, 395 & 400--402. 1918; A. Chev., Cat. Pl. Jard. Bot. Saigon 35. 1919; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 284, 285, & 363. 1919; Bose, Man. Indian Bot. 252, fig. 218. 1920; Ridl., Journ. Fed. Malat States Mus. 10: 111. 1920; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 76, 89--92, 108, 109, viii, & ix. 1921; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 4, 507. 1921; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Mat. Méd. Pharm. Paris 13: [Verb. Util. Mat. Méd.] 104. 1921; E. D. Merr., Bibl. Enum. Born. P1. 517. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 543. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris., ed. 1, 4: 720 & 721. 1922; Parkinson, For. Fl. Andaman, imp. 1, 219. 1922; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma, ed. 2, 132. 1922; Anon., Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. List Seeds Coll. 1923: 60. 1923; Dastur, Journ. Indian Bot. 3: 144--147, fog. 2. 1923; E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 403 & 405. 1923; Ridl., Fl. Malay. Penins. 2: 629. 1923; Sydow, Justs Bot. Jah- resber. 44: 570. 1923; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 554. 1923; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1099 & 1100. 1924; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 2, 395 & 400--402. 1924; Britton & P. Wils., Scient. Surv. Puerto Rico 6: 150. 1925; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 10: 110 (1925) and 10: 155, 196, & 206. 1927; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 1396. 1927; Osmaston, For. Fl. Kumaon 411 & 412. 1927; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 10: 73. 1929; J. M. Cowan, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 11: 68. 1929; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 51. 1929; Misra & Lamba, Bull. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa 196: 3. 1929; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 6 (Sup- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLernodendrwm 173 play: 232°8°2332°09315 Anon.; ‘Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. List Seeds 1931: 33. 1931; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 123. 1932; Rehnelt, Pareys Blumengdrtn., ed. 1, 281. 1932; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 277. 1933; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 54. 1933; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: 1295--1296. 1934; L. H. Bailey, List Nurs. Hand]. Verb. [mss.]. 1935; Bakh., Journ. Arnold Arb. 16: 71. 1935; Banerji, Bose Res. Inst. calc. 17: 71--81. 1935; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, 1945 & 1950--1951, pl. 746. 1935; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 1, 590. 1935; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 850 & 859--860. 1935; H. F. MacMill.,.Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 4, 104. 1935; E. D. Merr., Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., ser. 2, 24 (2): 338 & 420. 1935; Banerjee, Sci. Cult. 2: 163. 1936; Banerji, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 12: 75--88. 1936; Penna, Rodriguésia 2: 315. 1936; B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod.] 20. 1936; Banerjee, Chem. Abstr. 31: 209 & 5407. 1937; Banerjee, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 14: 51--57. 1937; Banerjee, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. Calcut. 13: 1--22. 1937; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 405, 425, & 430. 1938; Banerji, Chem. Abstr. 33: 3384, 3388, & 8205. 1939; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam, imp. 1, 3: 486--488. 1939; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 16, 23--25, & 31. 1939; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 37. 1939; Banerji, Chem. Abstr. 34: 7949. 1940; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20. 1940; Mold., Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: 211. 1940; Biswas, Indian For. Rec. Bot. 3: 41. 1941; Mold., Supp]. List Comm. Vern. Names 3, 5, 6, 8, 10--12, 14, 17, & 23. 1941; Meeuse, Blumea 5: 76. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 18. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55, 56 o0 goo. 7/2, & 90. W942 HS FS MacMill’., Trop: Plant. Gard., ‘ed. 5, imp. 1, 104. 1943; Mold., Phytologia 2: 99--100. 1945; Savage, Linn. Herb. 110. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 1219. 1946; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plane. cards ed. 5, imp. 2, 104. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. T: 113, 115, & 117. 1946; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 64. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6 & 29. 1947; H. F. MacMill., Imop. Plante Gard., ed. 5, imp. 35 104. 1948: Mold. » Aliph. List Cit. 2: 410 & 411 (1948), 3: 827 & 878 (1949), and 4: 997, 1098, 1235, & 1297 0094895) He F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 4, 104. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 128--130, 137, 138, 159, & 182. 1949; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 11 (2): 29. 1950; Sastri, Wealth India 2 (R): 232. 1950; Chakraverti, Curr. Sci. 20: 48--49, 1951; Chaudhury & Dutta, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 28: 295-- 300. 1951; Ramakrishnan, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.34: 163. 1951; Chakraverti, Biol. Abstr. 26: 1750. 1952; Chakraverti, Nature 169: 552. 1952; Chaudhury & Dutta, Chem. Abstr. 46: 5788--5789. 1952; Dastur, Med. Pl. India 84 & 86. 1952; Eyster, Biol. Abstr. 26: 1184 Recladee 95227 Hs Fee MacMi11.,’ Trop. Plant. Gard. , ed’. 5, imp. 5, 104. 1952; Ranakrishnan, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.35: 112. 1952; Chaudhury & Dutta, Biol. Abstr. 27: 228. 1953; Pételot, Pl. Med. Cambod. Laos Vietn. 2 [Archiv. Rech. Agron. Camb. Laos Vietn. 18]: 253--254 (1953) and 4: 38, 39, 41, 57, 60, 63, 99, 198, 200, 243, 244, 268, & 301. 1954; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. 150- 174 P YT Orb OG 498 Vol. 61, Mageg 152, fig. 95. 1954; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 6, 104. 1954; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 27: 3374. 1955; Core, Pl. Tax. 402. 1955; Kitamura in Kihara, Scient. Res. Jap. Exped. Nepal 1: 209. 1955; Chopra, Nayar, & Chopra, Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 71. 1956; H, F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 7, 104. 1956; R. N. Parker, For. Fl. Punjab, ed. 3, 577. 1956; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Hort., ed. 2, 1: 525. 1956; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14356. 1958; R. N. & I. C. Chopra, Handa, & Ka- pur, Indig. Drugs India, ed. 2, 610. 1958; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 511 & 513. 1958; Patil, Curr. Sci. 4: 140-- 141. 1958; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Genetics 58 (3): 358--386. 1958; Abeywick., Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 218. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 77. 1959; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 1: 52. 1959; Kita- mura, Fauna Fl. Nepal 209. 1959; Mold., Résumé 165--167, 177, 179, 216, 265, 272, 391, 392, & 450. 1959; Nayar, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1: 125. 1959; Sebastine, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 1: 95. 1959; Subra- manyam, Bull. Bot. Surv. India L: 133. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 1219. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 305. 1960; Puri, Indian For. Ecol. 1:,.156, 165, 176, 185, 189, 204, 219, 220, 230, 236; 234924 279 (1960) and 2: 406 & 515. 1960; Barton, Cheung, Cross, Jackman, & Martin-Sm., Journ. Chem. Soc. 1961: 5061--5073. 1961; Barton, Che- ung, Cross, Jackmans, & Martin-Sm., Proc. Chem. Soc. 1961: 76--78. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Oris., ed. 2, 2: 755 & 756. 1961; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 691. 1961; L., Mant. Pl., imp. 2, 2 [Cramer & Swan, Hist. Nat. Class. 7]: 423. 1961; Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 3: 14. 1961; Sim, Hamor, Paul, & Robertson, Proc. Chem. Soc. 1961: 75--76. 1961; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, In- dian Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 1: 39. 1962; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 2, 1: 335 (1962) and imp. 2, 2: 756, 1079, 1127, & 1531. 1962; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 8, 104. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 14 & 15. 1962; Paul, Sim, Hamor, & Robertson, Journ. Chem. Soc. 1962: 4133--4145. 1962; Malaviya, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. B.58: 351--355 & 357--360, fig. 6, pl..31.:(1). 1963; Prain, Bengal ‘Pl... impels es 623, 834, & 835. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 358- 360, 364, 365, 373, 374, 376, 379, & 381--383, pl. 10 & 11, fig. 24- 29. 1963; Wight, Icon. Pl. Indiae Orient., imp. 2, 4 [Cramer & Swan, Hist. Nat. Class. 31]: pl. 1471. 1963; Banerjee in Lahiri, West Beng. For. 55. 1964; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. 2: 330. 1964; Sen & Singh, Indian Journ. Chem. 2: 172. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 243. 1964; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 46 (23): B.29. 1965; Banerji, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19 (2): 74. 1965; Dakshini, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 44: 424. 1965; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. 1961: 129--130. 1965; Malaviya, Biol. Abstr. 46: 8468. 1965; Manzoor-i-Khuda & Sarela, Tetrahedron 21: 797. 1965; McCrindle & Overton, Advanc. Organ. Chem. 5: 47. 1965; Mukerjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 136. 1965; Nair, Asia Monogr. India 1 (5): [Pollen Grains W. Himal. Pl. ] 35, pl. 12, fig. 155. 1965; Sen & Singh, Biol. Abstr. 46: 286 & 313 (1965) and 46 (1): B.131. 1965; Sen & Singh, Hort. Abstr. 35: 440. 1965; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 47 (23): S.37. 1966; 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 175 Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 2, 1: 590. 1966; Gaus- sen & al., Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Frang. Pond. Hors 7: 50, 56, 67, & 98. 1966; Jain & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 247. 1966; Lourteig, Taxon 15: 26. 1966; Manzoor-i-Khuda, Biol. Abstr. 47: 9899. 1966; Manzoor-i-Khuda, Tetrahedron 22: 2377--2386. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 14: 8. 1966; Raju, Indian Forester 92: 489. 1966; Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl. Bangalore (thesis) 1035--1037 & 1391. 1966; Singh & Patnaik, Proc. Indian Sci. Cong. 53 (3): 439. 1966; Yamazaki in Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 269. 1966; Barua, Sanyal, & Chakrabarti, Journ. Indian Chem. Soc. 44:549--551. 1967; Kariyoni, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. 1962: 135. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 19. 1967; Panigrahi & Saran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 250 & 258. 1967; Arachi, Pict. Present. Indian Fl. xviii, xxv, 158, & 159, fig. 160 & 161. 1968; Barua, Sanyal, & Chakrabarti, Biol. Abstr. 49: 1374. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 148. 1968; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 398--401, 404, & 405, fig. 5, 11, 18, & 19. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 10. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; Caaudhuri, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 23: 124--126. 1969; R. N. & I. C. Chopra & Varma, Suppl. Gloss. Indian Med. Pl. 18. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Ind. 6: 263. 1969; Joshi, Indian Forester 95: 153. 1969; Rao & Verma, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 410. 1969; Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Singh & Patnaik, Biores. Ind. 5: 1420. 1969; Amaratunga, Phytologia 20: 458. 1970; Jain & Tarafder, Econ. Bot. 24: 249. 1970; Abdul-Alim, Plant. Med. [318]. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: iv & 829. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 5, 507. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6 (1): iii & title 1370. 1971; Fonseca & Vinasith- amby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceyl. 24, 71, 73, & 95. 1971; Gerth van Wijk, Dict. Plantnames, imp. 3, 1: 335 (1971) and imp. 3, Zee, 079501127, & 1931.) 19713; Hartwell, Lioydia 34:, 386.1971: Maurya, Bahga, & Soni, Indian Vet. Journ. 48: 1263--1266. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 280, 284, 295, 304, 359, 438, 444, 447, 448, & Realises h) and /2: 734, 793, 867, 9715 & 972. 197 \3 Patel, For. Fle Giigarat (2325/9197 1/5) Roxbs.,, Fl... Indica,ned.. 2snimpi 3247829 W971 Thrower, Pl. Hong Kong 1, 48, & 49. 1971; Wittstein, Etymolog.-bot. Handwurterb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 206. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 54 (6): B.A.S.1.C. S.54. 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Indica, imp. 2 [Hamdard 15:] 79--81. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (4): vi & 222. 1972; Gamble, Man. Indian Trees, ed. 2, imp. 3, 543. 1972; Parkinson, For. Fl. Andaman, imp. 2, 219. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annote Gistsian Nasir’ & Ala soFlir WestePakists606.01972: "“dseGe S.", Biol. Abstr. 54: 3201. 1972; Abraham, Thomas, KarunaKaran, & Golpa- lakrishnan, Agric. Res. Journ. Kerala 10: 59--60. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6: Cum. Gen. Ind. [32] (1973), 8 (6): iii & 483 (1973), and 8 (8): vi. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. 21]: 670, 671, & 677. 1973; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 27: 94. 1972; Nicholas in L. P. Mill., Phytochemistry 2: 281--282. 1973; Serbanescu-Jitar- iu & Mitroiu, Act. Bot. Hort. Bucurest. 1972-1973: 110, 111, & 116-- 117, pl. 2, fig. 7. 1973; Subramanian & Nair, Phytochem. 12: 1195. 1973; Subramanian, Nair, & Vedantham, Phytochem. 12: 2078--2079. 176 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 3 1973; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1752. 1974; Letouzey, Adansonia, ser. 2, 14: 223, figs: 3 (112& 12).°19743) “H. T.: So", Biol., Abstr. 57: 3245. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 396. 1974; Vivekanandan, Sri Lankan Forester, ser. 2, 11: 82, 127, & 147. 1974; Asher, Guide Bot. Period. 1: 616. 1975; Blasco, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst. Franc. Pond. 14: 28. 1975; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 1945 & 1950--1951, pl. 746. 1975; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7: Cum. Gen. Ind. [31]. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 31: 395. 1975; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 2, 315-- 316. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 33: 492 (1976) and 34: 265 & 273. 1976; Saxena & Khotele, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 73: 28. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: 10. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorak. 254. 1976; Talbot, For. Fl. Bomb., ed. 2, 2: 358. 1976; Amaratunga, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 12: 193. 1977; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 398. 1977; Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 2, 1 [Descr. Malay. Pl., imp. 7, 1 (1)J: 16. 1977; L6- pex-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 263. 1977; [Mold.], Biol. Abstr. 64: 6962. 1977; Troth & Nicolson, Phytologia 35: 226 & 227. 1977; Mound & Halsey, Whitefly World 123. 1978; Holm, Pancho, Herberger, & Pluck- nett, Geogr. Atlas World Weeds 91. 1979; A. L8ve, Taxon 28: 630. 1979; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 267, 274, 284, 349, 384, 385, 387, 390- 392, 394, 431, 456, & 538. 1980; Prasad, Mehta, Dave, & Suma, Indian Journ. Exp. Biol. 18: 1524--1525. 1980; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 2, 46. 1980; Narkiewicz, Garden 5 (2): 12. 1981; Prasad, Mehta, Dave, & Suma, Biol. Abstr. 72: 597. 1981; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan., & Rat- hakr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 33. 1981; Varma, Fl. Bhagal- pur Dist. 310. 1981; Choudhury & Patnaik, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 808. 1982; Hartwell, Pl. Used Against Cancer 2: 659. 1982; Mold., Phytologia 50: 259 (1982) and 53: 207. 1983; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 407, 412, 416, 442, 445, 461--466, 473, 475, & 476. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 56: 123 (1984), 57: 334, 335, 339, 344, 345, 467, & 468 (1985), 58: 283, 286, 289-- 291, 344, 349, 353, 407, & 411 (1985), 59: 103--106, 118, & 123-- 125 (1986), 60: 62, 128, 135, 359, & 367 (1986), and 61: 22 & 26. 1986. Illustrations: J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. pl. 29. 1737; Wight, Icon. Pl. Indiae Orient., imp. 1, 4 (3): pl. 147. 1849; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 1, pl. 746. 1935; Wight, Icon. Pl. Indiae Orient., imp. 2, 4 [Cramer & Swan, Hist. Nat. Class. 31]: pl. 1471. 1963; Arachi, Pict. Present. Indian Fl. 158 & 159, fig. 160 & 161. 1968; Blatter, Caius, & Mhaskar in Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, pl. 746. 1975. A mostly single-stemmed, branching shrub, 1--2 m. tall, or small, slender, erect tree to 5 m. tall; branchlets medium-slender, obtuse- ly tetragonal, densely appressed-pubescent with antrorse flavescent hairs; nodes slightly flattened, not annulate; principal internodes 5--9 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles slender or rather stout, 1.5--13 cm. long, densely appressed-pubescent, sometimes col- lapsing at the base in drying; leaf-blades thinly membranous or char- taceous, uniformly dark-green on both surfaces, ovate, 7--24 cm. long, 4.5--15 cm. wide, apically abruptly short-acuminate, marginal- ly entire, basally mostly truncate or subtruncate on the uppermost 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLenodendnrwn 177 leaves, sometimes cordate on the lower ones, strigillose above on the lamina but densely pilose on the venation, densely pilose-pubes- cent with extremely short, flavescent, and appressed hairs over the entire venation beneath but only slightly so on the lamina; inflor- escence large, terminal, laxly paniculate, to 22 cm. long and wide, appressed-pubescent with antrorse flavescent hairs throughout, com- posed of 5--8 pairs of decussate-opposite and divaricate many-flow- ered cymes; peduncles 1.5--9 cm. long, continuous with the adjacent branchlet and exactly similar in texture and pubescence; sympodia 2--5 cm. long; pedicels slender, 4--22 mm. long, green when fresh, densely pubescent with more or less tangled brownish or reddish hairs; bracts few, foliaceous, ovate, to 6 cm. long and 3.2 cm. wide, similar to the uppermost leaves in all respects but smaller and of- ten more densely pubescent, stipitate, caducous; bractlets few, often foliaceous, caducous; prophylla obsolete or very small, setaceous, inconspicuous; flowers fragrant; calyx green before and during an- thesis, 5-fid to below 3/4 of its length, cinereous-pubescent and often with a few scattered discoid glands especially basally, the lobes lanceolate, apically acuminate, the midrib dorsally prominent and more densely pubescent; corolla hypocrateriform, white, the tube narrow-cylindric, 2--3 times as long as the calyx, internally with white strigose hairs, externally ferruginous-villous, the limb 5- parted, the lobes short, equal, oblong or obovate, apically obtuse; stamens inserted in the corolla-tube, 4, the filaments capillary, twice as long as the corolla, alternate with the corolla-lobes; anthers oblong; pollen grains isopolar, circular in polar view, transversely elliptic in equatorial view, the aperture tricolpate, the extoaperture lolongate, its aperture irregularly dentate, the sexine spinulose, baculate, thicker than the nexine; pistil equaling the stamens; stigma bifid; ovary 4-celled, each cell 1l-ovulate; fruiting-pedicels scarlet; fruiting-calyx much accrescent, persis- tent, bright-pink or dark-maroon to red or scarlet, coriaceous, succulent, spreading, venose; fruit drupaceous, subglobose, black or purplish to violet-black when mature, about 8 mm. long and wide, externally glabrous, succulent, shiny, composed of 4 pyrenes, non- dehiscent; seeds basifixed, 1 in each pyrene; embryo conforming to the seed in size and shape, erect, white; cotyledons oblong-ovate, thick, fleshy, plano-convex; radicle very small, subglobose, infer- ior; chromosome number: probably 2n = 52. This is the designated type species of the genus. According to a letter received by me from my longtime friend and colleague, William T. Stearn, dated August 25, 1970, the "obligate lectotype" of C, Angortunatum "is a Ceylon specimen collected by Paul Hermann pre- served in the Hermann Herbarium (vol. 4 fol. 46) here in the British Museum (Natural History)". Lourteig (1966) identifies this as Hermann's specimen number 17, type of his C£enodendron folio Lato & acuminato of 1737. In the Linnean Herbarium, in London, I personally examined, under genus 789 [810], sheet no. 1, which is inscribed "ingortunatum" in Linnaeus' own handwriting and is definitely this taxon; it was pres- ent there in Linnaeus' first enumeration. 178 PE ¥ oT .Q0L 00 °Galsa Vol. 61, No. 3 This much confused species is apparently native to Sri Lanka (and possibly the Andaman Islands) and there endemic. Thwaites & Hooker (1861) describe it as "not uncommon in damp forests, up to an alti- tude of 5000 feet" in Sri Lanka and my wife and I confirmed this on our recent visit to that island nation... It was Britton & Wilson, in 1925, who first designated it as the type species of the genus. Bojer (1837) states that C. infontunatwm was cultivated in gar- dens in Mauritius in his day, flowering there in April and May, from material originally obtained from Sri Lanka. Thwaites & Hooker (1839) cite C.P.2894 from Sri Lanka and Schauer (1847) cites from Sri Lanka Bwuman 4.n. and Leschenaul!! 4.n. The bibliography of "C. infortunatwm" is quite extensive, but, unfortunately, most of it is partially or completely unreliable be- cause of the nomenclatural confusion which has plagued this taxon almost since its establishment by Linnaeus. The Hermann (1717) and Burman (1737) pre-Linnean references apparently correctly apply to this species, but those of Rheede (1679) and Petiver (1695) probably not, and that of Rumpf (1743) certainly not. For instance, it seems apparent that the so-called "CLenodendron infortunatum Gaertn." [or "CLerodendron infortunatum L."] of Bose (1920), Burkill (1934, 1965, 1966), Crevost & Pételot (1934), Chevalier (1919), Poiret (1804), and Ridley (1911) is really C. véillosum Blume; that of Babu (1977), Bor & Raizada (1954), Desfontaines (1804, 1815), Dop (1935), Farns- worth (1971), Gamble (1908), Haines (1922, 1961), Fletcher (1938), Jain & De (1966), Jain & Tarafder (1970), Kurz (1875, 1877), Lam (1919), Léve (1979), Kanjilal & al. (1939, 1982), Kitamura (1955, 1959), Nairne (1894), Maximowicz (1886), Parker (1924), Penna (1936), Petelot (1953), Panigrahi & Saran (1967), Singh & Patnaik (1966), Stewart (1972), Thrower (1971), Troth & Nicolson (1977.), Voss (1895), and Yamazaki (1966) is C. viscosum Cent.; that of Pardo de Tavera (1892) is C. minahassae var. brevitubulosum H. J. |.am; that of Bri- quet (1895) is C. kaempfert (Jacq.) Sieb.; while that of the follow- ing authors, all based on non-Srilankan material, is either C. vik- Losum or C. vdscosum or a combination of both: Banerjee (1964), Caaudhuri (1969), Chopra & al. (1969), Craib (1911, 1912), Duthie (1911), Dymock (1893), Haines (1910), Hartwell (1971), Kariyone (1967), Kihara (1955), Kitamura (1959), Mukerjee (1965), Nath (1960), Osmaston (1927), Patel (1971), Prain (1903), Puri (1960), Rodger (1922), Stewart (1899), Talbot (1909), and Watt (1889). The plant referred to by Dastur (1923), Sydow (1923), and Wangerin (1923) is most probably C. vikloswm, while that referred to by Synge (1956) is probably C. 4pectosissimum Van Geert and that referred to by Nair (1965) and by Nair & Rehman (1962), with pollen description, is most probably C. vdscosum, The "C. Anfortunatum" with red corollas, illustrated by Edwards (1895) is probably C. kaempfert (Jacq.) Sieb., while that of Paxton (1844), also with red corollas, is probably C. Apecktosrissimum Van Geert. Without examination of any voucher her- barium material that may (hopefully) have been kept, it is imposib- le to state with certainty the true identity of the "C. infortuna- tum" of Manzoor-i-Khuda (1966), but it probably was C. viscosum Vent. and this applies also to the illustration given by Letouzey (1974). 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 179 The CLerodendron infortunatum illustrated by Wight (1849, 1963) and copied by Blatter & al. (1935, 1975), is probably correctly named -- the fig. 1 shows an elongated corolla-tube, although the corolla-tubes on the flowers depicted on the habit sketch are rath- er foreshortened. The description of the chromosome number as “probably 52", as given above, is based on several published descriptions (e.g. Nair, 1965, Cave, 1959), but if the material used to obtain this figure actually represented the true C. infortunatwm L. is extremely dubi- ous -- the material much more likely was the widespread Indian and Nepalese C. viscosum Vent., a species which has very widely been mis- identified as "C. infortunatum" by more recent authors and coll¢c tors. The vast majority of the Indian material examined by me and originally labeled as "C, infonrtunatum™ has proved actually to be C. viscosum Vent. or C. villosum Blume, two very similar species. In C. infortunatum, however, the leaf-blades are marginally entire, the uppermost (most usually seen on herbarium specimens) are usually basally truncate or subtruncate, and the corolla-tube is 2--3 times as long as the calyx during full anthesis. In C. villLosum the leaf- blades are also marginally entire, but usually all decidedly basally cordate and the corolla-tube is only as long as or slightly longer than the calyx during full anthesis. In C. viscosum the leaf-blades are marginally denticulate to even coarsely dentate and basally uniformly cordate and the corolla-tube is about 2 cm. long in full anthesis. The true CLerodendrwm infortunatum is known to me only from Sri Lanka and possibly the Andaman Islands; C. vielLosum is known to me from 7 states of India, Burma, the Mergui Archipelago, Thailand, Laos, Vietnam, 9 states of Malaya, 5 islands of the Philippines, and 13 of the Sunda Islands; C. viscosum is known to me from northwes- tern Pakistan, Nepal, 18 states of India, Bangladesh, Burma, South Andaman, the Nicobar Islands, Yunnan (China), Hainan Island, Hong Kong, Thailand, Vietnam, 3 of the Philippine Islands, 3 of the Greater Sunda Islands, and Queensland (Australia), also perhaps nat- uralized in Brazil. All three species are or have been cultivated in various parts of the world. Other species greatly resembling C, Angortunatum are the Indonesian C. adenophysum H. Hallier, C. buau- anum Miq., and C. confusum H. Hallier. Jack (1843) tells us that C. vilLosum differs “abundantly" [from es efor iena tu "by the softness of the leaves which are larger and more deeply cordate, by the comparative shortness of the tube of the corolla and by the white calyx of the fruit". According to Ventenat (1803) C£enodendrwm infortunatum was based by Linnaeus on the CLenodendrwn folio Lato et acuminato of Burman in Thes. Zeyl. pl. 29, p. 66 (1737) and is restricted to Ceylon. Its chief characteristics are entire and merely subcordate leaf-blades and an especially small calyx only 1/3 as large as the corolla-tube, and a small bilabiate corolla-limb, well illustrated in Burman's plate and verified by Ventenat by examination of a specimen in the Jussieu Herbarium in Paris. The pollen description, given above, is taken from Arachi (1968) 180 PMY Teh Golf Vol. 61, No. 3 whose material apparently was the true C. infortunatum if his ex- cellent illustration can be relied on. Gaertner (1788) credits C. infortunatwn to "Ind. or., Malaya", but, as stated above, I do not know it either from eastern India nor Malaya; Raeuschel (1797) also lists it from -- and only from -- "Ind. orient." [of course, Sri Lanka was often regarded as part of eastern India in those days]. Angely (1971) credits it to "Orbis vet. reg. calid." Loudon (1830) and Sweet (1826) both claim that it was introduced into cultivation in England from the "E. Indies" -- if so, then the material was probably not C. tnfortunatum. Bailey (1935) tists it as existing in cultivation, with material available to the horticultural trade from the Edinburgh botanical garden; he does, however, not list it as known to him from any Ameri- can gardens (Hortus, 1935), nor does he list C. villosum or C. vib- co4um, Many scientific and pre-Linnean names have been reduced errone- ously to the synonymy of C. Anfortunatum L. because of the mixup in its circumscription and geographic distribution. For instance: CLerodendron macrocakyx Lam. and VolLkameria rubra Lour., sometimes reduced to C. infortunatum, actually are C. villoswm Blume; VoLka- meria petasites Lour. is CLerodendrwm petasites (Lour.) S. Moore; CLerodendron cakycinum Turcz., C. castaneifolium Klotzsch, C. vestt- tum Wall., C. cordatwm Don, Volkameria infortunata Roxb. [placed here by Jackson, 1895], and Marurzang Rumpf (1743) are C. viscosum Vent., as is also the Petasites agrestis Rumpf listed by Linnaeus (1771), Gaertner (1788), Nemnich (1791), Schauer (1847), Fernandez- Villar (1880), Miller (1797), and other authors, as can plainly be seen from the splendid illustration of its toothed leaf-blades given by Rumpf (1743) and by the fact that it was described from the Mala- bar Coast (India), not from Sri Lanka. The Rheede and Sloane syno- nyms listed by Burman (1737) and the Ray, Commelyn, and Rheede syno- nyms listed by Linnaeus (1743) must also by excluded. Poiret (1804) includes Tittius Littonella Rumph. as a synonym, but actually it belongs in the synonymy of Guettanda speciosa L. in the Rubiaceae. Schauer (1847) includes VolLkameria infortunata Roxb. and Cerodendron viscosum Vent., both now regarded as C. viscosum Vent., and gives the species’ overall distribution as "India orien- tali, Madras, Courtallum, Penang, Audih, etc." Fernandez-Villar (1880) includes C. fortunatwm Blanco and C. bancot Naves, but these are now regarded as synonymous with C. minahassae var. braevitubulo- sum H. J. Lam. Pételot (1953) includes C. viscosum Vent., C. corda- tum D. Don, C. macrocakyx Lam, VoLkamenia infortunata Roxb., and VoLkameria petasites Lour., all now excluded. The Perxagu included as a synonym by Linnaeus (1753, 1763), Burman (1768), Miller (1797), and Poiret (1804) is actually C. villLosum Blume, while the Arbor zeykanica fortunata quibusdam Petiv., Planta fortunata, prnna zeyLonensibus Herm., and Fautex fone pertato, frauctu rotundo Klein- hof seem to belong in the synonymy of C. sernratum (L.) Moon. Steu- del (1821) actually reduces C. infortunatum L. to synonymy under C. viscosum; Roxburgh's VoLkameria infortunata certainly is C. visco- Sum. Several of the infraspecific taxa proposed by various authors 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLenodendrwm 181 must also be excluded -- for instance, CLerodendron infortunatum albifLonum Teijsm. is CLernodendawm spectosissdimum f. album Mold., ChLerodendron infortunatum var. albiflorwm Hassk. is CLerodendrum vellosum Blume, CLerodendron infortunatum p vestitum Wall. is CLero- dendrum viscosum Vent., and CLerodendron infortunatum var. spLendens Voss is CLenodendraum speciosissimum Van Geert. The presumed natural hybrid, "CLerodendron infortunatum x villosum" of Backer (1916) seems actually to be CLerodendrwm confuswn H. Hallier. Recently Meeuse (1942) has regarded the Indian plants, as dis- tinguished from the Sri Lankan ones, as C. petasctes (Lour.) Meeuse, but Merrill (Journ..Arnold Arb. 19: 65. 1938) has plainly shown that Loureiro's VoLkamerta petasites actually is a very different plant, CLerodendiwm petas.tes (Lour.) S. Moore, which see. Various economic, medicinal, and pharmaceutical uses have been reported in literature for C. infortunatum [e.g., by Dymock & al., 1893, Watt, 1889, Kosteletzky, 1834, Jain & Tarafder, 1970], some of which were listed by my wife and myself in our 1983 work on Sri Lan- kan plants, but it seems rather definite that most, if not all, of these references are based on misidentifications and apply, rather, to C. villLosum and/or C. viscosum. They will be more fully treated by me under those taxa in the present series of notes, which see. It is, however, known definitely that flowering branches of C. Anfor- tunatum are often used in temple offerings and decorations in Sri Lanka, and Trimen (1895) asserts that the leaves are used there as an anthelmintic. Interestingly, Balfour (1862) avers that the spe- cies is "the reverse of useful in medicine" -- apparently merely an attempted translation of the scientific specific epithet. Paul and his associates (1961, 1962) give detailed chemical anal- yses of the clerodin found in what they refer to as CLerodendaum in- fortunatum L. Most of the illustrations listed by Stapf (1930) as depicting this species seem to be illustrative of non-Sri Lankan material and are therefore not cited here by me, but, rather, under C, villLosum Blume or C, védscosum Vent., which see. CLenodendrwm infortunatwn is said to be attacked by the fungi, Cokketotrichum infortunati, Meliokla callicanpicola, and Aulacophonra sp. [cfr. Singh & Patnaik, 1966], but, again, I suspect that the host in these cases was either C, villosum or C, viscosum. Rama- krishnan (1952) describes the fungus, Physalosponra clerodendri from C. Anfortunatum, based on one of his own collections in South Kanara (Kerala, India), but, again, I suspect that the host was not C, in- fortunatum, but more probably either C, viklLosum or C, viscosum. Fifty or more common and vernacular names have been reported for C. infortunatum, but most of these probably apply, not to this spe- cies, but to C. vilLosum and/or C. viscosum instead. The only ones which seem definitely to apply to C. infonrtunatwm are "gas-pinna", Micortuné™.. "]? infortune", "long-flowered clerodendrum", "ongelukkige boom" "ongelukkige lotboom", "piene", “pinna", "pinna kole". "pinnakola", "unfortunate clerodendrum", “ungllckliche Losbaum", “ungllcksbaum", and "vata madakki". Recent collectors in Sri Lanka describe the true CLenodendrwm in- 182 P“HSVORAOSL 0962 3-A Vol. 61, Nev's fortunatum as a low, erect or somewhat spreading, pyramidal, pro- fusely flowering shrub, 1--5 m. tall. or even a tree or treelet, 2-- 5 m. tall, often simple-stemmed, sometimes "dense", the leaves mem- branous and "yam-like". the "bracts" conspicuous, red or red-violet, the panicle's rachis dark-red, the flowers tetramerous, fragrantly scented, the calyx red or "the calyx and pedicels at first green, later scarlet", the corolla salverform, its tube strigose, the sta- mens exserted, white, the filaments and style exserted and white,the fruiting-calyx accrescent, persistent, bright-red or carmine to scarlet or dark-maroon, and the fruit drupaceous, subglobose, black, glabrous, and shiny. They have encountered the plant in scrub jungles and their edges, in hedgerows and fencerows, in both montane and remnant forests, on grassy roadside cuts and banks, along roadsides and streamsides, in both primary and secondary forests, at the edges of marshes, along railroad tracks and jeep tracks, on slopes, in shrub and grass thickets and “regeneration scrub", in waste ground, and in semi-sun on roadsides through cardamon plantations, often in brown-red clayey soil, at altitudes of 2--1350 meters, in anthesis from August to June, and in fruit in February, March, and August to October. Theo- bold & Grupe found it "common in dense shade and along disturbed edges of roads"; Maxwell and his associates report it "very common along roads", and Kostermans also refers to it as "common". Davidse & Sumithraarachchi call it a "common small tree"; Fosberg found it “common on the edges of degraded forests above tea plantations" and "occasional in disturbed ground along recently opened logging roads in tall rainforests". Comanor reports it “abundant in ectone", while Amaratunga describes it as “a very common weed in waste ground in the low country". Cramer calls it "common along shady roadsides", while Bernardi found it “rather common" in one locality and "“appar- ently rare" in another. My wife and I observed it quite often in roadside shrubbery, on road shoulders, and scattered at the edges of jungles, but certainly never observed it forming a true tree. The corollas are described as "white" on almost all collections where a flower color is given at all, except that Waas refers to the "flowers" as "red" and Balakrishnan calls them "purple" -- I suspect that it may be the calyxes or fruiting-calyxes to which these col- jectors are referring. Amaratunga erroneously refers to the fruit as a “berry" and Bernardi describes the inflorescences as corymbs. Pollen has been collected from Comanonr 1008. Many unjustified homonyms have been published (in synonymy) by various authors: their disposition, in my view, is as follows: CLenodendron infortunatum Auct. (1963), "Auct. non Linn" (1968), Blume (1918), Lour. (1793) in part, (Roxb.) Linn. (1913), and Schau. (1847) are all CLenodendawm viscosum Vent., while F.-Vill. (1882) is C, minahassae Teijsm. & Binn., Bot. Reg. (1895) is C. speciosissémum Van Geert, Lam (1947) is C. petasites (Lour.) S. Moore, Lour. (1793) in part is C. kaempgeri (Jacq.) Sieb., Dennst. (1893), Walp. (1843), and R. Wight (1850) are C, villoswm Blume, and Blume ex Fern.-Villar (1880) is C, buchanani (Roxb.) Walp. CLerodendrawm infortunatum Auct. (1935), “Auct. mult. non Linn." 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 183 Lour. (1935) in part, Miq. (1968), Willd. (1976), and Blume ex H. Hallier (1918) are all C. viscosum Vent., while Lind]. (1918) is C, speciosissimum Van Geert, "L. ex parte Rheede" (1967), Wight (1918), and Dennst. (1959) are C. vilLosum Blume, and Lour (1935) in part is C. kaempfert (Jacq.) Sieb. It should be noted here that C. infortunatum y depauperatum Wall. is based on Wallich 1796/7 from Pagoda Hill, Mulmain, Burma, collec- ted in 1827, to which Wallich had appended a note: "vix non distinc- ta spec." Wallich's C. infortunatum — vestitum, based on Wallich 1796/5 & 6, from Nepal, the latter later cultivated in Calcutta, ap- pears plainly to be C, viscosum Vent. If the Burmese collection was from wild material, it probably is not C. infonrtunatum, and may also prove to be C. viscosum. Examinations of the type specimens in the East India Company Herbarium at Kew is necessary to resolve this is- sue. It is also worth noting here that Wallich's 1795/H was from the Roxburgh herbarium, 1795/J was from the Madras herbarium, 1795/K was from the Russel herbarium, 7795/L was from Hamilton's herbarium, 1795/M was from Wight's herbarium, and 1795/N was collected in Penang in 1822, while 1795/0 was collected in Oude in 1825. It is most probable that most or all of these collections represent C, viscosum, and not the true C. infortunatum L. Parkinson (1922, 1972) speaks of "two types" of C. infortunatum growing on South Andaman island -- presumably C. infonrtunatum and C, viscosum. Sharma & Mukhopadhyay (1963) speak of six types of C. in- fortunatum, all of which have the 2n chromosome number of 52 but "differing in their minor characters". Surely they must have had some C, villLosum and C, viscosum material among these "6 types". They assert that "In the present investigation 2n = 52 chromosomes have been seen in C, infortunatum and all its varieties" [as well as in C, minahassae, C. philippinwn, C. waklichii, C. indicum, and C. kaempferij, in contradistinction to 46 in "one variety of" C. thom- Sonae, C. inerume, and C. spkendens, 4€ in “another variety" of C. thomsonae, and 184 in C. ugandense. Because of the involved nomenclatural and taxonomic history of this species and the resulting past confusion in its interpretation, it may be worthwhile to reproduce here a few of the relevant treat- ments: (1) Hermann (1747, 1748): "232. CLenodendrum foliis simplLicibus condatis tomentosis. / ChLenodendron folio Lato & acuminato. Burm. zeyl. 66. t. 29. / Fautex baccifer malabaricus, fLoribus pentapetal- 4b binis, una bacca nigna in cakyce stelliformiter expanso. Raj. Nisteels7i: Comm. mal. 31. / Penagu. Rheed. mal. 2, p. 40. t. 25./ Pinnakola, sive ingelix & infonrtunata. Herm. zeyl. 25.54. / Descr. Arbor ramis subtomentosis. Folia opposita, cordata, acuta, venosa, scabriuscula, magna, integerrima, petiolis longitudine foliorum in- sidentia. Panicula florum ramos terminata ex pedunculis brachiatis & per dichotomiam subdivisis. Calyx campanulatus, monophyllus, am- plus, quinquefidus profunde: laciniis oblongis, acuminatis, aequali- bus. Corollae tubus filiformis, longus, angustus. Limbus brevis, laciniis quinque, obverse ovatis, aequalibus, duabus inter se re- motioribus. Filamenta quatuor, capillaria, flore duplo longiora, ad 184 PANS Od OoGeboA Vol. 61, No. 3 hiantem laciniam corollae. Antherae oblongae. Pistillum staminum figura & longitudine, stigmate bifida. (2) Gaertner (1788): "CLerodenduum infortunstum. Tab. 57. fig. 1. / Petasiter agrestis Rumph. amb. 4. p. 108. t. 19. / Clenodendron folio Lato & acuminato. Burm. zeyl. 66. t. 29. / CLenodendaum fofiis condatis tomentosis. Linn. syst. veg. 578. / Pénnakofa. zeyZonens E collect. sem. hort. lugdb. / Per. Bacca succulenta, calycis la- ciniis triangularibus trinerviis contecta, subglobosa, depressius- cula, sulco cruciato in vertice inscripta, unilocularis, tetrapyre- na. Cuticula tenuis, glaberrima, splendens, non dehiscens. Pulpa mollis, per aetatem evanescens. Ossicula subossea, hinc convexa rugosa, inde angulata glabra, unilocularia. / Rec. nullum; semina basi affixa. / Sem. in singulo ossiculo unicum, eidemque conforme, rufescens. / Int. duplex, utrumque membranaceum, tenue. / Alb. nul- tum. / Emb. semini conformis, erectus, albus. Coty. ovato oblongae, carnosae, crassae, plano convexae. Rad. minima, subglobosa, in- fera." (3) Roth (1821, 1975): "C£enodendron infortunatum. / C. foliis condatis tomentosis. Linn. Flor. Zeylan. n. 222. Spec. Plant. ed. Willd. Tom. III. P. 1, p. 386. / Cbserv. Specimen meum a Veneratiss. Heyne acceptum omnimode respondet descriptioni Linneanae in Flora Zeyl. 1. c. At Petasites agrestis Rumph. Amboin. Vol. IV. pag. 180. Tab. 49. quam Linneus in Flor. Zeyl. non adduxit, in posteri- oribus Specierum Plantarum editionibus huic plantae pro synonymo adscripta videtur, quamvis minus respondeat. Folia enim repando- dentata delineata et descripta sunt, quae constanter integerrima observantur et Panicula ramosior est, quam figura representat. Willdenow in posterum errorem emendavit, cum in Enumeratione Plant. Horti Berol. pag. 658. hoc synonymum ad CLenodendron viscosum Vent. retulerit." (4) Morren (1845): Le C£erodendron Anfortunatum (Linn. fl. Zeyl. 232. -- Bot. reg. 1811. tab 19), se distingue a ses grandes feuilles presque arrondies, profondément cordiformes, dentées, poilues au- dessus, tomenteuses au-dessous, a sa panicule colorée simple, pubes- cente, & ses fleurs presque sessiles au sommet des rameaux, a son calice grand, quinquefide, aux divisions de sa corolle planes, ob- ovales, obtuses, un peu plus courtes que les étamines. Le bouquet de ses fleurs d'un rouge 1égerement briqueté fait le plus bel ef- fet. 11 faut remarquer que les CLerodendron vestitum et depaupera- tum de Wallroth, ne sont autres que se méme C£erodendron Anfortuna- tum; mais le Clerodendre infortuné de Willdenow est une espece particuliere admise par les botanistes sous le CLenodendron visco- sum. De méme, le CLenrodendron infortunatum, de Dennstedt est la CLenadendron vikloswm de Blume. La confusion peut donc facilement s'établir dans les catalogues relativement cette espéce." (5) Trimen (1895): "C. infortunatum,* L. Sp. Pl. 637 (1753). Gas-pinna, S. / Herm. Mus. 25, 45. Burm. Thes. 66.F1. Zeyl. n. 232. Moon Cat. 46. Thw. Enum. 243..C.P.2894. / Fl. B. Ind. iv. 594. Burm. Thes. t. 29. Wight, Ic. t. 1471. / A shrub or small slender tree, 4--10 ft., branchlets very bluntly quadrangular, yel- lowish dirty-pubescent; 1. large, 4--6 in., ovate, cordate or round- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 185 ed at base, acuminate, acute or subacute, entire, thinly hairy on both sides, especially on the veins beneath, somewhat 3-nerved from the base, venation prominent beneath, petioles 1%--3 in., cylin- drical, pubescent; fl. large, on rather long pubescent ped., cymes stalked, in large, lax, pyramidal, pubescent panicles, bracts leafy, deciduous; cal. % in., silky-pubescent, very much enlarged in fruit, segm. deep, lanceolate, very acute; cor.-tube about 1 in., slender, lobes large, % in., oblong, obtuse; drupe 1/3 in., nearly globose, succulent, purplish-black, shining, seated in centre of the very much enlarged, spreading, succulent, bright pink cal. 1% in. diam., pyrene usually solitary, brittle. / Moist region up to 5000 ft.: common. Fl. April--August; white. / Also in India and Malaya. / Leaves have a smoky odour when bruised; they are used as an anthelmintic. / ~Tnis name is due to Hermann (4.c.), who so translates the Sinhalese 'Pinnakola;' he has also (1. c.) a ‘planta fortunata’ (='Pinna', S.), which is probably the same species. I do not know the origin of these terins." (6) Hallier (1918): "CLenodendrum (§. Paniculata) infortunatum (haud Bl. nec -Hassk. nec Lindl. nec Wignt) L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, II (i523) Dp.) 637 ‘excl. synn. Rheed. et Raj.; Gaertn.! loc. p. 271 t. 57 fig. 1 excl. syn. Rumph.; Schauer 1.c. (1847) p, 667 quoad pl. zeyl., excl. synn. Lindl., Roxb., Vent., Rumph.; Miq. 1.c. (1856) p. 876 quoad pl. zeyl. (exci. synn. Wight., Roxb.,Vent., Rumph.. Rheed.); Clarke 1.c. p. 594 ex p. (excl. synn. Wight., Vent., Don., Klotzsch., Roxb., Rumph., Rheed. etc.); Trimen 1. c. p. 36] excl. syn. Wight. et pl. ind. et mal.; Gamble 1. c. p. 835 ex p.. -- CLerodendron folio Lato et acuminato Burm., Thes. Zeyl. (1837) p. 66 t. 29 excl. synn. Rheed. et Sloan.. -- CL. fohLis simplicibus condatis tomentos1s L., Fl. Zeyl. (1748) p. 104 no. 232 excl. synn. Raj., Comm., Rheed.. -- Ramuli teretes vel praecipue infra nodos obtuse complanato-tetragoni, breviter dense appresse ochraceo- tomentelli. Foliorum lamina cordata, integerrima vel obsolete et irregulariter repando-dentata, subtus prominter palmato- et pinnato- et clathrato-nervosa, in nervis densius, in venis parcius pubescens, sub lente ubique pilis glandulosis punctulata glandulisque majori- bus fuscis pezizaeformibus praecipue prope basin et nervum medianum punctata, basi haud bullata, supra praeter nervos (pubescentes) subglabra. Calyx usque infra 3/4 longitudinis 5-fidus, extus cinereo-pubescens et praeter basin glandulis discoideis praeditus, lobis lanceolatis acuminatis, nervo mediano extus prominente densi- us pubescente, in fructu valde auctus, coriaceus, nervosus, drupam Subinvolucrans. Corollae (incompleta tantum suppetit) tubus dupla calycis longitudine (cf. etiam Burm. 1. c. t. 29), extus ferrugin- eo-villosus. / Zeylon (Kdnig? in der Fruchtsamml. des Hb. L. B. unter d. Namen Pinne-ette 1), vermuthlich Gartner's Originalexem- plare) (Herb. zeyl. hort. Amst. no. 98 im Hb. L.-B., bl... -- "Piene') (von unbekanntem alten Sammler no. 148, steril. -- 'Pinne gala'). / Verbr.: Anscheinend endemisch. / 1) singal. ette = Same." (7) Santapau (1961): "C&enrodendrum viscosum Vent. / The identity and nomenclature of this plant is somewhat confusing. Three plants are often mixed together: CLenodendrum infortunatum Linn.; C. vis- 186 Pub YuT Oak OcGs1 aA Vol. 61, No. 3 cosum Vent. and VoLkamenria petasites Lour. / The real C, infortuna- tum Linn. is described by Meeuse in Blumea 5: 77, 1942. as 'pubes- cence of corolla ferrugineous, calyx lobes with prominent midrib, leaves on lower surface with minute glands and with a number of larger glands near the base and near the midrib; Ceylon (endemic)'. Meeuse gives the name of the common Indian plant as C. petasites Moore, based on VoLkamenia petasites Lour. On the other hand Mer- rill wrote on the identity of the latter plant in Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. n. s. 24: 338, 1935: ‘Loureiro took his specific name from Petasites agrestis Rumph...which he cites as illustrating his species, but which, however, represents a species very different from C£enodendron petasites Moore. Schauer, perhaps interpreting the species from the Rumphian illustration, erroneously reduced V. petasites Lour. to C. infortunatum Gaertn. Loureiro's type is pre- served in the herbarium of the British Museum, which on examina- tion Moore found to be identical with C£erodendrawn subpandurrifolium O. Ktz., a species based on specimens collected by Kuntze at Tou- rane, Annam: Kuntze's actual type is preserved in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden; the species is also represented by Squines 329 from the classical locality Hue, and Robinson 1290 from Nha Tang. Petasites agrestis Rumph. which I...... referred to CLer- odendron speciosissimum van Geert is placed by Lam (Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III 3: 91. 1921) as a synonym of C£erodendaum buch- anani (Roxb.) Walp., this apparently being the correct disposition of it.' / The oldest valid name for the present species iS CReno- dendrwn viscosum Vent., which has been adopted by Moldenke in sev- eral of his publications on the Verbenaceae, and by the present author in the Flora of Khandala, with the following nomenclature: / CLenodendiwm viscosum Vent., Jard. Malm. t. 25, 1803; Moldenke, Geogr. Dist. 54 et in Litt. priv. ad auctorem; Santapau 190. C, Angortunatum auct. mult... non. Linn. FB 4-595; Cookes 2s. 43dan see petasites Moore in Journ. Bot. 63: 285. 1925 (non VoLkamenria peta- SALOL, LOUL «9.517 900) oe (8) Arachi (1968): "C&enodendron ingortunatum Linn.: A large villous shurb [sic]. Leaves: Simple, opposite cordate, suborbicu- lar, entire. Flowers: White, in axillary and terminal cymes, bracts leafy. Sepals: Companulate [sic], 5 lobed. truncate, partite. Petals: 5. oblique lobes spreading. Stamens; 4, inserted at throat, filaments long, anthers linear. Pistil: 4 celled. one ovule in each cell. style long, stigma bifid. Fruit: A fleshy globose drupe, black." In addition to the many nomenclatural errors in the bibliography of CLenodendrum infortunatum L., there are also some others to add to the confusion. For instance, Linnaeus’ 1747 work is sometimes cited to "page 232", but "232" is the species number, not the page number. Also, Rheede (1679) is sometimes erroneously cited as published in "1703"; Lamarck's work (1796) is cited by Stapf (1930) as "1797", but the entire Tome 3 was actually published on Novem- ber 21, 1796. The Willdenow (1800) work is sometimes erroneously cited as "3 (2)" instead of 3 (1); the Moon (1824) reference is sometimes incorrectly cited as published in "1821" and the Baillon 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrumn 187 (1891) work is often cited by the titlepage date of "1892". Of the ten illustrations listed by Stapf (1930) as representing C. infor- tunatum not a single one seems definitely to depict this species, while that given by Bose (1920) seems definitely to represent C, villosum Blume. Material of C. infortunatum has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as C, vikloswn Blume. On the other hand, a very large number of other taxa have been misidentified as C. snfor- dunatum in mahy herbaria -- for instance, Banthett 6460, 7207, & 7729, Boeea 6671 & 8831, Hallier B.2506, Knukoff 4001, Native Col- Lectonrn 2013 & 5286, Tonoes 184, 1647 bis, 2394, 2528, 2668, & 5160, and Yates 1032 & 2600 are C. adenopysum H. Hallier; Mjoberg 173 is C. buchanani (Roxb.) Walp.; Hern. Hott. Bot. Bogor. X1.B.X1X.121 and Péj2 715 are C. buruanwm Miq.; Native Collector 526 is C. buru- anum f. Lindawianuwm (Lauterb.) Bakh.; Merrike 1299 & 7237 are C. cunnanii Elm.; Qureshi s.n. [Nov. 1968] is C. indicqwm (L.) Kuntze; Kurz 4.n. [South Andaman] is C. Lankawiense var. andamanense Mold.; Rock 2895 is C. philippinum Schau.; Rock 2862 is C. philippinum f. multip£ex (Sweet) Mold.; Hahn 541 is C. spectosissimum Van Geert; CLanke 11432, HUgel 4.n., Janaki 313, Thomson 4.n. [Maisor & Carna- tic], and Wight 2316 are C. villosum Blume; C£Leghorn 4.n. [Jan. '53], Griffith 6053, Harsukh 4.n. [8.4.98], Herb. Hort. Bot. Cal- cutt. 4.n., Herb. Hort. Monac. 4.n. [1849.23.1], Herb. Nat. Bot. Gand. 20232, Herb. Schneber 4.n., Herb. Zuccarini d.n., Hooker & Thomson 4.n. [0--4009 ped.], Hosseus 470a, Jenkins 4.n. [Assam], Kern 2062a, King's Collector 4.n. [13.4.1895], LBs glen 4.n. [1957], Mukherjee 90, Native Collector 527 & DI.&8, Nicolson 3054, Prain's CokLkecton 20, Ratt 3242, Rice 30, Rock 710, Roxburgh 4.n. at Kew, Schomburgk 106, Singh 94 & 130, Thomson 4.n. [Plan. Ganget. Sup. ], and Taoth 686 & 830 are C. viscosum Vent.; Helfer 6053 and Maxwell 75-273 are C. viscosum var. helferr Mold.; Hohenacker 162 & 1442 are C, viscosum var. nilaginicum H. Hallier: Hassib 4.n. [24/12/ 1979] is Caklicanpa Longifolia Lam.; and Tonoes 1647 is in part a composite. Citations: SRI LANKA: Agston 1329 (Pd); Amanatunga 294 (Pd), 375 (Pd), 901 (Pd), 1782 (Pd), 2281 (Pd); Balakrishnan NBK.271 (Pd, W-- 2720401); Bernarndd 14138 (W--2766368), 15406 (W--2807750), 15725 (W--2808797); Bremer & Bremen 801 (Pd, S, W--2877176), 894 (Pd, S, W--2976966); Buwman 66 (Mu--812); CoLlectonr undetermined 1833(N), 4.n- [Ceylon 1831] (K, Ld--photo, N--photo), 4.n. [gas-pinna] (Pd); Comanon 511 (N, Pd), 523 (Ac, N, Or--163276, W--2612070), 1008 (Ld, N, Pd, W--2766225), 1101 (Ac, N, Pd); Cramer 2480 (Ld), 3889 (W-- 2766608); Davidse & Sumithnaanacheni 6767 (Ld, W--2808701), &783 (Ld, W--2807758); Fosberg 56584 (Ld, N), 57887 (Lc); Fraser 4.n. [Ceyl. 62] (W--74536); Gardner 62 (Du--166601); Herb. Linnaeus 810/1 (Ls, N--photo); Herb. Wight 4.n.[Ceylon] (K)3 KBnig 4.n. (Le), Jayasuriya 265 (Pd, W--2721115); Kosteumans 24057 (Pd, W--2718982); Maxwekl, Hepper, & Fernandes 97] (E--2145504, N, Pd, W--2760479); Mo£denke, Mofdenke, & Jayasuriya 28117 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W-- 2764566), 28208 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764473), 28254 (Ac, Ld, Pd, W--2764514); Mo£denke, MoLdenke, Jayasuriya, & Dassanayake 188 PSH <¥ohs@L (0 'Galyok Vol. 61, No. 3 28336 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764548); Nooteboom & Huber 3102 (W--2890911); Pa&menr & Worthington 1634(Pd); R. W. Read 2262 (Ld); Reitz 30008 (W--2762765); F. M. de Sitva 24 (W--1529151); J, M. de Silva 96 (N), 6.n. [July 16, 1925] (Pd); Sumithnraanachchi DBS.&9 (W--2803405); Sumithraanachchi & Jayasuriya DBS.169 (W-- 2803411); Theobald & Grupe 2380 (Pd, W--2603024); Thwaites C.P.2894 (Br, L, N--photo, Pd, Pd, Pd); Waas 12 (W--2806277), 37 (N, W-- 2803775), 430 (W--2803419); A. W. Walker 1325 (K, L, N)3 Worthing- ton 348 (K), 1859 (K), 1860 (K). ANDAMAN ISLANDS: South: King’s CokLlectorn sen. [5 April 1893] (W--2497084). CULTIVATED: Nether- lands: Co£fectonr undetermined 148 (Le); Herb. Lugd.-Bat. 908. 266-45 (Le), 908.266-51 (Le); Herb. Zeyl. Hort. Amst. 98 (Ld--photo, Le, N, N--photo). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Herb. Swartz &.n. (S). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Arachi, Pict. Present. Indian Pl. 159, fig. 161. 1968 (Ld); Wight, Icon. Pl. Indiae Orient., imp. 1, 4 (3): pl. 1471. 1849 (Ld). CLERODENDRUM INGRATUM Lauterb. & K. Schum. in K. Schum. & Lauterb., Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb, SUdsee 526 [as "Cfenodendron"]. 1900; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 18 & 21. 1942. Synonymy: C£erodendron ingnatum Laut. & Kk. Schum. in K. Schum. & Lauterb., Fl. Deutsch. Schultgeb. Stidsee 526. 1900. C£Lerodendron dingratum K. Schum. & Lauterb. apud Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43, 1904. CLerodendrwm ingratum K. Schum. & Lauterb. apud Mold., Alpb. List Inv. Names 18 & 21. 1942. Bibliography: K. Schum. & Lauterb., Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Sud- see 526. 1909; K. Schum., Justs Bot,.Jahresber. 28 (1): 495. 1902; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 43. 1904; K. Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr. Fl. Deutsch. Schutzgeb. Stdsee 373. 1905; H. J. Lam, Verb- enac. Malay. Arch. 308 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard:. Bot. ‘Buitenz., ser. 3,32 755 845 109, & ins 49219) Waele in Lauterb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 97. 1924; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 18 & 21. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 67 & 90 (1942) and ed. 2, 149 & 182. 1949; Mold., Résumé 193, 196, 200, 265, 271, °& 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 322, 335); A48s & 459 (1971) and 2: 867. 1971; Hartley, Dunstone, Fitzg., Johns, & Lam- berton, Lloydia 36: 293. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9 (1): vi. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 313, 325, & 538. 1980; Mold., Phy- tologia 58: 351. 1985. A shrub, 0.5--2 m. tall, or small tree, to 7.5 m. tall; crown narrow; bole to 3 m. long, to 10 cm. diam. at breast height; bark gray-brown, prominently fissured; wood white, moderately soft; branches slender, terete, leafy, the younger parts flattened and subtomentose, about 3 mm. thick, the tomentum thin and rusty, the leafy portion about 15 cm. long, the bark gray; leaves decussate- opposite; petioles 5--10 mm. long, subtomentose; leaf-blades thin- chartaceous, medium-green, glossy, oblong or elliptic, 2.5--8 cm. long, 2--3 cm. wide, apically acute or subobtuse, dark olive-qgreen when dry, minutely pilose on both surfaces, more densely so beneath; secondaries 5 or 6 per side, conspicuous, stronger and elevated be- neath. [to be continued ] CONTRIBUTION TO THE STUDY OF ARGENTINE PARMELIACEAE. THE GENUS PUNCTELIA KROG AND FLAVOPUNCTELIA (KROG) HALE Lidia I. Ferraro Miembro de la Carrera del Investigador Cientifico, CONICET. Address: Instituto de Botanica del Nordeste - IBONE, Casilla de Correo 209 - 3400 Corrientes, Argentina. Abstract In this paper 11 species of Punctelia Krog and 2 of Flavopunc-— telia (Krog) Hale are described and illustrated, all from N Argentina. It includes keys for the identification of the taxa, differentiating characters and data on distribution. Introduction The genus Punctelia is widely distributed in temperate regions of Asia and tropical regions of Africa, Australia and America, comprising 20 species. In Argentine occurs 11 species distributed in the N, also little collections from La Pampa province, and P. borreri (Sm.) Krog was known for one locality in Islas Malvinas, (Grassi, 1950). Key to genera 1- Thallus with narrow lobes, 0,5-4(5) mm. 2- Margins of lobes ciliate. 3- Cilia marginal bulbate, coronate apothecia. 4- Without cortical pigments. Bulbothrix Hale 4- with cortical pigments (usnic acid abundant). Relicina (Hale & Kurok.) Hale 3- Cilia marginal simple, sometimes inconspicuous, ecoro- nate apothecia. Parmelina Hale 2- Margins of lobes without cilias. 5- Upper surface smooth, without pseudocyphellae. 6- Rhizines simple. 7- Upper surface mineral gray, thallus corticolous. Pseudoparmelia Hale 7- Upper surface yellowish or greenish yellow, tha- llus saxicolous with usnic acid. Xanthoparmelia (Vain.) Hale 189 190 Palby i cOl LE sOgGyT¢A Vol. 61, No. 3 6- Rhizines richly branched, numerous, upper surface mi- neral gray, with atranorin, lower surface black. Hypotrachyna (Vain.) Hale 5- Upper surface with pseudocyphellae. 8- Pseudocyphellae effigurate, inconspicuous, sometimes absent, conidia bifusiform. 9- Upper surface mineral gray, lobes often apically truncate, with atranorin, lower surface uniformly rhizinate, rhizine dichotomously branched and pro- yected beyond the margins. Parmelia s. str. 9- Upper surface yellowish, lobes apically rounded, with usnic acid, lower surface with rhizines sim- ple not proyected beyond the margins. Flavopunctelia (Krog) Hale 8- Pseudocyphellae orbicular, punctiform or conspicuous; conidia unciform, filiform or cylindric with the ends swollen. Punctelia Krog 1- Thallus with broad lobes, 5-20 mm. Parmotrema Mass. Flavopunctelia (Krog) Hale Hale M., 1984. Mycotaxon 20(2): 681-682. Punctelia subgen. Flavopunctelia Krog, 1982. Nordic Journal of Botany 2: 290-291. Thallus foliose, loosely attached, lobes broad, rotund, 12 mm wide. Upper surface yellowish to turtle green, with usnic and le- canoric acid; pseudocyphellate, pseudocyphellae effigurate. Lower surface black or dark brown, sparsely rhizinate, with na kec and pale zone along the margins. Apothecia disc imperforate, spores globose. Conidio cylindric with two ends swollen. 1986 Ferraro, Argentine Paxumeliaceae 191 Flavopunctelia flaventior (Stirton) Hale Plate, 1, A- Hale M., 1984. Mycotaxon 20(2): 682. Parmelia flaventior Stirton, Scot. Nat. 4: 254. 1877-78. Hale M., 1959. The Bryologist 62: 126 "Canada, USA, Colombia, Brasil, Pert, Bolivia". Culberson W. L., 1962. Nov. Hedwi- gia 4: 573 "U~<£". Krog & Swinscow, 1977. Norw. J. Bot. 24: 170 “E de Africa": Hale M., 1980. Journ. Hattori Bot. Lab. 47: 76-78 "USA, Mexico". Krog H., 1982. Nord. J. Bot. 2(3): 291. Thallus corticolous, laxe adnatus, 6,5-12 cm in diameter, ye- llowish-green or yellow-gray. Upper side striate or wrinkle at the center, lobes rotund, 3-12 mm wide, canaliculatus, margins erect and sorediate, soralia linear, marginal, white, 0,5 mm wide, often laminal are mostly punctiform, conspicuous. Lower side black, shiny, sparsely rhizinate and cooper colou- red zone along the margins. Apothecia disc imperforate, epitecio brown-reddish, amphithe- cium sorediate, margin complete. Spores globose or oblong, unco- loured, 10-14,20 um x 6-7 um. Conidio cylindric with two ends swollen. Chemistry: medulla K-, C+, P-, with usnic acid in the cortex, K+ yellow and lecanoric acid in the medulla. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Jujuy, Ferraro 471 (CTES, MVM, CO- LO, LG), 480 (CTES, US), 500 (CTES, COLO, MVM), 503 (CTES, COLO, 0); Cérdoba, Cabido 2, 4 (CTES). Flavopunctelia soredica (Nyl.) Hale Hale M., 1984. Mycotaxon 20(2): 682. Parmelia soredica Nyl., Flora 68: 605. 1885. Hale M., 1980. Journ. Hattori Bot. Lab. 47: 83). Punctelia soredica (Nyl.) Krog (1982) Thallus small, 2,5-4 cm in diameter, corticolous, coriaceous, green-yellowish. Upper surface rugulose at the center, lobes short and rotunda, 5-15 mm wide with erects and sorediate margins, soralia white, O,5-1 mm wide, cap shaped involute on the margin; pseudocyphellae 192 PMY aT eOcL 0 G1 eA Vol. 61, No. 3 inconspicuous or absent. Lower side brown, black maculate, sparse ly rhizinate. Chemistry: with usnic acid in the cortex, medulla white, C+ red. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Mendoza, on Bougainvillea spinosa, Redén 101 (CTES, MERL). Observations Flavopunctelia praesignis (Nyl.) Hale was known only from Pert in South America (Hale, 1980), but now was found in Chile: Provin cia de Coquimbo, Parque Nacional de Fray Jorge, Altos de Talinay, 302 30' S, Ferraro & Redén 2092 (CTES, VALPL), 2100, 2101 (CTES, VALPL, US). The Chile locality represents the most austral record of this species. F. praesignis is recognized by the yellowish-green thallus, eso rediate, sparsely pseudocyphellatae, pseudocyphellae effigurate, medulla C-, KC- and conidio cylindric with two swollen ends. Punctelia Krog Krog H., 1982. Nord. J. Bot. 2: 287-292. Serusiaux E., 1983. Nord. J. Bot. 3: 517-520. Thallus foliose, adnatus, lobes 0,5-1,5 cm wide, short usually canaliculate. Upper surface gray-greenish, green-yellowish uptc brown, mar- gins sometimes with a thin brown shiny rim; pseudocyphellate, pseudocyphellae elipticas or orbiculare, with or without margins. Lower side white, brown upto black, rhizinate, rhizines, conco lorous or black. Apothecia laminal, not always present, disc black, epithecio light, brown-reddish; spores 8, simple. Conidia unciform, fili- form or cylind.sic with one or two ends swollen. Medulla white. 1986 Ferraro, Argentine Panmeliaceae 193 Key to Punctelia in Argentina 1- Medulla C+ deep red or rose, with lecanoric or gyroforic acid respectively. 2- Medulle C+ deep red with lecanoric acid. Lower side light or black. 3- Lower side light. 4- Upper side lacking isidio or soredio. 5- Pseudocyphellae conspicuous, orbiculars, marginate, conidio 5-6 um, unciform. Punctelia lorentzii 5- Pseudocyphellae small, inconspicuous, punctiforms, conidio 10-16 um, filiforms. Punctelia hypoleucites 4- Upper side isidiate, sorediate or with phyllidia. 6- Pseudocyphellae small, punctiform or elliptic. 7- Upper side isidiate, conidia filiform. Punctelia rudecta 7- Upper side sorediate, conidia cylindric with one end swollen. Punctelia subrudecta 6- Pseudocyphellae wide, marginate, upper side with phy llidia, conidio unciform. Punctelia punctilla 3- Lower side black, upper side sorediate, soralia orbicular, laminal. Punctelia borreri 2- Medulla C+ rose, gyroforic acid, lower side dark. 8- Upper side lacking isidia or soredia. 9- Spores globose, 13-14 um x 7-10 um. Punctelia subpraesignis 9- Spores ovoid or oblong, wide 21-23 um x 14-21 unm. Punctelia riograndensis 8- Upper side with numerous phyllidia. Punctelia constantimontium l- Medulla C-, with fatty acids. Conidio filiform. 10- Lower side light, lobes canaliculate, conidio 10 um long.. Punctelia canaliculata 10- Lower side dark, lobes plane, large, conidio 14-16 um long.. Punctelia microsticta 194 PrH\¥.ToO-4o OrGohva Vol. 61, No. 3 Punctelia lorentzii (Krempl.) Krog Plate 1,8 Krog H., 1982. Nord. J. Bot. 2(3): 291. Parmelia lorentzii Krempelhuber, Flora 61: 477. 1878. Ra&sdanen V., 1941. Ann. Soc. Cient. Arg. 3(131): 98 "Argentina: Men- doza". Grassi M., 1950. Lilloa 24: 369 "Argentina: Tucuman". Krog & Swinscow, 1977. Norw. J. Bot. 24: 171. Thallus corticolous or saxicolous, mineral-gray to brown, co- riaceous, fragile, 5-10 cm in diameter. Upper side striated, lobes rotund, 2-7 mm wide, with the margin crenated, brown, shiny and pycnidiate. Pseudocyphellae white, cons picuous, margined. Lower side light, whitish-albescens and more tan in a zone a- long the margins. Rhizines concolorous, numerous, simple. Apothecia abundant, disc imperforate, epitecio brownish, brown- reddish to brown-black, 5-22 mm in diameter, exciple with pseudo- cyphellae; spores globose or oblonges, 10-13 um x 7-9 um. Conidio 5-6 um long., unciform. Chemistry: P-, K-, C+ red, KC-. Exsicc.selecta: Argentina: San Luis, on Prosopis, Passera s/n (CTES, MERL); Mendoza, Ruiz Leal s/n (CTES, MERL), Redén 51, 100, 47 (CTES, MERL); La Rioja, on Mimoziganthus corinatus, Ruiz Leal s/n (CTES, MERL). Punctelia hypoleucites (Nyl.) Krog Pilate see nec. Krog H: 7° 1982. °Nord. J. Bot. 203)2 290 Parmelia hypoleucites Nyl., Flora 41: 379. 1858. Hale M., 1965 Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift 59(1): 44-45 "USA, Mexico". Krog & Swinscow, 1977. Norw. J; Bot. 24: 171 "E de Africa™as@serzo H., 1980. The Bryol. 83(2): 219 "Argentina: Buenos Aires". Idem, 1981. The Bryol. 84(1): 80 "Brasil: Rio Grande Do Sul". Idem, 1981. Com. Bot. Mus. Montevideo 63(4): 5 "Argentina: Misiones". Thallus corticolous, loosely adnate, 5-15 cm in diameter, brown- yellowish, shiny in the young parts. Upper side striate or scrobiculate, without isidia or soredia. 1986 Ferraro, Argentine Panmeliaceae 195 Pseudocyphellae white, punctiform, marginals, the mayority a- long the striat. Lobes erects, 1,5-3 mm wide, sublinears, with the rim brown in the margin. Lower side brown or whitish, rhizines numerous, concolorous. A- pothecia numerous, 5-8 mm in diameter, epitecio brown-black, disc imperforate, exciple pseudocyphellate. Spores subglobose or widely ellipsoid, 10-15 um x 9-14 um. Pycnidia black, numerous in the mar gin of the lobes, conidio filiform. Chemistry: P-, K-, C+, KC-; atranorin and lecanoric acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Corrientes, on bark of Prosopis, Fe rraro 1108 (CTES, US); La Pampa, Ferraro 1966 (CTES, US, O, COLO, BG, LG, VALPL, C); Jujuy, Ferraro 572 (CTES, US). Paraguay: Cordi llera, Schinini 21588 (CTES). Punctelia rudecta (Ach.) Krog Plate 1, D Kroe H. ,.1982..Nord,. J... Bot. 2(3): 291. Parmelia rudecta Ach., Syn. Meth. Lich.: 197. 1814. Muller Arg., 188%. Rev. Mycol. 10(38): 56 "Paraguay". Grassi M., 1950. Li lloa 24: 371 "Argentina: Tucuman". Culberson W. L., 1962. No va Hedwigia 4: 567-568 "China, Mexico, Argentina: Salta". Ha le M., 1965. Svensk. Botanisk. Tidskrift 39(1): 45-46 "USA". Osorio H., 1981. Com. Bot. Mus. Montevideo 63(4): 6 "Argenti na: Misiones". Thallus mineral-gray to brown, corticolous, adnate, 12 cm in diameter, lobes rotund, 2-4 mm wide, with the brown rim in the mar gin. Upper side densely isidiate, striate, stria numerous extendid towards the margins. Isidia thick laminals, simple or coralloids, usually developed on plane squamules (Phyllidia?). Pseudocyphellae punctiform, white, emarginate. Lower side light, whitish to brown, densely rhizinate, rhizines concolorous, sometimes proyected around the lobe margins. Apothecia 5-11 mm in diameter, disc brown-reddish, exciple psev docypli-llate, generally split when adult. Spores oblong or widely elipsoid, 10-16 um x 8-10 um, episporium 1 um. Conidio 10 um long., filiforni. Chemistry: C+ red, with atranorin and lecanoric acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Corrientes, Ferraro 2040 (CTES- Ue, COLO, BG), 2673 (CTES, US, BG, 0, C, TSB, COLO), Schinini 14697, 19636 (CTES), Krapovickas 32959 (CTES, COLO, VALPL); Misio 196 Pol MeakoO beOsGelvA Vol. 61, No. 3 nes, Quarin 3533 (CTES), Ferraro 2273 (CTES, BG, COLO); Chaco, Fe rraro 1805 (CTES, US, BG, VALPL, KASSEL), 1812 (CTES, LG, US, COLO, VALPL, BG); Salta, Schinini 14542 (CTES); Santiago del Estero, Kra povickas 37483 (CTES); Santa Fé, Ferraro 2648 (CTES); Tucuman, Me- yer s/n (CTES, LIL); Jujuy, on Podocarpus forest, Ferraro 454, 55% (CTES, COLO), 646 (CTES, US). Brasil: Rio Grande Do Sul, M. Fleig 1627 (CTES, ICM). Punctelia subrudecta (Nyl.) Krog Plate 1, E Krog H.:, 1982. Nord. J.) Bot. 2(3):291. Parmelia subrudecta Nyl., Flora 69: 320. 1886. Hale M., 1965. Svensk. Botanisk Tidskrift, 59(1): 42-43 "Europa, USA, S de Africa, Australia". Krog & Swinscow, 1977. Norw. J. Bot. 24: 175-176 "Africa". Thallus corticolous, saxicolous or muscicolous, 7 cm in diame- ter, lobes rotund, 2-3 mm wide, imbricate, margins entire or crena te. Upper side ash-grey, yellow-grayish or brown, wrinkled, soredia te, soralia marginal or laminal. Lower side light-brown, with simple concolorous rhizines. Coni- dio cylindric with one end swollen. Apothecia not seen in the Ar- gentina material. Chemistry: C+ red, with lecanoric acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Corrientes, on forest, Ferraro 311C (CTES, 0, COLO, H, LG); Cérdoba, on Polilepis, Cabido 8 (CTES); Salta, on bark of Acacia aroma, Chalukian 1966 (CTES). Punctelia punctilla (Hale) Krog Plate a, F Krope Hi, 2982).5 Norden. Bot mcs imc olu Parmelia punctilla Hale in Krog & Swinscow, Norw. J. Bot. 24: 172-173. 1977. Thallus always saxicolous, 5-10 cm in diameter, adnate. Upper side brown-yellowish, coriaceous, shiny, with darker rim in the margin. Pseudocyphellae wide, marginate, orbiculars to elliptica, 0,1-0,3 mm wide. Isidia and phyllidia present, numerous at the cer ter. Lobes linears, 2-3 mm wide, crenate margins, sometimes imbri cate. 1986 Ferraro, Argentine Parmeliaceae 197 Lower side light and rhizinate, rhizines simple, concolorous. A pothecia disc imperforate, 2-6 mm in diameter, dark brown, exciple pseudocyphellate. Spores (8)9-12 um x (4)8-10 um, simple, epispo- rium thick. Conidio unciform. Chemistry: C+ red, with lecanoric acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Mendoza, on rock, 1500-1800 msm, Ruiz Leal s/n (CTES, MERL). Punctelia subpraesignis (Nyl.) Krog Plate 2, G heap JH. 591982. Nord. J. Bot. 2(3) 229k. Parmelia subpraesignis Nyl., Lich. Env. Paris: 36. 1896. Grassi M., 1950. Lilloa 24: 195 "Argentina, lignicola'"’. Culberson W., 1962. Nov. Hedwigia 4: 568-569 "USA, Mexico, Argentina". Thallus corticolous or lignicolous, adnate, 14 cm in diameter, lobes 4 mm wide, rotund, imbricate, erects in the central parts. Upper side light-brown to yellowish-gray, wrinkled, lacking i- sidia or soredia. Pseudocyphellae orbiculare, white, 0,5 mm wide. Lower side dark, shiny, rhizinate and brown and naked in a na- rrow zone at the margins. Rhizines black, branched, with the ends whitish. Apothecia numerous, 7-11 mm in diameter, epithecium light-brown or pale yellow-brown, exciple pseudocyphellate; spores globoses, 13-14 um x 7-10 um. Conidio 4-5 um long., unciform. Chemistry: C+ rose or red or C-, with atranorin and gyroforic acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Santiago del Estero, on bark of Pro sopis, Renolfi 362/2 (CTES, LG). Brasil: Rio Grande Do Sul, Krapo- vickas 37619 (CTES, LG). Punctelia borreri (Sm.) Krog Piate 2, Hi Progen toec. Nord. w. Bot. 2: col. Lichen borreri Sm., Engl. Bot. 25: Tab. 1780. 1807. Parmelia borreri (Sm.) Turn., Trans. Linn. Soc. 9: 148. 1808. Grassi M., 1950. Lilloa 24: 177 "Argentina: Jujuy, Cordoba, Islas Malvinas"; idem, pag. 181 "Argentina: Tucuman". 198 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 3 Thallus corticolous, fragile, loosely adnate, mineral-gray to yellowish to brown, 5-7 cm in diameter. Upper side sorediate, soralia orbicular, laminal, pseudocyphe- llae small, punctiform. Lobes rotund with shiny, brown rim in the margins. Lower side densely rhizinate, lighter to white and naked zone towards the margins. Apothecia disc imperforate, epithecium brown-reddish, 5-10 mm in diameter, exciple sorediate and striate. Chemistry: medulla K-, C+ red, P-, with atranorin and lecanoric acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Jujuy, Krapovickas 36684 (CTES, 0). Punctelia riograndensis (Lynge) Krog Plate 2, I Krog H., 1982. Nord. J. Bot. 2(3): 291. Serusiaux E., 1983, Nord. Ji. 80t- O04) 0520) VAtrical: Parmelia riograndensis Lynge, Ark. Bot. 13(13): 26. 1914. Krog H. & Swinscow, 1977. Norw. J. Bot. 24: 175. Parmelia microsticta var. riograndensis (Lynge) Lynge. Osorio H., 1973. Rev. Fac. Ciencias (Lisboa) 17(2): 449 "Brasil". Idem, 1981. Com. Bot. Mus. Montevideo 63(4): 5 "Argentina: Misiones". Thallus corticolous, 6-12 cm in diameter, mineral-gray to gray- greenish, membranaceous; lobes wide and rotund, 2-5 mm wide, imbri cate, rare erects. Upper side wrinkled or scrobiculate, pseudocyphellate, pseudo- cyphellae abundant, orbicular, white, emarginate; without isidia and soredia. Lower side brown, rhizinate, rhizine short, simple; naked and light brown in a narrow zone along the margins. Apothecia numerous, 6-12 cm in diameter, disc imperforate, ur- ceolate, pedicelate, when young, epithecium brown, exciple rugose, pseudocyphellate, spores ovales, 21-23 um x 14-21 um, episporium tick. Pycnidia black, numerous, marginals or laminals. Conidio 5-7 um long, unciform. Chemistry: medulla C+ rose, with gyroforic acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Corrientes, in forest, Ferraro 2912 (CTES, US, 0, C, COLO, TSB, H), Schinini 16290 (CTES, US); Jujuy, on Podocarpus forest, Ferraro 526 (CTES, COLO), Krapovickas 36683 1986 Ferraro, Argentine Parmeliaceae 199 (CTES); Salta, Krapovickas 36674 (CTES); Santa Fé, Ferraro 2634 (GRESF SG, COLO, 9 TSB). Punctelia constantimontium Sérusiaux Plate 2, J Sérusiaux E., 1983. Nord. J. Bot. 3(4): 517-520 "Africa, Brasil, Uruguay, Argentina: Buenos Aires, Entre Rios". Osorio & Pipip. 519845 pint.» Jz) Myese Liches 1 (3) 9.278) "Brasil". _Parmelia subpraesignis sensu W. Culberson non Nyl., Nov. Hedwi- gia 4: 563-577. 1962. Parmelia squamuligera R. Sant. nom. nud. pp. in Osorio 1966, 1970a, 1970b, 1972 and Osorio & Fleig, 1982 "Argentina: Bue- nos Aires, Uruguay". Thallus corticolous, loosely adnate, 5-10 cm in diameter, whi- tish-gray to brown-yellowish. Upper side reticulate or scrobiculate, lobulate, lobes 2-6 mm wide, rotund; pseudocyphellate, pseudocyphellae white, small, emar ginate. Lower side dark and more or less shiny on the margins, rhizines numerous. Apothecia urceolate, 4 mm in diameter, exciple pseudocyphella-— te; spores 13-16 um x 8-11 um. Conidio unciform. Chemistry: C+ rose, with gyroforic acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Corrientes, Schinini 19760 (CTES, O, LG), Ferraro 1474 (CTES, US), 2832 (CTES, 0, LG, TSB); Jujuy, on rock, Ferraro 617 (CTES, MVM, LG). Punctelia canaliculata (Lynge) Krog Plate 2, K Krorhh. ,-1982..Nord..J. Bots .2(3):. 291. Parmelia canaliculata Lynge, Ark. Bot. 13(13): 28. 1914. Grassi M., 1950. Lilloa 24: 177 "Argentina: Cérdoba, Jujuy, Salta". Osorio H., 1978. Rev. Fac. Hum. y Cienc. 1(4): 53 "Uruguay". Thallus corticolous, loosely adnate, grayish or yellowish, 5-14 cm in diameter. Upper side striate or scrobiculate, soredia and isidia lacking, pseudocyphellate, pseudocyphellae wide, conspicuous, orbiculars, emarginate, lobes canaliculate, 1-1,5 cm long. and 3-5 mm wide, li 200 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61,°No. 3 nears with the round margins. Lower side white-yellow or whitish-brown, rhizinate, rhizines concolorous. Apothecia disc imperforate, 3-15 mm in diameter, exciple pseudo cyphellate. Conidio 10 um long., filiform. Chemistry: C- Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Corrientes, Schinini 16316 (CTES, COLO, BG), 19704 (CTES, VALPL, LG, US, COLO, C), Ferraro 1499 (CTES, US, LG, COLO, BG, VALPL), 1508 (CTES, COLO, KASSEL), 1521 (CTES, VALPL, US, BG), Krapovickas s/n (CTES, MVM), on Sebastiania sp. 29166 (CTES, US, BG), Herbst s/n (CTES); Misiones, Krapovickas 34144 (CTES, COLO); Jujuy, Ferraro 513 (CTES, AAR). Punctelia microsticta (Mill. Arg.) Krog Plate 2, L Krog H., 1982. Nord. J. Bot. 2(3).:. 29ax Parmelia microsticta Mill. Arg., Flora 62: 164. 1879. Arechava- leta, 1888. Rev. Mycol. 10(37): 1 "Uruguay: Montevideo". Gras si M., 1950. Lilloa 24: 187 "Argentina: Buenos Aires, Jujuy, Salta, Cérdoba". Idem, 1950. Lilloa 24: 370 "Argentina: Tucu- man". Osorio H., 1970. The bryol. 73(13): 393 "Argentina: Cha co, Misiones". Idem, 1976. The Bryol. 79(3): 358 "Argentina: Buenos Aires". Idem, 1978. The Bryol. 81(3): 453 "Brasil". Idem, 1981. Com. Bot. Mus. Montevideo 63(4): 5 "Argentina: Misiones". Idem, 1982. Com. Bot. Mus. Montevideo 64(4): 4 "Argentina: Misiones". Thallus 8-16 cm in diameter, corticolous, coriaceous, grayish tc brown-yellowish, lobes 3-4 mm wide, rare imbricate, margins entire to crenate or sinuate. Upper side rugose, pseudocyphellate, pseudocyphellae 0,2-0,5 mm wide, numerous, orbiculars, emarginate, lacking soredia and isidia. Lower side brown and rhizinate at the center, rare white macula te, naked in a zone along the margins. Apothecia brown-reddish, disc imperforate, more or less 17 mm in diameter, pedicelate, exciple pseudocyphellate, entire margins; spores globose, 16-23 um x 13-17 um, episporium tick. Picnidio black, marginal. Conidio 14-17 um long., filiform. Chemistry: medulla white, C-, with fatty acid. Exsicc. selecta: Argentina: Corrientes, Ferraro 309 (CTES, MVM), 1288 (CTES, US, COLO), 102a (CTES, AAR, COLO, MVM), 2827 (CTES, C), 274@ (CTES, KASSEL), 2891 (CTES, 0}, on bark of Scutia 938 (CTES), 1986 Ferraro, Argentine Parameliaceae 201 (CTES), on bark of Bignoniaceae 231 (CTES), Schinini 8515 (CTES, AAR, COLO, G), 7838 (CTES, MVM), 19729a (CTES, COLO), on Schinus longifolia 14719 (CTES), on Sebastiania brasiliensis 14679 (CTES), Krapovickas 28062 (CTES, VALPL, US, MVM, COLO, LG, MSK, G, TSB), on Castela tweedii 16202(CTES, COLO); Chaco, Ferraro 3062 (CTES, LG, COLO, H, US); Jujuy, Ferraro 475 (CTES); Santa Fé, Ferraro 2659 (CTES, G), Quarin s/n (CTES, MVM); La Pampa, Krapovickas s/n (CTES, MVM); Mendoza, Ruiz Leal s/n, on rock (CTES, MERL); Salta, Schinini 14546, 19691 (CTES); Santiago del Estero, Krapovickas 37485 (CTES). Uruguay: San José, Krapovickas 16347 (CTES). Bolivia: Tarija, Kra- povickas 33917 (CTES). Acknowledgments I want to thank very sincerely Dr. M. Hale for critically rea- ding the manuscript and making valuables comments. I also thank Dr. T. Nash III for confirming the identification of some taxa. Plate 1: A, Flavopunctelia flaventior (Ferraro 503). B, Punctelia lorentzii (Redén 47). C, Punctelia hypoleucites (Ferraro 1966). 0, Punctelia rudecta (Ferraro 1812). E, Punctelia subrudecta (Fe- rraro 3110). F, Punctelia punctilla (Ruiz Leal s/n). Plate 2: G, Punctelia subpraesignis (Renolfi 362/2). H, Punctelia borreri (Krapovickas 36684). I, Punctelia riograndensis (Schinini 16290). J, Punctelia constantimontium (Schinini 19760). K, Puncte- lia canaliculata (Ferraro 1499). L, Punctelia microsticta (Schini- ni 19729a). 202 PP PERU ara Vol. 61, No. 3 ini ne ee Piste t 1986 Ferraro, Argentine Paameliaceae see DATURA LANOSA, A NEW SPECIES OF DATURA FROM MEXICO Robert A. Bye, Jr. University of Colorado Museum Dept. of EPO Biology Boulder, CO 80309 and Jardin Botdnico, Inst. de Biologia, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, 04510 México, DF. MEXICO ABSTRACT.--Datura lanosa Barclay ex Bye, related to D. inoxia and D. wrightii, is described from northwest Mexico. Based upon’ ethnobotanical and (floristic studies in the Sierra Madre Occidental of Chihuahua, Mexico, and _ biosystematic studies of North American species of Datura, a new species is proposed: Datura lanosa Barclay ex Bye, sp. nov. -- Datura wrightii Regel af- finis, a qua differt foliis supra puberulis, subtus lanato-pubescen- tibus, marginibus irregulariter sinuato-dentatis, petiolis et ramis juniores et pedunculis floralibus et fructibus et calycibus extus lanatis. Typus: MEXICO. Sinaloa. Culiacdn and _ vicinity; volcanic cerro. and ~valley, thorn forest, marginal iver sand, 150-500 ft. alt, Aug., 1944, H. S. Gentry 7052 (Holotype, GH!; isotypes, F', NY!, UC!, US). Caulescent dichotomously branched perennial herb up to 1.5 m or more in height, widely spreading, the young’ branches lanate, the entire plant appearing canescent. Leaves simple, alternate, ovate, margin entire or _ irregularly sinuate-dentate, the apex acute, the base equal to subequal, petioles up to 10 cm long; leaf blades up to 21.5 cm long and 18 cm wide, one-half to two-thirds as broad as long; upper surface puberulent, lower surface lanate, the same pubescence continuing along’ the _ petiole. Flowers’ pedicellate, erect, borne’ in the axils of the branches; pedicels lanate, erect during anthesis, later becoming somewhat elongate and _ recurved; calyx tube cylindric- al, 8-15 cm long, 5-toothed at the apex, the exterior lanulose, the interior glabrous; calyx teeth acuminate, 1.5-3.0 cm _ long, 0.7-1.2 cm broad at the base; corolla white, funnelform, plicate, terminat- ing in a 5-dentate border, 14.5-20.0 cm long, the corolla’ teeth (acumina) acute to acuminate, 0.6-2.0 cm long and 0.3-0.5 cm wide at the base, each with 3 conspicuous proximal nerves; margin of _ the corolla between the teeth rounded or with interacuminal lobules giv- ing the corolla the appearance of being 10-angled; exterior of the corolla glabrous to slightly puberulent along the veins, interior glabrous down to the point of staminal adnation, becoming sparsely pubescent below; stamens 5, free, epipetalous, extending 12-17 cm from the base of the corolla and adnate to the tube for about half 204 1986 Bye, A new species 205 their length, anthers 1.2-16 cm long’ with filamentous trichomes along the lines of dehiscence; style 11.7-17.7. cm _ long; stigma _ bi- lobed. Fruits subglobose, irregularly dehiscent; capsules up to 4 cm long, recurved on_ pedicels 2.0-3.5 cm long; pericarp covered’ with short, sharp spines approximately 5 mm _ long; surface of both the fruit and the spines villous to lanmate; calyx persistent, circum- scissile above the base, forming an appressed cup-like structure which subtends the capsule. Seeds reniform, carunculate, 4.0-5.2 mm long, 3.0-4.0 mm wide, with three ridges which form a cord-like band on the convex edge of the seed, the lateral faces smooth. Originally, this taxon was recognized as a_ subspecies of OD. inoxia Miller by Arthur’ Barclay (1959) but was not _ published effectively. Datura lanosa is closely related to D. inoxia and D._ wrightii, based upon. similarities of morphological characters and _ karyotypes. The branches, leaves, flowers, fruits and seeds are more similar to these species than to other members of the section Dutra Bernh. The principal difference is the type of pubescence (see key below). The karyotypes of D. Jlanosa, D. inoxia and OD. wrightii are similar in that three chromosome. pairs. have satellites; they differ from OD. discolor, another member of section Dutra, and D. stramonium (of the section Datura) in having only four chromosome pairs with satellites (Palomino ef al., in press). One of the three pairs of D. Jlanosa have satellites at both ends of the chromosome while all three pairs of D. inoxia and D. wrightii have satellites on only one end. Datura lanosa grows in open, disturbed sites near arroyos and drainage depressions of the thorn’ forest and _ tropical deciduous forest of northwest Mexico. It is found from sea _ level on_ the coastal plain to 1,000 m snm in the barrancas on the western slope of the Sierra Madre Occidental. Throughout its range it is called ’toloache’, a vernacular name applied to many species of Datura and derived from the Nahuatl terms *toloa’ and ~‘toloatzin’. A poultice prepared by mixing the - crushed leaves with animal fat is used to treat various pains, skin inflam- mations and sores. The people also attribute poisonous properties to all parts of the plant if it is smelled, handled or ingested. In large doses, it may cause permanent insanity or death. The Tarahu- mara Indians of Chihuahua call the plant ‘rikuri’ and consider it one of the allies of the devil; hence it is dangerous to harm _ the plant. The Pima Indians of Sonora call it ‘hakundum’ ("it does something to our head"). SPECIMENS EXAMINED: MEXICO. Chihuahua. Batopilas, Aug.-Nov. 1885. £. Palmer Z-I (F, US); La Bufa, R. Bye 2977, 9612 (COLO), Bye & Weber 8349 (COLO), Bye et al. 12850, 12853 (COLO), Bye & Linares 14246-8, 14250-2 (MEXU); Moris, June 1968, C. W. Pennington 6. 7 (TEX); Southern Chihuahua, R. M. Zingg A 73 (F). Nayarit. Acaponeta, 30 July 1897, J. N. Rose s.n. (US); El Recodo, Bye & Arellano 13316 (MEXU); Jess Maria, El Nayar, Colunga & Zizumbo 13 (CAS, MEXU, UC). Sinaloa. Bella Vista, Mazatlan, J. Gonzalez Ortega 6373 (DS, GH); Bomoa, Bye & Arellano 13355 (MEXU); Celaya, Escuinapa, Bye & Arel- lano 13363; Culiacan, Gentry 7052 (F, GH, NY, UC), Rose et al. 14918 (NY, US); ca. 66 km N of Culiacan, Bye & Arellano 13334 (MEXU); El 206 PHYTOL G6 LA Vol. 61, No. 3 Fuerte, Gentry 4920 (ARIZ, MO), Rose et al. 13452 (US); Guamuchil, Hansen & Nee 1400 (MEXU, US); Gusave, Bye & Arellano 13351 (MEXU); La Constancia, El Fuerte, Gonzalez O. 5483 (MEXU, US); Las Cabras, Escuinapa, Bye & Arellano 13366 (MEXU); Las Palmas, Gonzalez O. 4544 (US); Marismas, Escuinapa, Gonzalez O. s.n. (MEXU); Mazatlan, Gon- zalez O. 5654 (US); San Blas, Rose et al. 13355 (US, NY), M. E. Jones 23115 p.p. (POM); Villa Union, Rose et al. 13927 (NY, US), Bye & Arellano 13323-4 (MEXU). Sonora. Alamos, Rose et al. 13010 (NY, US), C. E. Smith CS 4703 (US), Bye & Arellano 13346-7 (MEXU); Onavas, A. M. Rea 44 (SD); San Bernardo, Gentry 1346 (ARIZ, F, GH, MEXU, MO, UC, US). Key to Datura lanosa and related species A. Lower leaf surface softly pilose, particularly along the veins, the same indument extending to the petiole; venation of the leaves tending to be strongly pinnate with the veinlets incon- spicuous; exterior of corolla usually glabrous. D. inoxia AA. Lower leaf surface not as above; venation of leaves pinnate but veinlets more pronounced, giving a more reticulate pattern to the lower leaf surface; exterior of corolla puberulent, especi- ally. along the veinssy. 9: >. so... 5... some .0 See B. Lower leaf surface and petioles canescent, densely covered with short trichomes. D. wrightii BB. Lower leaf surface, petioles and young’ branches’ lanate. OD. lanosa Bibliography Barclay, A. S. 1959. Studies in the genus Datura (Solanaceae), I. Taxonomy of subgenus Datura. Unpubl. Ph.D. Dissertation, Har- vard Univ., Cambridge, MA. Palomino, G., R. Viveros & RR. Bye [in press]. Cytology of five Mexican species of Datura L. (Solanaceae). Southwest. Nat. Acknowledgements Financial support to cover part of the field expenses was _ pro- vided by Harvard University (Botanical Museum; Dept. of Biology), University of Colorado Museum, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México (Jardin Botanico), National Science Foundation, National Geo- graphic Society and American Philosophical Society. A. S. Barclay kindly shared his knowledge, photographs and specimens. F. Chaing and W. A. Weber corrected the Latin description. J. Chandler and L. G. Verplanken (S.J.) provided facilities for the field work in Chi- huahua. Vehicle and travel costs were shared by friends and _ students from the University of Colorado for work in Chihuahua and by J. Arellano for for collecting in Nayarit, Sinaloa and Sonora. The cu- rators of the herbaria cited above kindly arranged for the loans of specimens for study. Dr. Weber prepared the final copy. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "POPULATION BIOLOGY AND EVOLUTION OF CLONAL ORGANISMS" edited by Jeremy B. C. Jackson, Leo W. Buss & Robert E. Cook, xi & 530 pp., 90 b/w fig., 20 photo., & 46 tab. Yale University Press, 92A New Haven, Connecticut 06520. 1985 - $60.00 clothbound; 1986 - $30.00 paperbound. Herein the 13 "papers in this volume are a first collective at- tempt to identify and probe those ecological, morphological, devel- opmental, and evolutionary properties of clonal organisms that dis- tinguish them from aclonal forms". The papers have been revised af- ter their presentation at Yale in 1982. In horticultural and agri- cultural cloning new plants are established from parts that are al- ready rooted or that might never normally have formed roots, allow- ing the fixation of desirable properties. Clonal growth, develop- ment, organization, microevolution, evolutionary demography in land plants and marine invertebrates, as well as the evolution of mutual- ism, are some of the’ topics covered in these well developed papers. Many kinds of biologists should find this presentation valuable and many libraries will find it needful. "MAMMAL EVOLUTION - An Illustrated Guide" text by R. J. G. Savage & fllustrations by M. R. Long, iii & 259 pp. & hundreds of color & b/w plates, paintings, skeletal drawings & reconstructions, & tab. Facts on File Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 40016. 1986. $35.00. This book was published in Britain for the British Museum (Natur- al History) by a vertebrate paleontologist and an artist specializ- ing in nature. It is neither an illustrated text nor an annotated picture book, but an effective half-'n-half. Unless one has haunted museums for years, or worked in their paleontology departments, or taken a few advanced courses in vertebrate paleontology, or been a field oryctologist [=a studier of things dug up], that person on reading this book will surely be amazed at the plethora of mammalian fossil materials there are and the very logical and precise way known parts can be carefully elaborated into whole organisms. "Since the close of the Mesozoic times (65 million years ago) as the dino- saurs declined toward extinction, the mammals were left with the insects, the birds, the lizards, the frogs and toads, and the flow- ering plants, to usher in the Caenozoic era. Throughout the Meso- zoic, mammals had occupied small insectivorous or rodent-like niches; now came their big opportunity - the meek did indeed inher- it the earth." This hook, needed in libraries, can be enjoyed by a biologically oriented individual or by one interested in what was around in really earlier times. and as a very helpful text or ref- 207 208 P Ret OLR Et & Vol. 6Ty Waeae erence source for paleontology and evolution courses. "EVOLUTION - Selected Papers" by Sewall Wrignt, edited and intro- duced by William B. Provine, xiii & 649 pp., 177 b/w fig. & 32 tab. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois 60637. 1986. $70.00 clothbound & $25.00 paperbound. All of Sewall Wright's pre-1950 papers and some published later on evolution and physiological and mathematic population genetics are cogently introduced by the highly competent editor. Since they come from several journals and the “Encyclopaedia Brittanica", it certainly is advantageous to have them all in this volume for the many advanced students and scholars worldwide who will want or need this material in personal or university library copies. A few of the titles of papers (often presented to symposia) are: The Roles of Mutation, Inbreeding, Crossbreeding and Selection in Evolution, The Distribution of Gene Frequencies in Populations of Polyploids, Statistical Genetics and Evolution, and The Genetical Structure of Populations. "BARE BONES - Everybody's Inside Out" by David Hawcock, 13% x 20 inches, plastic wrapped booklet & cut-out. Facts on File Pub- lications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1986. $12.95. This package provides a novel and effective way of constructing a human female skeleton, all 206 bones, a meter tall and having it flexible at normal points. It can range in use from an unusual "fun thing" at a Halloween party to an individual or cooperative learning item in a high school biology class or club or for future nurses. Parts can be put together, then identified in games or Jabelled. The entire package includes "A set of four sheets of heavy paper from which to contruct the skeleton, A 4-page fold-up booklet entitled ‘All About Bones' and A fully-labelled, fact- filled wall poster of a real human skeleton." "GROWING AND USING HERBS AND SPICES" by Milo Miloradovich, 236 pp. & 4 b/w pl. Dover Publications, New York, N. Y. 10014. 1986. $4.95 paperbound. This new edition “is a slightly abridged republication of the work first published in 1952 by Doubleday & Company, Inc. under the title 'The Home Garden Book of Herbs & Spices'" omitting the out-of- date list of suppliers. The descriptive materials, historical back- grounds and legendry make for delightfully informative reading along with the detailed gardening instructions. There are also some de- scriptions of the preparation of spices from the large plantations in the tropics. PHYTOLOGIA An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 61 November 1986 No. 4 CONTENTS HENRY, R.D., A floristic profile of the McDonough County, Illinois, memes Vascular flora ... 2... 0-5. 20 seed ees e vena ess 209 WILCOX, B.P., BRYANT, EC., WESTER, D., & ALLEN, B.L., Grassland communities and soils on a high elevation IME atl EOP 5 oi. aie nb 8 Gio Sn ww Rov wo nist blew a8 231 LELONG, M.G., A taxonomic treatment of the genus Panicum EET TMISSISSIDDL 5. sw wo cnc ee reine ce 8 Selene eseees 251 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum ECD oe) 2 ae Wa va fo) Bhan te wig’ ath @ Wb abe ieiniinin bin oa hp 270 MOUEINKE, A.L., Book reviews ........6. 260 cc cece cncceses 283 BOTANICAL GARDEFI Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. & A FLORISTIC PROFILE OF THE McDONOUGH COUNTY, ILLINOIS, SPONTANEOUS VASCULAR FLORA R. D. Henry R. M. Myers Herbarium and Institute for Environmental Management Western Illinois University, Macomb 61455 ABSTRACT A floristic profile of the current spontaneous vascular flora of a west-central Illinois county, McDonough, is presented. Dr. R. M. Myers initiated floristic studies of the McDonough County vascular flora in 1945. Presently there are 1096 species in the County's spontaneous vascular flora which represents about 40% of the Illinois spontaneous vascular flora. Twenty-four percent of these species are alien, 82% of which came from the old world. Nearly 60% of the alien species have been cultivated, probably about 82% naturalized and about 4.7 species introduced yearly since 1948. The 1096 species are in five divisions (2.6% pteridophytes, 0.3% gymnosperms, 97.1% angiosperms), 114 families and 477 genera; they are about 14% woody, 24% annuals, 4% biennials, 72% perennials, 6% obligate aquatics, 28% weeds, 18% poisonous to humans, 6% poisonous to livestock and 16% drug plants. There are seven Illinois threatened and endangered species of which probably only three are extant. In the County there are four areas listed by the Illinois Natural Areas Inventory and no Illinois Nature Preserves. INTRODUCTION McDonough County is located in west-central Illinois, has an elevation ranging from 500 to 775 feet above sea level (averaging 690 feet), 1s drained principally through the Lamoine River system, is covered mostly with glacial drift from 10 to 140 feet thick with much of the northern part covered with loess up to 50 feet thick, has three main types of soil (dark upland prairie, swamp and bottomland, lighter upland timber), has an average rainfall of 34.76 inches and has an area of 576 square miles (Myers and Wright 1948) of which about 94% is under cultivation (Shadwick 1968 p. TSF Floristic studies of the McDonough County vascular flora were initiated by Dr. R. M. Myers upon his arrival in the Department of Biological Sciences at Western Illinois University in 1945 and were continued vigorously by him until his retirement as professor and herbarium curator in 1977. He stated (Myers 1972 p. 58) that "There are no reports for collections in the County before 1945" 209 210 Pe eT Oe Qe. IR Vol. 61, No. 4 although in an undated (but probably written near the mid 1960's) grant proposal for research on the County flora he stated in the introduction "Previous to 1945 the flora of McDonough had not been studied and only four species of plants had been collected according to the literature." He writes in this same proposal when he came there was no herbarium or facilities for collecting or storing specimens; he then proceeded to obtain some collecting materials, a herbarium case and started a project to collect all the vascular plants (with duplicate specimens being deposited in the Illinois State Museum at Springfield) in the County noting that a herbarium (which he states (Myers 1972 p. 59) was founded in 1946) besides being essential for teaching classes in Plant Taxonomy, Ecology, related fields and research, "also provides a record of the flora which is subject to change due to the destruction of woodlands, draining of swamps, construction of buildings and intensive farming." In 1946 Dr. Myers, on a typed catalog he prepared of the vascular plants of Illinois as listed in Jones' (1945) Flora of Illinois, annotated the McDonough County species. He listed 187 species (I counted 190) by June 30, 1946. Since there were also some dated after that in 1946, I counted a total of 217 species on his list. Ten of these he noted as cultivated thus resulting in 177 and 207 species respectively as being spontaneous. It appears that nearly all of these observations and collections were made in 1946 within a several mile radius of Macomb including many in the W.I.U. campus vicinity and some at Spring Lake Park. Myers produced mimeographed catalogs (checklists) in 1948 (reproduced as Myers (1983)), 1959, and 1964 in which he listed 522, 745 and 837 species respectively. In 1972 (Myers 1972) he annotated 944 species noting that 919 of these were native and naturalized alien taxa and excluded another 22 (I counted 25) as not naturalized aliens. In this publication he provided a discussion of the County flora (pp. 55-59) and the W.I.U. Herbarium (p. 59). Other annotations of the species included if specimens collected in McDonough County were in the W.I.U. herbarium or not, rare, alien, economic plant, ornamental, poisonous, weed, aquatic and, if not numbered, not naturalized. In 1975 (Myers 1975) he published 15 new County records stating that "The addition of these species increases the known vascular plants growing wild in McDonough County to 947, but 27 are excluded as they are alien ornamentals or economic plants considered to be casual escapes from cultivation, anthropogenetic relicts or rail- road migrants."' Henry and Scott in 1982 (Henry and Scott 1982) listed 1061 species (as well as an additional 34 subspecific and hybrid taxa) as growing spontaneously in the County. In 1986 the Illinois Natural History Survey (Illinois Natural History Survey 1986) indicated there are between 901 and 1100 species in the County. This paper is based upon 1096 vascular plant species (plus an additional 48 infraspecific taxa and seven hybrids) that have been recorded as occurring spontaneously (growing without having been intentionally planted by man and thus includes all native and 1986 Henry, A floristic profile Zn non-planted aliens whether naturalized or not) in the McDonough County flora and which serve as the basis for this floristic profile. Most of McDonough County is in the transitional zone between the Grand Prairie and Forest-Prairie Transition floristic provinces of Illinois, the former province occurring at the northeastern edge and the latter province occurring at the southern edge of the County (Anderson and Ugent 1980). The Natural Division of Illinois which includes McDonough County is the Western Forest- Prairie Division (specifically the Galesburg section) according to Schwegman (1973). A map of Illinois published in 1982 (Illinois Department of Conservation 1982) titled The Forests of Illinois, depicts the forest cover of McDonough County from the time of settlement (1810) until recently as well as the general forest types, acerage and coverage. Myers and Wright (1948) published a paper on the vegetation of McDonough County showing that generally the original vegetation was prairie in the north- east one-half and forest in the southwest one-half of the County. The natural vegetation has also been generally summarized by Shadwick (1968 p. 9-11). In general, the forest coverage of the County has been reduced from about 45% to around 8% and the prairie from 55% to practically none today. Some other publications concerning the McDonough County flora that are not otherwise cited in this paper are: Mavis and Mavis (1972 on wildflowers; text supplemented by Kodachrome transparencies, a set of which was given to the Illinois State Museum (Springfield) and to the W.I.U. library), Myers (1950 on Marsilea), Henry and Scott (1984 on seeps), Henry and Scott (1985 on Ferster Woods), Henry (1965 on lawnplants), Laughberaugh (1856 on original land survey), Henry, Ives, O'Flaherty and Stidd (1978 and partially revised 1986 for keys to common plants), Thurow and Henry (1968 on chestnut trees), Myers (1982 reprint of 1975 mimeograph on a tall grass prairie west of Macomb), Coon, Guilinger and Martin (1984 reprint of a 1964 report of a wet prairie remnant), Morris (1961 on trees), and Schwegman (1982 on Leptochloa uninervia). Relevant W.1.U. master degree theses are Murphy (1951 on a phytosociological study of an oak-hickory woods), Seely (1949 on poisonous plants), Neal (1969 floristics of Lake Vermont), Reese (1979 on the rail- road flora) and currently in process a floristic study of Macomb's Spring Lake Park area by C. Wirmum. In the W.1.U. herbarium library are some student class reports and term papers that contain useful information on some areas. Some publications that deal with County records and distributional information that include McDonough County are Mohlenbrock and Ladd (1978), Jones and Fuller (1955), Winterringer and Evers (1960), Henry, Scott and Shildneck (1978), Henry and Scott (1983), Scott and Henry (1982), Scott and Henry (1979), Ladd and Mohlenbrock (1983), Mohlenbrock (1985) and Henry and Scott (1986). 212 Pon ae Loans ve Vol. 61, No. 4 This floristic profile is based upon an updated copy of "Check- list of the Vascular Plants of McDonough County, Illinois" (Henry and Scott 1982) which is summarized in Table 1. Taxa nomenclature at and below the family level, as well as taxa numbers in Illinois used in this paper follow Mohlenbrock (1975) rather than Mohlenbrock (1986) which was published after the bulk of the data in this paper was prepared. TAXONOMIC ANALYSIS There are 1096 species in the McDonough County, Illinois, spontaneous vascular plant flora. This represents 40.2% of the present-day species in the spontaneous Illinois vascular plant flora (based on Mohlenbrock 1975). Of these species 269 (24.5%) are alien and 827 (75.5%) native species. In addition to the 1096 species there are 48 infraspecific taxa and 7 hybrids which represent 18.1% and 8.4% respectively of those in the present day Illinois flora based on Mohlenbrock (1975). The 1096 species occur in all 5 vascular plant divisions that occur in Illinois. One (0.1%) is a Lycopodiophyta, 3 (0.3%) are Equisetophyta, 24 (2.2%) are Polypodiophyta, 4 (0.3%) are Pinophyta and 1064 (97.1%) are Magnoliophyta. Thus the species are about 2.6% pteridophytes, 0.3% gymnosperms and 97.1% angiosperms. Within the angiosperms 286 (26.9%) are Liliopsida (monocots) and 778 (73.1%) are Magnoliopsida (dicots). The monocots represent 26.1% and the dicots 71% of the 1096 species in this flora. The 1096 species occur in 114 families. This represents 73.5% of the families in the spontaneous Illinois vascular plant flora based on Mohlenbrock (1975). One (0.9%) belongs to the Lycopodio- phyta, one (0.9%) is an Equisetophyta, four (3.5%) are Polypodio- phyta, three (2.6%) are Pinophyta and 105 (92.1%) are Magnolio- phyta. Thus the families are about 5.3% pteridophytes, 2.6% gymnosperms, and 92.1% angiosperms. Within the angiosperms 18 (17.1%) are Liliopsida and 87 (82.9%) are Magnoliopsida. The monocots represent 15.8% and the dicots 76.3% of the 114 families in this flora. The five largest families are the Compositae (with 144 species), Poaceae (126 species), Cyperaceae (85 species), Leguminosae (48 species), and Rosaceae (47 species). The 1096 species occur in 477 genera. This represents 57.5% of the genera in the spontaneous Illinois vascular plant flora based on Mohlenbrock (1975). One (0.2%) belongs to the Lycopodiophyta, one (0.2%) is a Equisetophyta, 14 (2.9%) are Polypodiophyta, three (0.7%) are Pinophyta and 458 (96%) are Magnoliophyta. Thus the genera are about 3.3% pteridophytes, 0.7% gymnosperms and 96% angiosperms. Within the angiosperms 105 (22.9%) are Liliopsida and 353 (77.1%) are Magnoliopsida. The monocots represent 22% and the dicots 74% of the 477 genera in this flora. The five largest 1986 Henry, A floristic profile Zs TABLE 1. SUMMARY OF McDONOUGH COUNTY, ILLINOIS, FLORISTIC DATA A. Taxa Data Magnoliophyta Lycopo- Equise- Polypo- Pin- Lili- Magnoli- Total diophyta tophyta_diophyta_ophyta Total opsida opsida Families 114 1 1 4 3 105 18 87 Genera 477 1 1 14 3 458 105 353 Species 1096 1 3 24 4 1064 286 778 Infra- specific 48 0 0 1 0 47 12 35 taxa Hybrids 7 0 0 1 0 6 2 4 Aliens 269 0 0 1 3 265 56 209 B. Other Data Lycopo- Equise- Polypo- Pin- Magnoli- Total diophyta tophyta diophyta ophyta ophyta Woody 148 0 0 0 4 144 Tree 82 0 0 0 4 78 Shrub 53 0 0 0 0 53 Vine 13 0 0 0 0 13 Duration Annual 261 0 0 0 0 261 Biennial 40 0 0 0 0 40 Perennial 795 1 3 24 4 763 Poisonous Human 197 0 0 0 1 196 Livestock 60 0 3 1 0 56 Drug 178 0 1 2 2 173 Aquatic 61 0 0 1 0 60 Native 827 1 3 23 1 799 Threatened 2 0 0 0 0 2 Endangered 5 0 0 1 0 4 Weed 310 0 3 1 3 303 Aliens 269 0 0 1 3 265 Aquatic 4 0 0 1 0 3 Origin Old World 221 0 0 1 0 220 Tropics 17 0 0 0 0 17 United States si 0 0 0 3 28 east/north 3 0 0 0 2 1 south 2 0 0 0 1 1 west 26 0 0 0 0 26 Duration annual 128 0 0 0 0 128 biennial 23 0 0 0 0 25 perennial 118 0 0 1 3 114 Cultivated 159 0 0 1 3 155 Woody 32 0 0 0 3 29 Weed 123 0 0 0 2 ee! 214 P set *¥o G40 SLE (OG A Vol. 61, No. 4 genera are Carex (with 61 species), Polygonum and Aster (18 species each), Panicum (13 species), Solidago (12 species) and Viola (11 species). Of the 48 infraspecific taxa, one (2.1%) is Polypodiophyta and 47 (97.9%) are Magnoliophyta of which 12 (25.5%) are Liliopsida and 35 (74.5%) are Magnoliopsida. Of the 7 hybrids one (14.3%) is a Polypodiophyta and six (85.7%) are Magnoliophyta of which two (33.3%) are Liliopsida and four (66.7%) are Magnoliopsida. WOODY VS. HERBACEOUS SPECIES Of the 1096 species 148 (13.5%) are woody and 948 (86.5%) are herbaceous. Of the 148 woody species 82 (55.4%) are trees, 53 (35.8%) are shrubs and 13 (8.8%) are vines. All of the pterido- phytes are herbaceous, all of the gymnosperms woody (4 species, all trees, which represent 2.7% of the 148 woody species) and in the angiosperms 144 are woody which represents 97.3% of the 148 woody species and 13.5% of the 1064 angiosperm species. Of the 144 woody angiosperm species 78 (54.2%) are trees, 53 (36.8%) are shrubs and 13 (9.0%) are vines. There are 920 herbaceous angio- sperms which are 86.5% of the angiosperm species. Of the 148 woody species 32 (21.6%) are alien and 116 (78.4%) are native whereas of the 948 herbaceous species 237 (25%) are alien and 711 (75%) are native. Three of the 4 (75%) gymnosperm species (which are all woody) are alien and one (3.6%) of the pteridophyte species (which are all herbaceous), Marsilea of the Polypodiophyta, is an alien. In the angiosperms 29 (20.1%) of the woody species are aliens and 115 (79.9%) are native and of the herbaceous species 236 (25.7%) are aliens and 684 (74.3%) are native. The largest woody genera are Quercus (10 species); Crataegus, Rubus, Salix (8 species each); Lonicera (7 species) and Acer, Carya, Prunus, Rosa (5 species each). The largest herbaceous genera are the largest genera listed near the end of the taxonomic analysis section of this paper. DURATION Of the 1096 species 261 (23.8%) are annuals, 40 (3.7%) are bi- ennials and 795 (72.5%) are perennials. There are no annual or biennial pteridophytes or gymnosperms. Of the perennial species one (0.1%) is a Lycopodiophyta, three (0.4%) are Equisetophyta, 24 (3.0%) are Polypodiophyta, four (0.5%) are Pinophyta and 763 (96.0%) are Magnoliophyta. Of the 1064 angiosperm species 261 (24.5%) are annuals, 40 (3.8%) are biennials, and 763 (71.7%) are perennials. 1986 Henry, A floristic profile 215 Of the 261 annual species 128 (49%) are aliens, of the 40 biennial species 23 (57.5%) are aliens and of the 795 perennial species 118 (14.8%) are alien. There are no alien Lycopodiophyta or Equisetophyta, in the Polypodiophyta the only alien is one out of 24 (4.2%) perennial species and in the Pinophyta three out of four (75%) perennial species. In the angiosperms 128 of the 261 (49%) annual species are aliens, 23 of the 40 (57.5%) biennial species and 114 of the 763 (14.9%) perennial species. HABITAT Of the 1096 species 61 (5.6%) are obligate aquatics and 1035 (94.4%) are terrestrial. There are no aquatic Lycopodiophyta, Equisetophyta or Pinophyta; one (1.6%) is a Polypodiophyta (Marsilea) and 60 (98.4%) are Magnoliophyta. Of the angiosperm species 60 (5.6%) are aquatic. Of the 61 aquatic species 4 (6.5%) are aliens and of the 1035 terrestrial species 265 (25.6%) are aliens. In the Polypodiophyta there is one aquatic species and it is an alien. In the angiosperms three (5%) of the 60 aquatic species are alien and 262 (26.1%) of the 1004 terrestrial species are aliens. NATIVE SPECIES Of the 1096 species of spontaneous vascular plants in McDonough County, 827 (75.5%) are native species. These include one (0.1%) Lycopodiophyta, three (0.4%) Equisetophyta, 23 (2.8%) Polypodi- ophyta, one (0.1%) Pinophyta and 799 (96.6%) Magnoliophyta. Of the 799 native species of the Magnoliophyta 230 (28.8%) are Liliopsida and 569 (71.2%) are Magnoliopsida. The 827 native o species in McDonough County represent 42.1% of the native species in Illinois. As a primary result of habitat destruction, principally due to man's activities (i.e. agricultural practices, transportation corridors, housing and urban development), the numbers of native species and plants have been reduced and without preservation and/ or mitigation efforts this trend will continue. An indicator of this trend is that native species become rare, threatened, endangered and finally extinct. The Illinois Natural History Survey (1986) indicates 0-5 endangered or threatened species for McDonough County. Bowles, et al. (1981) lists 5 such species one being threatened and 4 endangered: Panax quinquefolius: threatened; although indicated to not be presently known to be extant there are at least three extant locations. Beckmannia syzigachne: endangered; although indicated to be extant based on collections in 1974, this author has been unable 216 Poh? Yo Te GEG) Git Ak Vol. 61, No. 4 to locate it at this location the past two years. Myers (1975) states that at this location (a railroad prairie) it is "probably a railroad migrant." Cypripedium reginae: endangered; indicated to not being presently extant seems to be accurate since the last collection is recorded from 1881 per Sheviak (1974). Habenaria leucophaea: endangered; indicated to not being presently extant seems to be accurate since the last collection is recorded from 1950 per Sheviak (1974). Thelypteris phegopteris: endangered; indicated to not being presently extant seems accurate since no recent collections are known. Recent collections in the County have resulted in the location of the following three species not in Bowles, et al. (1981) for McDonough County. Tradescantia bracteata: endangered; two small colonies are extant but their location on private land intended for agriculture makes their future precarious. Bowles et al. (1981) states that no populations are presently known in Illinois. Hydrastis canadensis: threatened; many plants are present in a preserve (Ferster Woods) owned by Western Illinois University. (Pinus resinosa: endangered; a number of plants are present resulting from reproduction of plants planted in Argyle State Park about 1949. Although these are spontaneous plants they should be excluded from this list since they are not part of the original native vegetation.) The seven threatened and endangered species represent 0.64% of the 1096 species recorded for McDonough County. Of these seven two (28.6% or 0.18% of all species) are threatened species and five (71.4% or 0.46% of all species) are endangered. All of the threatened species are Magnoliophyta whereas four (80%) of the endangered species are Magnoliophyta and one (20%) is a Poly- podiophyta. Of the 827 native species in the County, these seven are 0.85%, the two threatened species being 0.24% and the five endangered ones being 0.6% of the native species. Of the 799 angiosperm native species, two (0.25%) are threatened and four (0.5%) are endangered. Of the Illinois threatened and endangered species, seven (1.93%) are reported from McDonough County. How- ever of these seven species, only three species Panax quinque- folius (threatened), Hydrastis canadensis (threatened) and Tradescantia bracteata (endangered) are known to be extant; these three species represent 42.9% of the seven reported threatened and endangered species in McDonough County, 0.83% of the endangered and threatened species in the Illinois flora, and 0.4% of the native McDonough County species. Although there are no Illinois Nature Preserves in McDonough County, there are four areas that are on the Illinois Natural Areas Inventory which are Area #144--Good Hope Marsh, Area #145--Lake 1986 Henry, A floristic profile 217 Argyle Barren, Area #171--Daniels Marsh and Area #172 (Argyle Lake) Sphagnum Seep (Illinois Department of Conservation 1978), Henry (1985) has listed and very briefly given some of the species (including some uncommon ones) in 23 representative areas exemplifying some of the best examples of remnants of the original vegetation of the County including the four areas on the Natural Areas Inventory. Principally per Mchlenbrock and Ladd's (1978) distribution maps of the Illinois vascular plant species the following McDonough County species are generally disjunctive from the indicated Illinois geographical range: Acer rubrum (S 1/3, NE), Beckmannia syzigachne (NE), Carex caroliniana (S 1/3), C. flaccosperma (S 1/3), Cc. gracillima (N 1/3), C. laevivaginata (S 1/3, NE 1/3), Commelina virginica (S 1/4), Galium boreale (N 1/3), Gerardia pedicularis var. ambigens (NE 1/4), Jussiaea decurrens (S 1/3), Lechea pulchella (N and E 1/3), Liquidambar styraciflua (S 1/3), Lonicera dioica (N 1/3), Lycopodium flabelliforme (N,E,S edge), Polypodium vulgare var. virginianum (N 1/3, S 1/3), Ranunculus micranthus (S 1/2) and Specularia biflora (S 1/4). Myers and Henry (1976) listed native taxa they considered extinct, nearly extinct, rare or endangered in McDonough and Hancock counties based upon later floristic data compared to floristic data derived from Kibbe (1952). Sixteen percent (130 species) of the native species were considered extinct or nearly extinct and another 68 species rare or endangered. It was emphasized by Myers and Henry (1976 p. 35) that further collections might change the status of some of the plants which the following data is intended to do. The following list of species are those from Myers and Henry's (1976) list that at some time have been recorded for McDonough County. These species are listed in the same order as in Myers and Henry (1976) and are annotated with Mohlenbrock's (1975) synonym (if there is one) and in parenthesis the last date of collection (and comments if needed) which for a number of these species indicate a change in the status of their occurrence to uncommon, Athyrium angustum = A. felix-femina var. rubellum (1983), Dryopteris marginalis (1984), Pteridium latiusculum = P. aguilinum var. latiusculum (1984; population decreasing), Dianthera americana = Justicia americana (1985), Callitriche heterophylla (not present in 1969 location in 1984 due to stream channelization), Campanula aparinoides (1983), Silene nivea (no new collections since 1968), Stellaria longifolia (1969), Aster anomalus (1984), Aster sericeus (1981), Cirsium hillii = C. pumilum (1986), Dyssodia papposa (1984) Helenium nudiflorum = H. flexuosum (exact collection date unknown but presumed to be between 1960 and 1978), Verbesina helianthoides (1983), Convolvulus spithamaeus = Calystegia spithamaea (1986), Cuscuta glomerata (1979; rare), Arabis virginica = Sibara virginica (1982), Acalypha gracilens (1979), 218 P Oe Ti) br O Ged A Vol. 61, No. 4 Euphorbia obtusata (1984), Gentiana flavida = G. alba (1982), Carya laciniosa (1969), Agastache scrophulariaefolia (1979; rare), Teucrium occidentale = T. canadense var. occidentale (1983), Desmanthus illinoensis (1979), Lobelia cardinalis (exact collection date unknown but presumed to be between 1954 and 1978), Ludwigia palustris = L. palustris var. americana (1983), Caulophyllum thalictroides (1983), Phlox glaberrima = P. glaberrima ssp. interior (1979), Polygonum hydropiperoides (1983), Polygonum tenue (no new collections since 1948), Lysimachia quadriflora (1979; rare), Anemone cylindrica (1984), Hydrastis canadensis (1983), Ranunculus fascicularis (1984), Agrimonia rostellata (exact collection date unknown but presumed to be between 1954 and 1978), Crataegus calpodendron (1983), Crataegus punctata (1967), Gillenia stipulata (1986), Salix rigida (1983), Aureolaria pedicularia = Gerardia pedicularia var. ambigens (exact collection date unknown but presumed to be between 1954 and 1978), Chelone glabra (1983), Gerardia purpurea (no new collections since 1950), Gratiola neglecta (1983), Pedicularis lanceolata (1983), Verbena canadensis (1983), Vitis aestivalis (1979; rare), Tradescantia virginica = T. virginiana (1983), Carex albolutescens (1979), Carex artitecta (no new collections since 1969), Carex crinita (1984), Carex cruscorvi (1984), Carex granularis (1969), Carex hirtifolia (1983), Carex jamesii (1983), Carex lacustris (1983), Carex muskingumensis (1984), Carex oligocarpa (1979; rare), Carex scoparia (1984), Carex trichocarpa (1984), Carex vesicaria (no new collections since 1950), Cyperus rivularis (1983), Eleocharis compressa = E. elliptica var. compressa (1979), Scleria triglomerata (1984), Agrostis perennans (1984), Brachyelytrum erectum (1983), Diarrhena americana = D. americana var. obovata (no new collections since 1974), Koeleria cristata = K. macrantha (1979; rare), Melica nitens (1979), Muhlenbergia racemosa (1979), Muhlenbergia sylvatica (1979; rare), Panicum leibergii (1979; rare), Panicum praecocius (exact collection date unknown but presumed to be between 1954 and 1978), Paspalum ciliatifolium (1979; rare), Phragmites communis = P. australis (1984), Poa palustris (1979; rare), Sporobolus vaginiflorus (1979), Stipa spartea (1984), Tripsacum dactyloides (1984), Juncus acuminatus (1979; rare), Allium tricoccum (1983 var. burdickii), Cypripedium reginae (1881; perhaps extinct), Habenaria leucophaea (no new collections since 1950; perhaps extinct), Spiranthes cernua (1950; Sheviak (1974) as S. magnicamporum; Sheviak annotation label as S. cernua X S. magnicamporum-"low prairie race 3n"), Spiranthes gracilis = S. lacera (1983), and Potamogeton diversifolius (no new collections since 1951). Myers (1972 p. 58) listed 19 species considered rare in Illinois that were reported for McDonough County. Four others similarly annotated (R) in his catalog are #56, Dryopteris phegtopteris (= Thelypteris); #1387, Galium tinctorium; #1634, Echinodorus rostratus (= E. berteroi var. lanceolatus); and #1805, Cyperus flavescens. Some of these 23 species have been referred to and 1986 Henry, A floristic profile 219 commented on in other parts of this section of this paper. Collection data up to the present indicate that all of these species are uncommon and as noted before at least Habenaria leucophaea and Dryopteris (= Thelypteris) phegopteris may be extinct. Myers (1972) catalog did not include any annotated McDonough County species as extinct (= X). A closing comment on two species that are of interest is that Lycopodium flabelliforme first collected in 1976 (Henry and Scott 1978) has not be found since 1984. Perhaps it died due to a severe summer drought followed by severe winter cold in 1983. The thin soil where it was growing would dry out quickly. Heracleum maximum is uncommon being known at one location about two miles northeast of Colchester where there is a nice stand of it in the Lamoine River floodplain. ALIEN SPECIES Myers and Henry (1979) discussed the alien flora of an area consisting of both McDonough and Hancock counties; this paper concerns the current status of alien species in McDonough County only. Of the 1096 spontaneous vascular plant species, 269 (24.5%) are alien and 827 (75.5%) native. These 269 alien species represent 35.5% of the alien species in the Illinois vascular flora. Of these 269 alien species there are none in the Lycopodiophyta or Equisetophyta, one (0.4%) in the Polypodiophyta, three (1.1%) in the Pinophyta and 265 (98.5%) in the Magnoliophyta of which 209 (78.9%) are Magnoliopsida and 56 (21.1%) Liliopsida, Fifty-six (20.8%) of the County alien species are Liliopsida and 209 (77.7%) are Magnoliopsida. Of the 1096 species one (0.1%) in an alien Polypodiophyta, three (0.3%) are alien Pinophyta and 265 (24.2%) alien Magnoliophyta (56 (5.1%) Liliopsida and 209 (19.1%) Magnoliopsida). One (4.2%) of the Polypodiophyta, three (75%) of the Pinophyta and 265 (24.9%) of the Magnoliophyta species are aliens, Of the dicot species 209 (26.9%) are alien whereas 56 (19.6%) of the monocot species are aliens. The 56 monocot alien species represent 5.3% of the 1064 angiosperm species whereas the 209 dicot alien species represent 19.6%. At least 90% of the land area of McDonough County is occupied by alien species, principally as crops and pasture, indicating their economic importance. Many aliens are well adapted to and occur County-wide in disturbed soil areas (disturbophytes) where they may or may not be considered weeds depending on their perception and use by varying people. Of the 269 alien species four (1.5%) are obligate aquatic and 265 (98.5%) are terrestrial. Out of the four aquatic alien species one (25%) is a Polypodiophyta and three 220 POH 4600 m) exposed ridges. The vegetation was dominated by grasses (Calamagrostis, Festuca, Poa, and Stipa species) and forbs. Trees were rare and shrubs uncommon. Soils were generally high in organic matter at the surface and had dark surface horizons (mollic or umbric epipedons). Depending on the moisture regime, most soils were classified either as Histosols, Mollisols, or Alfisols. Argillic horizons were prevalent in the soils. Common soil parent materials were glacial till, andesite, limestone, siltstone, and river alluviu. Vegetation was arranged on a moisture gradient controlled by topographic position. INTRODUCTION The Andes are part of a major mountain network which extends from Alaska to Tiera del Fuego. High elevation grasslands of the Andes are unique ecosystems which constitute important grazing lands for the Andean countries. In Peru and Bolivia these grasslands are known as the puna. The puna extends over several hundred thousand square kilometers from latitudes of 89S to 27°S and is associated with a series of high plateaus and intermontane basins beginning with the Pampa de Junin in central Peru. The altiplano, a vast tableland above 3600 m in southern Peru and Bolivia is the most familiar of these plateaus. Elevation of the puna varies from about 3900 to 4800 m. Troll (1968) divided the puna into three provinces: the moist puna, the dry puna, and the desert puna. The moist puna Za 232 PHY T@L@GLi& Vol. 61, No. 4 begins in northern Peru at a latitude of about 8°S where it blends in with another high elevation grassland typical of the northern Andes, the paramo, and lies adjacent to the eastern cordillera of the Andes as far south as Bolivia. The dry puna begins in southern Peru amd extends into the altiplano of Bolivia, while the desert puna occurs in southern Bolivia and Chile adjacent to the Atacoma Desert. A single wet season of variable duration occurs sometime between October and April, and supplies an average of 150 mm of precipitation to the desert puna and 1200 mm to the moist puna belt annually (Molina and Little, 1981). Annual rainfall decreases to the south arm vest. There is also a _ steady increase in . concentration of rainfall into November to April towards the south (Johnson, 1976). Mean annual temperatures are less than 10°C and nocturnal frosts are common, especially during the dry season (Troll, 1968). Frost occurs nightly at 4100 m. Diurnal fluctua- tions can be as much as 20°C in the moist puna and even greater in the desert puna. Seasonal temperature differences become greater to the south. Paramo grasslands are distinguished from the puna by the lack of seasonal differences in precipitation and temperature in the paramo, and also by a higher relative humidity. Puna vegetation has evolved under harsh’ environmental conditions, including a lengthy dry season, frequent frosts, low temperatures, pronounced diurnal temperature variation, high solar radiation, and low oxygen (Thomas and Winterholder, 1976). Plants have adapted to these environmental stresses in various ways (Cabrera, 1968). Perennial forbs typically have well-developed root systems many times larger than the above ground portions of plants. Leaves are often reduced, felty and lightly pubescent, or have a thick cuticle layer. Succulents such as Opuntia are also common. Many grasses have rolled leaves. Stems are often reduced or are below ground with only the leaves protruding above the surface. Tne moist and dry puna are closely related florestically. Evergreen shrubs such as Lepidophyllum quadranqulare, and Fabina densa are more common in the dry puna (Molina and Little, 1981). In the desert puna shrubs predominate and vegetation cover is lower. Vegetation changes as a result of human impact are the elimination of Polylepis forests in much of the puna and proliferation of Opuntia flocosa. Little information is available about soils of the puna. Early investigators grouped the high Andean soils into broad associations. Drosdoff et al. (1960) described three major soil groups as: (1) dark brown stoney loams to silt loams, (2) deep well-drained, dark brown to black loams and silt loams, and (3) hydromorphic medium to fine textured soils. Beek and Bramao (1968) included the soils of the central Andes as Paramo soils, and described them as being derived from heavy clays of glacial origin. 1986 Wilcox & al., Grassland communities & soils 233 Information on vegetation and soils in the Central Andes is fragmentary (Glaser and Celecia, 1981). The objective of this study was to describe vegetation and associated soils in one area of the moist puna belt. STUDY AREA The 17,700 ha study area was located on an agricultural cooperative, Sociadad Agricola de MInteres Social (S.A.I.S.) Pachacutec, headquartered at Corpacancha in the Department of Junin, Peru (11925'S, 76°15'W). Corpacancha is about 42 km ENE of La Oroya, Peru. Rangeland of the cooperative has historically received better management than most of the puna, much of which is severely overgrazed. Elevation ranged from 4,150 m to 4,700 m. ‘Topography included both gently rolling glaciated terrain and rugged mountainous terrain. Corpacancha is in the moist puna belt as classified by Troll (1968). Climatic data from Corpacancha is limited. Vallejos and Quillatupa (1975) reported that in Corpacancha, the average yearly precipitation from 1965 to 1972 was 865 mm, and varied from 1,033 m to 672 mm. Snow makes up a small percentage of this precipitation and does not accumulate below the permanent snow line (Troll 1968) which begins at about 5,150 m (Thomas and Winterhalder 1976). METHODS Our objective was to describe major plant community types in a 17,000 ha study area. The concept of dominance-types (e.g., Whittaker 1962, 1975; Beard 1975) provided the basis for distinguishing community-types through a combination of environment (indicated by topographic position) amd dominant vegetation physiognomy and composition. Similar concepts have been widely applied in the study of tropical vegetation (Shimwell 1971; Beard 1975). Field methods were based on this concept. Potential community-types were tentatively delineated using aerial photographs and verified by extensive ground reconnaissance. Although this approach lacks complete objectivity, it is suitable for large-scale reconnaissance surveys (Mueller-Dombois and Ellenberg 1974) when a vegetation description and workable classification of a given area are required (Whittaker 1975). Within each community-type 5 to 10 stands were selected on the basis of uniformity of habitat and lack of disturbance (inaccessibility limited sampling of the high elevation ridges to only one stand). Each stand was sampled with 5 to 10 randomly located 25-m line transects placed perpendicular to the slope. A total of 188 transects were established. Species composition and basal cover were estimated with point samples (Goddall 1952) taken at 0.5 m intervals along each transect. Cover categories were specific plant species, bare ground, litter, moss or rock. Ifa plant species was not encountered at a point, the nearest plant to this point was recorded. Therefore, species identity was recorded 234 Pn Y Tee be PA Vol. 61, No. 4 at 50 locations on each transect. Species composition was estimated from these data. Basal cover was estimated from point samples on each transect. Although this method overestimates cover, relative differences within a given study are useful in distinguishing species importance in different community types. Twenty-eight soil pedons were described from hand-dug pits. Samples were collected from selected pedons. In some cases, sampling below 70 cm was by soil auger due to a high water table. Sites for soil description were selected to be representative of surrounding topographic position and parent material. Soils were classified according to the U.S. system (USDA 1975). RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Ten comminity types were recognized, and named on the basis of topographic position (Table 1). A brief description of the soils and vegetation of each commmity type follows. Flood Plain The Rio Corpacancha dissected the study site. Its flood plain was entrenched and varied in width from 100 m to 500 m. Elevation was around 4150 m. On the flood plain the water table was at or near the surface throughout the year. Soils developed on alluvial parent material. Organic horizons up to 36 cm thick were observed. The mineral soil was silty and gleyed reflecting poor drainage. Several buried organic horizons were also noted. These soils were classified as Typic Cryaquents. Vegetation of the flood plain was dominated by grasses and sedges; forbs were uncommon (Table 2). Poa gilgiana, Festuca dolichophylla, and Calamagrostis brevifolia, were all important components of the flood plain flora. P. gilgiana grew evenly interspersed throughout most of the site. Distribution of Calamagrostis liqulata was quite variable, ranging from 2 to 32% of the species composition. Glaciated Valley Community Types All of the mountain valleys in the study area have been reworked by glaciers (Clapperton 1972). In these glaciated valleys four distinct community types were recognized. Soil moisture differences due to changes in topographic position have created a vegetation mosaic in these glaciated valleys. Glaciated Bottomland Glaciated bottomlands occurred in depressed basins in the valleys. Slope seepage creates saturated soils on these sites; soils remain saturated throughout the rainy season and for several months thereafter. Soils on these sites had thick organic horizons 235 Wilcox & al., Grassland communities & soils 1986 6°€1 8°¢S ely S&2 0°0 0°0 8°ET 0°29 bol dozabpty uoLzeAI|y ybty Ovel 06! 0°18 Vaal so Cie 0°82 0°1S O°eb 9 bT 9°62 b OL 8°02 8°0 8°0 8° bb 0°ce 0°6S weo} au0zsz| Ls uLezunoW daaq uLequnow "uoLzisodwod satdads aAijzelaa ayy JO YUaduad UO paseq auam SanleA “(OZ6T 49429914M) Joasue4u} yora Buole pauayunooua saidads yueid jo uaqunu abeuare ayy Bulsn paqzejnojed auam sane, é I 6 bt ots 6°L 1°6 6°OT €°6 0°2e b 82 ag! O°e Sab 2'b 0°89 Sal i72 b 86 0°86 S16 8°S6 vee 2°02 0°0S b0€ vb 0€ Leb O56 6°€ 9°0 be Cue 0°0 OZ 9°€ 0°0 0°0 £°0 0°0 vile 6° 0€ a bOI 9°L Onn 9°9b bib 0°St 8°bS S°8s L°Sb LUQE O'lb Lg ee] 8°8 0 a} LSapuy weo7q pue| puetdy pue,dy uULeLd uLequnoW Aj Ladevg -wOWIOg pPazeLde{H paqeLoeiyH pool uLequnoW ILSay dL 4uax “Nuag ‘eave Apnys eyouededuoy) ayz UO SaLzLUNUWOD yUeId G 4OJ SOLYSLUaZIeUeYD ssauydtu saidads = Guo ‘I q4o4 % iT SSeuy x 4aAod Leseg SSOW 4904 punoubaueg 4aqqty (%) adots Jdaqoeuey) OUEST TS tGe Vol. 61, Nome4 Pri ¥¢ ToQnboO>Gs Tc A 236 *pasazunooua auam satoads /[ $s3z9asue4y g Wous palidwod 29e0 2-6. #0 -0 ort Pl Nplasoy bog 0 | 10a 01-0 Se ds Xaae) ¥-0)..Si0 8-0 O'b Pso[ngn} Obejuelg 9-0 8'l 01-0 S*b Suadsabia $1}S0abeue[e) 9-0 — G4 22-b 8°6 euabloids Pog OI-0 09 22-2 ert ds aeaeiadhy ge-@ ©. {0°6 2€-2 8°21 stue[nbi| stqysosbewe[e7 pI-2 8's 02-b 8°El PLLOstAaag StySosBeue [ey StH. 3 PETIT bE-2 0°91 BL Aydoydt [op eonqsay Zi-b . S°L be£-zI £°61 euetBl ib Pog abuey Bay abuey Bay satoads 1) 4aA0) [eseg %) UOLZLSOdWOD Saldads aAL7eL ay /I —"ease Apnys eysuededsoy) ayy uo AZLunuuiod uLelg POoL4 ayy JO (YT < ) UOLyLSOdwod quelq “Z alge 1986 Wilcox & al., Grassland communities & soils 237 (> 40 cm). Mineral horizons were loams and gravelly clay loams. Parent material was glacial till. Soils were classified as Typic Cryohemists. Vegetation in this community type was similar to the flood plain vegetation (Table 3). Grasses dominated and forbs were uncommon. On this site however, Calmagrostis brevifolia was clearly dominant, Festuca dolichophylla was also important; and Calamagrostis ligularis was absent. Basal cover was also very high on this site (Table 1). Also, species richness was lower than on the flood plain. Mesic Glaciated Upland The mesic glaciated upland community type usually occurred on lower slopes of the glaciated valleys. Soils of this community type had mollic epipedons with a relatively high amount of organic carbon. Argillic horizons were observed in all the pedons examined. Often a thin surface organic horizon (< 5 cm) was also present. Soil textures were loam and clay loam and became more gravelly with depth. Soils were classified as Argic Pachic Cryoborolls. Vegetation was dominated by grasses (Table 4). Sedges were also common. Forbs were not abundant. Festuca dolichophylla was a Characteristic spp., followed by Poa gilgiana. Both of these species were present on the flood plain and glaciated bottomland as was Poa spicigera. Calamagrostis brevifolia was less important on this site than on the flood plains and glaciated bottomlands. Xeric Glaciated Upland This extensive community type occurred on the drier valley slopes. Soils on the xeric glaciated uplands were very similar to those on mesic glaciated uplands. A dark surface horizon was prevalent; however, the epipedon was umbric rather than mollic because of low base saturation percentage. The bases have probably been leached out on the xeric sites and resupplied to the mesic sites by slope seepage. Argillic horizons were also present. Textures were similar to those of mesic glaciated uplands. Soils were classified as Mollic Cryoboralfs. Vegetation in this commmnity type was similar to the mesic upland type (Table 5), and the two community types blended into one another. Festuca dolichophylla was the most common species in this type, but it provided less basal cover than the more mesic sites. Carex ecuadorica, Festuca rigescens, and Calamagrostis vicunarum were more common, amd Poa gilgiana and P. spicigera were less common in the xeric uplands. Forbs are more abundant in this community type than in other communities in the glaciated valleys (Table l). Vol. 61, No. 4 PAB PY Tu bOL6.1 A 238 "pauazunooua.auam Salioads ZZ ‘sz IaSue4y pL WOus palidwod eyeg — /1 8-0 9°0 8-0 OT PSO[Ngn} ObejUP|g 01-0 v0 Z21-0 Oe Paablaids bog 2-0 £°0 v1-0 ce ds xauey Ot-0 91 02-0 Eat ds aeadeuadh) v-0 €'T 81-0 £9 eotsopendsa xKaieD 8-0 vl 22-0 OL euelbl ib eog 2-0 O°El 9€-01 0°€2 21 Aydoyst [op eonzsay vb-O1 £°62 29-92 0°0S PLLOsLAaIG S1zSOsBewe |e) abuey Bay abuey Bay saLtoads (%) 4an09 [eseg UOL}1SOdUwIO) Saldadsg aAL}e lay —"Paue Apnys eyosuededuoy ayy uo AzZLUNuWOD puelwoz}Og pazeLIe[H 9yy JO (XT < ) UOLALSOdwod yuUelY ‘él si qe) 239 & soils 10S Wilcox & al., Grassland communi 1986 ‘pauaqunooua auam saloads pe {syIasue4y QZ WOuy pal tdwod 23e0 FT #-0.< 2°0 21-0 vl Suadsebia Pon}so4 v-0 .S°0 y1-0 61 euetAnaad einznq 2-O.n,s02 0 91-0 12 ds deaneaadhy v-0 = v0 2-0 2°€ ds Kaue) #-0 4 2°0 21-0 pe snjzeue, snwoag 8-0. «ET 81-0 2'b PLLOstAauq Siqysoubewe|e) #-0 Z°0 81-0 €°S eo L4openda Kase) 9-0 PI 9€ -0 18 euabloids Pog 20-0 ¥ tee 02-0 9°6 wnaeundtA stzsosBewe|e) vI-0— 'é 9v-2 2°61 euerBi ib eog ve-8 3 E “OT 29-81 B°E£ er tAydoyst op eonysay abuey Bay abuey Bay saioads (%) 49009 Leseg %) woLzLsodwo) saidads aarzelay —"paue Apnys eyoueseduo) ay} uo AZLunwwod pue_dn pazeLrsely ILSaW au JO (%T < ) uoLzLSOdwOD quel gy “yp atqey Vol. 61, No. 4 PoH SY ‘Te@oby OnG- 12h 240 *pasajzunooua auam satoads Og {s}2asue4y FH Wouy pal[Ldwod 2220 7 2-0 «2°0 22-0 O'l stue(nBi[ erbuaquayny -0 0 01-0 | ds Xaae v-0 2°0 v1-0 vil PuPID[Ib Pog DE*O pest 1 bI-0 61 PzeULA[Nd auydeLoy 9-0 Z£°0 b1-0 0°2 ‘StwW[NdLAaAg Stysouby 9-0 O'1 91-0 ard snpibia Sndatos PAO €°0 22-0 p°2 eyeuuid ey weyd[y v-0 60 01-0 9°€ snyeur| snwoag OI-O0 82 91-0 b'O1 Suadsabla Ponqsa4 91-0 bb 0€-2 Tel WNAeUNdIIA SL ysoabewe [ed 8-0 22 9€-2 1°91 eoLsopendsa xXaueD ee-0) "EI 89-2 O'€€ PL [Aydoysi [op eonzsay abuey Bay abuey Bay saioads (%) 4aAo) Leseg UOLZLSOGWO) SaLIadS BALZeL ay —"Paue Apmis eyduersedsoy ayy uo AZLunwwod puetdy pazerse(H9 Ituax ayy 4O (YT < ) uoLyLsodwod quelY -€l ai qey 1986 Wilcox & al., Grassland communities & soils 241 Bofedales The discussion of the vegetation in glaciated mountain valleys would not be complete without mention of the "bofedal" commmnity type. "Bofedal" is a local word describing small (5-25 m diameter) carpet like plant communities which abruptly appear in glaciated bottomlands and mesic glaciated upland community types. Soils under these dense evergreen mats of forbs were Histosols on either glacial till or alluvial parent material. The organic horizon (Histic epipedon) was quite thick (> 40 cm) and soils were gleyed reflecting poor drainage. Dominant species were Plantago tubulosa, Hypochoeris taraxacoides and some Carex sp. Other common forbs were Gentiana carneorubra and Gentiana prostrata. Calamagrostis brevifolia also appeared in small clumps. Mountain Slope Community Types Vegetation changed notably on slopes greater than 25%. Tall (80 cm) grass replaced mid (< 60 cm) grass of the glaciated valleys, and forbs were much more common. Four community types are described on the mountain slopes. Mountain Gravelly Loam This community type was found on both glacial till on steep slopes of glacial moraines and limestone colluvium on steep slopes. Soils (Mollic Cryoboralfs) on the glacial till were very similar to the Xeric Glaciated Upland soils. Soils which developed in limestone colluvium had mollic epipedons and argillic horizons (10 cm thick) that were thinner than those in glacial till soils. Textures were silt loams and silty clay loams on the surface, and became gravelly with depth. These soils were classified as Argic Cryoborolls. The occurrence of the same plant community on two seemingly different soils is noteworthy. The glacial soil was deeper, more strongly developed, and more leached than the limestone soil. Both soils, however, had gravelly clay loam texture in the lower solun, perhaps contributing to similar soil water relationships. Vegetation was dominated by Calamagrostis macrophylla and Festuca dolichophylla (Table 6). Stipa brachyphylla was also common. The only species present on this community type which also commonly occurred on the flatter glaciated sites were Festuca dolichophylla, Calamagrostis vicunarum, Bromus lanatus, 9 and Alchemilla pinnata. Forbs made up almost 29% of the species composition. Azorella crenata and Baccharis alpina, a spreading prostrate semi-shrub whose woody stems grew underground with numerous small leaves protruding above the surface, were common. Basal cover was lower and species richness was higher on this site than on the valley sites (Table 1). ‘pasaqunooua auam saloads ¢g $syIasue4} GT WOsy pal idwos 230 7 aT s _ =e 2-0 OT 02-2 Si All eyeuaUd P| [auozy = 21-0 Sb b£-bl €°€2 suadsabla eonqsay [a= abuey Bay abuey Bay saioads (%) 4an07 [eseg UOL}LSOdWO) Saldads aAL}PL ay ee —"Paue N“ Apnys eyouesedsoy ayy uo AZLunuwod abpry uorzeaalz yBiy ayy yo (x%T < ) uoLqyLsodwoo yur -oftarqey 1986 Wilcox & al., Grassland communities & soils 249 bofedal commnity. Basal cover was greater in the glaciated valley community types, and highest in glaciated bottomlands. The ratio of forbs to grasses also changed with moisture conditions. Forbs assumed more importance on the mountain slopes and high elevation ridgetops. Species richness was also greater in these commmnity types. Mountain slope vegetation was most influenced by parent material. Tall grass dominants on these slopes were Calamagrostis machrophylla, Calamagrostis recta, and Festuca distichovaginata. Stipa brachyphylla was also common on these slopes. Festuca dGolichophylla, Calamagrostis brevifolica, and several Poa species dominated the lesser sloping uplands, while Calamagrostis macrophylla, Calamagrostis recta, amd Festuca distichovaginata dominated the mountain slopes. Festuca dolichophylla occurred on most sites. Soils also differed with topographic position. Soils on the most hydric sites (flood plain, glaciated bottomland) had thick organic horizons (> 30 cm) amd exhibited gleyed mineral horizons. Soils were similar on the mesic and xeric glaciated uplands. Usually they had a thin organic horizon (< 5 cm) and dark mollic or umbric epipedons. Argillic horizons were also prevalent. indicating moderate soil stability and maturity. mn the mountain slopes soils varied with parent material, and mollic epipedons and argillic horizons were common. Common soil orders in the study area were Histosols (hydric sites), Alfisols and Mollisols. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The hospitality and cooperation extended by the personnel of S.A.I.S. Pachacutec are deeply appreciated. The authors also would like to thank the Universidad National Agraria, Lima, Peru for their support. This research was carried out as a part of the United States Agency International Development Title XII, Small Ruminant Collaborative Research Support Program, under Grant DSAN/XII-G-0049, in collaboration with Instituto Nacional de Investigacion y Promocion Agropecuaria, Peru. This is Technical Article T-9-358, of the College of Agricultural Sciences, Texas Tech University. Plant identification was made by Dr. Emma Cerrata and Dr. Oscar Tovar, of the Museo de Historia Natural Javier Prado in Lima, Peru. LITERATURE CITED Beard, J.S. 1975. The physiognomic approach, pp. 33-64. In R.H. Whittaker (ed.) Classification of Plant Communities. Junk Publ., The Hague, 408 pp. Beck, J.K. and D.L. Bramao. 1968. Nature and geography of South American soils. Pp 82-112 in Fittkau, E.J. et al. (eds.) Biogeography and ecology in South America. W. Junk Press, the Hague. Cabrera, A.L. 1968. Ecologia vegetal de la Puna Pp 91-116 in Troll, C (ed) Geoecology of the mountainous regions of the tropical Americas. Proceedings of the UNESCO Mexico Symposium. 223 pp. 250 Py he OL, -OhGB A Vol... 61), Mapas Clapperton, C.M. 1972. The Pleistocene Moraine stages of west- central Peru. J. Glaciol. 1:255-263. Drosdoff, M., F. Quevedo, C. Zamora. 1960. Soils of Peru. Transactions of the 7th International Congress on Soil Science. 4:97-104. Glaser, G. & J. Celecia. 1981. Guidelines for integrated ecological research in the Andean region. Mountain Research and Development. 1:171-186. Johnson, A.M. 1976. The climate of Peru, Bolivia, and Ecuador. Pp 147-218 in Schwerdtfeger, W. (ed.). Climates of Central and South America. Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company, New York. «532° pp- Molina, E.G. and A.V. Little. 1981. Geoecology of the Andes: the natural science basis for research planning. Mountain Research and Development. 1:115-144. Mueller-Dombois, D. and H. Ellenberg. 1974. Aims and methods of vegetation ecology. Wiley and Sons, New York. 547 pp. Shimwell, D.W. 1971. The Description and Classification of Vegetation. Univ. of Washington Press, Seattle, 322 pp. Thomas, R. & Winterhalder, B.P. 1976. Physiological and biotic enviromment of southern highland Peru. Pp. 21-54 in Baker, P.T. and M.A. Little (eds.) Man in the Andes: a maltidisciplinary study of high-altitude Quechua. Dowden,Hutchenson and Ross Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania. 482 pp. Troll, C.C. 1968. The cordilleras of the tropical Americas; aspects of climate, phytogeographical and agrarian ecology. Pp. 91-116 in Troll, C. (ed.) Geo-ecology of the mountainous regions of the tropical Americas. Ferd Dummlers Verlag, Bonn. 223 pp. U.S. Department of Agriculture. Soil Survey Staff. 1975. Soil Taxonomy. Agriculture Yearbook NO. 436. U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 754 pp. Vallejos, M., & Quillatupa H. 1975. Manejo racional de las pasturas de la S.A.I.S. Pachacutec, basado en el mapeo-agrosto-edafologico. Tesis Ing. zZootechnista. Universidad National Agraria, La Molina, Lima. 250 pp. Whittaker, R.H. 1962. Classification of natural communities. Bot. Rev. 28:1-239. Whittaker, R.H., 1975. Dominance-types Pp. 65-79. in Whittaker, R.H. (ed.) Classification of Plant Communities. Junk. Publ., The Hague, 408 pp. A TAXONOMIC TREATMENT OF THE GENUS PANICUM (POACEAE) IN MISSISSIPPI Michel G. Lelong Department of Biological Sciences University of South Alabama Mobile, Alabama Abstract A taxonomic treatment of 40 species and 24 varieties of Panicum (Poaceae) occurring naturally or naturalized in Mississippi is presented. Fifteen species and five varieties belong in subgenus Panicum and 25 species and 19 varieties belong in subgenus Dichanthelium. This treatment includes taxonomic keys, brief mention of habitat and distribution, recent nomenclature in major manuals, major references and some notes. Introduction This taxonomic treatment of the grass genus Panicum was prepared for the proposed Guide to the Flora of Mississippi; the format and abbreviated descriptions of taxa conform to the guidelines for contributors to this floristic project. The taxonomy of these grasses, particularly those in the subgenus Dichanthelium, is difficult partly because of extensive gene exchange among taxa and because of widespread cleistogamy in addition to chasmogamy. This unusual breeding system often results in an intricate pattern of morphological variations among taxa and obscures interspecific boundaries (Hitchcock and Chase 1910; Lelong 1965; Freckmann 1967; Spellenberg 1975). It is therefore not surprising that students of this perplexing genus have often disagreed on the delimitation and status of taxa recognized within the group. Nearly 150 species and varieties of Panicum were ascribed to the Southeastern United States by Hitchcock and Chase (1910) in their impressive monograph of the North American taxa of this genus. They recognized 3 subgenera of Panicum: the subgenus Paurochaetium with 6 species, the subgenus Eupanicum with 81 species, and the subgenus Dichanthelium with 191 species. The species in their subgenus Paurochaetium have since been transferred by most recent authors to the genus Setaria. Their diverse subgenus Eupanicum includes annual and perennial plants with basal leaves essentially similar to cauline leaves and predominantly fertile spikelets. Subgenus Dichanthelium includes perennial grasses often forming a more or less extensive winter rosette of short, broad blades usually different from cauline blades; they often produce numerous dense fascicles of short axillary branches with reduced leaves and panicles late in the growing season after maturation of the large terminal panicles produced in the spring. 251 252 PHY TEL OGLIA Vol. 61, No. 4 Spikelets of the vernal panicles are often chasmogamous and sterile whereas those of the reduced autumnal axillary panicles are primarily autogamous or cleistogamous and often fertile. Lowe (1921) listed 69 species of Panicum for Mississippi. Four of those species have since been transferred to the genera Echinochloa, Sacciolepis, and Leptoloma; nine additional species have been reduced to synonyms by most recent authors. Therefore 56 species of Panicum are included in Lowe's work: 18 species in subgenus Panicum and 38 in subgenus Dichanthelium. Small (1933) followed essentially the taxonomic treatment of Panicum in Hitchcock and Chase (1910); he recognized 117 species for the Southeastern States, including 31 species in subgenus Panicum and 86 in subgenus Dichanthelium. Small noted the occurrence of 84 species of Panicum in Mississippi, 22 in subgenus Panicum and 62 in subgenus Dichanthelium. Hitchcock (1951) ascribed 80 species and 6 varieties of Panicum to Mississippi; 21 species and 2 varieties in subgenus Panicum, and 59 species and 4 varieties in subgenus Dichanthelium. Most recent authors of floras dealing with Southeastern plants have recognized fewer taxa of Panicum than Hitchcock and Chase, reducing many species to the varietal rank and including others in synonymy. This useful trend was primarily initiated by Radford (Radford et al., 1964) and pursued by Correll and Johnston (1970) and others. In 1984, I proposed 22 new varietal combinations for Panicum of southeastern United States. In 1974, Gould elevated subgenus Dichanthelium to the generic level primarily on the basis of morphological differences and also because species of Dichanthelia studied exhibit the "non-Kranz" type leaf anatomy and the C, photosynthetic pathway while most of the species in subgenus Panicum have the Kranz-type leaf anatomy with C, photosynthesis (Smith, B.N. and W.V. Brown, 1973). eweviens morphological differences between species of the two subgenera are often not consistently sharp and become even less distinct in the Tropics; also, as noted by many botanists, the two types of leaf anatomy and of photosynthetic pathways occur occasionally within other well defined and presumably fairly "natural" angiosperm genera. Therefore, it seems preferable at present to maintain the genus Panicum essentially as defined by Hitchcock (1950) after transfer of a few of their species to better defined genera such as Setaria, Paspalidium, and Brachiaria. Gould and Clark (1978) published a taxonomic treatment of the genus Dichanthelium occurring in the United States and Canada. A total of 45 taxa including 26 species and 19 varieties were recognized by them for the Southeastern States; 17 species and 13 varieties for Mississippi. In the present treatment, 40 species and 24 varieties of Panicum are treated, including 15 species and 5 varieties in subgenus Panicum and 25 species and 19 varieties in subgenus Dichanthelium. Reference is made to synonyms used in major recent manuals treating the plants of the Eastern United States: Small (1933) indicated by S; Fernald (1950) indicated by F; Gleason and Cronquist (1963) indicated as G; and Radford, Ahles and Bell (1968) indicated by k. kKeference is also made to synonyms recognized in 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 253 the most recent major treatment of North American Dichanthelium by Gould and Clark (1978). Other comprehensive recent works which were consulted in the preparation of this treatment are those of Correll and Johnston (1970), Gould (1975), Godfrey and Wooten (1979) and Allen (1980). County distribution is based primarily on the examinations of Mississippi specimens in numerous herbaria of Southeastern United States including MISS, MISSA, UNA, AUA, NCU, FSU, GA. The invaluable help of curators in charge of those and other collections consulted is gratefully acknowleged. The 10 physiographic regions of Mississippi recognized in Lowe (1921) are abbreviated in the text as follows: Tennessee River Hills, TRH; Northeastern Prairie Belt, NPB; Pontotoc Ridge, PR; Flatwoods, FW; North Central Plateau, NCP; Jackson Prairie, JP; Loess Bluff, LBH; Yazoo-Mississippi Delta, YMD; Longleaf Pine Region, LPR; and Coastal Plain Meadows, CPM. Key to the species of Panicum of Mississippi Plant annual or perennial, without an overwintering basal rosette of leaves or a dense overwintering basal cushion of leaves. (Sestiy subgenus! Panicum) O05...) BoA. S inane ee ecelyKey 1. Plant perennial producing an overwintering rosette of leaves with short, wide blades unlike cauline blades or a dense overwintering basal cushion of leaves. (Subgenus Dichanthelium) .... Key 2. Key 1 1. Plant annual. (ede Spikelets verrucose or tuberculate. Bie Spikelets 1.7-2.2 mm long, glabrous . 13. P. verrucosun. 3. Spikelets 3.3-3.9 mm long, pubescent * Rte cc te a we shies jo 14), P. brachyanthum. Ze Spikelets not verrucose nor tuberculate. a Ave Fertile floret transversely rugose. Bie Spikelets 5-6 mm long ..... .. Brachiaria texana. De Spikelets 3.1-3.6 mm long ... ... Brachiaria ramosa. 4. Fertile floret smooth and shiny. 6. Spikelets 5.5-7 mm long, subsecund on few stiffly ascending panicle branches .... 15. P. gymnocarpon. 6. Spikelets less than 5.5 mm long, on numerous flexuous or contracted panicle branches. Te Sheaths glabrous. ..... 1. P. dichotomiflorun. Ts Sheaths more or less densely papillose-pubescent. 8. Spikelets 4.5-5.5 mm long ... 4. P. miliaceunm. 8. Spikelets 1.7-3.5 mm long. ic 9. Spikelets 2.7-3.5 mm long; primary panicle about 1/2 as broad as long or lesa". te syeia ¢ + 2 tf BS 5.8" Pi. Phexile. 9. Spikelets 1.7-2.5 mm long; primary panicle usually more than 1/2 as long 2. P. capillare. ie Plant perennial. 254 Poti ¥-T,@:& 0: Gt. A Vol. 61, No. 4 10% Panicle narrow, usually less than 2 cm broad with few subsessile spikelets. 11. Culm wiry, often purplish; blades 1.5-4 mm wide, involute . . «2. 2+ + 5» «© «© «© » © © « To Po. tenerum. dtc Culm coarse; blades 5-20 mm wide, flat 2 were ets ata sje we & >) hee)» )Beaeo Psp hemo 10. Panicle more than 2 cm broad with numerous spikelets on long or short pedicels. le Spikelets 5.5-7 mm long; culm decumbent and stoloniferous .... +... . + .%15. P. gymnocarpon. PS Spikelets less than 5.5 mm long (except sometimes in P. amarum); culm rhizomatous or tufted. Die Sterile palea greatly inflated and indurate at maturity; culm slender, densely tufted 9. P. hians. {)55- Sterile palea unexpanded at maturity; culm more or less robust, tufted, clumped or solitary. 14. Plant with stout, elongate, scaly rhizomes, often in large clumps or extensive colonies; culms and sheaths terete. 15s Spikelets subsessile and subsecund, up to 3.9 mm long, often gaping, falcate and obliquely set on short Be yg pedicels: sn sden% 4 i eretieod Ore anceps. 15: Spikelets not as nua ee. to 6.5 mm em usually on long pedicels. 16)< Spikelets 2.2-2.8 mm long; first glume often subtruncate, rounded or Mabe. ACULC) sam iatee shasta, yh atime tees » repens. 16%. Spikelets 2. BGs 5 mm long, often = at apex; first glume acuminate, acute or beaked. 17. Panicle open, diffuse; spikelets usually 3-5 mm long. 10. P. virgatum. Ac Panicle contracted with appressed branches; spikelets 4-6.5 mm long « Ghaoretm sce -sHenge [11 soReB gamer. das Plant hee short, ep knotty bases or caudexes, often densely tufted; culms and sheaths more or less strongly compressed iets Grex) ho VaR ee a Satake os P. rigidulun. Key 2 1. Plant forming dense basal cushion of leaves by extensive branching from basal nodes and lack of elongation of lower internodes; the few cauline blades similar to the basal ones. 2a Basal blades elongate, linear, fairly rigid, suberect, up to 20 cm long and 5 cm wide, usually more than 20 X as long as wide. .....-.-+ 16. #‘P. depauperatum. 2° Basal blades pale green, narrowly lanceolate, thin, spreading to suberect, up to 15 cm long and 12 mm wide, usually less than 20 X as long as wide. 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 255 Die Sheaths with fine, long, spreading or retrorse hairs; spikelets 1.7-2.3 mm long, pustulose—-pubescent ee ee ee et teens ee 2 SP ee ete The ro eek e TOLL. pie Sheaths glabrous or puberulent; spikelets 1.1-2.1 mm long, glabrous, puberulent or pubescent. 4. Spikelets 1.1-1.5 mm long, glabrous or puberulent; blades 1-4 mm wide, often involute with whitish cartilaginous margins ..... 30. P. chamaelonche. 4. Spikelets 1.1-2.1 mm long, glabrous or pubescent; blades 3-8 mm wide, flat, glabrous or pilose, margins papillose-ciliate to middle of blade or DEyondee = esses elects ass) sive eo 1Gls P. strigosun. alte Plant forming a distinct overwintering rosette of short, broad blades, usually unlike cauline blades, branching at least somewhat from upper nodes; lower internodes usually elongating. Bie Spikelets 0.8-1.9 mm long. 6% Vernal blades narrow, seldom over 4 mm wide; plant eventually branching profusely and forming dense tufts; autumnal blades often more or less involute and pointed. ine Spikelets 1.7-2.2 mm long; autumnal blades greatly reduced, stiff, prominently nerved, strongly involute and often arcuate... .. 23. P. aciculare. fac Spikelets 1.1-1.5 mm long; autumnal blades slightly reduced, thickish, somewhat involute, with whitish MAVEINSe Phe eae oe te Me hs fol es ee DUle P. chamaelonche. ‘oe Vernal blades over 4 mm wide; plant usually not forming dense tufts with age (except occasionally in P. acuminatum). 8. Ligules actually or apparently 1-5 mm long. 9. Spikelets 0.8-1.1 mm long; ligules 1.5-3 mm onsets Sons ss es 51. SP. wrightianum. 9. Spikelets 1.1-1.9 mm long; ligules 0.2-5 mm long. 10. Blades small, 1.5-3.5 cm long, 1-4 mm wide, often spreading; ligules 0.2-1.5 mm long Se ee es a se Se ea ee ie, Meee Od Les Als. Blades up to 10 cm long and 10 mm wide; vars. with narrow leaves have erect or ascending blades; ligules 1-5 mm long . 32. P. acuminatum. 8. Ligules less than 1 mm long. 7 ae Spikelets subspherical to broadly ellipsoid, puberulent; blades 4-25 mm wide, broadly cordate to subcordate at base. 12. Spikelets 1.1-1.4 mm long; cauline blades 4 to7, 5-10 mm wide... 22. P. erectifoliun. 12% Spikelets 1.3-1.8 mm long; cauline blades seldom more than 4; if more than 4, then 4-25 mm wide. (Sic Cauline blades usually less than 4, 4.5-10 cm long and 5-14 mm wide re esas Se S20. Es SPNACTOCArDON. 256 Po He Yi T+OxLiO GidiA Vol. 61, No. 4 45. Cauline blades usually more than 4, 10-23 cm long and 14-25 mm wide oe ee Bote e chee, «5 21, Pe polyenties, 11. Spikelets ellipsoid to obovoid, glabrous or pubescent; blades 3-14 mm wide, tapering, strangled or rounded at base. i4. Culms slender, weak, seldom over 4 dm tall; blades small, up to 3.5 cm long and 4 mm wide, thin, spreading or reflexed . 29. P. ensifoliun. 14. Culms stiffer, often wiry, usually over 4 dm tall; blades longer and wider, firm or thin, ascending to spreading or reflexed. 15.6 Spikelets asymmetrically pyriform; cauline blades 4 or more, stiffly spreading Heo cc o sieve eee « 260 . PR. portericense. ADie Spikelets ellipsoid to obovoid; cauline blades 3 to 4 and ascending; if more than 4, then soft and spreading to ascending. 16 6 Plant small up to 4.5 dm tall; blades mostly basal, few cauline blades short, to 8 mm wide, conspicuously papillose- ciliate; spikelets obovoid to broadly ellipsoid, 1.1-2.1 mm long . 18. P. strigosum. 16. Plant larger up to 10 dm tall; blades primarily cauline or crowded at base and with 3 to 4 cauline blades (in Pp. tenue); spikelets mostly ellipsoid or obovoid, 1.3-2.7 mm long. 17. Blades usually soft, 4-14 cm long, 3-14 mm wide; spikelets ellipsoid to obovoid, glabrous or pubescent, Nt = 2o7 ecm LONE hy Mien, oP etree Iie P. dichotomun. life Blades stiffly ascending, conspicu- ously white-margined, 2-5 cm long, 1.5-6 mm wide; spikelets ellipsoid, il t=) of DM + HONE wet eassseris Reeth ae 1 20's P. tenue. 5° Spikelets 1.9-4.7 mm long. 18. Spikelets 1.9-3.2 mm long. 19. Cauline blades distinctly cordate at base, often over 11 mm wide. 20. Plant densely and softly pubescent throughout with densely bearded nodes and glabrous glandular rings just below nodes . 34. PP. scoparium. 20% Plant mostly glabrous or sparsely pubescent or puberulent; nodes glabrous or sparsely pubescent. ZA Plant robust often more than 7 dm tall; sheaths, at least the lower or the axillary ones papillose-hirsute, papillose-pilose or papillose; blades usually more than 10 cm long. + 2)» »0 «©» » « « « 39. P. clandestinum. Zils Plant usually less than 7 dm tall; sheaths glabrous, finely pubescent or puberulent; 1986 Lelong, Panctcwm in Mississippi 257 blades usually less than 10 cm long a) Getta) eal owt ee ieigic e's: allle ef fe) ssh e (COMMUILEICUMI. 19. Cauline blades rounded or tapering at base, seldom over 11 mm wide (except in P. scabriusculum). 222 Leaf blades elongate, linear, usually more than 14 X as long as wide, often ascending or erect. 25.6 Blades thick, often striate above and pleated beneath, tapering from base to apex and usually pubescent underneath. 24. Nodes bearded; plant densely grayish pubescent CHUGOURTOUL | Bc Mel Me Neotel Me Nol fo) foo te Col. P. consanguineun. 24. Nodes not bearded; plant glabrous or sparsely papillose—pilose. 25). Spikelets 1.7-2.2 mm long; blades 3.5-8 cm long and up to 4 mm wide... . 23. + P. aciculare. 25). Spikelets 2.4-2.9 mm long; blades 5-15 cm long and up to 7 mm wide. . 24. P. angustifoliun. 25. Blades thin, not striate or pleated, usually widest near the middle, essentially glabrous 19. P. nudicaule. 22 Leaf blades wider, often lanceolate, usually 10 X as long as wide or less. 26. Leaves mostly basal, thin, cauline blades seldom more than 3, often ascending, uppermost greatly reduced; uppermost internode greatly elongate. Zige Spikelets 1.1-2.1 mm long, broadly ellipsoid, pubescent; blades long papillose—-ciliate Preble) Wee tet ene Mel te te emcee ee te NOs P. strigosun. var. leucoblepharis. Aer Spikelets 2.4-2.9 mm long, narrowly ovate or ellipsoid, glabrous, acuminate .. 19. P. nudicaule. 26. Leaves mostly cauline, relatively thick, usually more than 8 per culm, spreading to ascending or reflexed, uppermost usually not greatly reduced (except in P. acuminatum var. unciphyllum); uppermost intermode not greatly elongate. 28. Hairs of ciliate ligules 1.5-5 mm long. 29. Spikelets 1.1-1.9 mm long, seldom longer Smke, Giese at fot oto) Cousens Bin fie aw Deis P. acuminatun. 29. Spikelets 2-2.4 mm long. * 310) Sheaths densely to sparsely pilose with fine spreading to ascending hairs up to 4 mm long; spikelets 2-3 mm long 33. OP. ovale. 50% Sheaths glabrous or papillose—hispid with stiff ascending hairs less than 2 mm long; spikelets 2.7-4.2 mm long 35. P. oligosanthes. 28. Hairs of ciliate ligules less than 1.5 mm long or ligules not ciliate. 51). Plant robust, 7-14 dm tall; blades large, elongate, 12-25 cm long; ligule membranous, erose, less than iiemm long 25 >: ~ : oe 2 ee » 38. ©. scabriusculun. Sue Plant usually ee hen 7 dm tall or if more, with retrorsely bearded nodes; blades usually less than 258 Path Vesti lbilie QuG aT A Vol. 61, No. 4 12 cm long; ligules ciliate or obsolete. 52. Culms sparsely ascending-pilose or strigose; nodes appressed-pilose; blades mostly ascending, stiff, often with conspicuous white scaberulous margins oh = pas wh epne ne oO, fedbannel qey Gar shl's sap den maura’ cw quedabeliete hala Gee 320 Culms glabrous or puberulent, often wiry and purple; blades often spreading to reflexed or ascending, thin, usually without white margins. BBE Spikelets 2.7-3.5 mm long, obovoid; sheaths papillose—hispid or papillose-pilose 8 6 6 OMe e © maw cee lend io Bein Em Gl RORaMemods SSIs Spikelets 1.5-2.7 mm long, ellipsoid or asymmetrically obovoid; sheaths glabrous or puberulent. 34. Culms and nodes wiry, often purple and densely puberulent, up to 5 dm tall; spikelets asymmetrically pyriform or broadly obovoid, pustulose-puberulent to subglabrous o (al cyemmedonting isl fap ohymphaiip tay (Ole ehh, OEE eee 34. Culms and nodes robust to weak, usually glabrous, up to 10 dm tall; spikelets mostly ellipsoid or obovoid, glabrous or sparsely pubescent eee ee oe © 27. PP. dichotomun. 18. Spikelets 3.2-4.7 mm long. Die Spikelets more than 3.7 mm long. 356i. Blades broadly cordate at base, 10-35 mm wide. SYKe Sheaths usually glabrous or softly papillose— pilose or puberulent; nodes densely bearded with long, retrorse hairs .... 40. P. boscii. Bile Sheaths densely papillose-hispid or papillose— pilose; nodes bearded with short, tangled 6 i ee es 50). Blades rounded, tapering at base or subcordate, 5-15 mm wide ... «+++ -+ %35- =P. Oligosanthes. Br Spikelets less than 3.7 mm long. SBr. Ligules ciliate 1-3 mm long; blades usually less than 10 mm wide ..... 35. BP. oligosanthes. 38. Ligules ciliate, erose or obsolete, less than 1 mm long; blades usually 10-35 mm wide. 59. Sheaths at least the lowermost and the axillary ones papillose-hispid or papillose—-pilose OS nts ©) Oy Cet Semen eeet Sete Pe CLARCCR RIE 39. Sheaths glabrous, sparsely pilose or puberulent ee eer oe ey ee P. commutatum. 1. P. dichotomiflorum Michx., Fall Panicum. May-Oct. Mostly moist, open, disturbed areas; marshy shores, roadside ditches, low waste areas and fields; common throughout. Incl. P. dichomiflorum var. geniculatum (Wood) Fernald--F,G. 2. P. capillare L. Witchgrass. June-Oct. Open, disturbed, 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 259 often moist areas such as sand bars, fields and waste places; chiefly YMD, also NPB, FW (Oktibbeha Co.) and LPR (George Co.). 3. P. flexile (Gattinger) Scribner. Sept.-Oct. Moist, open, calcareous areas, limestone outcrops, prairies, uncommon; NPB (Lowndes Co.), FW (Oktibbeha Co), NCP (Scott Co.), JP (Jasper Co.). 4. P. miliaceum L. Broomcorn Millet. July. Waste place; this cultivated eurasian grass rarely escapes from cultivation, Pearl River Co. 5. P. rigidulum Bosc ex Nees. Te Blades usually 5-12 mm wide, flat, mostly glabrous; ligules membranous, 0.3-1 mm long. 2. Spikelets 1.6-2.5 mm long, over 0.6 mm wide, green or purplish-tinged.... comen “oheceSIEic var. rigidulun. 2. Spikelets 2.4-3 mm long, jens than 0 6 mm wide, Berprcate, usually purple. <<. . « Sib. var. elongatun. We Blades usually 2-7 mm wide, often Gaver pilose above at least near base; ligules membranous, usually fimbriate-ciliate, 0.5-3 mn. Be Spikelets 2-2.7 mm long, green or purplish-stained, often obliquely set on pedicels ... 5c. var. pubescens. 56 Spikelets 2.6-3.7 mm long, usually purple and slender, ERECCEON =pPeCGICeLS “sce se oi. 6) clon omepeln var. combsii. 5a. P. rigidulum var. rigidulum. July-Oct. Marshes, low woods, wet meadows, borders of streams, lakes and ponds, ditches and other wet or moist places; common throughout. P. agrostoides Spreng.--S; P. agrostoides Spreng. var. a rostoides-- F,G,R; P. condensum Nash--S; P. agrostoides var. condensum (Nash) Fern.--F, R; P. agrostoides var. ramosius (Mohr) Fern.--F. 5b. P. rigidulum var. elongatum (Scribner) Lelong. July- Oct. Same habitats as 5a; this predominantly northern var. doubtfully occurs in the State; reported for Lawrence and Stone Cos. P. stipitatum Nash--S,F,R; P. agrostoides Spreng. var. elongatum Scribn.--G. 5c. P. rigidulum var. pubescens (Vasey) Lelong. July-Oct. Pine savannahs, bogs, ditches and other moist, open, sandy areas; LPR and CPM. P. longifolium Torr.--S; P. longifolium Torr. var. longifolium--F,G,R; P. longifolium var. pubescens (Vasey) Fern.--F. 5d. P. rigidulum var. combsii (Scribner & Ball) Lelong. Sept.-Oct. Marshes, shores of lakes and ponds; rare, Harrison Co. P. combsii Scribn. & Ball--S; P. longifolium Torr. var. combsii Fern.--F,G,R. - Se P. anceps Michaux. June-Oct. Primarily moist sandy areas such as low woods, pine savannahs, fields and ditches, 260 PH: VT, 07k OG, LA Vol. 61, No. 4 occasionally on drier sites. Most specimens conform to var. anceps which has falcate spikelets 2.7-3.9 mm long and is common throughout the state. Var. rhizomatum (Hitche. & Chase) Fern. has spikelets 2.3-2.8 mm long and longer, more slender rhizomes. It occurs chiefly in low pinelands, savannahs and bogs near the coast; LPR, CPM. P. rhizomatum Hitchc. & Chase--S. 7. BP. tenerum Beyrich in Trinius. June-Oct. Wet or moist, open, sandy soil, cypress-gum ponds, bogs near the coast, LPR, CPM, George, Harrison and Jackson Cos. 8. BP. hemitomon Schultes. Maidencane. May-July. Marshy shores of lakes and ponds, stream banks, ditches, often in shallow water; LPR, CPM, Forrest and Jackson Cos. 9. BP. hians Elliott. May-Oct. Wet to moist soil along ponds and streams, marshes, ditches, seldom on drier sites; throughout. 10. P. virgatum L. Switchgrass. June-Oct. Mostly moist, open areas such as fresh-water or brackish marshes, shores of ponds and streams, and savannahs; also drier sites such as open woodlands, prairies and dunes; throughout. Incl. P. virgatum var. cubense Griseb.--S,F. This common grass is quite variable. Smaller plants with spikelets about 3 mm long are recognized by some as var. cubense; robust specimens with congested panicles and spikelets up to 5.5 mm long intergrade somewhat with the coastal P. amarum var. amarulum. 11. P. amarum Ell. July-Oct. Coastal sandy beaches, dunes and swales; CPM, Harrison and Jackson Cos. Most of our plants belong to var. amarulum (Hitchc. & Chase) Palmer (P. amarulum -S,F,G,R) with large, flexuous and densely flowered panicles and spikelets 4-5.8 mm long. The predominantly northern var. amarum has smaller panicles, usually less than 4 cm wide and spikelets 5-6.5 mm long. Palmer, P.G. 1975. A biosystematic study of the Panicum amarum-amarulum complex (Gramineae). Brittonia 27 (2):142-150. 12. P. repens L. Torpedo grass. May-Dec. Coastal sandy beaches; sandy shores of lakes, ponds and streams, often extending onto water, roadsides, ditches, waste places; CPM, LPR, Forrest, Hancock, Jackson and Lamar Cos. Incl. P. gouini Fourn.--S, an uncommon dwarf form with small, densely flowered panicles of purplish spikelets which should possibly be recognized as a variety of this widespread grass. 13. P. verrucosum Muhl. July-Oct. Usually in moist or wet, sandy, open areas such as shores, swamp borders, low disturbed pinelands and ditches; CPM, LPR, NCP, Oktibbeha Co. 14. P. brachyanthum Steudel. Oct. Only one specimen 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 261 collected Oct. 5, 1962 by Dr. S. McDaniel in a roadside ditch 1 mi. n.w. of Ellisville, Jones Co. (LPR) was seen. 15. P. gymnocarpon Ell. Aug.-Oct. Muddy swamps, often in dense shade, marshy shores of streams and lakes, occasionally in shallow water; YMD, TRH (Tishomingo Co.), NPB, LPR. Species Nos. 16-40 are placed by Hitchcock and Chase (1910, 1950) in the subgenus Dichanthelium raised to generic level by Gould (1974). They are perennial and form an overwintering basal cushion or rosette of leaves, often quite dissimilar to cauline leaves. Most of them produce large terminal panicles in the spring and numerous smaller panicles on much reduced axillary branches the rest of the year. The bushy, fascicled appearance of these grasses in the summer and fall is often quite different from the unbranched vernal form with relatively large blades and panicles. 16. P. depauperatum Muhl. Dry, open woodlands, grasslands, roasides; TRH, NPB, NCB, LPR. Dichanthelium depauperatum (Muhl. ) Gould. 17. P. laxiflorum Lam. Mesic or low woods, usually shady, open woods, woodland borders; throughout. Incl. P. xalapense HBK--S; Dichanthelium laxiflorum (Lam.) Gould. 18a. P. strigosum Muhl. var. strigosum. Spikelets 1.1-1.7 mm long, glabrous; blades variously pubescent. Sandy pinelands, savannahs, bogs; CPM, LPR, NCP. Dichanthelium leucoblepharis (Trinius) Gould & Clark var. pubescens (Vasey) Gould & Clark; D. strigosum var. strigosum Freckmann. Freckmann, R.W. 1981. The correct name for D. leucoblepharis and its varieties. Brittonia 33 :457-458. 18b. P. strigosum Muhl. var. glabrescens (Grisebach) Lelong. Spikelets 1.1-1.9 mm long, glabrous; blades essentially glabrous. Sandy pinelands, savannahs, bogs; CPM, LPR, Jackson Co. P. polycaulon Nash--S; P. strigosum Muhl.--R, in part; Dichanthelium leucoblepharis var. glabrescens (Griseb.) Gould & Clark; P. strigosum var. glabrescens Freckmann. 18c. P. strigosum Muhl. var. leucoblepharis (Trinius) Lelong. Spikelets 1.6-2.1 mm long, pubescent; blades usually glabrous. Sandy moist pinelands, savannahs, bogs; CPM, LPR, Harrison and Jackson Cos. P. ciliatum Ell.--S,F,R; Dichanthelium leucoblepharis var. leucoblepharis Gould & Clark; D. strigosum var. leucoblepharis Freckmann. 19. P. nudicaule Vasey. Wet savannahs, bogs, Sphagnum mats, margins of cypress swamps; uncommon, CPM, LPR, George, Greene, Hancock, Harrison and Jackson Cos. 20. P. sphaerocarpon Ell. Sandy, usually open and dry 262 Py He Vi Toth LOG tek Vol. 61, No. 4 areas, woodland borders, roadsides; common throughout, possibly somewhat less common in YMD. Incl. P. sphaerocarpon var. inflatum (Seribn. & Smith) Hitchc.--F; Dichanthelium sphaerocarpon (Ell.) Gould var. sphaerocarpon Gould & Clark. 21. P. polyanthes Schultes. Low woods, woodland openings, stream banks, ditches, usually in shade; throughout, most common northward. Dichanthelium sphaerocarpon (Ell.) Gould var. isophyllum (Seribner) Gould & Clark. 22. P. erectifolium Nash. Moist to wet, sandy pinelands, bogs, marshes, pond margins; CPM, LPR, Jackson Co. Dichanthelium erectifolium (Nash) Gould & Clark. 23. P. aciculare Desvaux ex Poiret. Dry, sandy, open pine- oak woods, cut-over woodlands, roadsides; throughout except TRH, YMD, and LBH, most common in s. part of State. Incl. P. neuranthum Griseb.--S,R; P. ovinum Scribner & Smith--S; P. arenicoloides Ashe--S; P. chrysopsidifolium Nash--S; Dichanthelium aciculare (Desv. ex Sates Gould & Clark, in part. This taxon grades into P. angustifolium; it also approaches P. portoricense which has usually smaller spikelets, puberulent sheaths and wider puberulent blades. Allred, K.W. and F.W. Gould. 1978. Geographic variation in the Dichanthelium aciculare complex (Poaceae). Brittonia 30:497-504. 24. P. angustifolium Ell. Dry, sandy, open pine-oak woods, clearings, roadsides, occasionally on moist sites; essentially same range as P, aciculare. Incl. P. fusiforme Hitchc.--S,F,G,R; Dichanthelium aciculare (Desv. ex Poir.) Gould & Clark, in part. Occasional troublesome specimens are intermediate between this taxon and P. aciculare. 25. P. consanguineum Kunth. Low pinelands, savannahs, bogs, cut-over sandy pine woods; primarily CPM, LPR, occasionally northward NCP (Kemper Co.), Union Co. Dichanthelium consanguineum (Kunth) Gould & Clark. Occasional specimens resemble closely unusually pubescent plants of the preceding species. 26a. P. portoricense Desvaux ex Hamilton var. portoricense. Spikelets 1.5-1.8 mm long, puberulent to glabrous; blades up to 5 em long and 4.5 mm wide. Sand dunes along coast, sandy pine-oak woods, low pinelands; CPM, Jackson and Harrison cos. Dichanthelium sabulorum (Lam.) Gould & Clark var. thinium (Hitche. & Chase) Gould & Clark, in part. 26b. P. portoricense Desv. ex Hamilt. var. nashianum (Scribner) Lelong. Spikelets 1.9-2.6 mm long, rarely longer, usually densely papillose-pubescent or puberulent; blades up to 7 cm long and 8 mm wide. Same habitats and range as var. portoricense, often on moist sites. Incl. P. lancearium Trin.--S,F,G,R; P. patulum (Scribn. & Merr.) Hitchc.--S; Ee. lancearium var. patulum Fern.--F; P. patentifolium Nash--S; P. 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 263 webberianum Nash--S,R; Dichanthelium sabulorum (Lam.) Gould & Clark var. patulum Gould & Clark, in part. This variable taxon resembles closely the preceding var. It also grades into P. commutatum through forms recognized by some as P. patentifolium. Occasional specimens conforming to P. webberianum suggest the widespread P. sphaerocarpon. 27. P. dichotomum L. 1. Blades of leaves at midculm seldom over 7 mm wide, often narrowed or constricted at base. Nodes usually glabrous or slightly pubescent. Culms erect, terete. Blades usually spreading; spikelets ellipsoid, RieG=onoemm VON) © carer fee ele Yer en «8s 127 Gls var. dichotomun. Blades often erect or ascending; spikelets obovoid, 1.5-1.9 mm long, often purplish at base 5 fl26 var. Culms weak, reclining or sprawling, occasionally PRUGIDENEOs elt cieie- Bet ef to Mer torts ctltee Hee 27'S var. Blades of leaves at midculm usually 7-14 mm wide, usually not constricted at base or subcordate. Nodes e ee ee ere st os” ‘ee oe” ere” re” Se roanokense. aN lucidun. Al usually densely bearded with 4. Spikelets 1.5-1.8 mm long, 4. Spikelets 1.8-2.5 mm long, retrorse hairs. usually glabrous 27d. var. ramulosun. rarely longer, pubescent PEMD Cellier el Net vc he elmemet “SOR Bhi oe eels var. nitidun. 27a. P. dichotomum L. var. dichotomum. Dry to mesic woods, occasionally in moist woodlands; throughout. Incl. P. barbulatum Michx.--S; P. dichotomum var. barbulatum Wood--F; Dichanthelium dichotomum (L.) Gould var. dichotomum, in part. 27b. P. dichotomum L. var. roanokense (Ashe) Lelong. Moist to wet pinelands; rare near coast, CPM, LPR, Jackson and Perry Cos. P. roanokense Ashe--S,F,G; P. caerulescens Hack.--S,F; P. dichotomum L.--R, in small part; Dichanthelium dichotomum (L.) Gould var. dichotomum, in small part. This var. exhibits features of P. sphaerocarpon, P. erectifolium and possibly also P. portoricense. im 27c. P. dichotomum L. var. lucidum (Ashe) Lelong. Wet woods, swamps, bogs, margins of ponds and streams; CPM, LPR. Incl. P. Sphagnicola Nash--S; P. lucidum Ashe--S,F,G; P. lucidum var. opacum Fern.--F; P. dichotomum L.--R, in small part; Dichanthelium dichotomum (L.) Gould var. dichotomum, in small part. 27d. P. dichotomum L. var. ramulosum (Torrey) Lelong. Low woods, swamps, borders of streams and ponds; throughout. P. microcarpon Muhl.--S,F; P. nitidum Lam. var. ramulosum Torr.--G; P. dichotomum L.--R, in part; Dichanthelium dichotomum (L.) Gould var. dichotomum, in part. 264 PHY. T O.L.0-6 1-8 Vol. 61, No. 4 27e. P. dichotomum L. var. nitidum (Lam.) Wood. Essentially same habitats as var. ramulosum; CPM, LPR, reportedly also in Noxubee and Oktibbeha Cos. P. nitidum Lam.--S,F,G; P. dichotomum L.--R, in small part; Dichanthelium dichotomum (L.) Gould var. dichotomum, in small part. This var. which is fairly distinct in the n. part of its range intergrades largely with the preceding var. in our range. 28. P. tenue Muhl. Moist to dry, sandy, open woods, pine savannahs, bogs, disturbed sites; mostly CPM and LPR, NCP. Incl. P. albomarginatum Nash--S,F,G; P. flavovirens Nash--S; P. trifolium Nash--S,F; P. ensifolium Baldw.--G, in part; Dichanthelium dichotomum var. tenue (Muhl.) Gould & Clark. This species exhibits characteristics of P. sphaerocarpon, P. dichotomum var. dichotomum and P. ensifoliun. 29a. P. ensifolium Baldwin ex Ell. var. ensifolium. Sheaths glabrous; blades usually puberulent beneath and glabrous or rarely pubescent above. Moist to wet sandy, open pine woods, savannahs, bogs, Sphagnum mats; CPM, LPR. Incl. P. vernale Hitchc. & Chase--S; Dichanthelium dichotomum var. ensifolium (Baldw.) Gould & Clark, in part. 29b. P. ensifolium Baldwin ex Ell. var. curtifolium (Nash) Lelong. Sheaths sparsely spreading-pilose; blades often sparsely pilose on both surfaces or glabrous. Same habitats and range as typical var. P. curtifolium Nash--S,R; Dichanthelium acuminatum (Swartz) Gould & Clark var. implicatum (Scribner) Gould & Clark, in small part. 30. P. chamaelonche Trinius. Moist, open, sandy pinelands, savannahs, moist depressions in sand dunes; CPM, LPR, Green, Harrison, Jackson Cos. Incl. P. glabrifolium Nash--S; Dichanthelium dichotomum var. ensifolium (Baldwin) Gould & Clark, in part; D. dichotomum var. glabrifolium (Nash) Gould & Clark, in part. 31. P. wrightianum Scribner. Low pine savannahs, bogs, margins of ponds, streams and cypress swamps; CPM, LPR, Hancock, Harrison and Jackson Cos. Dichanthelium acuminatum (Swartz) Gould & Clark var. wrightianum (Scribn.) Gould & Clark. 32. P. acuminatum Swartz. Nie Culms and sheaths densely and variously pubescent. 2e Culms and sheaths densely spreading villous and often also inconspicuously puberulent beneath; blades undersurface softly pubescent 32a. var. acuminatun. 2 Culms and sheaths ascending to spreading papillose- pilose; blades densely to sparsely appressed-pilose or puberulent beneath. 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 265 Bis Blades usually more than 6 mm wide, spreading, short-pilose to nearly glabrous above; spikelets 1e5=1s8 mm vlLONE yw cists %) > «) wr er D2b. var. fasciculatun. Bye Blades usually less than 6 mm wide, ascending to retrorse, long-pilose or scattered villous above; spikelets 1.1-1.6 mm long. 4. Blades ascending, long-pilose above; spikelets 1.3-1.6 mm long, often broadly obovoid mat to Lod, og hep Ae, Cerprst eee soceneat De Cle var. unciphyllun. 4. Blades ascending to reflexed, glabrous or sparsely villous above; spikelets 1.1-1.5 mm ong ellinsoidis su.) J. Mote eS2e var. leucothrix. 14 Culms and sheaths usually glabrous, occasionally sparsely pilose, especially lowermost ones. Bs Blades often yellowish-green with long papillose cilia at base; spikelets 1.3-1.6 mm long, often DOM Tia soar esiew weitere latte! stil? wees var. lindheimeri. 5a Blades often dark-green or purplish, usually less conspicuously ciliate at base; spikelets 1.1-1.9 mm long, ellipsoid. 6. Panicles narrow, congested; spikelets 1.3-1.9 mm MOngeahs Siveg otatctieieee, sls SO<7 7 52e var. densiflorun. Ge Panicles open; spikelets 1.1-1.5 mm long ree oe LMR ett oe cele Wes Lotion « Meme Sabre var. longiligulatun. 32a. P. acuminatum Swartz var. acuminatum. Various habitats, especially moist, sandy, open sites, pinelands, savannahs, roadsides; throughout, ee common in s. part of State. P. lanuginosum E1l.--S,R in part; P. lanuginosum var. lanuginosum--F,G; P. auburne Ashe--S,F,G; P. thurowii Scribn. & Smith--S; Dichanthelium acuminatum (Saarte) Gould & Clark var. acuminatum, in part; D. acuminatum var. thurowii (Scribn. & Smith) Gould & Clark. 32b. P. acuminatum var. fasciculatum (Torrey) Lelong. Various habitats, especially dry, open disturbed sites, woodlands, roadsides; throughout. P. lanuginosum var. fasciculatum (Torr.) Fern.--F,G; P. huachucae | Ashe--S; P. tennesseense Ashe--S; P. lanuginosun Eli. --R, in part; Dichanthelium acuminatum (Suarez) Gould & Clark var. acuminatum, in part. 32c. P. acuminatum var. unciphyllum (Trinius) Lelong. Dry to moist, open, mostly sandy woods, pinelands, disturbed sites; CPM, LPR, Hancock, Lamar and Stone Cos. P. lanuginosum var. implicatum (Scribn.) Fern.--F,G; P. lanuginosum El1.--R, in small part; Dichanthelium acuminatum var. implicatum (Scribn.) Gould & Clark; D. sabulorum (Lam.) Gould & Clark var. thinium (Hitche. & Chase) Gould & Clark, in part. 32d. P. acuminatum var. lindheimeri (Nash) Lelong. Dry, sandy or clayey open areas, woodlands, roadsides, occasionally on moist sites; common throughout. P. lindheimeri Nash--S; P. 266 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 4 lanuginosum Ell--R, in part; P. lanuginosum var. lindheimeri (Nash) Fern.--F,G; Dichanthelium acuminatum var. lindheimeri (Nash) Gould & Clark. This var. intergrades somewhat with var. fasciculatum and var. unciphyllun. 32e. P. acuminatum var. densiflorum (Rand & Redfield) Lelong. Wet to moist, open, sandy areas, savannahs, bogs; this predominantly n. var. occurs uncommonly in CPM, LPR, Jackson, Pearl River, Stone Cos. P. spretum Schultes--S,F,R; P. lanuginosum var. lindheimeri (Nash) Fern.--G, in part; Dichanthelium acuminatum var. densiflorum Gould & Clark. This var. intergrades somewhat with var. longiligulatum more common in our range. It also suggests the more widespread var. lindheimeri occurring usually in drier habitats. 32f. P. acuminatum var. longiligulatum (Nash) Lelong. Low Pinelands, pine savannahs, bogs; CPM, LPR, abundant in appropriate habitats. Harrison, Jackson, Lamar, Pearl River, Stone Cos. P. longiligulatum Nash--S,R; P. lanuginosum var. lindheimeri (Nash) Fern.--G, in part; Dichanthelium acuminatum var. longiligulatum Gould & Clark. 32g. P. acuminatum var. leucothrix (Nash) Lelong. Low pinelands, pine savannahs, bogs; CPM, LPR, occurring usually with preceding var., perhaps somewhat less abundantly; CPM, LPR. P. leucothrix Nash--S,F,G,R; Dichanthelium acuminatum var. implicatum Gould & Clark, in small part. P. acuminatum is probably the most polymorphic and troublesome species in the genus. The present delimitation of recognized vars. does not fully or adequately reflect the intricate subreticulate pattern of morphological variations exhibited in this complex. The glabrous or subglabrous vars. reluctantly included in this species intergrade somewhat with the similarly polymorphic P. dichotomum. Other taxa of subg. Dichanthelium apparently contribute also to the great morphological variety of this ill- defined species. Freckmann (1981) has recently proposed a slightly different treatment of taxa in the P. acuminatum complex. 33a. P. ovale Ell. var. ovale. Spikelets 2.6-3 mm long, sheaths appressed or ascending-pilose. Dry, sandy, open pine-oak woods, woodland borders; this var. occurs primarily in Fla; it has been reported for Miss. but no specimen from the State was located. Incl. P. malacon Nash--S,R, in part; P. commonsianum Ashe--F, in part; Dichanthelium ovale (Ell.) var. ovale. This taxon may be confused with P. consanguineum which is much more densely pubescent throughout and occurs usually in moist pinelands and bogs. 33b. P. ovale var. pseudopubescens (Nash) Lelong. Spikelets 2.1-2.6 mm long, sheaths appressed or ascending pilose, occasio- nally with smaller hairs intermixed. Same dry, sandy, open habitats as var. ovale; throughout except possibly LBH and YMD. P. commonsianum Ashe--S,F,G,R; P. pseudopubescens Nash--S; P. 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 267 villosissimum Nash var. pseudopubescens Fern.--F,G; Dichanthelium ovale var. addisonii (Nash) Gould & Clark. 33c. P. ovale var. villosum (A. Gray) Lelong. Spikelets 2.1-2.5 mm long, sheaths densely spreading pubescent with hairs up to 3 mm long. Same dry, sandy, open habitats as other vars.; throughout except possibly LBH and YMD. P. villosissimum Nash--S,R; P. villosissimum var. villosissimum--F,G; Dichanthelium acuminatum var. villosum (A. Gray) Gould & Clark. This widespread var. grades into the more glabrous var. pseudopubescens. Occasional specimens approach long-spikelet form of P. acuminatun. 34. P. scoparium Lam. Moist to wet, open areas, often on disturbed sites, roadside ditches; common throughout. Dichanthelium scoparium (Lam.) Gould. This robust plant is one of the few distinctive species of the subgenus; occasional small specimens resemble P. acuminatum var. acuminatum of which this taxon appears to be an "enlarged version." Pp 35a. P. oligosanthes Schultes var. oligosanthes. Spikelets ellipsoid to oblong-obovoid, 3.4-4.2 mm long, usually pubescent; blades relatively long and narrow, up to 12 cm long and 8 mm wide. Dry, open, sandy pine-oak woods, clearings, woodland borders; throughout except possibly TRH and YMD. Dichanthelium oligosanthes (Schultes) Gould var. oligosanthes. 35b. P. oligosanthes var. scribnerianum (Nash) Fern. Spikelets broadly obovoid to ellipsoid, 2.7-3.5 mm long, usually glabrous; blades relatively short and wide, up to 10 cm long and 13 mm wide. Dry, open, clayey, loamy or sandy areas, prairies, open woodlands; PR, NPB, Chickasaw, Lowndes and Oktibbeha Cos. Pp. Scribnerianum Nash--S; P. oligosanthes Schultes--G,R, in part; Dichanthelium oligosanthes var. scribnerianum (Nash) Gould. This predominantly midwestern var. intergrades somewhat with var. oligosanthes which occurs mostly in the Coastal Plain. 36. P. ravenelii Scribn. & Merr. Dry, sandy, open pine-oak woods; throughout except possibly YMD and LBH. Dichanthelium ravenelii Gould. 37a. P. commutatum Schultes var. commutatum. Culms and sheaths usually glabrous or sparsely pubescent; blades thin, often over 10 mm wide; spikelets 2.6-3.2 mm long. Mostly shaded, mesic or low woods, hammocks, pine-oak woods, woodland borders; throughout. Incl. P. joorii Vasey--S; P. mutabile Scribn. & J. G. Smith--S,F,G; P. commutatum var. jocrii (Vasey) Fern.--F; Dichanthelium commutatum (Schultes Gould, in large part. This var. is one of the most widespread, common and variable taxon in the subgenus. 37b. BP. commutatum var. ashei Fern. Culms and sheaths densely crisp-pubescent; blades thickish, less than 10 mm wide; 268 Pid XT Out 0 G18 Vol. 61, No- 4 spikelets 2.2-2.7 mm long. Occurring in similar habitats as preceding var. but often on more open or disturbed sites, woodland borders, roadsides; same distribution as preceding var. but less common. Coahoma, Newton, Pike and Tishomingo Cos. P. ashei Pearson--S; P. commutatum Schultes--F,G,R, in part; Dichanthelium commutatum Gould, in part. This ill-defined var. is reluctantly recognized; it may consist of an unnatural assemblage of similar forms possibly derived from occasional introgression of other species of the subgenus. 38. P. scabriusculum Ell. Wet to moist, sandy, usually open areas, stream banks, pond margins, pine savannahs, bogs, cypress- gum ponds, swamps, ditches, often in shallow water at least seasonally; CPM, LPR, also Clarke Co. Incl. P. cryptanthum Ashe--S,F; P. scabriusculum var. cr ptanthum (Ash) Gleason--G; Dichanthelium scabriusculum (Ell.) Gould & Clark. Occasional weak forms of this robust grass with slender spikelets have been referred by some to P. cryptanthum; they suggest robust variants of P. dichotomun. 39. BP. clandestinum L. Moist, usually sandy, open or shaded sites, low woods, stream banks, woodland borders, roadside ditches; primarily n.e. part of State, TRH, NPB, NCP. Dichanthelium clandestinum (L.) Gould. This plant approaches closely the northern P. latifolium of mesic woods; it resembles also the smaller coastal P. scabriusculum which has smaller, ovoid, glabrous spikelets. 40. P. boscii Poiret. Mesic to dryish woods, usually shady; throughout, more common northward. Incl. P. boscii var. molle (Vasey) Hitche. & Chase--S.F; Dichanthelium boscii (Poiret) Gould & Clark. Most specimens of this widespread and variable species are more or less densely and variously pubescent; occasional glabrous specimens with shorter spikelets resemble closely the more northern P. latifolium occurring in similar habitats. Literature Cited Allen, C.M. 1980. Grasses of Louisiana. University of South- western Louisiana, Lafayette, LA. 358 pp. Allred, K.W. and F.W. Gould. 1978. Geographical variation in the Dichanthelium aciculare complex. Brittonia 30: 497-504. Correll, D.S. and M.S. Johnston. 1970. Manual of the vascular plants of Texas, Texas Research Foundation, Renner, Texas. 1881 pp. Fernald, M.L. 1950. Gray's Manual of Botany. Ed. 8. American Book Co., New York. 1632 pp. Freckmann, R.W. 1967. Taxonomic studies in Panicum subgenus Dichanthelium. Ph.D. thesis, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa. 175 pp. Freckmann, R.W. 1981. Realignments in the Dichanthelium acuminatum 1986 Lelong, Panicum in Mississippi 269 complex (Poaceae). Phytologia 48 (1): 99-110. Gleason, H.A. and A. Cronquist. 1963. Manual of vascular plants of Northeastern United States and adjacent Canada. Van Nostrand—Reinhold Co., N.Y. 810 pp. Godfrey, R.K. and J.W. Wooten. 1979. Aquatic and wetland plants of Southeastern United States. Monocotyledons. University of Georgia Press, Athens, GA. 712 pp. Gould, F.W. 1974. Nomenclatorial changes in the Poaceae. Brittonia 26: 59-60. Gould, F.W. 1975. The grasses of Texas. Texas A. & M. University Press, College Station, Texas. 653 pp. Gould, F.W. and C.A. Clark. 1978. Dichanthelium (Poaceae) in the United States and Canada. Ann. Missouri Bot. Garden. 65: 1088-1132. Hitchcock, A.S. 1950. Manual of the grasses of the United States. 2nd ed. rev. by A. Chase. U.S.D.A. Misc. Pub. 200, Washington, D.C. 1051 pp. Hitchcock, A.S. and A. Chase. 1910. The North American species of Panicum. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 15: 1-396. Lelong, M.G. 1965. Studies of reproduction and variation in some Panicum subgenus Dichanthelium. Ph.D. dissertation, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa. 228 pp. - 1984. New combinations for Panicum subgenus Panicum and subgenus Dichanthelium (Poaceae) of the southeastern United States. Brittonia 36 (3): 262-273. Lowe, E.N. 1921. Plants of Mississippi. Miss. State Geo. Survey Bul 17 = 292° pp- Palmer, P.G. 1975. A biosystematic study of the Panicum amarum - P. amarulum complex (Gramineae). Brittonia 27 (2): 142-150. Radford, A.E., H.E. Ahles and C.R. Bell. 1968. Manual of the vascular flora of the Carolinas. Univ. N.C. Press, Chapel Hay NaC. 1185 pp. Small, J.K. 1933. Manual of the Southeastern United States. University of N.C. Press, Chapel Hill, N.C. 1554 pp. Smith, B.N. and W.V. Brown. 1973. The Kranz syndrome in the Gramineae as indicated by carbon isotopic ratios. Am. J. Bot. 60: 505-513. Spellenberg, R.W. 1975. Autogamy and hydridization as evolutionary mechanisms in Panicum subgenus Dichanthelium (Gramineae). Brittonia 27: 87-95. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XXVII Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional bibliography: Arthur, Sympos. Phytochem. 241. 1954; Kow, Pharmacog. Stud. Crude Drugs 60. 1966; W. Afr. Journ. Biol. Appl. Chem. 11: 66. 1967; Mold., Phytologia 61: 164--188. 1986. CLERODENDRUM INGRATUM Lauterb. & K. Schum. Inflorescence issuing from the axils of fallen leaves, dichasial, regularly twice dichotomous, few-flowered; peduncles 5--6 cm. long; cymes about 8 cm. long; pedicels 5--10 mm. long; calyx infundibular, herbaceous, at first green, later red, about 14 mm. long, the tube 7 mm. long, externally glabrous, divided to about the middle, the lobes oblong-triangular, apically acute; corolla elongate, at first yellow- ish, later white, in all about 2 cm. long, externally sparsely puberu- lent, the largest lobe 12 mm. long; stamens long-exserted, about 3.2 cm. long, inserted 2.8 cm. above the base of the corolla-tube; style long-exserted; ovary 2 mm. long; fruit drupaceous, at first dark-green but finally blue-black. This species is based on Lauterbach 810 from cultivated ground in front of Singapore House, Finschhafen, Territory of New Guinea, col- lected on September 25, 1890. Lauterbach & Schumann (1900) remark that "Bei erster Betrachtung erinnert diese Art in der Tracht an C&. dneame Gdrtn., sie ist aber schon durch die grisseren, tief getheilten Kelche ganz verschieden". The species has been encountered in dry, open, grassy, and culti- vated areas and in the understory of disturbed lowland-type rainfor- ests, in flower in March and July to November, and in fruit in Octo- ber. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Nyman 818, "yellowish to white" on Lauterbach 810 and “yellow to pink" on Have & Kaino NGF 17288. J Hartley & his associates (1973) report alkaloids present in tne leaves and fruit of this species, based on a number 102178 collection from Markham Valley, New Guinea, but bulk material, they say, was not available for accurate measurement. Lam (1924) cites Lauterbach 810, Nyman 818, and Weinland 245 & 271 from northeastern New Guinea. In his 1919 work he asserts that the species is closely related to C. kalaotoense H. J. Lam which has larger leaves, the calyx and corolla-lobes are smaller, and the corolla-tube is externally glabrous. , A key to help distinguish C, ingratum from other Indonesian taxa will be found under C, k&emmei Elm. in the present series of notes. Material of C, ingnratum has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C, disparnifoliwm f. ertosiphon (Schau.) Bakh. and even aS Saxifnagaceae. Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Kalimantan: Posthumus 2084 (Bz-- 270 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrzum 271 19724). Kangean: Backer 27509 (Bz--19728, Bz--19729, Bz--19730, Bz-- 25509, N); Dommens 30 (Bz--19167, Bz--25499), 37 (Bz--19166), 282 (Bz- 19731). Sepandjang: Backen 28899 (Bz--19726), 29030 (Bz--19725). Se- papan: Backer 28536 (Bz--19727, Bz--25510). NEW GUINEA: Territory of New Guinea: Havel & Kaino NGF.17288 (Ld, Mu, Mu); Lauterbach 810 (Bz-- 19732--isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, N--photo of isotype). CLERODENDRUM INSOLITUM Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 325. 1951. Bibliography: Mold., Amer. Journ. Bot. 38: 325. 1951; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 185. 1952; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 152, 205, 207- 208, & 267, fig. 33 (4). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155 & 450. 1959; G. Tay- lor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 26 (1971) and 2: 867. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 638. 1980; Mold., Phy- tologia 58: 188. 1985. Illustrations: Mold..in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 205, fig. 33 (3). 1956. A small tree; branchlets and twigs slender, obtusely tetragonal, densely tomentulose-villosulous with sordid-brownish hairs on the younger parts, glabrescent on the older parts; nodes sometimes obscure- ly annulate on the younger twigs; principal internodes 0.5--5.5 cm. long, mostly abbreviated; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles slender, 6--12 mm. long, canaliculate above, densely puberulent or short-pubes- cent with subincanous hairs; leaf-blades coriaceous, rather grayish- green above, brighter green beneath, elliptic or elliptic-obovate, rarely ovate, 2--9 cm. long, 1.5--4.5 cm. wide, apically mostly rounded and subemarginate, rarely obtuse, marginally entire, basally rounded or obtuse or even acute, very finely and obscurely puberulous above, scattered-pilose with flavescent hairs and densely resinous- granular beneath; midrib rather slender, flat above, prominent and very densely flavidous-pubescent beneath; secondaries slender, 5--7 per side, arcuate-ascending, rather irregularly branched, prominulous above and beneath, arcuately joined in many loops near the margins; veinlet reticulation fine, abundant, prominulous on both surfaces; in- florescence axillary, abundant on the young twigs, a pair at each up- per node, 5--7 cm. long, divaricate, 1--3-flowered, conspicuously bracteolose in involucrate fashion; peduncles very slender, 1.4--3.7 cm. long, usually rather densely short-pubescent with flavidous hairs; bracts large, foliaceous, pale reddish-green, membranous, a pair at the apex of the peduncles and a pair subtending each lateral flower when the cyme is 3-flowered, ovate-elliptic, 8--10 mm. long, 5--6 mm. wide, apically blunt or obtuse, marginally entire, basally rounded, sessile, subglabrate above, sparsely pilosulous and resinous-granular beneath, conspicuously venose, the venation slightly prominulous on both surfaces; pedicels filiform, 2--15 mm. long, more or less strig- illose or glabrescent; calyx campanulate, membranous, pale reddish- green, 10--14 mm. long, 7--9 mm. wide, venose, minutely and obscure- ly strigillose or glabrate, more or less resinous-granular on the out- side, its rim 4- or 5-lobed, the lobes ovate, erect, about 3 mm. long, apically sharply acute, venose; corolla dark-purple, tubular, about 1.5 cm. long, dorsally densely pubescent with antrorse substrigose hairs, its limb small, 7--8 mm. wide, the lobes 2--4 mm. long, dorsal- 272 Post XT. Oy 4. .O- Gade A Vol. 61, No. 4 ly strigose-pubescent; stamens dark-purple; style and stigma pale- yellow; fruiting-calyx hardly accrescent, inflated, membranous, about 15 mm. long and 11--12 mm. wide, very minutely strigillose-puberulent or glabrate; fruit more or less woody, 4-celled, each cell i-seeded, the seeds attached at the middle of the central angle of the cell. This endemic species is based on Humbert 20756 from siliceous sand in a shady littoral forest at Vinanibe, near Fort Dauphin, Madagascar, at 5--50 m. altitude, collected on April 2, 1947, and deposited in the Paris herbarium. The species is known only from sand-dunes and oth- er sandy coastal areas. A key to help distinguish it from the other known Madagascar taxa will be found under C, banronianum Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 184--190). Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decany 4221 (P), 4288 (P); Humbert 20756 (E--photo of type, F--photo of type, Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, P--type). CLERODENDRUM INTERMEDIUM Cham., Linnaea 7: [105] (sphalm. "150")--106. 1832. Synonymy: CLerodendron paniculatum Perrottet, Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 3: 110. 1824 [not C. panicukatum L., 1767]. VoLkamenia inermis Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 1, 511. 1837 [not V. ineamis L., 1753]. BoLkameria casopanguil Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 2, 356. 1845. Vofkamenia casopan- guik Blanco ex Fern.-Villar & Naves in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: pl. 173. 1880. Cerodendron intermedium Cham. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893. Vofkamenia inermis (haud L.) Blanco ex H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 80 in syn. 1918. C£enodendron bLumeanwm Hallier f. ex E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 402 in syn. 1923 [not C. b&wmeanwm Schau., 1847]. CLenro- dendnon squamatum H. Lam ex E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 402 in syn. 1923 [not C. squamatwm Vahl, 1791]. Cenodendron inter- medium C. & S. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6 in syn. 1947. Cernodendnon intermediwn Champ. apud Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kana- zawa Univ. 4: 49 sphalm. 1955. Bibliography: Perrottet, Mem. Soc. Linn. Paris 3: 110. 1824; Cham., Linnaea 7: [105] (sphalm. "150")--106. 1832; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 1, 511--512. 1837; Maund, Botanist 1: pl. 13. 1837; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 25 I: 383., 18405.) Dietr.,, Syn. Pl. 3: 617. 184seBlance:. FL. Filip., ed..2, 356. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 43.101 gaia. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. lt: 669. 1847; Hassk. ,, Retaid ole G2— 1855; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106. 1858; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 880. 1858; Fern.-Villar & Naves in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 2: 294 (1878), 4: Nov. App. 161 (1880), and 6: pl. 173. 1880; Mercado, Lib. Med. 45. 1880; Vidal y Soler, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 5 & 135. 1885; Vidal y Soler, Rev. Pl. Vasc. Filip. 221. 1886; Jacks. in Hook. f. & dgeks.,. Ind. Kewsyodmp.« 4.) )2561. (1893) and. impor dig See ee 189538. D.. Merr.. Philip. For. Bur. Bull... 1: 52.) 1908 ss iEC apis Menara Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 1, Suppl. 1: 122 (1906) and 3: 431. 1908; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 1, 401--403. 1912; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 87. 1916; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 78 & 80--81. 1918; E. D. Merr., Sp. Blanc. 335. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 298, 302, & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 273, Bureenze., ser. 6.9.93, 109, & tx" 1921;"EC De Merr., Bibl. Enum: Bonneerl. S17 21921; ES *D. Merr., Entms Philips Flow. Pl. 3:°400 & 402. 1923; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 544. 1931; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: opp. 1296. 1934; Juliano & Guerrero, Philip. Agr. 24: 22--26. 1935; Madrid Moreno, Declar. Virt. Arb. Pl. 131, 132, & 174. 1936; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Names 2--4, 10, 13, 15, 17--19, 23, & 27. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 7, 18, 21, 22, & Soe 10405 Worsdell;, Ind. Lond: Suppl. i: 238. 1941; Mold.; Alph. List Inv. Names 6, 16, 19, 20, & 56. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 58, 62--66, 72, & 90. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 100. Wwesemotas, Alph. Cist Cite ee5; 1353 W945°2225 °2255°& 3205 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 55. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 462, 463, 556, & 561 (1948), 3: 707, 727, 740, 765, 837, 840, 842, 859, 960, & 969 fresc), and 4: 1019, 1061, 1104, T1111, 1123, 1140, 1161, 1198, & 1240. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 133, 141, 143, 145, 146, 159, & 182. 1949; Quisumb., Philip. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 16: 1045. 1951; Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kanazawa Univ. 4: 49. 1955; Mold., Resume 172, 174, 183, 188, 192--194, 216, 237, 260, 265, 267, 269, 391, 392, & 450. 1959; Rennd, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. Minas 149. 1960; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 694. 1961; Mold., Résume Suppl. 3: 21. 1962; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 47: 6794. 1966; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 2, 401--403. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. Weenie 6c: Molds. Frfth Summe 12 '292, 3133 315, 322, 359, 398, 440, 448, 452, & 456 (1971) and 2: 732, 733, & 867. 1971; Altschul, Drugs Foods 247. 1973; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1752. 1974; Hsiao, Fl. Taiwan 4: 420 & 423 (1978) and 6: 121. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 281, 304, 306, 313, 349, & 538. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 50: 253. 1982; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 448. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 39: 358 & 374. 1983; Mold., Phytolo- gia 57: 339 (1985), 58: 195--199, 287, 345, & 416 (1985), and 61: 88, 101, & 166. 1986. Illustrations: Maund, Botanist 1: pl. 13, 1837; Fern.-Villar in BlancO,enls Filtp., ed. 3, 6: pl. 173. 1880; Crevost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indo-chine 37: opp. 1296. 1934. A small, erect, branched bush or shrub, 1--2 m. tall, or small tree to 5 m. tall; bark greenish; inner bark pale-green or dark-greenish; sapwood green-whitish; stems tetragonal or subterete, about 1 cm. in diameter at breast height or "a few inches thick, branched from below the middle; main branches widely spreading, recurved, re-branched; wood very soft and pulpy, white; pith large, brown; bark lateritious, yellow-gray on the branches and green beneath the epidermis; branchlets and twigs rather stout, to 2.5 cm. in girth, suberect, very medullose, green or brown, obtusely or acutely tetragonal, very minutely and ob- scurely pulverulent-puberulent; nodes annulate, the lower ones marked with a narrow band of hirsute hairs; principal internodes 4.5--6 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite, horizontal; petioles green, stout, 2.3--7.5 cm. long or "occasionally a yard long" (fide Elmer), the low- est 1 cm. often collapsing on larger leaves, very obscurely pulveru- lent-puberulent or glabrous; leaf-blades chartaceous or subcoriaceous, broadly ovate, 7--30 cm. long, 6.5--26 cm. wide, apically abruptly a- 274 PB YT Oot Jb 46 tA Vol. 61, No. 4 cute or subacuminate, marginally denticulate, basally deeply cordate, shiny and darker green above, obscurely pulverulent or glabrous and often abundantly light-dotted above, sometimes strigillose with dis- tantly scattered hairs, obscurely pulverulent and densely squamulose beneath; midrib stoutish or slender, flat or subimpressed above, prom- inent beneath; secondaries slender, 5--7 per side, the 2--4 lowest is- suing palmately from the leaf-base, flat or subprominulent above, pro- minulent beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation comparatively distant and angular, obscure or the larger parts subprominulent above, con- Spicuous but not at all prominulent beneath; inflorescence terminal, erect, paniculate, 18--30 cm. long, 15--20 cm. wide, composed of 6 or 7 pairs of lax, divaricate cymes, many-flowered, all parts fiery-red or miniaceous in bud; peduncles and sympodia continuous with the twigs and similar in all respects, variable in length; pedicels slender, variable, 1--13 mm. long, glabrate; bracts large and foliaceous, ob- long-elliptic, 1--4.5 cm. long, 3--20 mm. wide, long-stipitate, a pair subtending the inflorescence; bractlets oblong or lanceolate to broad- ly linear, numerous, to 1 cm. long and 2 mm. wide; prophylla oblong or linear, to 5 mm. long; flowers odorless; calyx-lobes red "to black" (fide Elmer), ovate, apically acute, about 1/5 the length of the corolla-tube; corolla bright-red, the tube slender, about 1 cm. long, the limb 5-lobed, the lobes oblong, subequal, spreading; stamens red or purplish, about 2 cm. long, deflexed or recurved; fruiting-calyx enlarged, star-shaped, red, 1 cm. wide, spreading or reflexed; fruit drupaceous, round or depressed-globose (oblate), at first green, later blue, 6--10 mm. long and wide, enclosed when immature, composed of 4 pyrenes which are chartaceous and 1-seeded. Merrill (1923) says of this species that it is found "Throughout the Philippines in thickets, secondary forests, and open damp places at low and medium altitudes, often common" and that it occurs also in Formosa, Borneo, Celebes, and Sumatra. He continues: "Bakhuizen, per- haps correctly, reduces this to Cfenrodendron squamatum Vahl". Actu- ally, C. squamatum Vahl is a synonym of C, kaempferi (Jacq.) Sieb. and is quite distinct. On his collection no. 19 Merrill notes: “widely distributed in damp open places in Luzon". Collectors have encountered C, intewnediwm in damp soils in old clearings and open places in general, secondary forests, thickets a- long the edges of lakes, wet stony soil of wooded ravines and parang, on hillsides, near rivers, and along paths in forested valleys and streams, at 20 to 3500 feet altitude, in anthesis in every month of the year, and in fruit in January, April, May, and October. MacDaniels refers to it as "common in pasturelands, occasionally cultivated" in Luzon; Cana calls it a "weed". Gates refers to it as a "tree" in Luzon and Tiong describes it as "a 6-foot ornamental tree" in Sabah. The corollas are said to have been "red" on Cfemens 17072, MacDan- ieks 113, Teamiji SAN. 81251, and Wikliams 2584, "reddish" on Tiong SAN. 88038, "Scarlet" on Walken 7450, "blood-red" on Ramos & Edano, Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 47107, “fiery-red" on Hallien 4090a, “fiery- red or miniaceous" on Efmenx 13641 and "red and white" on Wenzek 3292. Common and vernacular names reported for this species are "alocasoc", "aloksok", “aguargai", “asuafigai", "“balantana", "bantana", 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 275 "cali-cali", "casopanggil", "casopangil", "casupanguil", "colocolog", "dagtung", "dayugdug kilat", “fun nam", "humang", "“iginga", "kalalauan", "kasopangil", "kasopafgil", “kasst pdnggil", "“kasupdngil", "katungdtun", "kolokolog", “laroan anito", "laroan-anito", "libintano", "macalalauang", "makakalalawang", "“mayitum", "m6 do", "pacipis", "pakapis", "“salingudk","talinongay", and “volcameria casopanguil". Madrid Moreno (1936) refers to the species as medicinal. Altschul (1973) asserts that the leaves, "with coconut oil", are applied as a plaster to treat headaches, citing, as authority, Gutiérnez 61-19:> Gibbs (1974) reports the presence of cyanogenesis in the stems, but not in the foliage. Hansford (1961) reports the species attacked by the fungus, Meliola cLenodendni P. Henn. in the Philippine Islands, based on Stevens 337 & 1985. Vidal (1885) cites Cuming 481 from the Philippines. The Reasoner Bnos. S.n., Cited below, was collected from plants cultivated in Flor- ida, but originally from the Philippines. Among the inaccuracies and errors in the literature of CLerodendrwn Anteramedium may be mentioned that the original Chamisso (1832) refer- ence is cited to page "150" by Dietrich (1843), Jackson (1893), Mer- rill (1918), and Hsiao (1975) because of a printer's error in desig- nating the first page of the discussion by Chamisso -- the page number should have been printed "105" and is correctly cited as such by Hal- lier (1918) and Merrill (1923). Hallier, however, erroneously cites the Miquel (1858) reference to this species as "1856" -- pages 705-- 880 of Miquel's work were not issued until April 8, 1858. The Cuming 481, cited below, is sometimes incorrectly cited as "Cumming 1481". The illustration of C, intexwmedium in Maund (1837), hand-colored, shows the corollas scarlet in color in the New York Botanical Garden library copy, but only as pink in the herbarium copy. Bolster, in the notes accompanying his collection, cited below, refers to the leaves with “lower lobes 4 cm. longer", implying lobed leaf-blades as in C, panicufatwn L., but I have never seen any lobes on the leaf-blades of C, intewnediwn. Perhaps he meant to say "lower leaves 4 cm. longer". It should be noted that E&menr 13641 and Hutch- Anson, Philip. Fon. Bur. 4827 Show remarkable resemblance to C. beth- unianum Low, an obviously very closely related species. Blanco (1837) states that the young shoots and flowers of C£eno- dendraum intermedium are dried and powdered and the powder then placed in the navel and/or umbilical cord of the mother to combat the effects of a baby's death in the womb. "Tiene el olor fastigioso, y los indios la usan bastante en la esta muerta la criatura en el vientre. Su raiz se dice ser purgante tomada en peso de una dracma; pero creo que es falso. Siempre estacon flores." Masamune (1955) erroneously places C. intermediwm in the synonymy of C. japonicum (Thunb.) Sweet -- along with C, squamatum Vahl, C. viscosum Vent., and C, infortunatum L.! An interesting example of the difficulty in distinguishing some Species of this group in the genus is seen in the case of the Tsang, Tang, & Fung 7674 collection -- it was apparently first identified as 276 Pick OL @ Gol A Vol. 61, No. 4 C. paniculatum L,, later corrected to C. squamatum Vahl, then to C, japonicum (Thunb.) Sweet, then, still later, to C. kaempfeni (Jacq. ) Sieb., and, finally, to C. intenmediwm Cham. Keys to help distinguish C. itnteunediwm from other Chinese and oth- er cultivated taxa in this genus will be found under C. canescens Wall. (58: 416) and C. bethunianwn Low (58: 195--198). Another key that may prove useful is provided by Hsaio (1978) to distinguish it from other Taiwanese species known to him. Slightly modified by me, this is his key: Ve. PWT MG) ISNGUDSI 0 cfetalareietetclorel ciahalel Jee ool 1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 537. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 123 & 182. 1949; Verdcourt, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1953: 119--120. 1953; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 150, 181- 183, 266, & 268, fig. 29 (7--9). 1956; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 77. 1959; Mold., Résumé 155, 278, & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 260 & 477 (1971) and 2: 867. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 538. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 186. 1985. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 183, fig. 29 (/7-- 9). 1956. A shrub, 2 m. tall, or small tree, sometimes merely suffrutescent; branches medium-stout, obtusely tetragonal, compressed at the nodes, grayish, minutely puberulent or glabrescent; branchlets and twigs numerous, slender, often short, mostly obscurely tetragonal, very densely puberulent with flavidous or cinereous hairs on the youngest parts, less densely so on the older parts, often somewhat compressed at the nodes; nodes sometimes more or less annulate; principal inter- nodes mostly much abbreviated on the twigs, 0.2--3.7 cm. long, elon- gate to 7 cm. on the branches; leaves decussate-opposite or suboppo- site, caducous; petioles rather slender, 6--18 mm. long, often more or less recurved, densely puberulent, canaliculate above; leaf-blades membranous, rather uniformly dark-green on both surfaces or somewhat lighter beneath, oblong or elliptic, 3.5--10.5 cm. long, 2.5--6 cm. wide, apically acute or short-acuminate, marginally entire, basally (sometimes unequally) acute or short-acuminate, densely velutinous-pu- berulent or short-pubescent on both surfaces or only sparsely so above 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 281 in age, or canescent-tomentose beneath; midrib slender, flat above, prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 6--9 per side, arcuate-ascen- ding, flat above, prominulous beneath, not distinctly anastomosing; inflorescence axillary, capitate, normally 2 per node at or near the top of the twigs; peduncles slender or stoutish, 2.5--6 cm. long, densely or rather sparsely flavidous-puberulent; cymes conspicuously involucrate, 1.5--2.5 cm. long, 3--5 cm. wide, densely many-flowered, capitate; bracts foliaceous, ovate, to 2.5 cm. long and 2 cm. wide, puberulent on both surfaces, apically short-acuminate; pedicels very short or obsolete; calyx infundibular-tubular, about 1.4 cm. long, its tube 5--6 mm. long, externally scattered-pilosulous, the rim deeply 5- lobed, the lobes attenuate-ovate or deltoid, 5--9 mm. long, basally to 1.2 mm. wide, scattered-pilosulous; corolla hypocrateriform, white or pinkish to wine-reddish or rose, the tube extremely slender, 2--3 cm. long. about % longer than the calyx, externally pilose above the calyx, the throat not dilated, the limb small, only about 5 mm. in di- ameter, the lobes densely or sparsely pilose on both surfaces, the 2 posterior ones shorter; stamens somewhat exserted; filaments glabrous; anthers oblong, about 1 mm. long, basally bifid; fruiting-calyx some- what enlarged and indurated. This species is endemic to Madagascar and is based on Hi€debnandt 3438 from near Mojanga in western Madagascar, collected in May, 1880, and deposited in the Kew herbarium. Dinichletia invoLucnata is based on Baron 397° and D. 4pkaernocephala on Baron 5425, both from Madagas- car, the latter from the northwestern section of the island; D. invok- ucnata is not a transfer of the CLenodendron involucnatum of Vatke, but is an entirely new name, based on a different type. Vatke (1882) comments that his species is "C, stenantho Klotzsch... proximum, corollae partibus multo minoribus, indumento foliorumque figura diversum"; Cfenodendrum stenanthum is now known as C. mossam- bicense Klotzsch. Although C£erodendrium invokucnatum is only known from Madagascar, the Index Kewensis lists it as from "trop. Afr." It has been encoun- tered by collectors in forest-savanna country, in primary forests, on dunes, and on dry gneiss hills, at 810 m. altitude, in flower in Feb- ruary, March, and May. Ihe corollas are described as having been "white" on Decary 19019, "rose" on Hildebrandt 3438 and Perrier 16616, “wine-reddish" on Decary 18893, and "reddish-violet" on Cnaoat 30576. A key to help distinguish this species from other Madagascar taxa in this genus will be found under C. barontanwm Oliv. in the present series of notes (58: 184--190). Material of C. cnvokucrnatum has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as Dinichletia sp. in the Rubdaceae. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 160 (K), 5425 (P); Bernier 4.n. [Am- bongo 1846] (P); Croat 30576 (N); Decary 7314 (P, W--2494791), 14404 (P), 18893 (P), 19019 (P); Gnevé 214 (P); Hildebrandt 2923 (Mu--1621), 3438 (E--photo of type, F--photo of type, K--type, L--isotype, Ld-- photo of type, Mu--isotype, N--photo of type, P--isotype), 3923 (kK, L, P); Pennien 455 (P), 10218 (N, P), 10227 (P), 16616 (P): Penvakle 623 (N, P); Scott ELLiot 2033 (E--photo, F--photo, K, Ld--photo, N--photo); 282 Bt iy. 7. OL 40 Geen Vol. 61, No. 4 Service Fonestienrn 25 (P), 27 (P), 73 (P). CLERODENDRUM JAPONICUM (Thunb.) Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 322. 1826. Synonymy: Go too vulgo go too gini Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot. 861. 1712. VolLrameria japonica Thunb., Nov. Act. Soc. Sci. Upsal. 3: 208. 1780. VoLrameric. 4aponica Thunb., Fl. Tap. 255. 1784. VoLkamenia inewnis, fois condatis, ovatis, acutis, dentatis; racemis secundis Thunb. ex Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 8: 689 in syn. 1808. CLerodendrwn kaempfert Fisch. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207 nom. nud. 1821 [not C. kaempferi (Jacq.) Sieb., 1830). Cenodendron kaempferi Fisch. ex Morr., Ann. Soc. Roy. Agr. Bot. Gandav. 1: 17 in syn. 1845. CLenro- dendron kAmpferi Fisch. apud Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 6: 691 in syn. 1847. Ckerodendron squamatum var. japonicum Hassk., Retzia 1: 63. 1855. CLenodendron squamatum A japonicum Hassk., Retzia 1: 61. 1855. CLernodendron singalense Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. Suppl. Sumatra 568. 1860. C£enodendron imperiabis Carr., Rev. Hort. 46: 110. 1874. Cero dendron japonicum (Thunb.) Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 17: 91. 1903. C£eno- dendnon kaempgert "Sieb. herb. ex Miquel" apud Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 17: 91 in syn. 1903. Tet Too Kaempf. apud Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 1/7: 91 in syn. 1903. Cenodendron japonicum Mak. apud Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 44. 1908. C&enodendron esquinokii Lévl., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 11: 302. 1912 [not op. cit. 298. 1912]. CLerodendron danntsci Lévl., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 11: 301. 1912. Clenodendron Leveiller Fedde ex Lévl., Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 442. 1915. Cenodendron Squamatum var. japonicum Hassk. ex Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 89. 1916. Cenrodendron coccetnewm H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 296. 1919 [not C. coceineum D. Dietr., 1842]. C&erodendron kaempfert "Fisch. ex Steud." apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buit- enz,m ser. 3, 3: 109 in syn. 1921. C£erodendnon dannantii Lévl. ex Pei. eMem. SC sS0GaeGiiaal (2 bel t—l43 seul Gie2« ChLernodendron japonicum (Thunb.) Sweet ex Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 2 in syn. 1941. Chenodendron tmperiale Carr. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Supp]. 1: 6 in syn. 1947. CLenodendrwm umpertakis Carr. apud Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap. 1: 187 in syn. 1948. C£erodendron kaempferi Steud. spud Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap. 1: 187 in syn. 1948. C&enrodendrawm japonicum (Thunb.) Makino apud Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap. 1: 187 in syn. 1948. Cerodendron japonicum (Thub.) Sw. apud Matuda, Amer. Mid1. Nat. 44: 576. 1950. C&enodendnon paniculatwm (non L.) Hook. & Arn. apud Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kanazawa Univ. 4: 49 in syn. 1955 [not CLero- dendrawn paniculatum L., 1767}. Cenodendron japonicum (Thunb.) Mak. ex Mold., Résume 265 in syn. 1959. C£enrodendron japonicum Sweet ex D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 28 in syn. 1971. C&enodendawm japonicum Sw. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 392 in syn. 1980. CLenoden- dawn dannisti Levl. apud Lauener, Notes Roy Bot. Gard. Edinb. 38: 484 in syn. 1980. C&erodendnwm esquinolii Lévl. apud Lauener, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 38: 484 in syn. 1980. C£enodendnaum Leveiklei [Fedde ex] Lévl. apud Lauener, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 38: 484 in syn. 1980. C£enodendron squamatum var. javanicum Teijsm., in herb. Bibliography: Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot. 861. 1712; Kwa-wi [trans]. Sa- vatier], Arbor 2: pl. 10. 1759; Thunb... Nov...Act. Soc... SG jameimminees 208. 1780. [to be continued ] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "HENDERSON'S DICTIONARY OF BIOLOGICAL TERMS" Ninth Edition by Sandra Holmes, xi & 510 pp. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, N. Y. 10003. 1986. $15.95 paperbound & $42.50 clothbound. This new editicn comes in two forms with the same preface of a list of abbreviations, units and conversions, Greek alphabet and Latin and Greek noun endings, the good updated (where needed) defin- itions and the appendices of older plant and animal classification and common chemical elements. I have not seen the clothbound edit- ion, but my paperback one is printed on the poorest newspaper stock with very small margins and print, making reading physically taxing to students who are the main users of this book. "EVOLUTION BY SEXUAL SELECTION THEORY - Prior to 1900" edited by Carl Jay Bajema, xiii & 379 pp., 30 b/w fig. & 2 tab. A Hutch- inson Ross Benchmark Book from Van Nostrand Reinhold Inc., New VOnMeamNca Y=. LOOO3.. W984. $47.50. The Benchmark Papers in Systematic and Evolutionary Biology re- print classic scientific papers. This one has 10 pre-Darwinian selections by T. Hobbes, Wm. Harvey, J. Rousseau, E. Darwin, etc., has 3 from C. R. Darwin's writings from "Origin" and from "Descent of Man" along with A. R. Wallace's "Mimicry". T. Belt's "Mimetic Insects" and G. Mivart's painstaking critique of "Descent". and has 3 after Darwin's death on the controversies over sexual selection by G. W. & E. G. Peckham, A. R. Wallace and T. J. Cunningham. This one publication includes the gist of this important biological lit- erature that would occupy a few whole book shelves. The editor has provided valuable explicative comments for each section of these excerpts. "Sexual selection has come to be viewed by most biolo- gists as a special category of natural selection". This book be- longs on the pertinent library shelves of biological institutions, museums and universities. "FLORA OF THE GREAT PLAINS" by the Great Plains Floral Association with Ronald L. McGregor, coordinator, & T. M. Barkley, editor, vii & 1392 pp. & 2 b/w maps. University Press of Kansas, Law- rence, Kansas 66045-8350. 1986. $55.00. I am glad that the introduction mentions Rydberg's flora as "the classic treatment" which dates from 1932 and has since been reprinted by Dover Publications. This new book encompasses much more work by many persons since it includes all the local, county and state flora 283 284 PRYBOEQEGLBA Vol. 61, No. 4 and herbaria records from tne many state colleges and universities of the Great Plains region, mostly assembled since Rydberg's day. This area includes (1) all of Kansas, Nebraska, North and South Dakota, (2) eastern Montana, Wyoming, Colorado and New Mexico, (3) northern Oklahoma and the Texas panhandle, (4) southern Alberta, Saskatchewan and Manitoba, and (5) a western strip of Minnesota, Iowa and Missouri. This regional flora is "thought to be recent and adventive in origin. Nearly all our species have extensive ranges beyond our borders". This book starts with a workable key for the native and naturalized pteridophytes, gymnosperms and spermatophytes in 160 families. The copy is on the small side but very neat. I noticed on page 704 that the specific name of Verbena hastata is misspelled. This book will become very important on all area campuses for botany and ecology field courses and for earnest naturalists. "GEOLOGY OF THE GREAT BASIN" by Bill Fiero, xv & 197 pp., 35 color photo, 43 b/w photo., 78 line-draw. maps, 4 charts, & 4 diag. University of Nevada Press, Reno, Nevada 89557-0076. 1986. $22.5- clothbound, & $14.50 paperbound. For the Nevadan resident, student and visitor, for the geology buff and student, and for the appreciator of books with beautiful nature illustrations, this book has much to offer on all these scores about this fascinating unique Great Basin. The author inter- prets the rock positions, compositions and signs from the earliest of times in sequential order to the present in easily comprehensible language. He includes a chapter on the national monuments and state parks that display significant geological features. "TREES OF THE GREAT BASIN - A Natural History" by Ronald M. Lanner, xvi & 215 pp., 48 b/w line-draw., 51 color pl. & 2 maps. Uni- versity of Nevada Press, Reno, Nevada 89557-0076. 1984. $19.50 hardcover & $12.50 paperbound. The author, a long active field dendrologist, surely loves his subject and this area! Each of the 47 native trees illustrated with excellent drawings and beautiful color plates, has special localities marked, varieties described, interplay with other plant and animal organisms effectively explained, means of dispersal, and perhaps most important, access to water, their routes of entrance into the Great Basin whose rivers and temporary lakes, etc., have no surface outlet to the sea. The Great Basin "trees are hardy, smaller and less varied than those of the west..... and fewer than those to the east, yet providing a modicum of food, forage and game and most of the water for the area....The Great Basin is really a land of many basins separated by ranges of hills and mountains." Even though the book is expressedly "written for the western nature enthusiast", it should prove highly useful for ecology, field and tree identifica- tion courses, and biologists in general. ay / { PHYTOLOGIA f An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication Vol. 61 December 1986 No. 5 CONTENTS EL-KHEIR, W.S.A., & MEKKEY, L., Studies on the algal floras inhabiting different water sources in Egypt. 2. MN ATC iar 10'S a wid aw Wpidiele aoe pre wide & wie 6 285 ff CARDENAS S§., A., Streptopogon rzedowskii sp. nov... . rae e+ i _ AHMED, K.A., KHAFAGI, A.M.F., & EL-GAZZAR, A.., Taxonomic studies on Aster L. (Compositae) ................ 299 _ MAMAY, S.H., New species of Gigantopteridaceae from the SMEINIAN? OF ICXAS. . . 6. cc e ec tle cece eae eeepc vies 311 | MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum ANU ELE (50. Uic Dk nee’ e akin’ § soe sjece eb © tee oe 316 ; HURLIMANN, H., Riccia hawaiiensis Hiirl., species nova ....... 339 ST. JOHN, H., Nothocestrum inconcinnum sp. nov. (Solanaceae). Hawaiian Plant Studies 132.................. 343 : BADAWI, A., The main taxonomic view points on the intra- and the interrelationships of Melanthioideae (Liliaceae) ...... 346 MOLDENKE, A.L., Book reviews ................2445 Rs es 351 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. STUDIES ON THE ALGAL FLORAS INHABITING DIFFERENT WATER SOURCES IN EGYPT 2. LAKES AND SPRINGS BY Wafaa S.Abou El-Kheir Ph.D. and Laila Mekkey M.Sc. University College for Girls, Ain Shams University Egypt. INTRODUCTION In Egypt there are ten main lakes varying in their kind of water. Five of these lakes namely: Bardawiel, Manzala, Burullus, Temsah, and the Bitter lakes have marine waters. Whereas the waters of lakes Edku, Mariut and Abbasa are of the brackish type. The only fresh water lake at present is lake Nasser, for lake Qarun is now saline (Abou El-Kheir, 1986). Egyptian springs occur in the oases and deserts. They are also classified according to water kind into fresh, brackish, and saline springs. No serious efforts have been done to investigate the algal communi- ties inhabiting these water bodies especially springs (Oyoon) which are, up till now, largely neglected. Lake Qarun received more attention than lakes Mariut and Edku where as other lakes received almost no attention. Works dealing with the algal flora of springs are: Hume (1906) who enumerated 41 diatom species, 27 green and 3 blue-green ones collected from Oyoon Mousa and some Wadis in Sinai peninsula. He stated that Mastogloia smithii and Epithemia gibba (diatoms) are common, and stated also that green algae, particularly the desmids are predominant, whilst the blue-greens are poorly represented. El-Nayal (1935) enumerated 19 species of algae (diatoms and blue-greens) collected from Ein El-Mahareek, Ein Mex Behari and Ein Sirgan in Kharga Oasis. In 1978 Shaaban and El-Habibi studied the algal flora of certain wells in Kharga Oasis. Shaaban (1985) identified 69 species belonging to 35 genera of algae collected from Siwa Oasis (Oyoon and Lakes). He stated that the most common and widely distributed variety is Gomphosphaeria aponina vy. aponina. Kobbia (1981) recorded 25 algal species from salt marshes in Ghrabniate in the north-western costal region of Egypt. He found that the blue-greens are the best represented group quantitatively and qualitatively, and the highest phytoplankton biomass was restricted to Oscillatoria limosa, Lyngbya agardhii, Plectonema roseolum, Ulothrix zonata, Achnanthes hungarica and Chromulina ovalis. In (1986) Abou El-Kheir and Ismail stated that the lack of planktonic and benthic algal flora in Silene spring in El-Fayum is due to the fact that the source of water is the ground deep water and the fact that the rate of flow of water is so fast. These two reasons make the chance for algal community development so little. The first work on the algal flora of Egyptian lakes was that done by Zanhlbruckner (1904) on lake Mariut and Mallaha at Alexandria. He identified 3 blue-greens including one new species and a new variety. West (1909) identified 66 algal species from Birket Qarun. He stated that greens are poorly represented whereas blue-greens and diatoms are very prominant. In 1935 El-Nayal identified 135 species of algae collected from various localities in Egypt, principally Abbassia, Giza, lake Qarun, lake Temsah, and seo Manzala. Ghazzawi (1939) studied 28 286 PHY POLGG IER Vol. 61, Noo G the phytoplankton of the Suze-Canal and found an increase in the aburm dance of planktonic diatoms. Abdin (1948 and 1954) studied the algal flora of the Aswan reservoir. In 1958 Aleem recorded 128 fossil diatom species from the old lake Morries (lake Qarun at present) in El-Fayum. He found that the most common species are mainly fresh-water type. Salah (1960) outlined that there are species in lake Mariut and lake Edku (at Alexandria) which can live in either salt or brackish waters, and some are common to both types of water. Nasr et al. (1961) pointed that the kind and distribution of algae is greatly affected by the change of salinity of water in lake Edko. Kaleafah (1964) found Enteromorpha in nearly all parts of lake Mariut whether fresh or brackish, rich or poor in nutrients. In 1970a Nosseir and Abou El-Kheir studied the effect of dissolved nutrients on the algal flora of lake Qarun. They found that the species which are numerous and tolerant are of the marine type. In (1970b) the same authors identified 66 algal species belonging to 31 genera in lake Nasser, and stated that the species which are numerous are of fresh water type. Ehrlich (1975) worked on the diatoms from the surface sedi- ments of Bardawil lake. El-Saadawi et al. (1976) worked on lake Qarun and identified 16 species of diatoms as new records to this lake. Shaaban et al. (1983) in their work on the Mediterranean coast of Egypt (Port- Said, Ras El-Barr, Abu-Qir and Sidi Gaber) found that the algal flora consist of 30 species belonging to macro-greens, reds and browns, but the bulk was nearly of the chlorophyta. Abou El-Kheir and Ismail (1986) studied the extant algal flora of lake Qarun. They also stated that the high salinity affected the algal flora: being rare. The present study is concerned with the algal flora of lakes and springs in different regions in Egypt. Also with the investigation of the relationship between the algal distribution and the environmental factors. It is also an attempt to find out the difference between the algal floras of lakes and springs which have a somewhat similar salt content. MATERIAL AND METHODS Thirteen samples were collected from waters of lakes and springs (Oyoon). The lakes are: lake Qarun in El-Fayum, lake Temsah at El- Ismailia and lake Abbasa in El-Sharkia while the springs are: Ain Helwan in Helwan suburb and Ain El-Sira in Cairo (see Fig. 1). Further details concerning the kind of water and the number of samples taken from each water source are listed below: | Regions [Date of Saureevatiteater | Kind of | No. of collection 3 water samples Helwan 9/3/1979 Salt spring Brackish 2 (Ain Helwan) Cairo 9/3/1979 Sat! spring Brackish 2 (Ain El-Sira) El-Ismailia 30/3/1979 Lake Temsah Marine 3 El-Sharkia 8/2/1980 Lake Abbasa Brackish 2 El-Fayum 2/7/1980 Lake Qarun Salt lake 4 (Marine) 1986 El-Kheir & Mekkey, Algal floras in Egypt 287 Brackish water samples contain from 150-250 mg/L. chlorides. Marine water samples contain over 250 mg/L. chlorides. The temperature of the water of all samples was recorded, and pH and chemical analysis of all samples were determined. Intensive microscopic examination of all samples have been done to investigate the algal taxa present. RESULTS Microscopic examination of the samples showed that they all contain Bacillariophyta. Chlorophyta was met with in 9 samples, Cyano- phyta in 4, Xanthophyta, Euglenophyta and Phaeophyta in one sample each, but Rhodophyta in 2 samples. The 13 samples contain 151 algal taxa belonging to 48 genera representing 7 algal groups, (see table !). This table shows also that Bacillariophyta is best represented in the lakes, while Chlorophyta and Cyanophyta are best represented in the springs. Xanthophyta, Euglenophyta and Phaeophyta were found only in the brackish lake Abbasa, while Rhodophyta was found in the saline lake Qarun. From tables 2 and 3 it is clear that Chlorophyta (except Cladophora sp.) and Cyanophyta are absent from Ain El-Sira and lake Qarun where the salinity is much higher than that in the other samples. In Ain Helwan Terpsinde americana (diatoms) represents a new record to Egypt, and it was found only in the two samples collected from this spring.Ectocarpus was found predominant in sample No. 13 from lake Temsah where the nutrients (except chlorides) were relatively low, and it is a new record to this lake. In the samples taken from lake Qarun Rhodochorton purpureum (Rhodophyta) was found dominant, and it is a new record to Egypt. Polysi- phonia sp. was found predominant and Goniotrichum elegans was found dominant and the two taxa are new to lake Qarun (both are Rhodophyta). In lake Abbasa Tribonema sp. (Xanthophyta) and Spirogyra sp. (Chlorophyta) were predominat. Cladophora sp. was found predominant and dominant in most of the samples taken from springs and lakes (respectively). Samples no. 3 and 4 taken from the mineral spring "Ain El-Sira" is the poorest of all samples in the algal flora and Bacillariophyta is the only group found.Although it has the highst values of chlorides (highly saline) yet the fresh water form Nitzschia palea genuina f. minor was dominant whereas brackish - marine form Amphora Coffaeiformis boreales was predominant. DISCUSSION The present study includes 13 samples, six of them are brackish (chlorides content above 150 mg/L). The word brackish strictly means between fresh and salty water (see Kolbe,1927 and Lund ,1965), however, most of the brackish samples in this study have chlorides content like that of marine water i.e. above 250 mg/L. But since these samples were collected from isolated inland sources of water and lie at considerable distances from seas, they were therfore considered brackish and not marine. They also maintain algal elements that are mainly brackish and fresh water forms. Although lake Qarun lies at considerable distances from seas and has, at present, highly saline waters yet it is considered marine and not brackish because it maintains, at present, a mainly marine algal flora. The presence of this type of flora in this inland lake is due to the transfer 288 PW yore lt OMe A Vol. 61, No. 5 of Mediterranean sea-waters from near Alexandria to the lake for reasons given by Abou El-Kheir (1986). The results given in tables | and 2 show that Bacillariophyta is best represented in marine waters and is poorly represented in highly saline samples (samples no. 3 and 4), despite the fact that these samples contain high values of all nutrients (except PO,). In these two highly saline samples no Chlorophyceae and Cyanophyceae were found. This is in agreement with Abou El-Kheir and Ismail (1986) who stated that high salinity in lake Qarun was accompanied by reduced algal flora. Chloro- phyta is again like Cyanophyta; being well represented in brackish waters (see tables 2 and 3). These results are to some extent in agreement with results obtained by Angot and Robert (1966) who stated that high salinity is favourable for diatoms and unfavourable for Cyanophyta and Chlorophyta. But are not in agreement with results obtained by Iltis (1973) who stated that blue-greens tolerate variation of salinity, or with those obtained by Kobbia (1981) who stated that the dominance of blue-greens in salt marshes is most probably due to the high tolerance of salinity compared to other: species. And is not in agreement with Seenayya (1972) who stated that blue-greens have high ability to develop in extremely wide range of ecologi- cal conditions. The ability of numerous species of blue-green algae to flourish under high salinity and temperature variations had been shown by Levandowsky (1972) and Shubert (1976), however this does not apply to blue- green species recorded in the present work. Fogg et al. (1973) showed that the halophilic blue-green algal speies which can grow at high salt con- centrations are probably capable to do so due to their prokryotic organization and the absence of large sap vacules. This may explain the presence of Schizo- thrix calcicola minuta as a common species in sample no.11 from lake Temsah. Round (1973) and Abou El-Kheir and Mekkey (1986b) stated that sodium is important for the development of Cyanophyta.This not in agreement with the present results, since, samples no. 5 and 8 from lake Qarun and sample no. 3 from Ain El-Sira are the richest samples in sodium content (table 2), however, Cyanophyta is absent from these samples. This may be due to high chlorides content in these samples. Comparing the results obtained here with those of Abou El-Kheir and Mekkey (1986a) from their work on the River Nile and its derivatives which have fresh waters, it may be said that algae are generally best represented in fresh then brackish and finally marine waters. The details of this comparison show that Bacillariophyta occurs in all sources of water, but is best represented in fresh water sources followed by marine ones. While Cyanophyta and Chlorphyta are best represented in fresh water sources, poorly represented in brackish and nearly absent in marine ones. SUMMARY 151 species of algal taxa are recorded from the three studied lakes and the two springs. Temperature, pH and chemical analysis for all samples were determined. Bacillariophyta was found imall samples, Cyanophyta and Chlorophyta in the brackish ones and absent from the high salty ones. Xanthophyta, Euglenophyta, Phaeophyta and Rhodophyta are met with but are quite few in number and not in all samples. Algal flora is generally best represented in fresh waters followed by brackish then marine. Bacil- 1986 El-Kheir & Mekkey, Algal floras in Egypt 289 lariophyta is more tolerant to salinity than other algal groups. Salinity is a determining factor for the growth of algae especially Cyanophyta and Chlorophyta. Two taxa are recorded new to the algal flora of Egypt, namely: Terpsinde americana (Bacillariophyta) and Rhodochorton purpureum (RROHophyta). REFERENCES Abdin, G., 1948. Condition of growth and periodicity of the algal flora of Aswan Reservoir. Bull. of Fac. Sc. Cairo Univ., 27:157-176. ,» 1954. Algal lithophytes of Aswan Reservoir Area. Bull. Inst. de Egypt 35:39-102. Abou El-Kheir, W.S., 1986. Change in the diatom flora of lake Qarun with time. Ain Shams Sci. Bull. 28(accepted). and Ismail, G.H.,. 1986. Notes on the aquatic ‘habitats of macrohydrophytes and associated algae in various regions in Egypt. 1-El-Fayum region. Phytologia 60:469-482. and Mekkey, L.E., 1986a.Studies on the algal flora of different water sources from different regions in Egypt. 1-River Nile and its derivatives (submitted for publication). and Mekkey, L.E., 1986b.Sudies on the algal flora of different water sources from different regions in Egypt. 3. Drains and Swamps (in preparation). Aleem, A.A., 1958. A taxonomic and paleoecological investigation of the diatom-flora of the extinct Fayum Lake (Upper Egypt) Buil. Fac. of Sc. Alex. Univ., Vol. 2:217-245. Angot, M. and Robert, G., 1966. Hydrology and phytoplankton in suriace water at Nosy-Be in April 1965. Cahorstan Ser. Oceanogr. 4(1), 95-136. Ehrlich, A., 1975. The diatoms from the surface sediments of the Bardawil lagoon (Northern Sinai) paleoecological significance. Nova Hedwigia, Belhit. 532253. El-Nayal, A.A., 1935. Egyptian fresh water algae. Bull. Fac. Sc. No. 4:1-106. El-Saadawi, W.E., Badawi, A.A., Shaaban, A.A. and El-Awamri,A.1978. Pleistocene diatoms from El-Fayum. Proc. Egypt. Acad. Sci., 31:257-263. Fogg, G.E., Stewart, W.D.P., Fay, P. and Walsby, A.E., 1973. The blue- green algae . Press, London and New York. Gazzawi, F.M., 1939. A study of the Suez Canal! plankton, the phytoplank- ton. Hydrob- and Fish-Directorate, Notes and Memoires No. 24, Egypt. Hume, W.E., 1906. The topography and geology of the peninsula of Sinai (South eastern portion), Cairo, 1906, 231-233. Iltis, A., 1973. Algae of the waters of the kanon (Chad.) 2 CAHO. Resto- mser Hydrobiol. 7(1):25-54. Kaleafah, A.F., 1964. Ecology of algae in lake Mariut. M.Sc. Thesis. Fac. Sc. Alex. Univ. Kobbia, L.A., 1981. Seasonal variations of phytoplankton in the salt marshes of Egypt. J. Bot. Vol. 24, No. 3: 153-233. Kolbe, R.W., 1927. Zur Okologie Morphologie und Systematik der brackwass- ser-diatomeen die Kiesselalgen des sperberger salzgebiets. Pf lanzen forschung 7:1-146. 290 PWN TeOcD On GA Vol. 61, No.6 Levandowsky, M., 1972. An ordination ef phytoplankton in ponds of varying salinity and temperature. J. Ecol. 53:398. Lund, J.W.G., 1965. The ecology of the fresh water phytoplankton. Biol. Rev. 40:231-293. Nasr, A.H., Hashim, M.A. and Aleem, A.A., 1961. The flora of lake Edku, with particular reference to benthic diatoms. Bull. Fac. Sc. Alex. Univ., U.A.R. 5:219-234. Nosseir, M.A. and Abou El-Kheir, W.S., 1970a. Effect of dissolved nutrients on the distribution of algal flora in selected lakes of U.A.R., l-Lake Qarun. Ann. Rev. Univ. Coll. Girls, Ain Shams Univ. No. 6:15-24. 1970 b. Effect of dissolved nutrients on the distribution of algal flora in selected lakes of U.A.R., II-Lake Nasser. Ann. Rev. Univ. Coll. Girls Ain Shams Univ. No. 6:33-47. Round, F.E., 1973. The biology of algae. Edward Arnold. London. Salah, M.M., 1960. The phytoplankton of lake Maruit and lake Edku with a general contribution to the Halobian System. Hydrob. Dep., Alex. Inst. Hydrob. Notes and Mem. No. 57:1-15. Seenayya, G., 1972. Ecological studies in the plankton of certain fresh water ponds of Hyderabad. India II- Phytoplankton 2. Shaaban, A.S., 1985. The algal flora of Egyptian Oases II-On the algae of Siwa oasis. Proc. Egypt. Bot. Soc. 4, 1985, 1-10. ——— and El-Habibi, A. 1978. The algal flora of Egyptian Oases. 1- The algal flora of Kharga oasis. Bull. Inst. Dest. 28, 1. , El-Habibi, A. and El-Naggar, M.E., 1983. Algal vegetation of the Mediterranean coast of Egypt. J. Bot., Vol. 24, No. 3: 179-190. Shubert, L.E. 1976. Investigation of the algal growth potential of Devils lake. North Dakota USDI, Bureau of Reclamation Report, 150 pp. West, 1909. The algae of the Birket Qarun, Egypt. Journ. of Bot. Vol. 47. Zahlbruckner, A. 1904. Kryptogamae exsiccate centuria X-XI Ann. der K.K Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, XIX Band, Wien 1904 pp. 402-3. 1986 El-Kheir & Mekkey, Algal floras in Egypt 29] Table (1): Number of taxa of various divisions of algae recorded in water samples taken from the studied lakes and springs: A.H. = Ain Helwan, A.S. = Ain ElJ-Sira, Q.F. = Qarun, El-Fayum, A.Sh. = Abbasa, El-Sharkia, T.IS. = Temsah El-Ismailia, B = Brackish, M = Marine. Algal Divissions Bacillariophyta Lo. b2I2y oS go20_ 284 330051 8 18.26 18: 36 Chlorophyta G2 es Sale ol aga Zee ik A Cyanophyta St Ey ee ee Ge Sse Peed 02) Re oe Euglenophyta + = & w= So-Bebgentaw hb a5 =e Xanthophyta Secages = (22 (1S) Bey bi oo ae = Paeophyta Soe > ae pope BM Shes bat c= Bae oe Rhodophyta ee — ee ee es) ras. Vol. 61, No. 5 LOT €°861 «=6S*OE =CTTOGT «EBT OETLET C8! C26] 8251 . 2 08Z 3 . : : r 9°nS CEL 7 29n) Oo SL. SO A SHG ORES #62 9 9701 2301 0 a A | G27 a8 Ole ee COT h ne gO ee EG = 10 af eh oh CALS FEES GORC CBee C"ZEn] 6°28) OOEZ. 2489. OSTI s°ZZTZ < BS 29801 2HI8 E86EI H°ZIZ BEIIT L°8IEZ BIZZI1 8°09"Z1 O6EZI - ee, HT 7 | 60 ~=—«'9 1°9 92 6h Lt > soa2 8 z°8 ats O13 = 2 ran | £0 3 9Z $2 82 LV, S21 8E He” BE CE “4 ¢°9 ¢°9 ¢°9 ro. =c'9 (du 8°9 Z $°9 = = a. ‘yesuio | = “SIL ‘emseys-[q ‘eseqqy = ySty winkey-[q unsed = “yry ‘eaIS-[g uly = COWL [SES 06 e-cell n° T0T Z0¢ 6£ 8°0n €°Z ne 31 sl 1°8 (STAI 4°Z fe O20 @°TOEOT. S26 S*Thz OZ€h 28220 1°0002 8°E99T 8°0 T€ = €°0 ¢°0 9°S¢ Cre €°¢ 8T ZI 92 92 LL LE 8 8 *(twusded) squatainy = ‘INN ‘eTpTews]-1y ‘Sy ‘URMJOH UTY = H’'y s8ulids pue saxe] Woy saydwes paipnis ay} ur sjuatsjnu yoyo pue ‘aunjzeisduiay ‘Yd Jo sanjea 292 —_e—eooooe——.:._——nn—n—nkne——»—~—_—eeeeS ee ee eee (Z) SIGE L 1986 El-Kheir & Mekkey, Algal floras in Egypt 293 Table (3): Alga! taxa distribution in the samples taken from lakes and springs: A.H. = Ain Helwan, A.S. = Ain El-Sira, Q.F. = Qarun El-Fayum, A.Sh. = Abbasa El-Sharkia, T.IS. = Temsah E!-Ismailia C = Common, d = dominant, p. = predominant. Algal taxa Bacillariophyta: Centrales: Biddulphia polymorpha(Grun.)Wolle + + + Cyclotella bodanica lemanensis O.M. + + C. comensis Grun. C. gothica A.Cl. # C. meneghiniana genuina A.Cl. + + + C. meneghiniana plana Fricke + C. ocellata Pant. + + + Melosira fennoscandica + ome - granulata E. ++ - granulata angustissima O.M. - + 4 A . Islandica typica A.Cl. + . Jurgensii bothnica Grun. ++ 4 . varians Ag. Fa - dubia Kz. } 15. Paralia genuina A.Cl. + 16. P. sulcata crenulata Grun. + 17. Terpsinde americana (Bail) R. cae: 18. Triceratum antediluvianus (E.) Grun. iar 19. T. reticulum f. trigora + + 20. Stephanodiscus astraea Niagarae ++ + Pennales: 21. Achananthes brevipes angustata (G.)CI. . brevipes intermedia Kz. er . brevipes elliptica Cl. . brevipes typica Cl. - coarctata constricta krass. . delicatula genuina A.Cl. + + . delicatula subcapitata(Ost.)A.Cl. Ps fe . Schmidtiana Krenn. 29. A.septata linearis A.Cl. - 30. Amphiprora alata genuina A.Cl. + 31. A. paludosa punctulata Grun. + + 32. Amphora acutiucscula Kz. 4 . coffaeiformis borealis + A. coffaeiformis salina(W.Sm.)A.Cl. ++ +44 A. eunotic Cl. 36. A. libyca typica A.Cl. A. libyca typica A.Cl. + + + WOON KDUFWNe ei Pre a aie been . N . zzzzce a + + } is + +++ + + N ee Sessa Sa ae Di oy ey Da w a > Ae terroris E- + 38. A. turgida A.Cl. + Bacillaria paradoxa Gmel. + 294 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61), Noses Table (3): (Cont.) Algal taxa 40. Cocconeis disculus minor Font. + + 41. C. placentula euglypta (E.) Grun. ti+i+ + 42. C. placentula genuina May a 43. C. placentula intermedia ¢Her& PedHust. + + 44. C. placentula lineata A.Cl. ~ 45. C. scutellum Ehr. + + 46. Denticula tenuis frigida (Kz.)Grun. + 47. Diatoma elongatum subsalsum A.Cl. + 48. Dimeregrama fulva (Greg.)Ralfs +++ 49. D. minor nana +++ 50. Diploneis elliptica genuina f. minor 51. Fragilaria capucina aretica A.Cl. 52. F. vaucheriae genuina (V.H.)A.Cl. 53. F. vaucheriae gracilior 54. F. vireacene lanceola + 55. Gomphonema gracile intricatiforme May + + 56. G. lanceolatum insigne genuinum + 57. G. olivaceum tenellum Kz. + 58. G. montanum genuina May + 59. G. parvulum exilissimum Grun. + 60. Grammatophora marina (Lyngb.)Kz. ++ 61. G. marina adrialica ++ 62. G. oceanica macilenta - 63. Gyrosigma acuminatum (W.Sm.)A.Cl. + + 64. G. spencerii smithii (Grun.)A.Cl. + + 65. Licmorphora abbreviata Ag. ++ 66. L. ehrenbergii genuina A.Cl. + 67. L. gracilis anglica (Kz.) Per. + 68. L. tincta nubecula (Kz.) Grun. + 69. Mastogloia smithii genuina f. minor + 4 70. Navicula ambigua diminuta - - ammophila genuina A.Cl. - 4 72. N. avenaceae Breb. + + + - cryptocephala perminuta Grun. . Cryptocephala Subsalina Hust. + + ++ + + . jaagi Meist. + - lanceolata genuina A.Cl. + - modica - - mutata typica A.Cl. + pupula genuina Grun. + radiosa cuneata * - Viridula capitata Mag. + + Ae 82. Nitzschia amphibia acutiuscula + + 83. N. apiculata (Greg.) Grun. ++ +++ + chet + 84. N. dissipreta genuina A.Cl. + 85. N. granulata Grun. + 86. Hantzschia genuina A.Cl. + +++ + + + + N Poa N : +1392 2 ee 1986 El-Kheir & Mekkey, Algal floras in Egypt Table (3): (Cont.) 2A ZIZ Zee tene Lie Le e Algal taxa - intermedia Hant. . obtusa scalpelliformis Grun. - obtusa vulgaris Grun. palea genuina f. minuta - paradoxa genuina Grun. - punctata aurta Grun. . sigma clausii (Htz.) Grun. sigma clausii f. major - sigma interceedens Grun. - Sigma major - smithii genuina Grun. - socialis genuina Grun. . thermalis genuina May. 100.N. thermalis intermedia Grun. 101.N. tryplionella crassa (Pant.) A.Cl. 102.N. vermicularis genuina A.Cl. 103.N. vermicularis lamprocampa 104. Pinnularia spitzbergensis f. continua 105. Pleurosigma formosum W.Sm. 106. Rhoicosphenia curvata marina(W.Sm.) Grun. . Ropalodia gibba genuina Grun. .R. gibba ventricosa (Kz.) Grun. 127. -R -R »R ES . Sceptroneis australis borealis f-angustata . Steriatella unipunctata (Lyn.)A.Cl. - Surierella fossilis A.Cl. 55e 03 . Synedra acus genuina May Swe S. berolinensis Lemm. S. crystalline smithiil Grun. S. fulgen (Grev.) S.Sm. .S. S S 5 . gibberula constricta W.Sm. . gibberula producta (Grun.)A.Cl. - giberula vanheurchii musculus laevis A.Cl. turgida A.S. affinis tabulata fasciculata(Kz.)Hust. . tabulata lamprocampa Hantz. . tenera genuina A.Cl. . ulna danica (Kz.) Grun. S. ulna pxythynchus (Kz.) Hust. Chlorophyta 128.Ankistrodesmus spirales fosciculatus 129. Chlorococcum humicola 130. Cladophora sp. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Ms A + + + + + + A : + + ~ + = S5 a5 + x ip + ++ 4+ + + + + + + ++ + - ++ + 4+ + eo ee ep ddd Pp 295 ings Lakes 123456789 10 11 12 13 296 PHYTOLOGIA Table (3): (Cont.) Springs Lakes Algal taxa HAS aS T.IS. 12 ee ee 131. Enteromorpha hexuosa pausirzschria p+ 132. Mougeotia sp. Cc 133. Spriogy a sp. Cyanophyta: 134. Anabena constricta 135.Heterothrix mucicola 136. Lyngbya majuscula Cue 137.L. martensiana 138. Oscillatoria amphibia + 139.0. limosa d 140. O. okeni 141.0. ornata + + 142.0. tenuis 143. Schizothrix calcicola minuta dd Euglenophyta: 144. Euglena oxyuris 145. Phacus anomala 146. P. curvicauda Santhophyta: 147. Tribonema sp. Phaeophyta 148. Ectocarpus sp. Rhodophyta: 149. Goniotricium elegans 150. Polysiphonia sp. 151. Rhodochorton purpureum Vol. 61, Noss 3456789 10 11 12 13 faa) (ok (ab op (ok (eB yelifos ava Streptopo7on rzedowskii sp. nov. Angeles CéPdenas Se Instituto de Biologia, U. No. A. He Mexico, D. F. Distinquitur ex multis clavatis gemmis haurientibus et ad costam exsertam, et ad costae dorsum, et, raro, ad caules: etiam ex foliarum cellulis quae multas papillas habent: denique ex longis levibus cellulis marginis. Stems cylindrical, without a differentiated center, Sometimes with axillary hairs. Leaves oblong, 2.5 x 1.0 mm. shortly decurrent. Costa prominent, with 2 stereid bands and 3-, large guide cells, percurrent to excurrent, 75-05 p at base, arista sometimes about as long as the lamina. Margin of smooth, elonzated cells, subdenticulate (rarely serrate) in the upper half. Cells in upper lamina 20-22 p x 15-22 y, in mid-lamina 17-20 - 7.5-10 p (both pluri- papillose with C-shaped papillae), Basal cells hyaline, lax, hexagonal, 55-70 x 10-22 p, with smooth walls. Rhizoids smooth. Gemmae brown, of 6-10 cells, smooth, attacned t° the arista, the back of the costa, or sometimes to the stem by l-2 hyaline cells leaving papilla-like fra¢- ments when the gemmae break loose. Sporophyte unknown. TYPE: Sobre humus, lu::ares sombreados y humedosSe Bosque de Pinus hartwegii. 20 km. #. de Amecameca, 19°15! N, 98°37! W. Mexico. A C&rdenas 393, Noviembre 21, 198) (type, MEXU; isotype, TENN). Ackmowledgements. Thanks are due Dr. Claudio Delga- dillo 4. for assistance with the description and the illustrations; and to CONACYT for financial assistance under project PCHCBNA-03018). Fig. 1-7 Streptopogon rzedowskii Cardenas. 1. Habit, moist. 2. Propaguliferous leaves. 3. Veretative leaves. he Median leaf cells. 5. Upper leaf cells. 6. Cross- section of leaf. 7. Gemmae. Figs. 1-3, scale = 1 m. Figse 4-7, scale = 0.1 m. 297 298 POHEY TT OCL.O°GOL FA Vol. 67, (Meera TAXONOMIC STUDIES ON ASTER L. (COMPOSITAE) Kadria A.Ahmed, Azza M.F.Khafagi and Re El-Gazzar Botany Dept., Faculty of Science for Girls, Al-Azhar Univ., Cairo, Egypt. and “College of Agricultural Sciences and Food, King Faisal Univ., P.O. Box 380, Hofuf, Saudi Arabia. ABSTRACT Variation in a set of 41 characters from vegetative morphology, stem anatomy, epidermal trichomes of the outer involucral bracts and achenes, pappus type as welj as the distribution of trichome types and forms of calcium oxalate crystals in the different parts of ray and disc florets was recorded comparatively for each of 37 species and infra-specific taxa of Aster L. The data- matrix was used to construct a non-indented dichotomous key to these taxa. INTRODUCTION Aster L. is the type genus of Compositae(Asteraceae), comprising ca. 500 species of which nearly 50% are concentrated in North America. Despite recent intensive efforts by numerous authors (e.g. Fernald, 1950; Munz, 1968; Merxmuller, Schreiber and Yeo, 1976; Lippert, 1973 and 1980; Rommel 1977 and 1979), the circumscription of Aster remains a subject for much taxonomic controversy. Relationships of Aster to other genera (e.g. Erigeron, Tripolium, Galatella, Calimeris, Sericocarpus, Callistephus, Amellus, Biotia, Eremiastrum, Heliastrum, Corethrogyne, Machaeranthera, Olearia) have for long been a source of wide discrepancies between taxonomic accounts of the family (e.g. Hoffmann, 1894; Bentham and Hooker, 1876; De Candolle, 1836; Lindley, 1853). While some authors regrarded some or all of these genera as separate from Aster, others treated them wholly or partly as its subgenera. Furthermore, within Aster the species continue to be notoriously difficult to identify. It is believed that this difficulty is due primarily to the almost total lack of comparative observations recorded consistently for each species. The present study attempts, therefore, to construct an identificatory key based on the widest possible range of comparative aspects of variation exhibited by a reasonably representative sample of the genus sensu lato (see Table 1). OBSERVATION No a priori limitations have been imposed on the sources of observations; provided the range of variation in a character lends itself to accurate definition into 300 Pol Ve TeOnk: Oc: Ty A Vol. 61, No. 5 Table 1: List of 37 taxa of Aster sensu lato included in the present study. a No. taxa taxa a Aster acris L. A. acuminatus Michx. adscendens lindl. alpinus L. allaicus Willd. amellus L. bellidiastrum Scopa. A.chinensis L.(-Callistephus) A. cinereus kotsch. A. cordifolius L. A. divaricatus L. A. ericoides L. A. Laevis L. A. lateriflorus (L.) BoEiLet. A. linosyris Bernh. A. longicaulis Desf. DC. lowrieanus Porter. ex macrophyllus L. nemoralis Ait. novae-angliae L. novi-belgii L. Patens Ait. prenanthoides muhl. punctatus Waldst kit. puniceus L. radula Ait. sagittifolius Wedemyer. 28. 29. 30. ad. 32. 33. 34. 35is 36. Sihis A. sagittifolius. Wedemyer f. hirtellus (Lindl.) Shinners. Ae Ait. A. A. A. Hieron. A. Ae A. A. A. salicifolius. simplex Willd. spectrabilis Ait. suamatus (Sprengel ) subulatus Michx. tenebrosus Burgess tripolium L. umbellatus Mill. undulatus L. 1986 Ahmed, Khafagi, & El-Gazzar, Studies on Aster 301 a number of character states, it has been included among the list of attributes (Table 2) forming the basis of the intended key. It is evident from Table 2 that the 41 characters have been taken from such diversified sources as gross vegetative morphology, stem anatomy, epidermal trichomes and mesophyll structure of the outer involucral bracts and achenes, pappus type, and the distribution of epidermal trichome types and forms of calcium oxalate crystals in the different parts of ray flowers (RF) and disc flowers (DF). The comparative recording of all 41 characters for each of the 37 Aster species and infra specific taxa is given in Table 3. Although all char- acters are easy to observe, some are illustrated in Figs. 1-23. THE KEY There follows a non-indented dichotomous key to the 37 taxa of Aster under investigation. This is by no means intended to be the last word on the identification of asters, but merely an example of how to overcome the seemingly unsurmountable identificatory problems involved with relatively large assemblages of species from this genus, through the consistent recording of characters in the fashion shown in Table 3. Furthermore, the data- matrix presented in Table 3 is a permanent record of the species and their characters. Such data-matrix can be easily expanded to cover a much wider range of characters and/or species. The following key has been synthesized manually, but the data-matrix on which the key is based may also be subjected to some of the computer programmes designed for key construction, thus saving the greater part of the time and effort expended on the process. 302 Parra: Orr R Vol. 61, No. & Table 2: List of 41 characters recorded comparatively for 37 taxa of Aster sensu lato. Symbols (+ , -) or serial numbers are assigned to character-states and used to denote them in the data-matrix (in Table 3). * =a character-state is missing or inapplicable. 1. 2. Stem: Indumentum: Leaves: Bracts: Capitula: Pappus: Ray flowers: Present +/ absent (dwarf) -. Schiszogenous canals in cortex, present +/ absent - (inapplicable if stem absent). schizogenous canals in phloem, present +/ absent - (inapplicable if stem absent). pith solid +/ hollow - (inapplicable if stem absent). pith parenchymatous +/ lignified - (inapplicable if stem absent). glabrous +/ grey-canescent -. margin entire +/ not so -. petiolate 1/ sessile 2/ decurrent 3. length/breadth ratio of blade (L/B ratio). apex acute 1/acuminate 2/obtuse 3. one-—nerved +/ many—nerved -. vein(s) branched +/ unbranched -. fibres in mesophyll abundant +/few or absent -. glandular hairs present +/absent -. eglandular hairs present +/absent -. appendaged hairs present +/ absent -. entangled hairs present +/absent -. solitary terminal +/in aggregates -. corymbose +/ otherwise - (inapplicable if solitary terminal *). apex 2-celled +/ more than 2-celled -. (RFs): glandular hairs on petals present +/ absent -. eglandular hairs on petals present +/ absent -. glandular hairs on achene present +/ absent -. eglandular biseriate hairs on achene present +/ absent -. rosette crystals in testa present +/ absent -. pirsmatic crystals in testa present +/ absent -. rosette crystals in achene present +/ absent -. prismatic crystals in achene present +/ absent -. 1986 Ahmed, Khafagi, & El-Gazzar, Studies on Aster 303 29. 30. Disc flowers 31. 32s 33. 34. 35 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. Ae rosette crystals in style present +/ absent -. prismatic crystals in style present+/ absent -. (DiaFiesd € glandular hairs on petals present +/ absent -. eglandular hairs on petals present +/ absent -. staminal auricle present +/ absent -. glandular hairs on achene present +/ absent -. eglandular biseriate hairs on achene present +/ absent -. rosette crystals in testa present +/ absent’ -. prismatic crystals in testa present +/ absent -. rosette crystals in achene present +/ absent -. prismatic crystals in achene present +/ absent -. rosette crystals in style present +/ absent -. prismatic crystals in style present +/ absent -. 304 = missing or inapplicable, first state of a qualitative cheracter and listed in Vable 2; « 41 correspond to cheracters 1 - 41 in Table 2 respectively, to ite second state es is assixned to the Columns 1 - Table 3: Comparative observations on 41 characters recorded for 37 species of Aster, + s 10 tl 12 13 Jl 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 2 25 % 27 2% 29 303) 32 35 Su 3S 36 37 3B 39 40 4} k a =) Oo < a < 3 Oo b] 12354645678 SPSCISS PHY TOLOQGHA a _— _—- —_ ter irr tere reirrier ere rae et irecn 0, Stanes ter bereer eer deri reer ererere ze tt rdiererrirt Terre rere terere te eee teeeterergre ttre a Ha Tea SPL eer er eereeier edb er rrr tire eer bree rire e+ ¢ © e's oOo SSO? 4 TPH SH GTee Fe 11ers + H+ HT TS SC ae ee 0 te 8 0 Se 8 OO 1h ae 88 ete eae Cork Ete eked Qk Dlliet Cee Ue Ue 8 ee ee ees HE ese FSS Se FOF O48 FFU St He OF SF 4 OS eee Pee err trreer eee Prtertee re tte rer t ter eon Ue Re ee eee a ee. eg Eg.) ae ee EE 0: Cee. Cale ite +P errelerrererriertire er Pe ertire rere errrer ert eee & ek 0 ie see, SUP RO Ee tet ih a v 0 ate SUC ee oe 8 SAT wl ele 0. 6 Sete: Tete: 8 2 +t tl tees ++ > 6 o + aud fe See KE+ Cp8oeo tte 6 EU be Sees +e etree eer dere eed errdeerere ere etre trier STP LE HE FEDS OSD SHEETS FF SUUG Cth err Ter es SUL oe oe 6 Os Sle FV vee bee 8h 8 th ts ee eee Qeve tr Ow OW 1 Ue Hest for ey ee be be eae irre reer eee ore eri rrlere ere err errerire+i bo | Yay fie Yee omy Yee oem Yor es Jett Viet og ort Yim Jee Jot Joe NOR Pet Te Wome Jet Ui Jt Ji SE cee Yate | rer err ian etee err re er dereedberr dee err err ter tirere Peed irr lerererrer errr ee iree Pitre ieritler + ee cee er 9 er eee ete rs OO er 0 eee Ces + eRe BOP TE Me) Pot Eee Ue eee eee 1 CPA eee eek ee oe 8 ee ee eee : . * tiver+tierrerered retiree er er eerlrrrrrer irri t+ rt rrr er err reer rrr errr errr eerrhlrrerrrer Ces © EER Se OR Here Oe tte OS be see Pebeeov_tererottetret eevee ee Us £3 le 2) eee ' PU er eTUSsSCsePoeoverivere Ve Ser ters tte + ++ Se ne) AMOR via sete seis os enn HNMR RRR ENR ON RRR NNR eee eK NM ee Meee | DAWF Nr AODN WNEDOWNV hs SVS TF NHNOMDVee eee e) io apenas Ca EC OMOeO RDO OO ° ° eens as DOMNTANDS KRMNMMONK MONTNOIN GEE OMORES 2 HON - - — <— NEANNN KE NN KE NNN RK NN KE NNN MNNNNNNNN RK NANN OE MN 4+Uerrleni) ee fit + heres OF + 0) > Oe ee eee So Bib © cleek se Suh eine "ical é betemeradn ade 6 de ee trier rrer eee tur +r Pb bre rrr rrr r rede er err err eer rte tre ire PSO ct FURS a ee ee ee et Pee et © 0 © Oa ee is Mt aan ae Yi Se Jet It mt Jie) Jie co es Se Yi fe 1 oe 0 oo ee 8) 1B ete PP yiby AVE: Owe aor at ee DES. ot OPS BE + ++ oe + Ze ji rm) 3 A a a ~ & “4 co . Gy a ua e “ an Sc a a “ oO vo aaas ov & a 2 os. = v0 “dns “a S wa a a we AGE And “a aa c s nw #¥W OBA wD DW ° Q Anoonn = ped etss. v eo Va NO® ABAD aA CH DHUn OHHIaT uw tdeet 3) uantunuan aud HOOK DVfCHaY » PDDHAT RP HYP KH OY WO A BeEVISveiVAA HA ORDYVADTIAGDGDANVDYDGDHHP HOM UAL Gris VNR HABA DAVE LOM LANA OK YD IRA GB OP OY OP Het GAO DMA UARMEOAAOVGDOFULOWL ODA DOCWVLHOHARMATDGGAVIYVD BRUYUIPAHAECFAH OH EAOROEF>PTYVOHY Cov~nAwWwodaEeE CVUOk BLUE OARK VERMA ODOnODVOODTLAIIAGCNVVIDCH KE VEEO VEXDOUGDVVIVERAAAABR EEL BAAHRUMHAHHNNH SAL ‘ Weecetecwoeseesoeesee was @ 6a ws 6 6 6 6 (eo OU ULB 8 SC 8 UO US eee Ye. ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee @ 6 © © € 6 6 6.6.8 @. 8) BedIOA8 0.848. 6 D 6 Wye © 19.0 0 497678 ee KNOT NOME DHWIEKENMTNOEDNO KNMTHNOLR OHNO eK VT Ow (~ KOPP KKK KK KNNNN NN NNN CIO | | | | | 1986 Ahmed, Khafagi, & El-Gazzar, Studies on Aston ; 5 3 4 5 6 Fig9s.1-6.Morphology of outer involucral bracts- Figs-1-3, one-nerved; Figs. 4-6, many—nerved; Figs. 3&6, with patches of fibres in mesophyll . | ‘ ; 7 8 10 Figs. 7&8. Pappus Hairs. Figs.9-11. Petal Hairs. Fid-7, 2—-celled apex; Figs. 9410, eglandular. Fig.8, many-celled apex. Fig-11, glandular. 306 13 12 PHETOQEOELA ‘ 14 23 18 21 19 17 e¥) 22 Figs. 12-20. Epidermal trichomes involucral bracts- Figs. 12-16 hairs; Figs-17&18, appendaged eglandular 20 of outer ’ glandular hairs; Fig .19;5 hair; Fig- 20, entangled hair. Figs. 21-23. Hairs on achenes glandular; Figs. 228 23; biseriate o> Figg SR egladular. 1986 10. 11. 12. Ahmed, Khafagi, & El-Gazzar, Studies on Aster 307 A non-indented dichotomous key to the 37 taxa of Aster under investigation Plants grey-canescent, with entangled hairs plants glabrous, hairs without entangled Capicula sols tary terminally. cc cisiecice « Capitula in aggregateS ..ccccccccccce Bracts several-nerved, with fibrous mesophyll; canals in cortex Bracts uninerved, canals in cortex without fibres; no Anthers auricled, bracts with Glandular Nairs eececescccccccccccece Anthers not auricled, bracts without Glandular hairs ccccccccccccccccccces Leaf-margin entire, 2-celled. Leaf-margin toothed, pappus apex with more than 2 cells pappus apex Pith hollow e@eeeseeees#es8es#es eeeeseees7neee8ee2 02808808 Pith solid Cortéx without canals; pith lignified Canals in cortex; pith parenchymatous L/B ratio of leaves at least 17 L/b ratio 2-8 Bracts with simple veins and no fibres; achenes with biseriate eglandular hairs; anthers auricled .............- Bracts with branched veins and fibres; achenes without biseriate eglandular hairs; anthers not auricled Leaves sessile; glandular hairs on leaves, bracts and achenes Leaves petioled; leaves and bracts; eglandular hairs on achenes glabrous.. Rays with eglandular hairs .......... Rays without eglandular hairs ....... Leaf Leaf margin entire, apex acute margin toothed, apex obtuse As cinereus Dw altaicus 5 chinensis A.bellidiastrum 7 sill umbellatus 8 A. tripolium 9 A. A. nemoralis 10 A. sguamatus A. cordifolius 12 A\3 A. amellus A. tenebrosus 308 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. AS. 20. 21. 22. 23. rat b Oe ee. re All achenes with eglandular biseriate hairs No eglandular biseriate hairs on achenes L/B ratio of leaves 17 or more ..eee. L/B ratio 11 or less (13 in Az PUNCEALUS) wee cece ee ewer eceecceees Bracts with 1 simple vein, fibres and appendaged hairs; anthers auricled; rosettes in achene and style of D.F.. Bracts with many branched veins, no fibres and no appendaged hairs; anthers not auricled; no rosettes in achene and style of D.F. Plant stemless Stem present eeeeveeeveeeeeeeeee8 82802880 Leaves conspicuously petioled ....... Leaves sessile or decurrent Pappus apex 2-celled; rosettes in testa; rosettes and prismatics in style of R.F. Pappus apex oo-celled; no rosettes in testa; no crystals in style of R.F... eseeceeveeveeeeveeneeee ee ee ee and Rosette crystals in all achenes, in style of R.F. Rosettes absent in the same organs... Anthers auricled; achenes prismatics in no prismatics eoseeeeveveeeveeeee2ee2 eee 8 SF FH e Anthers not auricled; in achenes Anthers auricled Anthers not auricled Glandular hairs on petals and achenes absent, no prismatics in style ...... Glandular hairs on petals and achenes present; prismatics in style present. Pappus apex 2-celled; bracts without Glandular NAirS cesses eeeecceceseces Pappus apex oo-celled; bracts with Glandular hairs seecceneeessressevcece A.acuminatus 14 15 16 A.ericoides A.linosyris A. macrophyllus a7 18 21 A.lowrieanus 29 20 A. undulatus A. divaricatus A.sagittifolius f. hirtellus meet i. . ee 27 A. radula 23 24 25 1986 24. 25. 26. res 28. 29. BO). Sikes 32. 33. BA. 35's Ahmed, Khafagi, & El-Gazzar, Studies on Aster Leaf-margin entire; bract with branched vein and no fibres Leaf-margin dentate;bract with simple vein and fibres L/Byratto, 23. pith biqnified ).. Vass. 6 L/B ratio 7 or more; pith parenchymatous @eeeseeeseeeeseeeeeeneeeseeeeese eeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeece Leaf-—margin dentate; no rosettes in achene , prismatics in style present rosettes in achene NOwpEUsMakLesPiINnwStY Leki. soe Leaf-margin entire; present; Capitula in corymbose arrangement.... Saoreula Mot \COLYMDOSE ss cs ccc. cc's s cre Leaf-margin dentate; no canals in stem... Leaf-margin entire; canals in cortex. Bracts l-nerved with fibres,glandular and appendaged hairs absent on bracts and petals; pappus apex a-—celled... Bracts oo-nerved and no fibres, glandular and appendaged hairs on bracts; petals with glandular hairs; Peppus vapexH2—Cell ed). sciac's « erlele «crests Pappus Pappus apex co-celled apex 2-celled eeeveeveeeeeeee eee Canals in cortex present; pith lignified,bracts with glandular hairs No canals in stem; pith parenchymatous; bracts without glandular hairs....... Boacts with glandular hNairs ....cscese Bracts without glandular hairs ...... L/B ratio of leaf 12 or more, petals without gland. hairs; no canals in PmvOem espe Loma tC! oleisielelsislspeheusieuele L/B ratio of leaf less than 7;petals with gland. hairs; canals in phloem; pith parenchymatous Leaf-apex acute; bracts with fibres.. Leaf-apex obtuse; fibres absent...... Leaf-margin entire; Gr Reiki. Leaf-margin dentate; sityle of RF. rosettes in style eeeveveeveevereeeeeeee eee eseeeeeees no rosettes in 309 A.novi-belgu A. longicaulis ial 32 A. adscendens A.sagittifolius 33 35 A. punctatus liae A. laevis 36 310 PcH Vi E@ek ,Oc6- bak Vol. 61, No. 5 36. L/B 3; prismatics in testa, achene & style. A.lateriflorus L/B 8.4, rosettes in testa, achene & style. A. puniceus LITERATURE CITED Bentham, G. and Hooker, J.D. (1976). Genera Plantarum, II. Reeve, London. De Candolle, A.P. (1936). Prodromus Systematis Regni Vegetabilis. V. Paris. Fernald, M.L. (1950). Gray's Manual of Botany, ed. 8. American Book Co., New York. Hoffmann, O. (1894). Compositae, in A. Engler and K. Prantl's (eds.) Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien, Iv-5. Leipzig. Merxmuller, H., Schreiber, A. and Yeo, P.F. (1976). Aster L., in T.G. Tutin et al (eds.)Flora Europaea, 4. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge. Munz, P.A. (1968). A California Flora. Univ. of Cali- fornia Press, U.S.A. Lindley, J. (1853). The Vegetable Kingdom, ed. 3. Bradbury and Evans, London. Lippert, W. (1973). Revision der Gattung Aster in Afrika. Mitt. Bot. Staatssamm. Munchen, 11: 153-258. Lippert, W. (1980). Aster L., in J. Grau and W.Lippert's the Compositae of the Flora Zambesiaca area. II- Asteraceae (continued). Kirkia,12(1):1-14. Rommel, A. (1977). Die Gattung Amellus L. (Asteraceae- Astereae). Systematischer Teil. Mitt. Bot. Staatssamm. Munchen, 13: 579-728. Rommel, A. (1979). Die Gattung Amellus L. (Asteraceae Astereae). Allgemeiner Teil. Mitt. Bot. Staatssamm Munchen, 15: 243-329. NEW SPECIES OF GIGANTOPTERIDACEAE FROM THE LOWER PERMIAN OF TEXAS Sergius H, Manay Department of Paleobiology, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560 In their article on Upper Paleozoic floral zones and floral provinces, Read and Mamay (1962) recognized two new species of Permian plants, which they designated as “Gigantopteris new species A" and "Gigantopteris new species B", Inasmuch as that article was of biostratigraphic rather than taxonomic nature, the two new plants served a useful purpose as easily recognizeable guide fossils, notwithstanding the absence of formal names or diag- noses. However, Permian paleobotany has experienced a resurgence in the past decade or so, and recently published references to these unnamed plants indicate the need for formal nomenclatural designations. Accordingly the names Cathaysiopteris yochelsonii, n. sp. (for Gigantopteris n. sp. B) and Zeilleropteris wattii, n. sp. (for Gigantopteris n. sp. A) are proposed here. CATHAYSIOPTERIS YOCHELSONII Mamay, n. sp. Gigantopteris new species B, Read and Mamy, 1964, p. K15, Dilemien bd Ge, 2 Specific diagnosis: Leaves large (to 20cm long), petiolate, dichotomously divided; the two laminar lobes oblong, of equal lenath (to 18 cm above the point of division of the midrib), to 6 cm wide at the broadest point, with outer sides slightly wider than the inner; margins sinuous to crenate, with sinuses 4 to 15 mm apart; apices of lobes acute with blunt tips; leaf bases acute. Petioles short, stout. Veins pinnate, in three orders, Midrib stout, to 3 mm wide, forking once, well above the laminar base; divisions of the midrib (primary veins) straight, forming an acute angle (app. 30 degrees), each extending to the tip of a laminar lobe. Secondary veins stout, opposite or alternate, slightly decurrent in distal parts of the leaf but mostly straight and parallel; secondaries departing at angles of 30 to 80 degrees with the primary veins, those toward the laminar apex creating the narrowest angle; secondaries 6 to 18 mm apart, each terminating undivided at the convexity of a marginal crenation, Tertiary veins delicate, produced from both sides of the secondaries or directly from the primaries, those of secondary origin departing at angles of 50 to 75 degrees, with the narrowest angles generally formed in distal parts of the leaf, and those of primary origin departing at perpendicular to slightly wi icies angles; tertiaries to 8 mm long, 3 312 PHYTO@OLOGEIA Vol. 61, No. mostly 4 to 6 mm, alternate to opposite, closely spaced at inter- vals of approximately 0.5 mm, essentially straight and parallel, joining sutural veins at approximately equal intervals; tertiaries mostly undivided but occasionally dichotomizing once, most commonly toward leaf margins and usually occurring shortly beyond the point of departure from the secondary; tertiaries never anastomosing or fasciculate. Sutural veins delicate, one departing immediately above each secondary and bisecting the angle between the secondary and primary, arching outward, then following a straight course parallel to and halfway between the two adjacent secondaries, and terminating undivided at the margin in a sinus or marginal con- cavity. Those tertiaries proximal to a sutural vein are derived from a secondary vein; the first few distal tertiaries are derived from the primary vein and are succeeded by tertiaries of secondary origin. Holotype: USNM 41776, Paleobotanical collections of the U.S. National Museum; Read and Mamay, 1964, pl. 19, fig. 2. Paratypes: USNM 406021-406027. Geographic, stratigraphic source of type specimens: Quarry on C.O. Patterson property 6 mi, SW of Lawn, southern part of Taylor Co., Texas; SW %, S,. 436 of M.P. King Survey. Shale in the lower part of the Vale Formation, Clear Fork Group, Leonardian Series, Lower Permian. Derivation of name: The specific name refers to E.L. Yochelson, who found the holotype. Comments: The presence of a sutural vein in a system otherwise entailing three orders of venation, the simplicity and close spacing of the tertiary veins, and the long, very narrow meshes between the tertiaries are characteristics of Cathaysiopteris yochelsonii that closely resemble the venation of C. whitei (Halle) Koidzumi from the Lower Permian of China and Japan, originally described by Halle (1927) as Gigantopteris whitei;these resemblances exclude all other gigantopteridaceous species from comparative consider- ation, The two species are distinguished from each other, however, by the following differences in venation: thesecondary veins of C, yochelsonii persist without dividing, to the leaf margin, while those of C, whitei lose their identity a short distance from the margin by dividing into several fine, forking veinlets that con-= tinue to the margin; the secondary veins of C, yochelsonii create angles of 30 to 80 degrees with the primaries, while those of C. whitei are mostly perpendicular; angles ofdeparture of the terti- aries measure from 50 to 75 degrees in C, yochelsonii, but they are only 30 degrees or so in C, whitei; in C. yochelsonii each sutural vein originates immediately above the point of origin of the sub- jacent secondary, but in C. whitei the sutural veins originate midway between adjacent secondaries, 1986 Mamay, New species of Gigantopteridaceae 313 Because of the limited and fragmentary nature of available material of these species, a satisfactory comparative appraisal of their gross leaf architecture is not possible, The probability exists, however, that two fundamentally different leaf forms are represented by the fossils. The Texas specimens are all incomplete but the better specimens suggest the dichotomously divided lamina of an otherwise undissected leaf; one specimen of C. whitei, on the other hand, is pinnately compound (Asama, 1959, p. 66). ZEILLEROPTERIS WATTII Mamay, n. sp. Gigantopteris new species A, Read and Mamay, 1964, p. K15, Due LO eeagie ai Specific diagnosis: Leaves large (to 32 cm long, 27 cm wide), petiolate, dichotomously divided; the two laminar lobes broad, ob-= long, of equal length (to 25 cm above the point of division of the midrib), to 13 cm wide at the broadest point, with both sides equal- ly developed; margins very shallowly sinuous or crenate with sinuses 7 to 25 mm apart; apices of the lobes acute with rounded tips; leaf bases rounded. Petiole short, stout (to 6 mm wide). Veins pinnate, in four orders, Midrib stout, to 6 mm wide, forking once, approximately 5 cm above the laminar base; divisions of the midrib (primary veins) stout, separating at an acute angle (app. 50 degrees), slightly bent admedially for a short distance above the point of division, each extending to the tip of a laminar lobe, Secondary veins stout, opposite to alternate, arising 1.0 to 2.5 cm apart, narrowly decurrent for a short distance from the primary, then bending sharply outward, proceeding undivided in a straight course to the laminar margin and usually terminating at the con- vexity of a crenation; basal secondaries slightly obtuse, the angles of departure decreasing distally to approximately 50 de- grees; secondaries parallel near the primaries, becoming more dis- tant toward the margins. Tertiary veins delicate, arising from both sides of the secondaries or directly from the primaries, those of secondary origin narrowly decurrent, then describing angles of 60 to 80 degrees, those of primary origin perpendicular to slight- ly obtuse; tertiaries alternate to opposite, to 1 cm long, mostly 3 to 7 mm, spaced 3 to 6 mm apart, slightly curved toward leaf apex, parallel, becoming divided toward ends into several quaterna- ry veins that dichotomize sparingly, fuse with similar veins from adjacent and opposing tertiaries or join a weakly developed, zigzag intersecondary sutural vein to form small, narrow, triangular to polygonal meshes. Quaternary veins mostly less than 2 mm long, spaced 0.5 to 1.0 mm apart, forming angles of 35 to 70 degrees; quaternaries dichotomizing sparingly, anastomosing rarely; tips of ultimate veinlets meeting those from the adjacent tertiary or from tertiaries of primary origin at a zigzag, weak or nearly obscure intertertiary sutural vein, forming many narrow, triangular to polygonal meshes, Sutural veins generally less robust than the quaternaries; one intertertiary sutural vein departing 314 Prac¥’ Tt Onkoo-G'T A Vol. 61, No. 5 directly above each tertiary, bisecting the angle between the terti- ary and secondary, arching outward, and joining the intersecondary sutural vein. Holotype: USNM 41775, Paleobotanical collections of the U.S. National Museum; Read and Mamay, 1964, pl. 19, fig. l. Paratypes: USNM 406028-406032. Geographic, stratigraphic source of type specimens: Old roadcut 225 yards west of U.S. Highway 183-283, 0.4 mi. south of Lake Kemp spillway, 6 mi. north of Mabelle, Baylor Co., Texas. Siltstone in upper part of the Lueders Limestone, Wichita Group, Leonardian Series, Lower Permian, Derivation of name: The specific name refers to A.D. Watt, who found the holotype. Comments: With its four orders of venation and both inter= secondary and intertertiary sutural veins, the Texas mterial is clearly referable to the genus Zeilleropteris, proposed by Koidzumi (1936) in his article describing the family Gigantopteridaceae, The type species, Z. yunnanensis Koidzumi, and Z. yujiaensis (Huang) Li and Yao (1983) are the only previously named species of this genus; both are from the Permian of China. Zeilleropteris wattii closely resembles the Chinese species, and only minor differences are ap- parent in the venation patterns. The type specimen of Z. yunnan- ensis, first illustrated by Zeiller (1907, fig. 15, 15a), has neither midrib nor margin, and shows only a small area of the leaf, bounded by parts of four secondary veins. The sutural veins are visible, however, and they appear to be straight, while those of Z. wattii are zigzagged; additionally, the meshes of Z. yunnanensis are narrower and directed forward at narrower angles than those of Z. Wattii., Z. yujiaensis, originally described by Huang (1980, p. 558, fig. 37) as Gigantonoclea yujiaensis, also differs from Z. wattii in having straight or only weakly curved sutural veins in contrast to the zigzag pattern in Z. wattii. Further, Huang illus- trated a nearly complete leaf, showing a large, undivided lamina with irregularly lobed margins. This is in marked contrast to the dichotomous leaf form of Z. wattii, best seen in USNM 406028, Recognition of the new taxa Cathaysiopteris yochelsonii and Zeilleropteris wattii provides a significant point of generic com parisons between the Permian floras of North America and Asia. The presence of the distinctive venation patterns of Cathaysiopteris and Zeilleropteris in such distantly separated regions is phyto- geographically noteworthy, However, these similarities are not paralleled in distribution of gross leaf morphologies. Compound leaves have not been found in the American gigantopterids. Their leaves are undivided, as in Delnortea abbottii Mamy, Miller, 1986 Mamay, New species of Gigantopteridaceae 315 Rohr, and Stein (1986), or dichotomously divided, as in Gigantopter= idium americanum (White) Koidzumi (1936), Cathaysiopteris yochelsonii, and Zeilleropteris wattii. Among the Asiatic members of Gigantopteridaceae, on the other hand, only one (Aipteris hirsuta Sikstel, 1962) shows foliar dichotomy; all the others are either undivided or pinnately compound. The summary effects of the nomenclatural adjustments presented here are to establish the presence in North America of two genera of Gigantopteridaceae previously known only in Asia, and to empha- size that the genus Gigantopteris, as treated by Koidzumi (1936), Asama (1959), and others, is not presently known to occur in North America. REFERENCES CITED Asama, K. 1959. Systematic study of s-called Gigantopteris. Tohoku Univ. Japan, 2nd Ser. (Geol.) 32(1): 1-72, pl. 1-20. Halle, T.G. 1927, Paleozoic plants from Central Shansi. Pal. Sinica, ser. A, vol. 2(1): 1-316, pl. 1-64. Huang, Ben=-hong et al. 1980. Paleontological Atlas of Northeast China, vol. 1. Paleozoic. Geol. Publ. House, Beijing. Koidzumi, G. 1936. The Gigantopteris flora. Acta Phytotaxonomica et Geobotanica, Japan, 5(2): 130-139. Li Xing=xue, and Yao Zhao-qi. 1983. Current studies of Gigantopterids., Palaeontologia Cathayana 1: 309-326. Mamay, S.H., Miller, J.M., Rohr, D.M., and Stein, W.E. Jr. 1986. Delnortea, a new genus of Permian plants from west Texas. Phytologia 60(5): 545-546, Read, C.B., and Mamay, S.H. 1964. Upper Paleozoic floral zones and floral provinces of the United States, U.S. Geol. Surv, Prof, Paper 454-K: 1-35, pl. 1-19. Sixtel, T.A. 1961. Representatives of gigantopterids and associated plants in the Madygen Series of Ferghana, Palaeont. Zh, (1)2 151-158. (In Russian). Zeiller, R. 1907, Note sur quelques empreintes vegetales des gites de charbon du Yunnan meridional, Annales Mines, tome 10: 5-27. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XXVIII Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional & emended bibliegraphy: Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot. 861. 1712; Thunb., Fl. lap., imp. 1, 255--257. 1784; Lour., Fl. Cochinch., ed. 1, imp. 1, 2: 387--389 & 704. 1790; Banks, Select. Pl. Kaempf. pl. 58=°1791; Jacga,: Icon. Pl. Raree3 (8)c.7pl.25005, 1782. Retties Gesell. Naturforsch. Freunde Berl., Neue Schrift. 4: 203. 1803; Blume, Bijdr., Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 807--812. 1826; Loisel.-Deslong., Herb. Gén. Amat. 8: pl. 519. 1827; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 2: 322. 1827; Reider, Ann. Blumist. 8: pl. [6]. 1832; Decaisne, Nouv. Ann. Mus, Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 399--400. 1834; Loisel.-Deslong., Herb. Amat. 8: pl. 519. 1835; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. 1, 263 & 268. 1838; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 613 & 616. 1842; Morr., Ann. Soc. Roy. Agr. Bot. Gand. 1: [17]J--20, pl. 3. 1848; Sieb. & Zucc., Abhand]. Akad. Muench. Math.-Phys. 4 (3) [Fl. Jap. Fam. Nat. 2J: 153--154 & 234--235. 1846; Regel. Gartenfl. 5: 125, [353] & 354/355, pl. 178. 1856; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. Suppl. Sumatra 568. 1860; C. Muell. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 5: 710--712. 1860; W. J. Hook., Curtis Bot. Mag. 88 [ser. 3, 18]: pl. 5294 & 5313. 1862; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Observ. Bot. 3]2: 14, 40, 94, 120, [177], 180, 183, 184, 213--217, & 224--226. 1863; Miq., Prol. Fl. Jap. 31. 1865; Mig., Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. 2: 299. 1866; Hance, Journ. Bot. Brit. 17 [ser. 2, 8]: 13. 1879; Baines, Garden Lond. 19: 453--454. 1881; Vatke, Linnaea 43: 537. 1882; Matsum.,Gakugei-sirin 14: 465. 1884; Nicholson, Illust. Dict. Gard. 2: 341. 1887; J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 25: 321--322. 1890; "W. W.", Garden Lond. 42: 94 & 562--563, pl. 868 & 889. 1892; Pynaert, Rev. Hort. Belg. 22: 252, 253, 284, & 287. 1896; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 711--715, fig. 151 C & D. 1899; Diels, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 29: 549--550. 1900; Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 28: 465--466. 1900; GUrke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 28: 176--177, 192, & [291 ]--305. 1900; DeWild., Ann. Mus. Congo Bot., ser. 4, 1: [Etud. Pl. Katang. | 117--120, pl. 37 & 38. 1903; DeWild., Syll. Fl. Congol. 439. 1909; Nakai, Fl. Korea 2: 136. 1911; Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 442. 1915; Rehd. in Sarg., Pl. Wils. 3: 375--377. 1916; Rodger in Lace, List Trees Shrubs Burma. ed. 2, 122, 132--133, & 203. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 6: 720--722. 1924; Sakag., Gen. Ind. Fl. Okin. 18. 1924; Neal, In Honolulu Gard. 270, 271, & 273--297, fig. 59e. 1928; Staney in Le- brun, Bull. Agr. Congo Belge 25: 425. 1934; Juliano & Guerrero, Philip. Agr. 24: 22--26. 1935; Madrid Moreno, Declar. Virt. Arb. Pl. 131, 132, & 174. 1936; Hu, Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Biol. Bot. 8: 354. 1938; Mold. in Pulle, Fl. Surin. 4 (2): 313--321. 1938; Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 103--120 & 153. 1942; Lam & Meeuse in Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 226 & 235--236. 1942; Meeuse, Blumea 5: 74--77. 1942; Fang, Icon. Pl. Omiens. 1 (2): pl. 69. 1944; Li,.Journ. Arnold Arb. 25: 315, 426--427, & 507. 1944; Bowden, Amer. Journ. Bot. 32: 195, 316 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerzodendrum 317 198, & 199, fig. 203 & 204. 1945; E. D. Merr., Chron. Bot. 10: 256, 269, & 341. 1946; P'ei, Bot. Bull. Acad. Sin. 1: 5 & 6. 1947; W. Robyns, F. Sperm. Parc Nat. Albert 2: 140--147, pl. 14. 1947; Matu- da, Amer. Mid]. Nat. 44: 576 & 675. 1950; Quisumb., Philip. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 16: 787--789, 1045, & 1208. 1951; Stellfeld, Trib. Farmac. 19 (10): 170. 1951; Snowden, Grass Comm. Mtn. Veg. Uganda 20, 24, 54, 60, & 94. 1953; Hocking, Dict. Terms Pharmacog., ed. 1, 53. 1955; Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kanazawa Univ. 4: [Enum. Trach. ] 49-- 50. 1955; J. K. Jacks., Journ. Ecol. 44: 350, 363, 363, & 365--367. 1956; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 96 & 504--506. 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran. 7: 4, 6, & 11. 1957; D. & B. Hargreaves, Hawaii. Bloss. 27. 1958; Angely, Fl. Paran 16: 45. 1964; D. & B. Hargreaves, Trop. Bloss. Fla. 29. 1960; Angely, Fl. Paran. 17: 46. 1961; Townsend, Excerpt. Bot. A.3: 127. 1961; Harler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 23, 159, 167, & 453. 1962; F. White & Angus, For. Fl. North. Rhodes. 365--[369], fig. 65. 1962; Hara & al., Spring Fl. Sikkim Himal. 129, pl. 221. 1963; Angely, Bibl. Veg. Paran. 253. 1964; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins., imp. 2, 1: 585 & 589--594. 1965; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. 2 [Cramer & Swan, Hist. Nat. Class. 39:] 205, 263, & 268. 1965; J. A. Hutchin- son, Journ. Tangan. Soc. 64: 105. 1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 162 & 164. 1965; Ohwi, Fl. Jap. 765. 1965; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 103. 1966; Maheshwari, Taxon 15: 43--44. 1966; Mahesh- wari & Chakrabarty, Phytomorph. 16: 75--80. 1966; Mold., Biol. Ab- str. 47: 6794. 1966; Anon., Ind. Bibl. Bot. Trop. 4 (1): 53. 1967; Glover, Gloss. Bot. Kipsig. Names, ed. 1, 158. 1967; Pal & Krishna- murthi, Flow. Shrubs 29--30 & 134--135. 1967; Santapau, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 16: 215. 1967; Westra, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 500. 1967; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49 (7): S.36. 1968; Maheshwari, Biol. Abstr. 49: 3251. 1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 267--269. 1968; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 754--758. 1969; Glover, Stewart, Fumerton, Marindany, & Anderson, Gloss. Bot. Kipsig Names, ed. 2, 232, 259, & 264. 1969; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 56. 1970; Sharma & Ghosh, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 24: 53. 1970; Van Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 5: Ind. ii. 1970; J. K. Jacks. in Eyre, World Veget. Types 94, 95, 97, 98, & 100. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 54 (7): B.A. S.1.C. S.53. 1972; Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav. UnivesOnn.. Bujumb. Fac. Sei. ¢.20): 60, 6l.e76,.98, 128, ,137,_& {230 ]--[232]. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 315. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Ind.e}2.92. 1972; V¥.-& H. Singh, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 69: 356. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291--292. 1974; Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 40, 59, 62, 170, & 266. 1974; Anon., Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew Libr. Curr. Awaren List 6: 26. 1978; Kochhummen, Malays. Forester 41: 29 & [31], fig. 2. 1978; Raizada, Indian Journ. For. 1: 153. 1978; Rouleau, Taxon 30: 940. 1981; Stafleu, Taxon 30: 135 & 156. 1981; Holmgren & al., Ind. Vasc. Pl. Type Microf. 441--442, 1985; Lowden, Taxon Ind. 100. 1986; Mold., Phytologia 61: 2/70--282. 1986; Tomlinson, Bot. Mangr. 186. 1986. CLERODENDRUM JAPONICUM (Thunb.) Sweet Additional bibliography: Thunb., Fl. Iap. 255. 1784; J. F. Gmel. 318 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 5 in Lig Syst. Nat. -ed 13, -inped 5 22:96". 1789s) Jacq. PColtects Bot. 3: 207. 1789; Lour., Fl. Cochinch., ed. 1, imp. 1, 2: 387--388. 1790; Banks, Icon. Select. Pl. Jap. Kaempf. pl. 58. 1791; Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 74. 17913; Jacq., Icon. Pl. Rar. 3 (8): 7, pl. 500% 17923! 3. Pe 'Gmet cin’ Les,’ Syste Nat.o%ed. TSy~imp. 2.: 2: 961 Sarees Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 182. 1797; Jacq., Pl. Rar. Schoenbr. 3: 48, pl. 338 A798 Wid in Le, Spe Ply, ed. 4 (5), °3 Oi)s aan 387. 1800; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot. Mus. Hist..Nat., ed. 1, 53. 1804; Vent., Jard. Malm. 2: pl. 70. 1804; Pers., Syn. Pl. 2: 145. 1806; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 689. 1808; Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 659. 1809; R. Br. in Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 4: 63. 1812; Roxb., Hort. Beng., imp. 1, 46. 1814; Desf., fool. Bot. Mus.-Hist. Nat., ed. 2, 64. 1815; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 364. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207 & 890. 1821; Edwards, Bot. Reg. 8: pl. 649. 1822; Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 2: 127. 1822; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 1, 85. 1823; Lodd., Bot. Cab. 8: pl. 796. 1823; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 759. 1825; Loisel.-Deslong., Herb. Gén. Amat. 8: pl. 519. 1827; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 2: 322. 1827; Loud., Encycl. Pl. 522. 1829; Wall., Numer. List [49], no. 1799. 1829; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247. 1830; Sieb., Verh. Batav. Genootsch. Kunst. 12: [Syn. Pl. Oecon. | 31. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 416. 1830; Cham., Linnaea 7: [105] ("150"). 1832; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 247. 1832; Loisel.-Deslong., Herb. Amat. 8: pl. 519. 1835; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. 1, 205. 1837; Maund, Bot- anist 1: pl. 13. 1837; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. 1, 263 & 268. 1838; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 247. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 1: 383: 1840; D. Dietr., Syn: Pl. 3% 613° & 616. V8425 Morne, Ann. Soc. Roy. Agr. Bot. Gand. 1: [17]--20, pl. 3. 1845; Walp., Rep- ert. Bot. Syst. 4: 101. 1845; Sieb. & Zucc., Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Muench. Math.-Phys. 4 (3): 153--154. 1846; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 656, 657, 666, 667, & 674. 1847; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 6: 691. 1847; Caspary, Dissert. Inaug. Nectar. pl. 3, fog. 31. 1848; Regel, Gartenfl. 5: [353], pl. 178. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Can- doll. 3: 503. 1858; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. Suppl. Sumatra 563. 1860; C. Muell. in Walp.,Ann. Bot. Syst. 5: 711. 1860; Bocqg., Adansonia, ser. 1 [Baill., Rec. Observ. Bot. 3:] 2:14; 403° 94, & 120, "1863" Miq., Prol. Fl. Jap. 31. 1865; Miq., Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. 2:9 299. 1866; Carr., Rev. Hort. 46: 110--111. 1874; Franch. & Savat., Enum. Pl. Jap. 1: 359. 18753 Hance; Journ’. Bot. Brit. 17°[ser<* 2." 69eebae 1879; Regel, Gartenfl. 29: 24. 1880; Baines, Garden Lond. 19: 453. 1881; Matsum., Gakuge-isirin 14: 465. 1884; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 589 & 593. 1885; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 31: 83--86. 1886; Maxim., Mél. Biol. i2: 521. 1886; Nicholson, Illust. Dict. Gard. 2: 341. 1887; "W. W.", Garden Lond. 42: 94 & 562, pl. 868. 1892; Lubbock, Seedlings 2: 373. 1892; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 560 & 561 (1893) and imp. 1, 2: 1219. 1895; Useful Pl. Jap. 2: pl. 500. 1895; Voss in Vilm., Blumengdrt. 1: 829 & 832. 1895; Pynaert, Rev. Hort. Belg. 22: 253. 1896; Duss, Ann. Inst. Colon. Marseille 3: [Fl. Phanerog. ] 468. 1897; Bretschneider, Hist. Europ. Bot. Discov. China 137. 1898; 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 319 Matsum., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 13: 131. 1899; Kuroiwa, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 14: 126. 1900; Mak., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 17: 91. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Sup- pl. 3: 44. 1908; Apgar, Orn. Shrubs U. S. 291, fig. 809. 1910; Nakai, Fl. Korea 2: 136. 1911; Léveillé, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 11: 298, 301, & 302. 1912; Matsumura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 532. 1912; E. H. Wils., Arnold Arb. Exped. China pl. 216. 1912; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (2): 334. 1915; Léveillé, Fl. Kouy-Tchéou 442. 1915; Backer, Tropische Natuur 5: 87 & 94. 1916; Rehd. in Sarg., Pl. Wilson. 3: 377. 1916; Léveilldé, Cat. Pl. Yun-Nan 277. 1917; Si- mada, Trans. Nat Hist. Soc. Formos. 31: 12. 1917; H. J. Lam, Verben- ac. Malay. Arch. 296. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 79, 80, 93, 108, 109, & ix. 1921; Chung, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (1): 228. 1924; Makino, Illust. Fl. Jap. [893]. 1924; Sakag., Gen. Ind. Fl. Okin. 18. 1924; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 238. 1930; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3); 124 & 140--144. 1932; P'ei, Sinensia 2: 74--75. 1932; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 1073. 1932; Rehd., Journ. Arnold Arb. 15: 325. 1934; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 862--864. 1935; E. D. Merr., Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., ser. 2, 24 (2): [Comment. Lour.] 337 & 420. 1935; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 624. 1936; Rehd., Journ. Arnold Arb. 17: 64 (1936) and 18: 286. 1937; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avi- Cem. 2s is, el, & 37. 19399 Mako, Tilust. FI. Nipp. "186. 1940; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 19--22 & 53. 1940; Mold. in Pulle, Fl. Surin. 4 (2): 314 & 317--318. 1940; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Second, imp. 1, 188. 1941; Fedde & Schust, Justs Bot. Jahres- ber. 60 (2): 572. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 2. 1941; Wors- dell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 238. 1941; Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 105, 106, & 119. 1942; Lam & Meeuse in Holthuis & Lam, Blumea 5: 236. 1942; Meeuse, Blumea 5: 77. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 16, 18, 20, & 56. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, Se toue so. 04, 57, 72, & 90.° 1942; Fang, Icon. Pl. Omiens. 1 2) pl. 69. 1944; H. J. Lam, Blumea 5: 768. 1945; Mold., Phytologia 2: 100. 1945; Schubert, Contrib. Gray Herb. 154: 23. 1945; Blume, Cat. Gewass., imp. 2, 85. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 560 & 561 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 1219. 1946; E. D. Merr., Sige. bot. hos 269. V946 > Mold., Alpn. List Cit. VW 42 79, 82. NOSteni2. JS. 164, 196,°270, & 271. 1946: Hill & Salisb., Ind= Kew. Supp]. 10: 245. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 4, 6, & 7. 1947; P'ei, Bot. Bull. Acad. Sin. 1: 6. 1947; Hara, Enum. Sperm. iapeseimo. |. 1s. ho7. 1o40>, Mold... Aliph. List Cit. 2: 340, 343. o44- S47, 3592, 399, 436, 484, 560, 563, 588, & 633 (1948), '3°°714, 823, 844, 849, 951, & 971 (1949), and 4: 997, 1011, 1017, 1019, 1046, 1086, 1097, & 1131. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., PUPAE 29, 07, 120. lol, Io45 130, loo, & loc. 1948-" Matuda.. Amer. Mid]. Nat. 44: 576. 1950; Mold. in Gleason, New Brit. Br. Illust. Fl. 3: 137 & 138. 1952; Somohara, Tawada, & Amano, Fl. Okin. 132. 1952; Pételot, Pl. Med. Cambod. Laos Vietn. 2 [Archiv. Rech. Agron. Past. Vietn. 18]: 255 (1954) and 4: 99. 1954; Masamune, Sci. Rep. Kanazawa Univ. 4: 49. 1955; Masamune, Enum. Trach. 7: 49. 1955; Synge in Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 505 & 506. 1956; Mattoon, Pl. Buyers Guide, ed. 6, 100. 1958; J. F. Macbr., 320 PHY. T.0.b20 G.Ts& Vol. 61, No. 5 Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): [Fl. Peru] 698. 1959; Mold., Résumé 8, 355.27, 88, 161, 1695.c1725:)75. A8Tsr 190,71 945.1216; 261 ,.n262er2603 265, 270, 272, 392, & 450. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 560 & 561 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 1219. 1960; Kitamu- ra & Okamoto, Col. Illust. Trees Shrubs Jap. 221. 1960; Gleason & Cronquist, Man. Vasc. Pl. 582. 1963; Hara & al., Spring Fl. Sikkim Himal. 129, pl. 221. 1963; H. Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: 439, 440, & 443. 1967; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 609. 1965; Banerji, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19 (2): 74. 1965; Hook. & Arn., Bot. Beech. Voy., imp. 2 [Cramer & Swan, Hist. Nat. Class. 39:] 205, 263, & 268. 1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 162. 1965; Ohwi, Fl. Jap. 765. 1965; Maheshwari, Taxon 15: 43-- 44, 1966; Maheshwari & Chakrabarty, Phytomorph. 16: 75--80. 1966; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 13: 6. 1966; Yamazaki in Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 269. 1966; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. 1966: 56. 1967; Anon.,..Ind. Bibl. Bot. Trop...4 (1): 53.1967; Loun.«, Fl. Cochinehe. ed. 1, imp. 2, 387--388. 1967; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 15: 19. 19673; Pande, Bull. Dept. Med. Pl. Nepal 1: 36. 1967; Santapau, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 16: 215. 1967; Westra, Excerpt. Bot. A.11: 500. 1967; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49 (7): S.36. 1968; Carrick & al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 16: 2436--2441. 1968; Howard & Powell, Taxon 17: 53-- 55. 1968; Maheshwari, Biol. Abstr. 49: 3251. 1968; Mold., Résumé Supp]. 16: 12 (1968) and 17: 8. 1968; Raizada, Indian Forester 94: 437 & 455. 1968; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 758. 1969; Rao & Verma, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 410. 1969; M. A. Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 457, 483, & 485. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (4): iv & title 3984. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 56. 1970; Sharma & Ghosh, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 24: 53. 1970; Van Stee- nis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 5: Ind. ii. 1970; D. R. W. Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 28. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5: Cumul. Gen. Ind. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 20, 69, 132, 148, 270, 273, 282, 287, 299, 309, 311, 322, 359, 442, 443, 447, 448, 452, 456, & 463 (1971) and 2: 733 & 867. 1971; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap., imp. 2, 1: 187. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Ind. 1: 92. 1972; V. & H. Singh, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 69: 356. 1972; Altschul, Drugs Foods 247. 1973; Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 141 & 145. 1973; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Second., imp. 18, 46 & 188-- 189. 1974; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 455. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A (1): 418. 1974; Maheshwari, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 72: 179. 1975; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 61: AC1.581. 1976; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 286. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. South. Ryuk. 890 & 891. 1976; Babu, Herb. Fl. Dehra Dun 398. 1977; Fournet, Fl. Illust. Phan. Guad. 1418. 1978; Raizada, Indian Journ. For. 1: 153. 1978; J. T. &R. Kartesz, Syn. Checklist Vasc. Fl. 2: 466. 1980; Lauener, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 38: 484. 1980; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 13, 61, 124, 140, 257, 259, 2725. 27/9 2915000, 302, 313, .349, 387, 392, -eeneee 538. 1980; Varma, Fl. Bhagalpur Dist. 309. 1981; Mold., Phytologia 50: 258 & 259. 1982; Sivarajan & Manilal, Journ. Econ. Tax. Bot. 3: 815. 1982; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 321 Ceyl. 4: 417 & 469. 1983; Duke & Ayensu, Med. Pl. China 2: 637--638. 1985; Mold., Phytologia 57: 338 & 339 (1985), 58: 195, 196, & 198 (1985), 60: 181 (1986), and 61: 275, 276, 278, & 282. 1986. Illustrations: Kwa-wi [trans]. Savatier], Arbor 2: pl. 10. 1759; Banks, Icon. Sel. Pl. Jap. Kaempf. pl. 58. 1791; Morr., Ann. Soc. Roy. Agr. Bot. Gand. 1: pl. 3 (in color). 1845; Caspary, Dissert. Inaug. Nect. pl. 3, fig. 31. 1848; Regel, Gartenfl. 5: pl. 178 (in color). 1856; Carr., Rev. Hort. 46: 110/111 (in color). 1874; Regel, Gartenfl. 29: pl. 24 (in color). 1880; Baines, Garden Lond. 19: 453. 1881; Nicholson, Illust. Dict. Gard. 2: 341. 1887; Lubbock, Seed- lings 2: 373. 1892; "W. W.", Garden Lond 42: 563. 1892; Useful Pl. Jap. 2: pl. 500 (in color). 1895; Apgar, Ornament. Shrubs U. S. fig. 509. 1910; E. H. Wils., Arnold Arb. Exped. China pl. 216. 1912; Mak., Illust. Fl. Jap. [893]. 1924; Mak., Illust. Fl. Nipp. 186. 1940; Mold. in Gleason, New Britt. Br. Illust. Fl. 3: 138. 1952; Hara & al.,Spring Fl. Sikkim Himal. pl. 221 (in color). 1963; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 758. 1969; Duke & Ayensu, Med. Pl. China 2: 638. 1985. A semi-woody, regular bush, erect shrub, or undershrub, 0.5--2.8 m. tall, often low and single-stemmed, ornamental, or a small tree, 3--5 m. tall, sometimes a climber [fide Chung 2351], ill-smelling; branches, when present, rather thick, puberulent when young; bark gray, smooth, rarely with conspicuous lenticels; branchlets stout, very medullose, very obtusely or acutely tetragonal, green or red- dish-green, often deeply sulcate between the angles in drying, brown- ish when dry, densely puberulent, sparsely lenticellate; pith lamel- late; nodes annulate, the larger ones marked with a narrow circum- ferential band of villous tomentum; principal internodes 3.8--11 cm. long; leaves large, decussate-opposite; petioles stout, 1.5--22 cm. long, cylindric, basally ampliate, often red, puberulent, often col- lapsing at the base and sulcate above in drying; leaf-blades thinly chartaceous, very dark-green on both surfaces, usually brunnescent or nigrescent in drying, ovate or broadly ovate to orbicular or sub- orbicular to obcordate, 7--25 cm. (or more) long, 7--25 cm. wide, apically acute or short-acuminate, marginally remotely serrate or glandular-denticulate throughout with appressed crenate teeth and very shallow sinuses, basally deeply cordate or auriculate, sparsely setulose or strigillose above or glabrate except for the puberulent venation, minutely puberulent along the venation and very densely lepidote-squamulose beneath with rather large, thick, round, light- or golden-yellow peltate scales; midrib slender or stoutish, often red, flat and often more or less densely pulverulent-puberulent a- bove, prominent beneath; secondaries slender, 4--9 per side, often red, flat above, prominent beneath, the lowest 2 or 4 issuing palm- ately from the very base of the lamina, without axillary glands, as- cending, not much arcuate; vein and veinlet reticulation rather sparse, the larger veins (tertiaries) issuing from the lowest pair of secondaries prominulent beneath, the remainder mostly obscure on both surfaces; inflorescence supra-axillary and terminal, mostly forming a large, rather open, villous terminal panicle to 30 cm. long and wide; axillary peduncles divaricate, about 6 cm. long, red- 322 Poh Ve BsOeb 90 G ILA Vol. 61, No. 5 dish; cymes very wide-spreading, long-stipitate, 11--25 cm. long, loosely many-flowered, 4--8 cm. wide, solitary and opposite in the uppermost leaf-axils; terminal panicle very lax, often massive with greatly elongated reddish-tinged sympodia and 4--6 pairs of widely divergent, loosely and comparatively few-flowered cymes; main pe- duncles stoutish, 4.5--15.5 cm. long, puberulent, often sulcate in drying, brown or buff to purplish; pedicels very slender, 7--27 mm. long, puberulent; bracts conspicuous, a pair subtending each pair of cymes in the terminal panicle, large and foliaceous, oblong or el- liptic to ovate, long-stipitate, to 4 cm. long and 1.5 cm. wide; bractlets oblong or linear, numerous, to 2 cm. long and 2.5 cm. wide, often red, puberulent; prophylla linear, elongate, 4--10 mm. long, red-tinged, puberulent; flowers ill-smelling or odorless [depending on time of day?], showy; calyx campanulate, deeply 4-fid (practic- ally to the base), the lobes thin-textured, bright-red or scarlet, triangular-lanceolate or triangular, 10--17 mm. long, basally 4--7 mm. wide, apically shortly or attenuately acuminate and subulate- tipped, lepidote and puberulent; corolla hypocrateriform, mostly brightly deep-red or scarlet, in all 2--3 cm. long, the tube cylin- dric, 1.5--2 cm. long, about 2 mm. wide, slightly curvate, external- ly sparsely villous, the limb rather irregularly 5-lobed, 1.5--2.5 cm. in diameter, the lobes elliptic or oblong, 8--12 mm. long, 3 mm. wide; stamens 4, unequal, inserted in the upper part of the corolla- tube, exserted 1.5 cm. from the corolla-mouth; filaments slender, 4--5 cm. long, slightly villous; anthers versatile; style slender, 4--8 cm. long, exserted, 3 times (or more) as the corolla-tube, glabrous; stigma minute; ovary superior, 4-celled; ovules pendulous; fruit drupaceous, at first enclosed by the mature calyx whose lobes finally become reflexed, black, edible. This much misunderstood species is based on a collection made by Thunberg in Japan, of which I have examined photographs of both the holotype and an isotype (cited below). Because of the confusion which has surrounded this species, I am reproducing herewith the most excellent (although misidentified) and very typical illustration given of it by Morren in 1845. The orig- inal specimens of Fischer's "C&enodendron Kaempferi", which Morren's plate depicts, deposited in the Leningrad herbarium, have also been examined personally by me. Thunber (1784) avers that the species was originally introduced into Japan from Korea. Collectors have found this plant growing in moist areas, on gras- sy hillsides, along roadsides and on riverbanks, in cafetal and cul- tivated ground, in shade or partial shade, in heavy humus or loam, at the margins of forests or thickets, and in secondary deciduous woods on yellow argillaceous soil, at altitudes of 16--1360 m., in flower in February and from April to September, and in fruit in Oc- tober. In Burma Belcher reports it growing “solitary in thick scrub on hillsides", while in Kwangtung it is reported to be "fairly com- mon as scattered shrubs in dry sandy soil". In Veracruz (Mexico) it is said to be "abundant in yellowish-red rocky soil in high subever- green secondary forests", obviously introduced and naturalized. The corollas are described as "red" by Walker (1976) and on Chiao 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLenodendrwn 323 ( ‘Terodendiron Raempters Fiseh @ a: ty tile ue nad vie pune [4nom Monnen, Ann. Soc. Roy. Agr. Bot. Gand. 1: pl. 3 (in cofon). 1845] 324 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, Now 1495, Chung 2893, Esquinok 123, Herb. Canton Chr. Cok. 12540, Herb. Nanking Univ. 14694, Hernandez & al. 175, Peng & al. 541, Steward & Cheo 669, Tsang 21068, Tsang & al. 4.n., Tsing 2123, Vazquez 398, and Ying &53, "deep-red" on Chung 4042, "brignt-red" on Ching 1900, 1010, Walken & al. 6186, and Wikkiams 9632, "Scarlet" by Fany (1944) and Hara (1963) and on Smith 1 and Wilson 4555, "purple" on Chung 2351, and "yellow" on Murca Pines & Black 1308. CLerodendrum japonicum appears to be native to Nepal, Assam, Up- per Burma, and China, naturalized in Japan, Indochina, the Ryukyu Islands, Indonesia, Surinam, Brazil, Mexico, and elsewhere. It is often cultivated in tropical and subtropical regions, and under glass elsewhere. The Surinam record is based on several collections in the Utrecht herbarium from the forest near the Agricultural Ex- periment Station at Paramaribo, where, presumably, it had been cul- tivated and later escaped and became naturalized. In Maryland the record is based on a collection from “in the woods near Chevy Chase" made by D. A. Bisset on September 20, 1912, deposited in the U. S. National Arboretum herbarium. Loudon (1830) asserts that the species was introduced into culti- vation in England in 1820 from Japan; Sweet (1827) gives the date of introduction as 1823, but in the 1830 edition of his work adds that the flowers are "“wh[ite]" -- probably the white-flowered form described hereinafter Walker (1976) says of the species "Native of Malaya or southern Asia, thus misnamed 'japonica'" and that it is only introduced in Okinawa. P'ei (1947) records it from Szechuan. Masamune (1955) and Sonohara & his associates (1952) also claim that in Okinawa it is only introduced. Rao & Verma (1969) list it from Assam, but it seems most probable that, in this case, they are referring, instead, to C., philippinwn Schau. Matuda (1950) found C. japonicum in culti- vation in Escuintla, Guatemala, as well as in Chiapas, Mexico. King refers to it as a "not common shrub", apparently wild, in Veracruz, Mexico. Babu (1977) reports it cultivated in Dehra Dun, India. Fournet (1978) lists it from Guadeloupe, but as yet I have seen no authentic material of it from that West Indian island. Common and vernacular names reported for C£erodendrwm japonicum include "ch'au shi mut 1i", "chau sze mool lai", "chirinto’, "fi giri", “figiri" [=fire-tree], "go too", "go too giri", "he bao hua", "higiri", "hi-giri" [=scarlet Paulownia], "hi guiri", “Japan clero- dendrum", "Japanese gloryberry", “Japanese glorybower", "shuin "t'ung", "tei too", "too guiri", "volkameria du Japon", and "wan hon na wan njari". The numerous other names recorded seem, rather, to apply to C. kaempgerni (Jacq.) Sieb. or to C. pkikippinum Schau or its f. multiplex ‘Lee Mold. Because of the wide misapplication of the name, CLerodendawm ja- poricum, a brief survey of some pertinent items in the literature follows: Lamarck (1808) translates Thunberg's original description of Vol- kamerta japonica as follows: "C'est, d'apres Thunberg, un arbre tres élevé, dont la cime est ample, tres-glabre; les rameaux paniculés, un peu comprimés a leur partie supérieure, garnis de feuilles alter- 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£enrodendrawn 325 nées, petiolees, ovales, fortement echancrees en coeur a leur base, veinges, acuminées a leur sommet, glabres, plus pdles em dessous; les inférieures longues d'un pied, larges d'environ sept pouces; les supérieures insensiblement plus petites & plus obtuses; le péti- ole long de sept pouces aux plus grandes feuilles, & de dix lignes aux plus petites. Les fleurs sont disposées en grappes a 1'extrém- ité des plus jeunes rameaux; les pédoncules partiels simples, uni- latéraux, uniflores, droits, longs d'un demi-pouce, accompagnés chacun d'une bractée solitaire, subulée, plus courte que le pédon- cule. La calice est rousseatre, divisé en cing découpures ecartées a leur base, concaves, lanceolées, terminées par une aréte. La corolle est irreguliére; le tube cylindrique, de couleur purpurine, une fois plus long que le calice; le limbe a cing découpures presqu'égales, plus courtes que le tube. Le fruit est une capsule ovale, a quatre sillons, de la grosseur d'une prune, a quatre valves, a deux loges. s'ouvrant transversalment. Cette plante croit au Japon. (Descrip. ex Thunb. )" Siebold & Zuccarini (1846) comment that "Schon Willdenow bemerkt, (Spec. plant. III. p. 385) mit Recht, dass die Thunbergische Volk. japonica nicht mir der in Gdrten unter diesem Namen kultivirten Pflanze zusammengezogen werden kénne, und nennt in der Enumeratio hort. berol. p. 659 letztere ClLer. fragnans. Persoon filhrt eben- falls V. japonica und 4ragnans gesondert auf. Erst die neueren Schriftsteller ziehen beide wieder zusammen, lassen dagegen aber CL. Squamatum oder Kumpferr als einige Art bestehen. Allerdings scheinen zwar zwischen dieser und VoLk. japonica Thunb. nach des Letzteren Beschreibung seine Pflanze einige Verschiedenheiten ob- zuwalten, aber da Thunberg, Kdmpfer a. s. 0. zu seiner Pflanze citirt, dessen Beschreibung offenbar auf Volk. KUampferrt hinweist (bi. kiri, i. e. ignea kiri, a colore igneo stylos floridos, peri- anthia ac flosculos tingente), so diirfte dieses die Abweichungen in der Beschreibung ausgleichen und demnach CL. Squamatum als identisch mit VoLk. japonica Thunb. zu betrachten seyn, [sic] Cher. fragrans dagegen als eigne Art bestehen, deren Stammform mit einfachen BlUthen jetzt auch schon in Gdrten vorkommt. CL. Squama- tum ist nach Thunberg aus Korea nach Japan verpflanzt, ob CL. frag- nans auch in Japan sich finde, scheint noch zweifelhaft. Im Sie- boldtschen Herbarium wenigstens fehlt sie." Backer (1916), in his discussion of what he called C. 4quamatum Vahl, very truly remarks that "Veranderlijk wat betreft de lengte van kelk en kroonbuis. De javaansche exemplaren behooren alle tot de varieteit japénicwm Hasskarl1, waarbij de kelk 10--17 mM hoog is en de kroonbuis 15--20 mM lang. Op Sumatra en ook elders vindt men den typischen vorm, waarbij de kelk 8--10 mM, de kroonbuis 18--25 mM lang is. Op de Philippijnen treft men, behalve deze beide vor- men, nog een tusschenvorm aan." His C. Squamatwn we now GalilisG. haempfert (Jacq.) Sieb., the var. japonicum is C. japonicum (Thunb.) Sweet, and the "intermediate" Philippine form is C. bethunianum Low. Maheshwari (1966) claims that "C£erodendawm fragrans, which is accredited to Ventenat....... needs a revision. Moreover, the old- est validly published name for this plant is that of Thunberg, VoLka- meria japonica, of 1/84. Huber (in Fl. W. Trop. Africa 2: 443. 326 Ph bO4s 8 & EA Vol. 61, No. 5 1963) believes that its correct nomenclature and synonymy would be as follows: CLenodendawm japonicum (Thunb.) Sweet, Hort. Brit. (ed. 1) 322. 1827; Huber, loc. cit. Basionym: VoLkamenria japonica Thunb. Fl. Jap. 255. 1784. Synonyms: Vo£kmannia japonica Jacq. Hort. Schoenbr. 3: 48. t. 338. 1798; VoLkameria fnagnans Vent. Jard. Malm. 2: t. 70. 1804; CRenodendrwm fragnans Vent. loc. cit. (in syn. under VoLkamenia {nagrans Vent. loc. cit.)." Jackson (1893) also reduces VoLkameria japonica Thunb. to Ckerodendraum f 3.5-6 cm, peltate, ovate to ovate oblong, the apex obtuse or slightly emarginate, the base peltate, rounded, the halves symmetrical, above puberulous on the midrib, below tomentose et a haere aed flower up to 10 344 Pray TOLL COGGiE OA Vol. 61, No. 5 at an axil; pedicels 3-6 mm long, tomentose; calyx 8-12 mm long, tomentose; the lobes 1.5 mm long, hemispheric; corolla tube 12-13 mm long, and the lobes 5-6. 5 mm. N. inconcinnum has the pedicels 4-10 cm long, densely Pilosulous; blades 10-18» 5-7.4 cm, the petiole basi- fixed, the apex narrowly obtuse, the base rounded, but the halves unequal, above pilosulous on and near the midrib, below densely softly pilose; flowers solitary; pedicels 6-18 mm long, densely ascending pilosulous; calyx 14-18 mm long, the lobes 2-6 mm long, lanceolate; corolla tube 25 mm long, and the lobes 7, 10 mn. The new epithet is the Latin adjective, inconcinnus, asymmetric, and it is chosen with reference to the uneven blade base. Legend Fig. 1. Nothocestrum inconcinnum St. John, from the holotype. a, stem, x 2; b, lower leaf surface, X i: c, d, flower, X 2; e, FFULE xX? 6. 1986 St. John, Nothocestrzum inconcinnum 345 Fig. 1. Nothocestrum inconcinnum St. John THE MAIN TAXONOMIC VIEW POINTS ON THE INTRA- AND THE INTERRELATIONSHIPS OF MELANTHIOIDEAE (LILIACEAE) Afaf Badawi Bot. Dept., Fac. of Sc., Ain Shams Univ., Abbasiya, Cairo, Egypt. Melanthioideae is one of the largest subfamilies of Liliaceae in Engler (1888) system. It includes 6 tribes: Tofieleae, Helonieae, Vera- treae, Uvularieae, Anguillarieae and Colchiceae. This subfamily is quite comparable to Bentham & Hooker (1883) series C. However, this series includes also Medeoleae (Asparagoideae-Parideae in Engler). Buxbaum (1937) separated the tuberous members of Melanthioideae in distinct subfamily (Wurmbaeoideae). This subfamily embodies Anguil- larieae, Colchiceae, and Uvularieae p.p. (Gloriosa, Littonia and Sander- sonia); whereas Melanthioideae s.s. includes the other 3 tribes in addition to Uvularia, Kreysigia and their relatives. Unlike Wurmbaeoideae, the rhizomatous Melanthioideae are mainly in Temp. N. hemisphere especially N. America and S.E. Asia. Within Uvularieae, Uvularia (rhizo- matous) is N. am. while Littonia, Gloriosa and Sandersonia (tuberous) are trop. and S. Afr. (cf. Hutchinson, 1973). The distinction made by Buxbaum between the rhizomatous and the tuberous Melanthioideae had promoted a number of taxonomic arguments regarding the inter- relationships within this subfamily. Hegnauer (1963), Wildmann & Pursey (1986) and Huber (1969) gave supports for the recognition of Wurmbaeo- ideae. Within Liliaceae Hutchinson (1973) seemed not convinced with the subfamilial relationships, though he laid too much stress upon the nature of the rootstock; thus he recognised 28 consecutive tribes. In this system Medeoleae is transferred to Trilliaceae, while members of Melanthioideae s.l. are arranged in 8 tribes. However, the arrange- ment of these tribes reflects their vague relationships. Takhtajan (1980) reflected also the heterogenity of Melanthioideae s.l. He recognised 2 subfamilies (Melanthioideae and Colchicoideae) under Colchicaceae (Liliineae). This family embraces also Calochortoideae (but not other Tulipeae). The Colchicoideae includes: Uvularieae, Glorioseae, Scoliopeae (= Medeoleae, = Parideae), Tricyrtideae, Anguil- larieae and Colchiceae. Thus, Colchicoideae concept is wider than that of Wurmbaeoideae as to include in addition, Uvularia, Medeola and their allies. Badawi & Elwan (1986) using a numerical analysis proposed a classification for Liliaceae s.l. In this classification Melanthioideae is seriously disrupted; Veratreae is separated not only from other Melan- thioideae, but rather from other liliaceous taxa on the bases of a number of correlated characters. While Parideae (Medeoleae) is grouped 346 347 Badawi, Intra- & interrelationships of Melanthioideae 1986 The classification of the cheif genera of Melanthioideae and Tulipeae in some systems (S861) uas3,4eq (0861) uefezyye | (€261) wineqxng (€881) Jax00H » weyjuag t dnos6 Li dnoib gt dnoib 61 dnoib 0z dnoi6b ss tt aeaceyjuelay 98998) 1B/NA/] aBaoBoIyajoD aBaoei|!] At a a Se a ee sajeiyjuBjaw, s9jel[!] aeapionioyooje D t+] ee tt *“s*S aBaploiyjUBjay aeapiooyajog y aBaoBoyajo5 I tegaaen 1 aBapeluojay aeaeinan = awayieyinbuy aeaaiyajo9 _—— i) sh aBalsay EN 98917819, aeaiuabyyd) aBadiyny = a ee eee ae "ss aBaploiujUuB|ay aBaploaequinM aBaluojaH aealjBla/ aBalJeiNAn eeaeyinbuy aBacdiyojoa asadiny — ————————— nh _ en Se eeaplaijo 1 po yp aeaplojyjuelaW aBapiojt!y abaljayzJeEN abalj}e1a,A aBayiBinan agaeyinbuy aeaaiyajo7g aeadiny is Sas 1 = oS oS SS SS Se Se ee SS SS 3 saias @ salas ecium uillaria Dipidax Ang Androcymbium Tofieldia Xerophyllum Heloniopsis Chionographis Zigadenus Melanthium Veratrum Uvularia Kreysigia Gloriosa Sandersonia Littonia Baeometra Wurmbea Iphigenia Merendera Colchicum Calochortus Fritillaria Narth 348 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 5 with Uvularieae. All the available information substantiates that Veratreae is a natural fairly distinct group, endemic to N. am., with related karyotype, marked capellary structure; and possessing related alkaloids (cf. Hegnauer, 1963; Sen, 1975; Sterling, 1982). According to Takhtajan (1969) Melanthioideae s.s. with Veratrum comes nearest to the ancestral type of Liliales; while Hutchinson (1973) had claimed that Heloniadeae is the most ancient tribe of Liliaceae, being rhizomatous ebracteate. Cheadle & Kosaki (1971), Sen (1975) supported the primitiveness of Heloniadeae. Whether, Veratreae or Heloniadeae is the nearst to the ancestral origin of other liliaceous taxa, one can assume that the rhizomatous nature of the rootstock and the presence of raphides, which are generally present in Veratreae and Heloniadeae, are among the characters of the ancestral "Melanthioid" origin. In view of many accumulated data Dahlgren et al. (1985) showed also that Melanthioideae s.s. and Colchicoideae can not, in any way, represent a natural assemblage, and the distinction between them has been raised to the order rank. Unlike Liliales (which embraces Colchi- coideae), the Melanthiales endosperm formation is helobial, the tepals are less conspicous, rarely spotted or variegated and the raphides are generally present. Melanthiales includes: Melanthiaceae (inci. Petro- savieae) and Campynemaceae (Hypoxidaceae p.p. of the Haemodorales). Dahlgren et al. (1985) included members of Colchicoideae together with members of Iridaceae, Orchidaceae and some minor families in Order Liliales. They distinguished Colchicaceae, Uvulariaceae, Calochor- taceae and Liliaceae (= Tulipeae including Gagea and Medeola) among the 10 families of the Liliales. This classification emphasizes the close relationship of not only Calochortus (as given by Takhtajan, 1980) but also of all other members of Tulipeae to members of Colchicoideae. Hereagain, although Dahlgren et al. (1985) did not suggest any ancestral origin of Liliales from Melanthiales, they stated that "within Lilales further differentiation may have gone towards the loss of raphides". Elwan (1986) arranged Liliaceae as recognized by Hutchinson (1973), ise. excluding Parideae, which is also Dioscoreales in Dahlgren et al. (1985), in two groups. One of them accomodates only Uvularieae s.l. (incl. Uvularia and Gloriosa), Tricyrtideae, Anguillarieae, Iphigenieae, Colchiceae and Tulipeae. In other words, one of the two main groups of Liliaceae (as recognized by Hutchinson) includes only Colchicoideae and Tulipeae (incl. Calochortus), while all other liliaceous taxa are in the other main group. The distinction between these two groups is based mainly on the presence or absence of raphides among high tendencies of some other characters such as the nature of the rootstock, and the venation type of tepals. Only Walleria”™ in the "“Colchicoideae & Tulipeae" group contains oxalate raphides. * Walleria is most probably Tecophilaeaceae (cf. Dahlgren et al., 1985, Elwan, 1986). 1986 Badawi, Intra- & interrelationships of Melanthioideae 349 The absence of raphides in members of Colchicoideae and Tulipeae may distinguish them as one entity within Liliaceae (in the sense accepted by Hutchinson, 1973). Nevertheless, the distinction between members of Tulipeae at one hand and those of Colchicoideae on the other, was over looked by Elwan (1986). In this classification Uvularieae (incl. Tricyrtideae), Anguillarieae (incl. Iphegineae), Colchiceae and Tulipeae are arranged in four different groups of the same rank. However, the bulbous nature of the rootstock, the connate styles and the basifixed stamens in Tulipeae substantiate that this tribe is somewhat distinct from the other three tribes. An amendement should be considered in this classification to indicate such relationship. Dahlgren et al. (1985) suspected that either or both Medeola and Scoliopus should be retained back from Trilliaceae, which contains raphides (cf. Dahlgren et al., 1985), to Liliaceae s.s. or Uvulariaceae. Elwan (1979) recorded the presence of raphides in Trillium ceruum L., T. govanianum Wall. and Paris quadrifolia L. but not in Medeola virginiana L. Also Berg (1962) on embryological bases proved that Medeola and Scoliopus are not very much related to Trilliaceae. Sen (1975) on cytological bases, suggested the exclusion of Scoliopus in a tribe near Calochorteae. It seemed more acceptable, so far, to consider Trillium and Paris in Trilliaceae, while provisionally Medeola and Scoliopus are supplemented in Uvularieae or Tulipeae which represent the nearst devoid of raphides liliaceous relatives. References Badawi, Afaf & Elwan, Zeinab (1986). A taxonomic study of Liliaceae: I-Numerical analysis. Phytologia, (60) 3: 201-213. Bentham, G. & Hooker, J.D. (1883). Genera Plantarum, Vol. Ill, part 2. Reeve, London. Berg, R.Y. (1962). Contribution to the comparative embryology of Liliaceae: Scoliopus, Trillium, Paris and Medeola. Skr. Nor. Vidensk Akad. Oslo N. Ser., 4: 1-64. Buxbaum, F. (1973). Die Entwicklungslinien der Lilioideae. 1-Wurmbaeoi- deae. Botanisches Archiv, 38: 213-93. Cheadle, V.I. & Kosakai, H. (1971). Vessels in Liliaceae. Phytomorphology, 21: 320-333. Dahlgren, R.M.T.; Clifford, H.T. & Yeo, P.F. (1985). The families of the monocotyledons. Springer-Verlag, Berlin Heidelberg New York Tokyo. Elwan, Zeinab (1979). A taxonomic study of the Liliaceae sensu lato. M.Sc. thesis, Bot. Dept. Fac. of Sc., Ain Shams Univ., Cairo, Egypt. Elwan, Zeinab (1986). Systematic studies on some liliaceous taxa. Ph.D. thesis, Bot. Dept., Fac. of Sc., Ain Shams Univ., Cairo, Egypt. Engler, A. (1888). Liliaceae in Engler and Prantl. Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 2 (5): 10-158. 350 POH? ¥) Tq Oe beONG? IoA Vol .061] ,Neseb Hegnaeur, R. (1963). Chemotaxonomic der Pflanzen. Il. Monocotyledoneae. Basel. Birrkhduser Ver1. Huber, H. (1969). Die Samenmerkmale und Verwandtschaftsverhaltnisse der Liliiflorae. Mitteilunger der Botanischen Staatsammlung. Munchen, &: 219-238. Hutchinson, J. (1973). The families of flowering plants, 3rd ed. Clarendon Press, Oxford. Sen, Sumitra (1975). Cytotaxonomy of Liliales. Feddes Repertorium, 86 (5): 255-305. Sterling, Clarence (1982). Comparative morphology of the carpel in the Liliaceae: Veratreae. Bot. J. of the Linnean Society, 84 (1): 57-77. Takhtajan, A. (1969). Flowering plants. Origin and dispersal. Oliver and Boyd, Edinburgh. Takhtajan, A. (1980). Outline of the classification of flowering plants (Magnollophyta). Bot. Rev., 46: 225-359. Wildman, W.C. & Pursey, B.A. (1968). Colchicine and related compounds. Alkaloids, 11: 307-405. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE ORIGIN OF EUKARYOTIC CELLS" edited by Betsey Dexter Dyes & Rob- ert Obar, xv & 345 pp., 77 b/w fig., 109 photo. & 54 tab. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, N. Y. 10003. 1986. $44.50 clothbound. This fine collection of papers is volume 9 of the important Bench- mark Papers in Systematic and Evolutionary Biology series in which the editors have chosen 35 classic comparative studies of living as well as fossil prokaryotes and eukaryotes for inclusion and have grouped these under 8 editor-commented topics such as: the origins of mitochondria, plastids, mobility organelles, meiosis and classi- fication. Because of the recent advances in micropaleontology, electron microscopy and biochemistry what was first postulated, mainly by Lynn Margulies, as to the symbiotic relationship between prokaryotic cells and eukaryotic cells with their organelle inclus- ions can now be effectively documented. An important reference book! "SEWALL WRIGHT AND EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY" by William B. Provine, xvi & 545 pp., 19 b/w photo., 19 fig. & 20 tab. University of Chi- cago Press, Chicago, Illinois 60637. 1986. $30.00. What a wonderful service the author has performed for biologists — specialists in genetics and/or evolution, teaching professors, alert high school level teachers, graduate students, and course takers in this advanced field! From analyses of Wright's many writings, his carefully kept and studied correspondence and taped interviews Provine has not only documented the professional life of Sewal] Wright and his times, but he has also broken down some of the bar- riers made by intricate mathematical formulae through which Wright did his advanced reasoning for his conclusions on the causes and processes of evolution, and he has shown Wright's ideas as compared with those of such earlier scientists and contemporaries as Beadle, Castle, Mayr, Goldschmidt, Morgan, Sturtevant, Kimura, Fisher and Dobzhansky. It must be remembered and marveled at that this famous biologist upon entering elementary school at age 8 demonstrated self-taught cube root extraction and later in his publications produced such complicated formulae to follow! The book's bibliography is particularly important since so many items are treated in the text -- and so is the list of Wright's 210 publications through 1984, including his masterpiece "Evolution and the Genetics of Populations" in 4 volumes. 351 352 PRY TD beet a Vol. 61, No. 5 "THE NATURALIST IN NICARAGUA" by Thomas Belt, 2nd Edition, with a Foreword by Daniel H. Janzen, xxvii & 403 pp., 1 b/w map, 17 fig., 10 photo. & 1 tab., University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois 60637. 1985. $30.00 clothbound & $12.95 paperbound. The author, Thomas Belt (1832--1878), was a widely traveled English mining engineer who was also an excellent naturalist. This account of his leisure time collecting trips was first published in 1874 and was described by Charles Darwin in that year as "the best of all natural history journals which have ever been published" in a letter to Sir J. D. Hooker. The preface to the English printed 2nd edition of 1888 gives a fine account of Belt's brief life, journeys and scientific papers. Today's ecologist Dan Janzen's added fore- word emphasizes that this book is a wonderful 4-year record of these tropics of over 100 years ago and warns against our letting this excellent account "cease to be an introduction to the splendors of the tropics" and instead "become an obituary for them". Topics dis- cussed in each chapter are listed at the beginnings, such as: de- scription of San Antonio valley, pitcher-flowered Marcgravias, flowers fertilized by humming birds, stories about wasps, myriapods, tapirs, jaguars, summit of Pena Blanca. The text seems so real because it is usually rendered in the first person "I" or "we". "A CONSCIOUS STILLNESS -- Two Naturalists on Thoreau's River" by Ann Zwinger & Edwin Way Teale, xxii & 243 pp., 2 end plates, 12 maps, 29 b/w draw. & 27 photo., Harper & Row Publishers, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1982. $18.95 clothbound & University of Massacnusetts, P. 0. Box 429, Amherst, Massachusetts 01002. 1984. $10.95 paperbound. Reading this book in its entirety or in snatches is a sheer de- light of the care- and problem-eradicating type as the two estab- lished nature-sensitive authors share their sights and thoughts while they canoe the Sudbury and Assabet Rivers of Massachusetts which together form the Concord. Previously and similarly Thoreau wrote of his trips on the Concord, as the title indicates. Teale's death prevented the completion of his writing, but Ann Zwinger and Mrs. Nellie Teale have managed to complete this beautiful task - and in splendid fashion. What a wonderful legacy Edwin Way Teale has left us in the remembrance of his lectures, field trips and conservation efforts and in the form of his many beautiful books still in wide circulation. 7 7S O/ 6b PHYTOLOGIA _ An international journal to expedite botanical and phytoecological publication S Vol. 61 December 1986 No. 6 CONTENTS LIOGIER, A.H., Novitates antillanae. XII ...............0-0046. 353 NEVLING, L.I., Jr. & BARRINGER, K., New and noteworthy species of Daphnopsis (Thymelaeaceae) from Mexico and ee oe ee ye te SUS Slee oe Meee 361 BROWN, L.E., A new species of Rudbeckia (Asteraceae- Heliantheae) from hillside bogs in east Texas ............... 367 SHARP, A.J., Streptopogon juarezii n. sp. and Trematodon TE ek Pn Ce he a en atWi WMT vd oa a 6 wires 372 GARZA BARRIENTOS, M.A., WAKSMAN, N., PINEYRO-LOPEZ, A., & WALLANDER, B., Estudios quimicos preliminares en algas marinas clorofitas del Golfo de Mexico ............... 373 MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Clerodendrum EG a ead, v5 sig hoc oa wala lace n'a! O'Bin, gov alge patenes 378 SePENIGE ALL... BOOK reviews ....... ces ccc ccc ccc ew ence 421 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Mdlflenke| 2 1987 590 Hemlock Avenue N.W. £5 Corvallis, Oregon 97330-3818 U.S.A. BOTA Ay Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $15.00 in advance or $16.00 after close of the volume; $5.00 extra to all foreign addresses and domestic dealers; 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mail must be made immediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement; back volume prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed. NOVITATES ANTILLANAE. XII Alain H. Liogier Botanic Garden, Administraci6én Central University of Puerto Rico, GPO Box 4984-G Rio Piedras, PR 00924 While studying several families for the floras both of Puerto Rico and the island of Hispaniola, I have come across several species new to science, mostly in the Myrtaceae; much field work needs to be done and I am sure that there are more species to be studied and named in the future. I am grateful to the staff of the New York Botanical Garden for letting me study the material in the Herbarium, for the use of the Library and also for sending specimens on loan and the xerox copies of plant descriptions as needed. The second volume of the Flora of Puerto Rico is in press, and will probably be printed during this year; the same goes for the fourth volume of the Flora of Hispaniola. Further volumes are being prepared. GUTTIFERAE Garcinia barkeriana (Urb. & Ekm.) Alain, comb. nov. Rheedia barkeriana Urb. & Ekm., Ark. Bot. 22,10: 18. 1929. Garcinia hessii (Britt.) Alain, comb. nov. Rheedia hessii Britt., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 42: 390. 1915. Garcinia portoricensis (Urb.) Alain, comb. nov. Rheedia portoricensis Urb., Symb. Ant. 1: 369. 1899. Garcinia verticillata (Urb.) Alain, comb. nov. Rheedia verticiliata Urb., Symb. Ant. 1: 369. 1899. MYRTACEAE Calyptranthes acevedoi Alain, sp. nov. Frutex; rami juniores teretes glabri vel minutissime pilosuli, eglandulosi, dichotomi; hypophylla non visa; folia sessilia vel sub- sessilia, elliptica vel ovata, 1.7-4.5 cm longa, 1.5-3.5 cm lata, apice rotundata, basi subcordata, nervo medio supra ad basim impresso apice versus evanescente, nervis lateralibus utroque latere 8-10, utringque leviter prominulis vel obsoletis, vis nullis, punctis glan- dulosis supra nullis, subtus crebris minutissimis, sub lente tantum visis, non pellucidis, glabra, chartacea; inflorescentiae ad apicem ramorum usque 4; prophylla ovata 3 mm longa 2 mm lata, dorso leviter carinata, ferrugineo-squamosa, squamis linearibus, apice obtusa; pe- dunculi primarii 1.5-1.8 cm longi, ramuli 3-flori, pedunculi secunda- rii nulli vel usque ad 1 mm longi; alabastra sessilia obovoidea 3 mm longa, 2.5 mm lata, apiculata glabra, glanduloso-punctata; calyp- 303 354 PHY Tt OL O GTA Vol. 61, No.6 tra 2.7 mm diam.; petala non visa; filamenta ad 3 mm longa, antherae subquadratae; baccae in paratypo (Acevedo & C. Laboy 349) globosae, 5 mm diam., dense glanduloso-granulatae, limbo calycino coronatae. PUERTO RICO: Rio Abajo Forest, Parcela 3A, March 16, 1983, Pedro Acevedo 36 (Type: UPR, Isotyle: NY); id., Los Puercos, 8 June 1983, Pedro Acevedo & C. Laboy 349 (UPR) This species reminds of C. nummularia Berg, of Hispaniola; this last species differs by its young branches 2-lineate, glandular- punctate, glabrous; the leaves are reniform, the size variable in sterile and flowering branches, the midnerve plane above, the late- ral nerves prominent on both surfaces, the inflorescences trichoto- mous, the flower buds globose, not or scarcely apiculate, 3 mm in diameter. Named after its collector, Pedro Acevedo. Calyptranthes banilejoana Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 3-4 m altus, rami cortice griseo, hornotini plus minus compressi lineolato-alati, glabri, eglandulosi; hypsophylla non visa; folia subsessilia, elliptica, rhomboidea vel obovata, 2-2.7 cm longa, 1-1.8 cm lata, apice obtusa vel breve cuspidata, apice ipso obtuso, basi cuneata, nervo medio supra inferne plus minus impresso, ad api- cem versus applanato, superne prominente, lateralibus utroque 12-15, sub angulo 45° abeuntibus, utrinque aequaliter prominulis, ad margi- nem anastomosantibus, margine plana, punctis glandulosis minutis supra subimpressis, subtus prominulis pellucidis, lamina supra oli- vacea, subtus pallidiora, chartacea. Caetera non observata in speci- mina studiata; flores albi. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Firme Banilejo, Piedra Blanca, alt. 800 m, 9 Aug. 1973, Alain H. Liogier 19941 (Typus: NY); id. Alain H. Liogier 19981 (NY). This species differs from C. grandis Urb. & Ekm. by its leaves, which are lanceolate and acuminate and 3.5-5 cm long in C. grandis. Although the type specimen was collected with flowers, it has been impossible to study them. Calyptranthes guayabillo Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 3 m altus; rami dichotomi, hornotini teretes, pilis mi- nutis aequaliter dibrachiis parcis et vix conspicuis brunneis obsiti, mox glabrescentes, glanduloso-granulati; folia elliptica, 3-7 cm longa, 2-5.5 cm lata, apice acuminata vel cuspidata, raro acuta, basi obtusa vel attenuata, nervo medio supra ad basin impresso, apice ver- sus applanato, nervis lateralibus supra obsoletis subtus utroque la- tere 14-18, vix prominulis, supra non vel vix punctata, punctis glan- dulosis subtus sparsis non pellucidis, supra obscure viridia subtus pallidiora; petioli 2-3 mm longi; inflorescentiae pauciflorae 1-2 ad basin ramulorum hornotinorum; pedunculi 2.5-3 cm longi sparse pilosi, glanduloso-granulati, pedicelli 0-5 mm longi; alabastra ellipsoidea 2.5 mm longa, glanduloso-granulata; hypanthium campanulatum 2.5-3 mm longum; calyptra 2 mm diam.; caetera ignota. 1986 Liogier, Novitates antillanae 355 DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Cabezadas de Ciénaga de la Culata, Constan- za, alt. 1,650 m, 16 Oct. 1968, Alain H. Liogier 13071 (Holotypus: NY, Isotypus: US); Loma Campanario, Ciénaga de la Culata, Constanza, alt. 1,650-1,950 m, in cloud forest, 24 sept. 1969, Alain H. Liogier 16060, 16065(NY). Close to C. grandis Urb. & Ekm.; this last species has much Marrower leaves, and many lateral nerves. Calyptranthes jimenoana Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 1.5 m altus; hornotini purpurascentes lineolati glabri eglandulosi; rami vetustiores teretes griseo-purpurei; folia sub- sessilia ovato-lanceolata 3-4 cm longa, 8-12 mm lata, apice longe caudato-acuminata, basi angustata inferne latissima, nervo medio supra impresso subtus prominente lateralibus utroque latere nume- rosis, utrinque tenuiter prominentibus in nervium 1 mm a margine anastomosantibus, supra punctis glandulosis minutis parcis impre- ssis, subtus eglandulosa pallidiora, chartacea; inflorescentiae (juveniles tantum visae) ad apicem ramorum 2, 3-florae; pedunculi 4-5 mm longi, applanati, purpurei, glabri, eglandulosi; alabastra sessilia ellipsoidea, 1.5 mm longa, purpurea, glabra, apiculata; caetera non visa. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: In a ravine, Gorge of Arroyo de la Sal, above Jimenoa Dam, Jarabacoa, alto approx. 900 m,19 June 1968, A. Liogier 11764 (Holotypus: NY); in cloud forest, El Mogote, Jaraba- coa, alt. 1,200-1,400 m, 19 June 1969, sterile, A. Liogier 15773 GW, US). Near C. calophylla Urb. & Ekm.; this last species differs by its much larger leaves (6-13 cm long), pilose when young; inflorescences 2-3 with a peduncle 2-3.5 cm long. Calyptranthes limoncillo Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 5 m altus; rami hornotini 2-lineati, pilis aequaliter dibrachiis ferrugineis puberula, eglandulosa; rami vetustiores tere- tes, griseo-rubri, glabri, eglandulosi; folia latissime ovata ad or- bicularia, 3.5-5 cm longa, 3-4.5 cm lata, apice rotundata, obtusa vel breviter cuspidata, basi rotundata sessilia, nervo medio supra impresso subtus prominulo, lateralibus utroque latere valde numerosis sub angulo ca. 80° abeuntibus, utrinque tenuiter prominulis, ad ner- vium 2 mm e margine anastomosantibus, punctis glandulosis minutissi- mis supra impressis, subtus obsoletis, supra olivacea, subtus palli- da, glabra chartacea; inflorescentiae (unica tantum visa) verisimili- ter 1-3 axillares, pedunculo tereti glabro, 1 cm longo; flores 3, sessiles; fructus globosus, 5 mm longus, 5-6 mm latus, dense glandu- loso-granulosus, limbo calycino coronatus. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: In forest, along Tablones river, Ciénaga de Manabao, Jarabacoa, alt. 1,000-1,100 m, 14 Aug. 1968, Alain H. Lio- gier 12098 (Holotypus: NY, Isotypus: US); id., 15 Jul. 1975, Alain & Perfa Liogier 23515, sterile (NY, SD); Constanza, Rio Grande, 6-7 Jul. 1973, Alain & Perfa Liogier 19487 (NY, SD); Constanza, El Con- 356 PeHa¥/Ti@rk OQeGel)A Vol. 61, No. 6 vento, 7 Apr. 1968, José J. Jiménez 5409 (NY). In the vicinity of C. myrcioides Urb. & Ekm., which has ellip- tic-lanceolate, 1.5-3.8 cm broad leaves, acuminate to caudate-acu- minate at apex. Calyptrogenia cuspidata Alain, sp. nov. es Frutex vel arbor parva usque 6 m alta; rami hornotini teretes glabri grisei eglandulosi, striati, vetustiores nigrescentes corti- ce fisso; folia usque 3 mm longe petiolata, elliptica, 7-10 cm longa 4-5.5 cm lata, apice cuspidata, apice ipso anguste rotundato, raro obtusa vel rotundata, basi obtusa vel late cuneata in petiolum an- gustata, nervo medio supra impresso, subtus prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 8-10, utrinque prominentibus, nervis secundariis in- termediis tenuioribus, omnibus in nervium 1 mm a margine remoto arcuato-conjunctis, venis laxe reticulatis subtus prominulis, punctis glandulosis supra obsoletis, subtus crebris pellucidis, lam- mina coriacea utrinque nitida glabra; flores sessiles vel subsessi- les, 2-4 in glomerulos axillares vel terminales, pedicelli usque 2 mm longi; prophylla ovata 3-4 mm longa, 2-3 mm lata, apice rotunda- ta glabra, glanduloso-punctata; alabastra ellipsoidea 1 cm longa, 4-5 mm lata, apice apiculata glanduloso-punctata glabra; caetera ignota. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: In rain forest, Monteada Nueva, Cana Brava, Barahona, alt. 1,300 m, June 15, 1968 (Holotypus: Alain H. Liogier 11636, US). This genus contains to the present 7 species; this new one is near to C. bracteosa(Urb.) Burret, whose flower buds are pyriform, truncate at apex; the branchlets are glandular-punctate, the leaves obtuse. Eugenia cacuminis Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 2 m altus; rami hornotini compressi glabri glanduloso- punctati, gemmae adpresse-pilosae; rami vetustiores laeves cortice brunneo; folia 3-5 mm longe petiolata, oblongo-elliptica vel ellip- tica, 5-8 cm longa, 2-3.5 cm lata, apice acuminata, obtusa vel ro- tundata, basi cuneata, nervo medio supra impresso subtus prominente, nervis lateralibus numerosis sub angulo 60°-70° abeuntibus, utrinque prominulis, punctis glandulosis supra nullis vel obsolete impressis, subtus minutis vix prominulis, margine plana chartacea, supra in sicco griseo-nitida, subtus viridia; inflorescentiae racemosae axil- lares usque 2.5 cm longae vel in paniculam terminalis composita 14 cm longam; bracteae deltoideae acutae 1.5 mm longae ad medium pedun- culi adnat#&; pedunculi 5-8 mm longi striati glabri, glandulosi; brac- teolae late deltoideae 0.5 mm longae, 1 mm latae, obtusae vel acutae ciliatae glandulosae; pedicelli usque 1 mm longi, strigosi; hypan- thium campanulatus, 1 mm longus, glandulosus; sepala ovato-oblonga, inaequilonga, majores 2 mm longa, 1.5 mm lata, glandulosa, ciliata, minora late ovata, 1.5 mm longa et lata, utrinque dense pilosa, glandulosa, ciliata; petala oblonga 8 mm longa, glandulosa glabra, ciliata; fructus non visi. 1986 Liogier, Novitates antillanae 357 PUERTO RICO: Summit of Cerro La Torrecilla, alt 600 m, Feb. 20 1986, Alain H. Liogier 35926 (Holotypus: UPR, Isotypus: NY). A distinct species by its long defoliate inflorescences; the leaves remind those of Psidium guajava; the plant is nearly glabrous except for the flowering parts. Eugenia constanzae Alain, sp. nov. Frutex 2 m altus; ramuli spinescentes; rami hornotini teretes pulverulento-pilosi, brunnei eglandulosi; rami vetustiores grisei cortice fisso; folia sessilia subcoriacea, elliptica vel elliptico- oblonga, apice rotundata vel apice versus parce angustata, basi ro- tundata vel obtusa, 6-15 mm longa, 3-6 mm lata, nervo medio supra leviter impresso, subtus prominulo, lateralibus supra obsoletis sub- tus utroque latere 1-2, arcuatis non anastomosantibus, margine in- crassato, supra nitida, obscure viridia et punctis glandulosis obso- letis, subtus pallidiora, punctis glandulosis minutis non pelluci- dis, glabra; flores sessiles solitarii in foliorum axillis vel ad nodos vetustos; bracteae semiorbiculares, 0.8 mm longae, 1.2 mm latae, ciliatae, bracteolae ovatae rotundatae 1 mm longae et latae, ciliatae; calycis tubus nullus; calycis lobi inaequales, ovati, majores 1.2 mm longi et lati, minores 1 mm longi et lati. Caetera ignota. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Constanza, in thickets, near El Salto, alt. 1,000 m, Alain & Perfa Liogier 23852 (Holotypus: NY, Isotypus: SD). I find no affinity for this plant; the spinescent branchlets, the small elliptic or elliptic-oblong glabrous leaves, the small sessile flowers distinguish it from all other known species. Eugenia higueyana Alain, sp. nov. Frutex; rami hornotini teretes brevissime pilis minutis adpres- sis sparsis pilosuli, eglandulosi, striati, vetustiores brunneo- grisei cortice fisso; folia elliptica vel lanceo-elliptica, 3-6.5 cm longa, 1-2.5 cm lata, apice acuminata, apice ipso anguste rotundata, basi acuta, in petiolum decurrente, nervo medio supra leviter impre- sso, subtus prominulo, lateralibus utroque latere 15-20, sub angulo 50°-60° abeuntibus, utrinque prominulis ad marginem anastomosantibus, venis laxe reticulatis utrinque prominulis, glandulis supra nullis, subtus tenuibus pellucidis; petiolus 2-3 mm longus, anguste sub-ala- tus; flores 1-2 in axillis foliorum, pedicelli filiformes 6-9 mm longi sparse et minutissime pilosuli; bracteolae oblongae 0.7 mm lon- gae pilosulae; hypanthium subglobosum 2 mm longum 1.7 mm latum, li- neis 8 albidis longitudinaliter munitum, glaber; lobi 4 subaequali, orbiculati concavi 2 mm longi et lati laxe reticulati glabri, margi- ne ciliati; petala alba oblonga apice rotundata 3 mm longa, glabra epunctata; fructus ignotus. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: On limestone hill, from Higtiey to Boca de Yuma, in woods, alt. 50 m, 26 Aug. 1968, Alain H. Liogier 12353 (Holotypus: US); id. July, 1978, Alain & Perfa Liogier 27785, sterile CNY. 2 SD), 358 Poh’ DP Ovk Oy ded? A Vol. 61, No. 6 This plant reminds of E. boqueronensis Britt., from Puerto Rico; this last species has the leaves pubescent on the nerves beneath, the flowers in short racemes, the calyx lobes pubescent; the outstanding character in this species are the 8 whitish lines on the calyx. Eugenia holdridgei Alain, sp. nov. Arbor parva; rami hornotini tereti glabri eglandulosi spini- formes; cortice griseo fisso; folia elliptica, obovata vel orbicu- laria, 3-5 mm longa, 2-3 mm lata, apice plus minus emarginata vel truncata, basi obtusa vel rotundata, nervo medio utrinque prominulo, lateralibus utroque latere 2-3 sub angulo 30°-40° abeuntibus, utrin- que prominulis ad marginem anastomosantibus, margine incrassato re- curvo, venis subnullis, glandulis utrinque prominulis pellucidis, glabra, subcoriacea; petiolus O-1 mm longus; pedunculi solitarii ad nodos vetustos, 2 mm longi; bracteolae oblongae, 0.6 mm longae ci- liatae; flores non visi; fructus (juvenili) ellipsoidei 3 mm longi 2 2 mm lati, dense glanduloso-granulari, calycis lobi caduci; semina l. HAITI: Morne des Commissaires, Savane Jean Louis, 1,550 m alt., June 4, 1945, Holdridge 2080 (Holotypus: US). A very striking species, with small, nearly all obcordate leaves with thickened margins the surface shiny; the calyx-lobes are early caducous in the young fruit. Eugenia jimenezii Alain, sp. nov. Arbor parva, 6-7 m alta; rami hornotini glabri, gemmae ferrugi- neo-pilosulae; rami vetustiores grisei cortice fisso; folia usque 5 mm longe petiolata, lamina chartacea oblongo-elliptica vel oblongo- lanceolata, 3-6 cm longa, 1-2.5 cm lata, apice versus sensim angusta- ta, apice ipso acutavel anguste obtuso, basi cuneata in petiolum protracta, nervo medio supra impresso, ad apicem evanescente, subtus per totam longitudinem prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 5-8, utrinque prominulis, ad marginem conjunctis, venis nullis, margine breviter recurvato, punctis glandulosis utrinque leviter prominulis, vix vel non pellucidis, in sicco supra obscure viridia, subtus palli- diora; inflorescentiae sericeo-ferrugineae, glabrae; flores in cymas abbreviatas in ramuli terminalesgvel axillares solitarii; pedunculi vix 1 mm longi, bracteae anguste deltoideae acutae 1.5 mm longae 0.8 mm latae, pedicelli usque 2 mm longi, bracteolae breviter lineares, 1 mm longae; hypanthium campanulatum 1 mm longum, sericeum; lobi 4, subaequilongi oblongi 2 mm longi 1.5 mm lati, sparse strigosi, glan- duloso-punctati glandulis pellucidis, ciliati; petala elliptica 4 mm longa, glanduloso-punctata, ciliata; receptaculum glabrum; stamina numerosa, filamenta 3 mm longa, antherae quadrato-rotundatae; stylus 4 mm longus, stigma punctiforme; bacca non visa. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Jaiqui Picao, 20 miles West of Santiago, on limestone hill, 300-400 m alt., 23 May 1969, Alain H. Liogier 15349 (Holotypus:NY; Isotypus: US). This species might be considered as near to E. rhombea and E. axillaris; the former has rhombic-ovate leaves and glabrous calyx- 1986 Liogier, Novitates antillanae 359 lobes; the latter has glabrous branches, the flowers racemose, the calyx-lobes glabrous on the surface, the petals 1 mm long. Named after the late José J. Jiménez, enthusiastic botanist in the Dominican Republic, who directed me to the type locality of this species. Eugenia padronii Alain, sp. nov. Arbor, circa 10 m alta, glabra; ramuli compressi viridi non glanduliferi, vetustiores cinerascentes cortice striato; petioli usque 5 mm longi supra leviter canaliculati; folia subcoriacea an- guste elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, 4.5-8.5 cm longa, 1.5-2.5 cm lata, apice rotundata, basi acuta in petiolUm sensim protracta, nervo medio supra applanato vel basin versus prominulo interdum leviter impresso subtus prominente; nervis lateralibus supra vix obviis utroque latere usque 8, subtus plus minus obviis in nervo submargi- nali conjunctis, margine incrassato leviter recurva, punctis glan- dulosis supra obsoletis, subtus prominulis plus minus pellucidis, supra viridia, subtus pallidiora; flores ad ramos vetustiores sessi- les 1-2, verisimiliter ad foliorum delapsorum axillas; bracteae nullae; calycis tubus campanulatus 1.5 mm longus, dense glanduloso- granulatus, lobi 4, semiorbiculares, subaequales, 2 mm longi, 2 mm lati, glandulis pellucidis sparsis obsiti; petala non visa; stamino- rum receptaculum annulus formans, 2.2 m diam., 0.7 mm latum, dense et minute ferrugineo-pilosum, e vestigiis stamina pluriseriata; ova- rii apex glaber; baccae subglobosae (?immaturae) 7 mm longae 5 mm la- tae, nigrae, calycis lobis coronatae, 2-spermae. PUERTO RICO: Maricao State Forest, about 800 m alt., Jan. 1986, collected by Rubén Padrén (Alain H. Liogier 35806, UPR, Holotypus; Isotypus: NY); id., June 10, 1970, R. O. Woodbury s.n.; id., June 20, 1970, R. O. Woodbury 20401 (NY); Rio Abajo Forest, 400 m alt., Sept. 27, 1985, Alain H. Liogier 35679 (UPR). This species might be considered near to E. sessiliflora Vahl, from the coastal forests in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands; this last species has the leaves coriaceous, oval, elliptic or suborbicu- lar, the nerves and veins prominent; the flowers are larger (12 mm across), the calyx lobes 4-6 mm long, black-glandular; the berries are larger (2 cm in diam.). Another species in the same group, E. sintenisii Kiaersk. has leaves ovate to obovate, membranous, the nerves prominulous beneath, the margin not thickened, the calyx-lobes oblong. Named after Rubén Padrén, keeper of the Maricao State Forest, who for the first time collected the plant in flower and fruit. Eugenia samanensis Alain, sp. nov. - Arbor parva vel statura media; ramuli plus minus compressi, gla- bri, sparse glanduloso-granulati, brunnei; rami vetustiores cortice griseo fisso; folia 2-4 mm longe petiolata, lamina coriacea, late elliptica, elliptica vel suborbiculata, 3.5-7 cm longa, 2.5-5 cm lata apice rotundata rarissime retusa, basi rotundata vel late obtusa, nervo medio supra impresso subtus prominente apicem versus evanes- 360 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 61, No. 6 cente, lateralibus utroque latere 8 10, utrinque parum prominulis, venis reticulato-anastomosantibus, supra grisea, glandulis minutis parce prominulis, subtus in sicco brunneo-pallidiora, punctis glan- dulosis sparsis non pellucidis; flores in alabastra tantum visi, in -acemos 1-2 axillares glabri, 2.5 cm longi; pedunculo 1.5 cm longo, -unneo-glanduloso; pedicelli usque 4 mm longi, 1-2-flori; prophylla decidua non vidi; calycis lobi subaequilongi, orbiculares, 1.3 mm longi, apice rotundati, margine ciliati, glanduloso-punctati; petala et fructus non vidi. DOMINICAN REPUBLIC: Slope of Pan de Aztcar, Samana, c. 400 m alt., May 31, 1930, Ekman 15178 (Holotypus: US; Isotypus: S). A distinct species by its rounded reticulate leaves, and its shortly racemose inflorescences. Near to E. yumana Alain, with terminal groups of flowers; the leaves have impressed glandular dots above. ASCLEPIADACEAE Matelea borinquensis Alain, sp. nov. Volubilis; ramuli bifarian retrorso-pilosuli, viridi; folia 1- 1.5 cm longe petiolata, petiolo supra sulcato, glabro vel sparse pi- loso; lamina elliptico-lanceolata 6-9 cm longa, 2.5-3 cm lata, apice sensim acuminata, basin versus angustata, basi ipsa subrotundata, nervo medio supra applanato subtus prominente, lateralibus utroque latere 5, utrinque applanatis vel subimpressis, ad marginem arcuatis et arcuato-conjunctis, glabra, supra viridia subtus pallidiora, mem- branacea, margine integra plana; cymas axillares, paucifloras, pedun- culi bifarian pilosuli; sepala ovato-lanceolata, 3 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata, apice obtusa, nervo medio parce pilosa; corolla rotata, lo- bis elliptico-oblongis, 2 mm longis, 1.75 mm latis, rotundatis, im- bricatis; corona 5-lobata, lobis triangularibus 1.5 mm longis, gla- bris; gynostegium depressum, 2 mm diam., 5-angulosum, pollinia obo- vata, horizontalia, compressa, glandula nigra, translatores subnulli; caetera ignota. PUERTO RICO: Cerro Pelucho, San Lorenzo, alt. 400-500 m, March 8, 1984, Alain & Perfa Liogier, Luis F. Martorell 35111 (Holotypus: UPR). This species seems to be near to Matelea constanzana Jiménez (=Poicillopsis tuerckheimii Schltr.), from Hispaniola; this last species has much smaller leaves (to 2.5 cm long, and 1.2 cm broad), these are puberulous; the calyx-lobes are smaller than the corolla- lobes. NEW AND NOTEWORTHY SPECIES OF DAPHNOPSIS ( THYMELAEACEAE) FROM MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA Lorin I. Nevling, Jr. 1 and Kerry Barringer 2 Department of Botany Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, IL 60605 Daphnopsis is a genus of about 55 species, native to tropical and subtropical regions of the New World. It is the largest neotropical genus of Thymelaeaceae, and is closely related to the neotropical Schoenobiblus. The genus has been revised and updated by Nevling (1959, 1960, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1978) and an additional species has been described by Laclette (1977). Species of Daphnopsis are shrubs or small trees. Plants are dioecious and flowers are usually borne in terminal or axillary umbelliform racemes. They have a conspicuous hypanthium and petals are often absent or highly reduced. There is often a conspicuous disk at the base of the pistil or pistillode. The following new species are published in preparation for various floristic treatments. Daphnopsis megacarpa Nevling & Barringer, sp. nov. TYPE: MEXICO. Veracruz:. Cerro Vaxin al lado S de V6lcan San Martin Tuxtla, 1150 m, 15 June 1972, Beaman 6181 (Holotype: F! Isotype: XAL). Species Daphnopsis radiata affinis sed inflorescentiis feminae bracteatis, drupa solitaria 1.5-2.0 cm longa 8-12 mm lata. Tree to 5 m tall; young stems sericeous, glabrescent, light brown, without conspicuous lenticels. Leaves alternate; petioles 5-10 mm long, slightly winged, glabrous; lamina elliptic, 10-20 cm long, 3-6 cm wide, membraneous, glabrous, the base attenuate, the apex acuminate, the venation pinnate, prominent below, with a well defined submarginal vein. Pistillate inflorescence compact, umbellate; primary peduncle 5-8 mm long, bracteate, the bract linear, 3 mm long, densely sericeous, caducous. Pistillate flowers not seen. Drupe ovoid, green turning white, 1.5-2.0 cm long, 8-12 mm wide, slightly 4-angled, only one per inflorescence. Current addresses: 1) Museum Management Consultants, 540 36th St., Downers Grove, IL 60515. 2) Brooklyn Botanic Garden, 1000 Washington Ave., Brooklyn, NY 11225. 361 362 Poa WY TOL OETA Vol. 61, Additional specimens studied: MEXICO. Veracruz: San Andres Tuxtla, Lado N de Laguna Encantada Beaman 5325 (F, MEXU); Estacion Biolégica Los Tuxtlas, Calzada 96 GE: MEXU) ; Estacion Bioldégica Los Tuxtlas, Rosas & | Villapando 1405 1405 (F, UNAM); Estacion Bioldégica Los Tuxtlas, Cerro Vigia, “Gentry, Lott, et al. 32207 (A, MEXU, MO); Hidalgotitlan, 5 km SE de La Escuadra [17-16°N, 94-36 wl, Vazquez et al. 1723 (F); San Andres Tuxtla, Estacion Biolégica Los Tuxtlas [18-35 N, 95-01 W], Villegas 27 (F, MEXU). Daphnopsis megacarpa is a distinctive species known from fruiting specimens collected between 450 and 1250 m in the Tuxtla range of southern Veracruz, Mexico. The pistillate inflorescences are unique because of the small, caducous bracts. The fruits are among the largest recorded for the genus and are borne one to an inflorescence. This species might be confused with some forms of D. americana, but it differs from that species by the pedicels less than 3.5 mm long. Vegetatively, it resembles D. radiata Donn.-Sm. but the large fruits distinguish it from that species. Daphnopsis costaricensis also has large fruits, but it can be distinguished from D. megacarpa by its very large, obovate leaves. We have not been able to locate flowering material of this species. A specimen from Tlapacoyan, Nee & Hansen 18561, has staminate flowers and cannot be easily compared to the fruiting specimens from the Tuxtlas. It has similar vegetative features and comes from wet forest but it may represent a distinct, undescribed species. More collections are needed to clarify this problen. Daphnopsis witsbergeri Nevling, Matekaitis & Barringer, sp. nov. TYPE: EL SALVADOR. Achuachapan: Finca San Benito, Cerro La Piedra, del Filo, 13°54° N, 89°55” W, 980 m., 28 Aug. 1979, Witsberger 721 (Holotype: F!). Species D. americana affinis, sed hypanthio infundibuliformi, antheris alternisepalo sessilis, pistillo glabro. Shrubby tree to 6 m tall; young stems sparsely sericeous, glabrescent; older stems with reddish-brown cortex, the lenticels prominent, white. Leaves alternate; petioles 4-5 mm long, terete, glabrous; lamina narrowly elliptic, 3.5-6.7 cm long, 1.0-1.7 cm wide, subcoriaceous, glabrous, the base cuneate, the margin slightly revolute when dry, the apex obtuse to rounded, the venation prominent above and below. Staminate inflorescences terminal or lateral capitula, the No. 6 1986 Nevling & Barringer, New & noteworthy species 363 lateral capitula often opposite a leaf; primary peduncles 4-8 mm long, sericeous; rhachis 1-2 mm long; secondary peduncles minute. Staminate flowers 7-12 per inflorescence, green; pedicels 1-2 mm long, sericeous; hypanthium, 3.5 mm long, campanulate-funnelform, sericeous outside, glabrous within, strongly veined; calyx lobes reflexed, 2-2.5 mm long, very obscurely papillate within; stamens 8, obdiplostemonous, the antisepalous whorl inserted on the calyx lobes, exserted, the alternisepalous whorl inserted about 1 mm below the mouth of the hypanthium, included, the filaments 1-2 mm long, glabrous, the anthers ovoid, 0.5-0.7 mm long; disk tubular, free, undulate, to 0.5 mm long; pistillode, 1 mm long, glabrous, on a gynophore 0.5 mm long. Pistillate inflorescences in capitula; primary peduncles 6-8 mm long, sericeous; rhachis 1-2 mm long; secondary peduncles minute. Pistillate flowers 5-8 per inflorescence; pedicels 1 mm long, sericeous; hypanthium barrel-shaped, 2 mm long, sericeous outside, glabrous within; calyx lobes spreading, 1 mm long, obscurely papillate within; staminodia 8, papilliform; disk annular, free, less than 1 mm long; pistil 1-1.5 mm long, slightly sericeous above, the gynophore 0.1-0.2 mm long, the style slightly eccentric, about 1 mm long, the stigma capitate, exserted. Drupe globose, 6 mm diam., green, the style persistent. Additional specimens studied: EL SALVADOR. Achuachapan: Finca San Benito, Cerro La Piedra del Filo, 13°54” N, 89° 55” W, 28 Aug. 1979, Witsberger 722 (F); same locality, 23 Oct 1978, Davila s.n. (F). Common name: "Chilindrén de tierra fria." Daphnopsis witsbergeri is a member of subgenus Daphnopsis. It is known from a single locality in the province of Achuachapan, El Salvador. It appears to be most closely related to D. americana but is distinguished from that species by its funnelform hypanthium, subsessile anthers, and glabrous pistillode on a short gynophore. Daphnopsis costaricensis Barringer & Grayum, sp. nov. TYPE: COSTA RICA. Puntarenas, Osa Peninsula, ridge between Quebrada Banegas and Rio Riyito, ca. 7 km W of Rincén de Osa, 100-300 m, 8° 41°N, 83° 33°W, 8 Oct 1984. Grayum, Schatz, Herrera, Valerin, & Chavarria 4094 (holotype: MO!). Species insignis foliis grandis obovatis 15-27 cm longis, floris 1.0-1.3 cm longis albos tubulato-infundibuliformis, drupis 2.4 cm longis. 364 Pra ¥oTSDsk OD Gud “A Vol. 61, No. 6 Few branched shrub to 2 m tall; young growth glabrous, older growth with a light brown cortex, lenticels not prominent. Leaves alternate; petiole 3-7 mm long, glabrous, very slightly winged; lamina oblanceolate to ovate, 15-27 cm long, 5.5-9.0 cm wide, glabrous, dark green above, silvery green below, subcoriaceous, the base cuneate, the apex obtuse to acuminate, the venation prominent below, without a well- developed marginal vein. Staminate inflorescence umbelliforn, the umbellules capitate; primary peduncle 0-0.5 mm long; rhachis 3-5 mm long; secondary peduncle 10-12 mm long, finely sericeous, glabrescent, bracts sericeous, lanceolate. Staminate flowers 8-14 per head, white; pedicel 1.0-1.5 mm long; hypanthium tubular-funnelform, 10-13 mm long, striate, sparsely sericeous outside, glabrous within, 1 mm wide at base, 3-3.5 mm wide at the mouth, with a thickened faucal annulus within; lobes reflexed, the apex rounded, apiculate, the mucra densely sericeous; stamens yellow, 8, the antisepalous whorl sessile, borne on the lobes, the alternisepalous whorl borne at the mouth of the hypanthiun; disk 4-lobed, 0.5 mm long; pistillode bottle-shaped, 1.5-2.0 mm long, the stigma clavate. Pistillate flowers not seen. Drupe ovoid, white, 2.4 cm long, 1.6 cm wide. Additional specimen studied: COSTA RICA. Puntarenas: Osa Peninsula, NW of airfield, about 5 km W of Rincon de Osa, 50- 200 m, moist forest with open understory, 9-12 Jan 1970, Burger & Liesner 7314 (F). Daphnopsis costaricensis is known only from the Osa peninsula of Costa Rica. It is distinctive because of its large, obovate leaves, white, tubular flowers, and large fruits. It is easily distinguished from D. americana ssp. caribaea, the only other Costa Rican species, by these characters. It is best classified in subgenus Daphnopsis, but it is not closely related to any other Central American species. Like many other species found on the Osa Peninsula, its affinities seem to be with species from the lowland forests of western Colombia and Ecuador. Daphnopsis correae Barringer & Nevling, sp. nov. TYPE: PANAMA. Panama, region of Cerro Jefe, 1000 m, edge of forest, 3 Oct. 1969, Correa, Dressler, Escobar, & Lewis 1612 (Holotype: MO!). Species insignis foliis obovatis obtusis subtus glaucis, floris bicoloribus, staminodiis 8, disco cupulato. Shrub to 2 m tall; young growth glabrous, older growth with reddish-brown cortex, lenticels white. Leaves alternate; petioles 5-7 mm long, glabrous, dark brown, flattened above; lamina ovate 1986 Nevling & Barringer, New & noteworthy species 365 to obovate, 9-13 cm long, 4.5-6.0 cm wide, glabrous, glaucous below, coriaceous, the base cuneate, the margin recurved when dry, the apex obtuse to rounded, the venation prominent below. Pistillate inflorescence umbelliform; primary peduncle 1-4 m long, glabrous; rhachis 1-2 mm long; secondary peduncles 4-5 mm long, glabrous; flowers 15-20 per head, the pedicel 1-2 mm long; hypanthium green, 2-3 mm long, 1 mm wide at the base, 1.5-2.5 mm wide at the mouth, sericeous outside, glabrous within, the lobes 1-2 mm long, rounded, brown, sericeous outside, thick, with a longitudinal ridge above the stamens; staminodes 8, the upper whorl subsessile, less than 1 mm long, the alternisepalous whorl attached at the mouth, sessile, the anthers less than 1 mm long; disk cupuliform, 0.7 mm long, glabrous, lobulate; ovary subglobose, the style 1 mm long, the stigma clavate. Drupes pinkish-red. Additional specimen studied: PANAMA. Panama: Cerro Jefe, cloud forest, 850-900 m, Sytsma 1422 (MO). Canal Zone: between Fort San Lorenzo and Fort Sherman near Pavon road junction with road 82. 22 Oct. 1974. Mori & Kallunki 2733 (F, MO). Daphnopsis correae is distinctive because of its bicolored flowers, pinkish-red fruits, and leaves with glaucous undersides. It is classified in subgenus Daphnopsis, but does not appear to be closely related to any of the other Central American species in that subgenus. It can be distinguished from all other Panamanian Daphnopsis by its umbelliform inflorescence, green and brown flowers, glaucous leaves, and shrubby habit. It is currently known from specimens collected near Cerro Jefe and in the Canal Zone, but material recently collected in Chiriqui Province may also represent this species. Acknowledgements We thank the curators of A, GH, MICH, and MO for allowing us to study their collections. Research for this paper was supported by the Tieken Fund of Field Museum. Literature cited Laclette, P. P. H. 1977. Sobre uma Nova Especie de Thymelaeaceae Daphnopsis aemygdioi. Bol. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, Bot. 46: 1-15. Nevling, L. I., Jr. 1959. A Revision of the genus Daphnopsis Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 46: 257-358. ----. 1960. Nomenclatural changes in Daphnopsis (Thymelaeaceae). J. Arnold Arb. 41: 412-415. Pv Votn@ck O Gok A Vol. 61, No. 6 1962. Note on Daphnopsis crassifolia (Thymelaeaceae). J. Arnold Arb. 43: 344-347. 1963. Notes on Daphnopsis (Thymelaeaceae). J. Arnold Arb. 44: 402-418. 1967. Thymelaeaceae, in B. Maguire, Botany of the Chimanta Massif. II. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 17: 452-453. 1978. A new species of Daphnopsis (Thymelaeaceae) from Ecuador. Selbyana 2: 308,309. A NEW SPECIES OF RUDBECKIA (ASTERACEAE-HELIANTHEAE ) FROM HILLSIDE BOGS IN EAST TEXAS Larry E. Brown Houston Community College, Houston, TX 77270-7849 and Spring Branch Science Center Herbarium, Houston, TX 77024 The section Macroline of the genus Rudbeckia is distinguished from the section Rudbeckia by the presence of lemon-yellow or pale yellow rays, somewhat compressed and basilaterally attached achenes that are slightly (if at all) shorter than the chaff, large often elongating flower heads, and a basic chromosome number of X = 18 (Cronquist 1980). Recent field work and a study of herbarium specimens has revealed the following new species in section Macroline from acid hillside bogs in Angelina, Jasper, and Newton Counties, Texas. RUDBECKIA SCABRIFOLIA Larry E. Brown, sp. nov. Fig. 1. A R. maxima Nutt. similis sed differt capitulis parvioribus non elongescentibus et ligulis parvioribus et inflorescentia ramificatione et laminis foliorum scabris non glaucis nitentibusque. Erect perennial herbs to 2 meters tall. Roots fibrous, arising from a 0.8-2.0 cm thick rootstock. Fresh stems somewhat glaucous. Stems terete, striate, and glabrous; upper peduncles often with a few scattered hairs. Basal leaves large; petioles to 28 cm long; blades oval, or ovate, 7.3-16.7 cm wide and 9.4-23.5 cm long. Leaf margins entire to undulate. Blade base subtruncate to broadly cuneate, blade tissue decurrent 1-3 cm down petiole as a Narrow wing. Principal lateral veins numerous and arcuate, arising from a prominent midrib vein. Lower cauline blades similar but smaller. Blades of mid-cauline leaves elliptic, to 13 cm long, often winged to base by blade tissue. Upper leaves sessile, auriculate, elliptic to oblong, often contracted above middle to a more narrow apex. Extreme upper leaves more or less bract-like. Blade surfaces not glaucous as in R. maxima but lustrous and scabrous-pubescent with erect, reclining, or sometimes appressed 0.1-1.2 mm long hairs. Flower heads 3-11 in a branched inflorescence, rarely (if ever) a single monocephalous head as found in R. maxima. Discs hemispherical to ovate, not elongating, 1.5-2 cm wide and 1.1-2.5 cm long. Receptacle columnar to 1 cm long. Ligules pale yellow, reflexed, 1-3.3 cm long and 3.5-9 mm wide, abaxial surface hirsute with glandular and non-glandular hairs, adaxial surface glabrous. Phyllaries spreading to reflexed, ciliate and pubescent abaxially. Chaff to 6 mm long, partially enfolding ovary and achene, pale or yellowish hairs on the flat 3 368 PHRYTOLGGIR Vol. 61, No. Fig. 1. Rudbeckia scabrifolia (from holotype). A, inflorescence; B, basal leaf; C, upper culm leaves. 1986 Brown, A new species of Rudbeckia 369 apex with hairs extending a short distance down the abaxial keel, a purple line on the margins with the purple line of the abaxial keel somewhat expanded at the acute chaff apex. Corolla tube of disk flowers to 4.9 mm long, brown with 5 purple lines terminating at the sinuses of the 5 erect corolla lobes. Corolla lobes to 0.9 mm long, purple at tips. Achenes purple, glabrous, 3-4 mm long, 4- angled, somewhat compressed, acute at base and basilaterally attached to receptacle. Pappus an irregularly toothed or lacerate crown, 1.1-2 mm long. On mature flower heads the pappus extends to, or almost to, the apex of chaff. Flowering mostly in June but perhaps again in the fall as Brown 4646 (ASTC) collected on 22 September 1979 has a number of immature flower heads. TYPE: UNITED STATES. TEXAS. ANGELINA COUNTY: ca 1 mi S of junction FR 339 and Fr 330 on 330, SW facing seepage slope with some pitcher plants present, 17 Jul 1980, John R. Ward 352 (holotype, ASTC, two sheets). This site is now in the Upland Island Wilderness of the Angelina National Forest. Additional Collections Examined: ANGELINA CO: bog SE of Zavalla on U.S. highway 63, 0.5 mile NW of the Angelina-Jasper Co. line, 27 June 1978, K. L. Marietta 321 (ASTC); proposed Graham Creek Wilderness area, 8.8 mi S of Zavalla on U.S. 69 left on FR 314, 22 Sept 1979, Nixon & Ward 9790 (ASTC); hillside bog with pitcher plants below highway 63 at first guardrail S of intersec- tion with FR 327, 16 Aug 1986, Brown 10656 (SBSC); same site, 19 Aug 1985, Brown 9405 (SMU). JASPER CO.: pitcher plant bog area associated with creek, 3 mi S of Letney, 6 Aug 1976, Nixon et al. 7296 (ASTC); Boykin Springs, Angelina National Forest, July 1964, D. J. Banks s.n. (ASTC); on seepage slope, Boykin Springs, Angelina National Forest, 6 June 1963, Correll & Wasshausen 27533 (LL); proposed Graham Creek Wilderness area, ca 0.3 mi N of intersection FR 314 & 330 on 330, seepage slope with pitcher plants, 17 June 1980, Ward 539 (ASTC); same site, 16 Aug 1986, Brown 10652 (SBSC, SMU, VDB); same site, 2 Aug 1986, Brown 10594 (TAES, NY). NEWTON CO.: pitcher plant bog 9 mi N of Wiergate on Hwy 87, then 2.5 mi E of Walker Cemetery in vicinity of Mill & Copperas Creeks, 24 July 1973, Nixon & Cox 6103 (ASTC). Rudbeckia scabrifolia most closely resembles R. maxima Nutt.; however, the author has observed no plants intermediate between R. scabrifolia and R. maxima. Plants referable to R. maxima have not been observed by the author in those counties where R. scabrifolia is found. Table 1 is a list of some of the major differences between these two species. R. scabrifolia is a distinct species that is adapted to a unique environment which is present as scattered small patches on some east Texas hillsides. 370 Pid dhe OL @ Eos Vol. 61, Ne. 6 Table I. A Comparison of R. scabrifolia and R. maxima FEATURE R. scabrifolia R. maxima Fresh stems Blade surface Basal blade shape Basal blade base Inflorescence Discs of flower heads Habitat glaucous non-glaucous, shining, and scabrous-pubescent mostly oval to 16 cm broad more or less truncate or abruptly contracted branched with 3-11 heads to 2.5 cm long acid hillside bogs glaucous glaucous, dull, and glabrous mostly elliptic to 13 cm broad gradually narrowed often monocephalous to 8 cm long dry to moist sites, often roadsides At present, herbarium specimens of R. scabrifolia are avail- able from two sites in Angelina Co., three sites in Jasper Co., and Most, if not all, of these sites are pitcher plant bogs present on hillside seepage areas. A recent study (Nixon & Ward 1986) indicates these bogs develop on sandy uplands that are underlain by impermeable layers of clay materials. Water percolates downward through the sandy soils to the clay region and then moves laterally to emerge on the lower hill slope. In two bogs examined by the author, flowering stems of R. scabrifolia are common and conspicuous in the wet and mucky soils one site in Newton Co. of the open center of the bog. Around the bog edge, where the soils are drier, flowering stems are absent or rare but plants with basal leaves only are common. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Raymond McBen of the Staff and Instructional Development Department of Houston Community College made the drawing and Paul A. Fryxell of Texas A&M University provided the Latin diagnosis. The curators and staff of Southern Methodist University (SMU), Stephen F. Austin State University (ASTC), University of Texas (LL), and Texas A&M University (TAES) kindly allowed me to visit and study herbarium sheets of Rudbeckia. A special thanks is 1986 Brown, A new species of Rudbeckia 371 extended to Elray Nixon of ASTC for the loan of 13 sheets of R. scabrifolia which largely formed the basis of the species description. LITERATURE CITED CRONQUIST, ARTHUR. 1980. Vascular flora of southeastern United States, vol. I, Asteraceae. University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. NIXON, E. S. and J. R. WARD. 1986. Floristic composition and Management of east Texas pitcher plant bogs, in wilderness and natural areas in the eastern United States: a management challenge, D. L. Kulhavy and R. W. Conner, eds. Center for Applied Studies, School of Forestry, Stephen F. Austin State University, Nacogdoches, Texas. STREPTOPOGON JUAREZII N. SP. and TREMATODON NORRISII N. SP.* Ae Je Sharp Department of Botany, University of Tennessee Knoxville, TN 37916 Streptopogon juarezii sp. nov. Distinguitur ex ovatis, levibus aristatis foliis quae leves margines habent et quae gemmis carent et quae cellulas marginis quadratis inconspicuas habent. This new species is distinguished by having elliptically ovate, smooth, entire, aris.ate leaves without gemmae. The sporophyte with an oblong tubular immersed capsule with a short ($1 mm) seta and a peristome of a high, thyaline basal membrane and 16 slender, perforate, papillose teeth. Autoicous. TYPE: Sobre un tronco humedo. 21 km al oeste de Xalapa, Veracruz, Mexico. 1700 melevacion. Coll. L. Gil Judrez Ge, Noe 627, 20 VII 1976 (type, TENN; isotype, INIREB). Trematodon norrisii sp. nov. Distinguitur ex parvitate, ex foliis anguste lanceolatis, ex costa percurrente, et ex perfragilibut angustis dentibus peristomatoSe Distinguished from other small species of Trematodon by the narrowly lanceolate (1-2 mm) leaves with percurrent costae; capsules 2 mm in length, abruptly narrowed to slender hypophyses, and with thin, #diaphanous walls; teeth slender, very fragile, 200-250 py; spores 25-30 yp, prominently papillose,. TYPE: Moist, ditfusely lit soil bank in dense tropical BSub-deciduous forest along road to Puerto Vallarta about 4 miles north, of San Juan Caxstle, Municipio Compostela, Nayarit, Mexico. Coll. D. H. Norris & D. J. Taranto, No.1361, 24 July 1970 (type, TENN; isotype, HSC). Acknowledgment. I am greatly indebted to Dr. C. P. Craig cf the University of Tennessee Classics Department who gave me generous assistance with the preparation of the Latin diagnoses. *Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory, The University of Tennessee, N. Ser 563, and from the Hattori Botanical Labor- atory, Nichinan, Miyazaki, Japan. 372 ESTUDIOS QUIMICOS PRELIMINARES EN ALGAS MARINAS CLOROFI TAS DEL GOLFO DE MEXICO. Ma. A. Garza Barrientos*, Noemi Waksman**, A. Pinevro - L6pez** y Beatriz Wallander*. * Universidad Aut6noma de Nuevo Le6n, Facultad de Cien Ccias Biol6égicas, Apdo. Postal 2790. ** Departamento de Farmacolocfa y Toxicologia, Facultad de Medicina. Entre los alimentos de valor econ6mico, figuran los de origen marino incluyendo las algas, cuyos pigmentos, de reconocida importancia por su participacién en el proce so biosintético, hacen posibie la nutrici6n de los seres vivos. Los reportes publicados en relacién a U. lactuca son es casos, no obstante el atractivo que ofrece su contenido proteico, el cual parece ser un magnifico potencial pa- ra el uso alimentario con miras a una explotaci6n futu- ra, razones que motivaron nuestro interés por compilar informacion concerniente a esta alga de amplia distribu ci6én en las costas mexicanas. En el Area de estudio - fueron muy comunes E. lingulata v C. mexicana, por lo - que se les eligi6 para comparar las variaciones con es- pecial atenci6n hacia los picmentos fotosintéticos y - sustancias org&nicas de reserva de dichas plantas. El material biol6égico fué recolectado en forma manual - en mayo de 1981, en las escolleras de Ciudad Madero y - Soto La Marina, Tamaulipas, México, sobre rocas calizas en la desembocadura de los rios Panuco y Soto La Marina respectivamente, ambos portadores de descargas indus- - triales. Las alaas libres de epifitas y otras impure-- zas, fueron separadas en lotes de cincuenta especimenes para los procesos de extracci6n y andlisis. Todos los reactivos y solventes utilizados fueron de grado anali- tico libres de per6xidos. Los extractos de las plantas fueron procesados en ausencia de luz. El material se dividi6é en dos fracciones. Una parte se sec6 a temperatura ambiente v posteriormente en estufa a 40°C y se moli6é hasta obtener una harina algal. Sobre ésta se determin6 humedad vy cenizas por el método de - Larsen (1978), proteinas, grasa v fibra cruda por el - procedimiento de Larsen y Kobech (1979) y carbohidratos totales por la técnica colorimétrica de Dubois y Col - (1956). Los resultados obtenidos pueden observarse en la Tapla I. siendo especialmente alto y de interés para nosotros el contenido proteico en U. lactuca. La segunda fraccién permaneci6 en refrigeraci6n a -20°C 313 374 Pah Ve TO Geet uk Vol. 61, No. 6 y en ausencia de luz. Para la extracci6én de los pigmen tos se utiliz6 acetona 90% seqfin la metodologia de Je-- ffrey (1968) y Garside y Riley (1969). Se utiliz6 bano ultras6nico para la extracci6n exhaustiva. Una parte - de este extracto se saponific6 segGin recomienda Jensen (1978), para la determinaci6n de carotenos. Las xant6- filas se reconocieron luego de una particién del extrac to con &ter de petréleo y metanol acuoso al 85%, siguien do la metodologfa de Davis (1965). La naturaleza de - los pigmentos se comprob6 por cromatograffia en capa del gada comparando el Rf de los pigmentos presentes en las plantas en varios sistemas cromatogr&ficos, con los ob- tenidos a partir de standards (Sigma Chem. Co) o con - los Rf reportados en la literatura (Foppen, 1971). Los resultados se observan en la Tabla II. La identifica-- ci6n se complement6 eluyendo de las placas cada uno de los pigmentos con dimetilformamida y posterior an&lisis por espectrofotometrfa visible. Los espectros se reali zaron en un Beckman DU. Las tres plantas contienen clorofilas a b, %-caroteno y lutefna, U. lactuca tiene también violaxantina y C-_ mexicana violaxantina y neoxantina. La cuantificaci6n de las clorofilas se llev6é a cabo por dos métodos distintos. El primero aplic6é las ecuacio-- nes matema&ticas de Jeffrey y HumPhrey (Holden, 1975), midiendo la absorci6én de cada extracto a 664, 647 y 630 nm. El segundo método consisti6 en realizar una croma- tograffia en capa fina (sistema D) de los extractos y - posterior lectura de la reflectancia en un espectrofot6 metro de capa fina Zeiss MQIII. Se habfa determinado - previamente la longitud de onda de respuesta maxima pa- ra clorofilas a y b que result6 ser 670 y 650 nm respec tivamente. as{ como el rango de linealidad. El @&-caroteno y lutefna se cuantificaron por este filti mo método, utilizando el sistema F de cromatografia pa- ra el caroteno y E para lutefna. Ambos se midieron a - 440 nm, utilizando o&-caroteno como standard, debido a que el coeficiente de extinci6n de ambos es similar a - la longitud de onda utilizada (Jeffrey, 1968). No se - cuantificaron violaxantina y neoxantina, pues aparecen como trazas. Los resultados se observan en la Tabla - III y son promedio de por lo menos cinco determinacio-- nes. CONCLUSIONES. De las algas verdes estudiadas, fué C. mexicana la que ofreci6 m4s variedad de pigmentos y en la mayor concen- traci6n. Por el an&lisis quimico proximal, se advierte la riqueza proteica de U. lactuca. Serd& objeto de un - 1986 Garza Barrientos & al., Estudios quimicos 375 estudio posterior su composici6n en aminodcidos. Se advierte la ventaja. en cuanto a precisi6n y rapidez del an&lisis, del uso de espectrofotometrfa en capa fi- na para el an&lisis cuantitativo de pigmentos, tal y co mo recomiendan Garside y Riley (1969). TABLA I * ANALISIS QUIMICO PROXIMAL DE ALGAS MARINAS CLOROFITAS Hume Ceni Nitré Protei Gc Fibra Carbohi dad zas geno nas Cruda dratos S % % % % % % U.lactuca 304 WeLisG 3} 5) 2340 228 6.3 40.0 E.lingulata ONS e128 36d alee yee 2.4 14.8 46.5 C.mexicana 15 30r) 85 225 16.4 263 16.2 37.0 * Valores expresados como porcentaje sobre peso seco. TABLA III VALORES PORCENTUALES DE PIGMENTOS AISLADOS DE ALGAS MARINAS CLOROFITAS EXPRESADOS EN mg/100 gr. de PESO SECO. A L G A S PIGMENTOS U. lactuca E. lingulata C. mexicana * kk * xx *x kk Clorofila a 44,20 55 23,60 - 29 87,00 90 Clorofila b 34,90 38 8,50 13 52,30 58 Alfa Caroteno 1.40 iba 7/o} 9.10 Luteina 4.10 2.20 4.10 * Cuantificado segiin ecuaciones Jeffrey - Humphrey ** Cuantificado por espectrofotometria en capa delgada (c.c.d) Vol. 61, No. 6 PH bite 0 Ga A 376 PUTIUP KOON PUTIURXETOTA euTaqny 0UdzOIPS- ag q JOACTO eB JOIOTO eUuTaANT 0ua}01eD- 40 q “XOTD e ZOTO PUTJUPXETOTA eute4nyT OU9}0129- 99 q JOICTO eB jJOI0CTO Pept uepl (1766) OOTTIZ® 7038 toOaTOQTIed ep 1932 °D TeD-eOTTIS “a “n (v?92:07) enbe :TouejZeu :euojVeDe ‘SOpTABsOTTHTzA, uod epeubsadut anbyesety (v?9L:0Z) enbe :TOouejZow +zeu0JeOe *SOpTABOT{[Htz, uocd epeubszdut esornted (Sb°0:0T:06) TOuedozd-u :euoqze5e +:oaeTorjzed ap 1939 esOoTNTeD oeTorzjzed ap 19398 Us OWIOFOAOTO ¥GZ eSOTNTAD oeTozjzed ap 12838 us souedoad-u %T esoTNTeaD eCuezeNn - se"o 0z°0 Te20 8T°0 0z°0 ozeTO OTT Tazeuy = L9°O ss*0 Ss*O 8v°O Se0 a3aenzy OTT Tzeuy = 08°O SL°O GLa €S°9 cS°O oT Ttzeuy c8°O = = = ~ = OLeTI BpPIBA = 87 °O Be°O T6°0 Tv’°o 97°O eprspr = /ENENG) vv-oO c6°0 p9°0 Sv°o eueoTXOW °5D oyaenzF OTT TrAeuy = v8°0O 8L°0 CLO vSs"0O = oT Ttazeuy 78°O = = = = = O2eTS Sprz9pr = 8c°O Geso 160 SPO SPO ept9A = [ES = (0) Lv°O £6°0O v9°0 49°O ozeTo OTT Tzeuly = EQnO Lv°oO St Sel @) = peo ezeTnbut tT azazeny OTT T7zeuy = 78°O €9°O ov-o cs*O vs°O OTT tT azeury z8°O < = = = = oreTD aprsp - 9Cn0 8t°O T6°0 TS*O Sv-o aprsp = yc*O Le°o s6°O 99°0 cS +0 BONnQoeT ZOTOD ea 2 Pp = o i SWWQ@ALSTS SVNWOIXGW SWOTW € NA SOOILALNISOLOA SOLNSWSId gd Fu II wiqwi 1986 Garza Barrientos & al., Estudios quimicos HiT BIBLIOGRAFIA. DAVIS, B.H. (1976). Carotenoids. In: Goodwin, T.W.. Chemistry and Biochemistry of Plant Pigments, Vol. 2, 2nd. Ed, pp 38-165, A.P. (London). DUBOIS M., GILLBS K.A., HAMILTON J.K.. REBERS P.A., and SMITH F (1956). Colorimetric methods for determination of sugar and related substances. Anal. Chem. 28: 300- 3567 FOPPEN, F.H. (1971). Tables for the identification of carotenoid pigments. Chromatogr. Rev. 14: 133-298. GARSIDE, C. and RILEY J.P. (1969). A thin-layer chromatographic method for the determination of plant pigments in sea water an cultures. Anal. Chem. Acta, Beet io—-1 91. HOLDEN, M. (1975). In Goodwin, T.W.: Chemistry and Biochemistry of Plant Pigments. Vol. I, 2nd Ed. p 149- 224, A.P. (London). JEFFREY, S.W. (1968). Quantitative thin-layer Chromatographie of Chlorophylls and carotenoids from Marine algae. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 162: 271-285. JENSEN A. (1978). Chlorophylis and Carotenoids. Handbook of Phycological Methods, J.A. Helebust, J.S. Craige Univ. Press. London, 6: 59-69. LARSEN, B. (1978). Brown seaweed analysis of ashfiber, iodine and manitol. Handbook of phycological methods, Jeo» Cambridge; Hellebust, J.A. and Craige J.S. 17: 18F Ley. LARSEN, B. and KOBECH, K (1979). Manual de métodos de Laboratorio del curso Industrializaci6n y Utilizaci6n - de los recursos algales. Unidad Cienc. Mar. Univ. Aut. B.C. México, Inédito. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLERODENDRUM (VERBENACEAE). XXIX Harold N. Moldenke CLERODENDRUM Burm. Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 61: 316--338. 1986; Takhtajan [trans]. Crovello], Florist. Regions 67. 1986. Additional excluded taxa: CfLenodendrwm Leandrii Mold., Lloydia 13: 207--208. 1950 = Radamaea sp., Scrophulariaceae. CLerodendraum brevicalyx Mold. ex Holmgren & al., Ind. Vasc. Pl. Type Microf. 441 nom. nud. 1985 = ? CLERODENDRUM KAEMPFERI (Jacq.) Sieb. Additional synonymy: C£erodendron coccinewm D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 616. 1843. VoLkameria coccinea Herb. ex D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 616 in syn. 1843. CLerodendrum kaempferi Sieb. ex Hassk., Cat. Pl. Hort. Bogor. Cult. 136. 1844; Mold., RéSumé Supp]. 15: 19 in syn. 1967; Alexander, Hong Kong Shrubs 28. 1971 [not C. kaempgeri Fisch., 1821]. C£enodendron dentatum Wall. apud Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 466. 1845. Volkameria kdmpferiana Jacq. apud Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 466. 1845. VoLkamenria kbmpfert Jacq. apud Sieb. & Zucc., Ab- hand]. Akad. Wiss. Muench. Math.-Phys. 4 (3): 153 in syn. 1846. CLerodendron speciosissimum Hort. Angl. ex Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 672 in syn. 1847 [not C. speciosissimun Paxt., 1837, nor Van Geert, 1836]. C£erodendron squamatum — indicum Hassk., Retzia 1: 62--63. 18£5. CLerodendron squamatum var. indicum Hassk., Retzia 1: 63. 1855. VoLkamenria koempgferi Jacq. apud Franch. & Savat., Enum. Pl. Jap. 1: 359 in syn. 1875. €£enodendron iLustre N. E. Br., Gard. Chron. 56 [ser. 2, 22]: 424. 1884. Cenodendron squamatum Wahl ex Bachman, Flora 69 [ser. 2, 44]: 414. 1886. C&enodendnron Squamatum Cham. ex Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 175. 1895. Cenodendron coccinewn Hort. Morr. ex Voss in Vilm., Blumengdrt. 1: 832 in syn. 1895. CLenodendnron speciosissimum "Hort. ex p[Larte]" ex Voss in Vilm., Blumengdrt. 1: 832 in syn. 1895. ChLenodendron kaempferi Sieb. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1276. 1895 [not C. kaempferi Fisch. ex Morr., 1845, nor "Sieb. herb. ex Miq.", 1903, nor Steud., 1948]. C&enodendraon Squammatum Vahl apud Pynaert, Rev. Hort. Belg. 22: 284 & 287 sphalm. 1896. CLerodendron squamutum Vahl apud Bretschn., Hist. Europ. Bot. Discov. China 136 in syn. 1898. C£enodendron coccineum D. Dietz. apud H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 363 in syn. 1919. CLerodendron squamatum var. typicum H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 303. 191%. Chenodendron dentatum "Wall. ex Steud." apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 93 & 108 in syn. 1921. Clerodendron cocctneum q, kK, ex Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: viii in syn. 1921. C&enoden- dron squamatum var. typica Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 93. 1921. Cherodendrwn infortunatum Lour [in part] apud E.'D. Merr., Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. 24 (2): 337 in syn. 1935 [not C. tnfortunata L., 1753, nor C. Anfortunatum Auct., 378 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 379 1955, nor Blume, 1967, nor Dennst., 1959, nor Gaertn., 1965, nor Miq., 1968, nor Vent., 1821, nor Willd., 1976]. Cenrodendron in- fortunatum "Lour., in part" ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20 in syn. 1940 [not C, infortunatum Auct., 1963, nor Blume, 1947, nor Gaertn., 1788, nor Lam., 1947, nor Lindl., 1918, nor Schau., 1918, nor F.-Vill., 1882, nor Walp., 1843, nor Wight, 1850, nor Willd., 1976]. C&enxodendron kaempferi (Jacq.) Sieb. ex Mold., Sup- pl. List Inv. Names 2 in syn. 1941. C£enodendron "(or VoLkamenria?) dentate Roxb." apud Fang, Icon. Pl. Omeiens. 1: pl. 69. 1944. CLenodendron dentata Roxb. ex Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos Vietn. 2: 255 in syn. 1953. CLenodendron kaempferi (Jack) Sieb. ex Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38 sphalm. 1967. C£enodendnron speciosissi- mum Hort. ex Mold., Phytologia 31: 396 in syn. 1975. CLenodendron dentatum (Roxb.) Wall. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 384 in syn. 1980. CLerodendrwm kaempfert (Jack.) Sieb. ex Hu, Enum. Chin. Mat. Med. 6. 1981. Bibliography: Kaempf., Amoen. Exot. 861. 1712; Kwa-wi [trans]. Sauatiewds Arbor 2: pl..10: 1759300. F. :Gmel: in-L.ss Syst. Nat.5 eds 13, imp. 1, 2: 961. 1789; Jacq., Collect. 3: 207--209. 1789; Lour., Fl. Cocihinch., ed. 1, imp. 1, 2: 387--388 & 704. 1790; Banks, Icon. Sel. Pl. Kaempf. pl. 58. 1791; Nemnich, Allgem. Polyglott. Lex. 1: 1065--1066. 1791; Vahl, Symb. Bot. 2: 74. 1791; Jacq., Icon. Pl. Ratwereas ple 500, 1792; Jacq... sCollect:*3% ipl. .341.. 17933-lour.,° Fl. Cochincha waned. 2562: 471. 1793; Jacq., Icon. Pl). Rar. 3: 7 & 24% WASSeees Es Gmel. tines. Systs Nates,ceds 135. imp. 2, 2: 961. 1796; P.-Mill., Gard. Dict., ed. 9, 1: C&enodendrum 7. 1797; Raeusch., Roneebot.s 6d.635.182.517979 Willd. in Li, Spe Plisceds 5 ["4"],..3 (1): 385--387. 1800; Rottl., Gesell. Naturforsch. Freunde Berl. Neue Schrift 4: 203. 1803; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 5: 166. 1804; Pers., Syn. Pl. 2: 145. 1806; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 689--690. 1808; Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 659. 1809; ReeBm.-inmeAit.; Hort. Kew., ed..2, 4: 63..181l2; Roxb., Hort. Benge; impe Vse465 W8l4: Pers.,°Sp. Pl. 3: 365. 1819; Steud. Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 207, 208, & 890. 1821; Edwards, Bot. Reg. 8: pl. 649. W223 Biumes CatesGewasss, imps 1,85. 1823; Lodd., Bot. Cab. 8: pl. 796; 18235 Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 759. 1825; Loisel.- Deslong. in Mordant de Launay, Herb. Gén. Amat. 8: pl. 519. 1827; SVCeE RE FOREoubhites eCdseli,e2: 322.1827; Loud. , Encyel. Plea 522. 1829; Wall., Numer. List [49], nos. 1798 & 1799. 1829; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 247. 1830; Sieb., Verh. Batav. Genootsch. Kunst. 12: [Syn. Pl. Oecon.] 31 ["51"]. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 416. 1830; Wall., Numer. List 87, no. 1798 & 1799. 1831; Cham., Linnaea Jemndbeeloese stoud.; Hort. Brite, ede2, 247.1832; "Reider, Ann. Eimmest gees pl. oa te neree sew as dcodes cows C. paniculatum. 48a. Leaf-blades not lobed; calyx 5--15 mm. long, the lobes oblong or elliptic, more than 4 mm. long, apically a- cute; corolla dark-red, its tube less than 4 times as long as the calyx. 49. Calyx 1--1.5 cm. long; corolla to 2.4 cm. long, the tube equaling or slightly longer than the calyx....... C. faponicum. 49a. Calyx less than 1 cm. long; corolla to 3.8 cm. long, 1986 Moldenke, Notes on CLenodendrwm 415 the tube twice as long as the calyx.........-.- C. kaempfert. 47a. Calyx and corolla externally glabrous; leaf-blades densely punctulate beneath. 50. Leaf-blades basally cordate-rotund; calyx 1.8--2.5 cm. long, 3-partite; corolla-tube 2.5--3.3 cm. long, the lobes 2--2.5 ents Vong; ‘staniens’o-=4" em. VOMG se sce eee wcicloiene C. hettae. 50a. Leaf-blades basally cuneate or subtruncate; calyx 1.3--1.7 cm. long, 2--5-partite; corolla-tube 1.4--2 cm. long, the lobes 1--1.5 cm. long; stamens 7--9 cm. long...C. magnificum. Material of C£erodendraum kLemmei has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as C. commersontii Lam., C. Longiflorwm De- caisne, C. quadnangulare Merr., C. quadriloculare (Blanco) Merr., and C. mindonense Merr. On the other hand, the Ramos PBS 7251, dis- tributed as typical C. k&emmei, actually is the type collection of its var. puberulum Mold. Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Agfand 4.n. [1/25/38] (0r-- 52745); Ahern's Collector, Herb. Philip. Fon. Bur. 1881 (N); C. F. Baker 941 (Mu--4227); P. T. Barnes, Herb. Philip. For. Bur. 339 (N); M. S. Clemens 16256 (Ca--283715, N); 17238 (Ca--302749, Gg--158302), 17239 (Ca--302748), s.n. [Baguio, Oct. 1927] (Ca--346744); Costales, Herb. Philip. For. Bur. 30178 (Ca--320892); H. M. Curran, Philip. Fon. Bur. 16618 (W--16618); Curran & Merritt, Herb. Philip. For. Bur. 15834 (W--711525); F. W. Darling, Herb. Philip. Fon. Bur. 14415 (N); E&mer 5964 (Bz--19739), 8679 (Bz--19740--isotype, L--isotype, Ld--isotype, Ld--photo of isotype, N--isotype, W--629964--isotype); K2emme, Herb. Philip. For. Bur. 5684 (N, W--709455); Lohenr 5042 (W-- 447137), 12322 (Bz--19737); R. C. McGregor, Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 20191 (N, W--901773); E. D. Mernike 2338 (N), 3746 (N); M. Ramos 1336 (Bz--20089, N), Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 7712 (N, W--629295), Phikip. Bur. Sci. 27024 (W--1293797); Ramos & Edafio, Herb. Philip. Bur. Sei. 4683] (Ca--309329, N, W--1527801), Herb. Phikip. Bur. Sci. 48506 (Bz--19736, Ca--322118, N, Pd, Pd, S, W--1527911), Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 48612 (Ca--322043, N); Vanoverbergh 1528 (Go, Lu, S, Ut--53621, Vi, W--1238093), 2368 (Ws); Weiss 4248 (Bz--20087); R. S. Williams 394 (N), 2057 (N, N). CLERODENDRUM KLEMMEI var. PUBERULUM Mold., Phytologia 23: 315. 1972. Erpliaaraphy: E. D. Merr., Enum. Philip. Flow. Pl. 3: 402. 1923; Pion. s big). Abstr... 54 (7): BeA.S.1-C.. S.53. 1972; Mold., Phytolo- Otdeco eto. 19/2, Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 306 & 538. 1980; Brenan, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 16: 71. 1981; Holmgren & al., Ind. Vasc. Pl. Type Microf. 442. 1985. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing the inflorescences, including the peduncles, sympodia, pedicels, calyxes during anthesis, and outer surface of the corolla-tubes, densely puberulent. The variety is based on Maximo Ramos, Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 7251 from the province of Abra, on the island of Luzon, Philippine Islands, collected in January or February of 1909, and deposited in the United States National herbarium in Washington. The general appearance of the inflorescence is much like that seen in C. quadri- 416 Pek FO Ore LA Vol. 61, No. 6 Locukane (Blanco) Merr. or C, mindonrense Merr., but the calyx-lobes are quite different. Thus far the variety is known to me only from the type collection, originally distributed and cited by Merrill as typical C. k&emmec Elm. Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: M, Ramos, Herb. Philip. Bur. Sei. 7251 (N--isotype, W--629193--type). CLERODENDRUM KWANGTUNGENSE Hand.-Mazz., Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.- Nat. 59: 111 [as "C&enrodendron"]. 1922; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 57 & 90. 1942. Synonymy: C£enrodendron kwangtungense Hand.-Mazz., Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-Nat. 59: 111. 1922. Cerodendrawm kewangtungense Hand.-Mazz., in herb. Bibliography: Hand.-Mazz., Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math.-Nat. 59: 111. 1922; Krause, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 90. 1924; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 51. 1929; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jah- resber. 53 (1): 1072. 1932; P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 125 & 152--153, pl. 28. 1932; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 238. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 57 & 90. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 6. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 4: 1011. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 131 & 182. 1949; Mold., Résumé 169, 265, & 450. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 19. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 288, 448, & 463 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Altschul, Drugs Foods 247. 1973; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 277, 538, & 539. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 60: 181. 1986. Illustrations: P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): pl. 28. 1932. A woody shrub, about 1.7 m. tall; branches slender, very finely strigillose-tomentellous, sparsely and minutely lenticellate; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles % to 1/3 as long as the leaf-blades, angular, deeply sulcate above, sparsely strigillose; leaf-blades concolorous, ovate, 71/7--15.5 cm. long, 2--2 2/3 times narrower than long, apically subcaudate-acuminate, marginally entire or here and there coarsely spreading sinuate-dentate, basally broadly cuneate or rounded to truncate and very slightly extended into the petiole- apex, glabrous or subglabrous on both surfaces except for the cili- olate margins and the sparsely strigillose midrib and larger vena- tion; midrib prominulent and flattish above, prominent beneath; secondaries 4 or 5 per side, the basal ones very oblique, confluent near the margins; veinlet reticulation loose; inflorescence corym- bose, the dimensions 9 x 13--14 x 22 cm., rather flattish, loose, basally trichotomous or shortly racemose, very finely strigillose- tomentellous, the ramifications elongate, 3--5 times dichotomous, "cum floribus alaribus" [fide Handel-Mazzetti]; bracts reduced or the lower ones foliaceous and 10 mm. long; pedicels 1.5--3 mm. long (in fruit to 14 mm. long), rather rigid; flowers numerous, fragrant; calyx green, 3.5--5 mm. long and wide, divided to 2/3 or 3/4 its length, the lobes ovate-oblong, herbaceous, externally sparsely as- perous, the basal cup in fruit elongated to 4 mm.; corolla white, externally loosely glandular with the lower glands short-stipitate and the upper ones sessile, with a few scattered short setae inter- mixed, the tube very slender, short, 2.2--2.5 cm. long, the lobes 1986 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendiun 417 narrowly oblong, 4--6 mm. long, undulate, apically rounded; stamens exserted 5--18 mm. beyond the corolla-mouth; anthers oblong, 1.2 mm. long, centrally attached, obtuse at both ends; style surpassing the corolla by scarcely 1 cm; fruit drupaceous, externally smooth. This species is based on Mele 974 from 800 m. altitude at Lungtou- shan, Kwangtung, China, collected in September of 1917, and depos- ited in the Vienna herbarium. P'ei (1932) comments that "This is allied to C. tnrichotomum Thunb., from which it differs by much smaller and more numerous flowers. Ching 2021, tentatively referred here, differs from the type of CLerodendron kwangtungense Hand.-Maz. by its pilose and glandular calyx and bracts and in the absence of lenticels. The specimen has very young flowers and when mature ma- terial is available it may prove to represent a distinc't specie [sic]." He cites only Me&e 914 from Kwangtung and Ching 2021 from Chekiang -- the Ching collection is now regarded as representing var. puberutum Li. This species is a member of Subgenus Eucferodendron, Subsection Paniculata. Curiously, Fedde & Schuster (1932) cite the original publication by Handel-Mazzetti to "Akad. Anz. Wien Nr. 12 (1922) p. 11". Altschul (1973) reports that the fruits are edible. Tsang en- countered the plant in dry sandy soil of thickets, in flower in Sep- tember, and reports the vernacular name "pak tsz shue". He refers to it as “fairly common". A key to help distinguish C. kwangtungense from other Chinese species will be found under C, henry P'ei in the present series of notes [60: 180--181]. Citations: CHINA: Kwangtung: Mele 974 [R. M. King neg. 295] (N-- photo of isotype, W--photo of isotype); Sin 11396 (N)3 Tsang 21581 (Ca--11130, I, Mi, N, N, S). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): pl. 28. 1932 (Ld--photo of isotype). CLERODENDRUM KWANGTUNGENSE var. PUBERULUM Li, Journ. Arnold Arb. 25: 426 [as "C£enodendron" ]. 1944; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 131 & 182. 1949. Synonymy: C£erodendron kwangtungense var. puberufum Li, Journ. Arnold Arb. 25: 426. 1944. Bibliography: P'ei, Mem. Sci. Soc. China 1 (3): 153. 1932; Li, Journ. Arnold Arb. 25: 426. 1944; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., ed. 2, 131 & 182. 1949; Mold., Resumé 169, 265, & 450. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 288 & 449 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold., Phy- tol. Mem. 2: 277 & 539. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in the leaf-blades being sparsely puberulent on both surfaces and the in- florescence densely puberulent. The variety is based on T. M. Tsuc 785 from Yang-Shan, in the Yang Shan District of Kwangtung, China, collected between July and September, 1932. The collector describes the plant as a shrub, 9 feet tall, with bluish fruit. The Ching collection, from partially shaded woods, at 125--185 m. altitude, is described as “a shrub of tree form, 5 feet tall, the calyx tinged purplish", originally iden- tified as C, tnichotomum Thunb. and by P'ei as perhaps C. kwangtun- gense or perhaps a distinct species. 418 Pi ble . adult. ant. .aees Seta. C. sihbvestre. 5a. Petioles elongate, to 4 cm. long or longer, pubescent at least on the upper margin; calyx puberulent....... a C. buchholzi. 4a. Calyx broadly obconic; leaf-blades somewhat leathery, not Rag Peet POY 1G 2 ao Fete a wets Darel aloha aotote a eee C. Laxicymosum. 2a. Inflorescence plainly axillary or terminating the branchlets.. C. thonneri. la. Leaf-blades marginally more or less dentate....C. tanganyikense. It should be noted here that Fedde & Schuster (1927) mis-cite the type collection of C, Laxdicymosum as Bequaert "1814" instead of "1844", doubtless due to a typographic error. Thomas (1936) cites only Bequaert 1844 and Pogge 1203 from Zaire. Material of C. Laxicymosum has been misidetnified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as C. buchholzii Glirke. Citations: GHANA: Vigne 4256 (Br). ZAIRE: Bequaert 1844 (Br-- type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type), 6438 (Br); Ghesquiere 4299 (Br); Gille 138 (Br, Br, Br, Br, Br); Lebrun 3904 (Br, Br, N), 3987 (Br, Br), 6000 (Br, Br, N), 6072 (Br), Br); B. Lemaine 149 (Br); Louis 13592 (Br), 15691 (Br); Renier 60 (Br, N). UGANDA: P, Chandgenr 1587 (N); Eggelsing 2271 (Br). CLERODENDRUM LAXIFLORUM J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 229 [as "C£enodendron" ]. 1883; Mold., Revist. Sudam. Bot. Si 70 950). Synonymy: CLerodendnron Laxiflonum J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. fond. Botey20s"229. 883% Bibliography: J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 229. 1883; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Lew., imp. 1, 1: 561 (1893) and imp. 2, 1: 561. 1946; Mold., Revist. Sudam. Bot. 8: 170. 1950; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 154, 223, 225--227, 266, & 268, fig. 36 (5 & 6). 1956; Mold., Résumé 155, 417, & 451. 1959; Jacks. in ‘Hook. f. & Jacks.’, Ind. Kew., impv%3s 7): 561 .. 19603 Molidiie hitch Summ. 1: 260 (1971) and 2: 770 & 868. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 249 & 539. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 58: 189. 1985. Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 223, fig. 36 (5 & 6). 1956. An erect shrub or small tree, to 10 m. tall; branchlets and twigs very slender, obtusely tetragonal, more or less densely puberulent or short-pubescent, sometimes somewhat compressed, lenticellate; leaf-scars large and corky; nodes not annulate; principal internodes 1.5--3 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite or approximate, short- petiolate; petioles slender, 2--15 mm. long, more or less puberu- lent; leaf-blades membranous, brunnescent in drying, lighter beneath, elliptic, 2.5--9 cm. long, 1.5--4.5 cm. wide, apically acute or short-acuminate, marginally entire, narrowed from the middle to the 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C£enodendrum 475 acute base, more or less puberulent (often densely so) on both sur- faces (or glabrous, fide Baker); midrib slender, flat above, prominu- lous beneath; secondaries filiform, 5--7 per side, obscure or indis- cernible above, very slightly subprominulous beneath, arcuate-ascen- ding, arcuately joined in many loops near the margins; veinlet re- ticulation sparse, mostly obscure; inflorescence axillary and ter- minal, the axillary cymules mostly 3-flowered and lax, the terminal panicles composed of several pairs of cymes, densely puberulent or short-pubescent throughout; peduncles and panicle-ramifications very slender or subfiliform, 1--3 cm. long; pedicels filiform, 6--12 mm. long, densely puberulent; foliaceous bracts often present, 1--1.5 cm. long, 5--7 mm. wide, puberulent on both surfaces; bractlets similarly foliaceous or else linear-setaceous and much smaller; calyx greenish, tubular-campanulate or obconic, 1--1.8 cm. long, more or less densely puberulent, thin-membranous, venose-costulate, often subplicatulate, the tube 6--8 mm. in diameter, the rim dis- tinctly 5-lobed, the lobes erect, triangular-ovate, 2--4 mm. long, apically acute; corolla yellow, hypocrateriform, the tube slender, basally cylindric, apically ampliate-infundibular, mostly 1.5--2 cm. long, externally glabrous, the limb about 1.5 cm. wide, the lobes spreading, 6--8 mm. long; stamens exserted 1--1.5 cm. from the corolla-mouth, usually reaching only to the tips of the corolla- lobes; style eventually slightly exserted beyond the stamens; fruit drupaceous, often insect-galled. This endemic Madagascar species is based on Baron 129] from for- ests in the Province of Imerina, Madagascar, ana an'unnumbered Par- ker collection from Andrangaloaka, in central Madagascar, collected in 1881, both deposited in the Kew herbarium. Baker (1883) describes this species as "glabrous in all its parts", but this is not true of the specimens examined by me! The vernacular names, "tsimatadakato" and “yandrika", have been repor- ted for it. The Index Kewensis states that the species is from the Fiji Islands, but this is an obvious error. It is endemic to Mada- gascar. Its leaves bear great resemblance to those of C, anenanium J. G. Baker, also of Madagascar. Collectors have encountered C, faxiffonum in forests and in for- est clearings, in flower in August and November, and in fruit in September. A key to help distinguish it from other Madagascar taxa in this genus will be found under C, banonianwm Oliv. in the present series of notes [58: 184--190]. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C. anenarium J. G. Baker and C, involucratum Vatke. Citations: MADAGASCAR: Baron 129] (K--cotype, P--cotype), 5719 (P); d'Afeizette 1080m (P), 1363m (P); Decary 5190 (N, P); Grandidien 4.n. [Cote sud-ouest] (P); Herb. Jand. Bot. Tanananive 2787 (P); G. W. Parker 4.n. [Central Madagascar, 1881] (E--photo of cotype, F-- photo of cotype, K--cotype, Ld--photo of cotype, N--photo of cotype). CLERODENDRUM LEANDRII Mold., Lloydia 13: 20/7--208. 1950. Thanks to the kindness of Dr. J. Leandri, who wrote to me in a letter dated October 29, 1955, it has been determined that this tax- 476 PelyXaTROnLsO GelsA Vol. 61, No. 7 on is not a species of CLerodendraum, nor even verbenaceous, but is scrophulariaceous, probably a species of Radamaea. CLERODENDRUM LECOMTEI Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 11 [as "C£eno- dendron" ]. 1920; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 59 & 90. 1942. Synonymy: C£erxodendron Lecomtex Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 11h ..9h920: Bibliography: Dop in Lecomte, Notul. Syst. 4: 11. 1920; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6, imp. 1, 49. 1926; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1): 497..1927; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo- chine 4: 852, 865, & 876, fig. 89 (1 & 2). 1935; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 59 & 90. 1942; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 68. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 136 & 182. 1949; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6, imp. 2, 49. 1959; Mold., Resumé 175 & 451. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 300 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 31: 395. 1975; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 291, 387, & 539. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 60: 142. 1986. Illustrations: Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 865, fig. 89 (1 & 2). 1935 A shrub, about 1.5 m. tall; branchlets tetragonal, canaliculate, lightly puberulent, soon glabrescent; bark whitish; leaves decus- sate-opposite; petioles 5--10 mm. long, canaliculate above; leaf- blades oblong or lanceolate, 9--22 cm. long, 3--6 cm. wide, apically acuminate, marginally entire, basally long-attenuate and acute, green even in drying, glabrous on both surfaces; secondaries 8 per side, very slender, arcuate; vein and veinlet reticulation incon- spicuous; panicles racemiform, lax, almost leafless, subglabrous, perhaps nutant, about 20 cm. long and 10 cm. wide; peduncles slen- der, about 3 cm. long; cymes dense, trichotomous; bracts foliaceous, perhaps deciduous; bractlets linear, 5 mm. long, apically acute; calyx spreading-campanulate, 4 mm. long, externally lightly puberu- lent, the tube obsolete, the lobes lanceolate, basally 1 mm. wide; corolla hypocrateriform, orange-yellow, 2.5 cm. long, the tube slen- der, 1.8 cm. long, recurved, the lobes ovate, 7 mm. long, apically obtuse; stamens slightly exserted; ovary globose; style slender; stigma shortly bifid; fruit not known. This species is based on Lecomte & Finet 241 & 249 from Lang-son, Tonkin, Vietnam. Dop (1920) comments that "Cette espece est voisine de la précé- dente [C. tonkinense Dop]; elle s'en distingue par la forme des feuilles et 1l'inflorescence racemiforme". A key to help distinguish it from other Indochinese taxa will be found under C, hahnianwm Dop in the present series of notes [60: 141--143]. Nothing is known to me of it beyond what is stated in its bibliography (above). CLERODENDRUM LEPARENSE Mold., Phytologia 4: 49--50. 1952. Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 1471. 1952; Mold., Phytolo- gia 4: 49--50. 1952; Mold., Résumé 197 & 451. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 36. 1959;Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 330 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 320 & 539. 1980; P. Holmgren & al., 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C&£erodendrum 477 Ind. Vasc. Pl. Type Microf. 441. 1985. A tall tree; only the very small leaves from directly beneath the inflorescence known, these leaves have their petioles 8--1] mm. long, very densely yellow-tomentose-pubescent, the blades chartaceous, el- liptic, 1.7--4 cm. long, 7--14 mm. wide, apically long-apiculate, marginally entire, basally obtuse, rather sparsely pilosulous above, more densely so on the midrib, rather densely yellow-puberulent be- neath, especially on the midrib, the apiculum densely yellowish- puberulent; inflorescence apparently axillary, surpassing the sub- tending leaves, possibly aggregated in a dense terminal cluster, each cymule apparently 3-flowered, borne on a stout, medullose pe- duncle which is 3--5 cm. long and densely yellowish-short-pubescent, the 3 cyme-branches are each 1] cm. long, the pedicels are about 1 cm. long, exactly similar to the cyme-branches in texture, color, and pubescence; calyx tubuiar-campanulate, 13--15 mm. long, 6--8 mm. wide, nigrescent, externally densely pilose-puberulent, the rim 5- lobed, the lobes ovate, 4--5 mm. long, apically attenuate. This poorly known species is based on Blinnemecjenr 2414 from Lepar island, near Banka, in the Molucca Islands, collected on December 12, 1917, and deposited in the Buitenzorg herbarium. Bakhuizen, in his revision of this family in 1920, annotated the type specimen as C. Lanuginosum Blume, from which, however, it differs widely. In fact, with the known material so fragmentary, it is uncertain as to the exact taxonomic position of this plant. It is to be hoped that a new expedition to Lepar may produce more complete material. Citations: MOLUCCA ISLANDS: Lepar: BlUnnemecjer 2414 (Bz--19908-- type, Ld--photo of type, N--fragment of type, N--photo of type). CLERODENDRUM LEPRIEURIT Mold., Phytologia 4: 50. 1952. Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 26: 1471. 1952; Mold., Phytolo- gia 4: 50. 1952; Mold., Résumé 135, 136, & 451. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind, Kew. Supp]. 12: 36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 214 & 215 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225 & 539. 1980. A shrub; branchlets slender, very obscurely tetragonal, densely ferruginous- or fulvous-villose, more densely so on the younger parts; nodes not annulate; principal internodes |.8--3.5 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles medium-slender, 3--10 mm. long, densely ferruginous-villose, borne on stiff spine-like sterigmata 2--6 mm. long; leaf-blades thin-chartaceous, bright-green above, lighter beneath, ovate-elliptic, 3--8 cm. long, 2--4.3 cm. wide, apically acuminate, marginally entire, basally rounded or cordate, rather sparsely long-pilose above, very densely ferruginous-tomen- tose beneath; midrib slender, flat or subimpressed above, prominu- lous beneath; secondaries slender, 6--8 per side, arcuate-ascending, flat or subimpressed above, prominulous beneath, anastomosing near the margins; veinlet reticulation rather abundant, obscure above, hidden by the tomentum beneath; inflorescence terminal, capitate or subcapitate, densely many-flowered, about 2 cm. long and 2--3 cm. wide; peduncles and inflorescence ramifications abbreviated, densely ferruginous-villous; pedicels 1 mm. long or obsolete, ferruginous- villous; bractlets linear or filiform, 5 mm. long or longer, villous; 478 Pa DYOMEO (G: eA Vol. 61, No. 7 calyx campanulate, about 3 mm. long, externally sparsely villous, its rim with 4 elongate-filiform lobes about 3 mm. long, villous; corolla about 1 cm. long, the limb about 5 mm. wide. This species is based on an unnumbered Leprieur collection from the Gambia, collected in about 1830, and deposited in the Stockholm herbarium. The plant has much the general appearance of Premna chnysockada (Bojer) Gtirke from the same general area. Citations: SENEGAL: Leprieuwr s.n. [1830] (N, V--70998). GAMBIA: Leprieur 8.n. (Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, S--type). CLERODENDRUM LEUCOPHLOEUM Balf. f., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 12: 91 [as "Cferodendron Leucophoeum" sphalm]. 1884; A. R. Sm., Hook. Icon. PYS?3s74 [ser 675..2 79: pl... 9691... ¥971". Synonymy: CLerodendron Leucophoeum Balf. f., Proc. Roy. Soc. Ed- inb. 12: 91 sphalm. 1884. C£erodendron LeucophLoeum Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: 2362 1888: Bibliography: Balf. f., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 12: 91. 1884;Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: 236--237. 1888; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561 (1893), imp. 2, 1: 561 (1946), and imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Anon., Kew Rec. Tax. Lit. 270. 1971; A. R. Sm.,. Hook. Icon. Pl. 37 [ser. 5, 7]: pl. 3691.° 19715 Anonss, Assae. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1971: 57. 1972; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2592535. 90) a. Os SOs. 1 9802 Illustrations: A. R. Sm:,°Hook: Icon. Pl..37 [serso55>7a-sope 3691. 1971. A strong-smelling, often stunted shrub or small tree, to 2.5 m. tall, dichotomously branched; bark white, lenticellate; the ultimate branchlets angulate, fulvous-tomentose, the terminal ones’ elongate, the lateral ones often contracted; leaves small, decussate-opposite; petioles to 8 mm. long, pubescent; leaf-blades thinly membranous, oblong-elliptic or elliptic-obovate to obovate, 1.6--6.5 cm. long, 0.8--3 cm. wide, apically obtuse or rarely subacute or emarginate, marginally entire, basally attenuate or cuneate, sparsely glandular- puberulent above, pubescent beneath, becoming glabrescent, nigres- cent above in drying; inflorescence axillary toward the tips of the branchlets, cymose, mostly 3-flowered, long-pedunculate, opposite, bracteose and bracteolose; peduncles to 3 cm. long, pubescent, ar- ticulate above the middle and bibracteolate; bracts and bractlets ]--2 mm. long, pubescent; flowers pedicellate; pedicels about 3 mm. long; calyx campanulate, 5-lobed, the tube 2 mm. long, the lobes 1 mm. long, apically obtuse, densely pubescent; corolla hypocrateri- form, white or whitish, somewhat zygomorphic, the tube 5 mm. long, inflated, externally glabrous, internally puberulent at the mouth, the limb 5-lobed, the posterior lobe cucullate-crested and 7 mm. long, the remainder 6 mm. long; stamens 4, inserted in the corolla- tube, 1.9--2 cm. long; anthers 1.5 mm. long, verruculose; style 1.5 cm. long; stigma bifid; ovary 2’mm. long, dark-green, 4-lobed, glab- rous; fruiting-calyx conspicuously accrescent and spreading; fruit drupaceous, nodding, somewhat fleshy, about 1 cm. wide, 4-lobed, the endocarp thin, crustaceous. This endemic species was definitely based by Balfour (1884) on 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendaum 479 Balfour, Cockburn, & Scott 182 & 385 and, in 1888, on nos. 182 & 335, all from Socotra and deposited in the Edinburgh herbarium, but Smith (1971) has arbitrarily designated Balfour, Cockburn, & Scott 335 as the type collection. Although Balfour described this as “a very common tree" on the island in 1880, when he collected it in fruit in February and March, Smith, in 1971, reports that "only the one small clump of bushes was encountered on the 1967 expedition, and these in an area not easily accessible to goats". It thus appears that the species has almost been exterminated through the browsing by introduced goats. The species is obviously a member of the Subgenus Cycfonema and is known locally as "“Seminha". Originally, before the introduction of goats, it was abundant on the plains and up to 2000 feet eleva- tion on the peaks, mostly at the base of coralline limestone cliffs. Balfour, Cockburn, & Scott 513 is said to have differed in being "quite inodorous"; no. 385 was faintly odorous even when dry. Balfour (1888) cited only Bakfour, Cockburn, & Scott 182, 265, 335, 385, 513, & 580; Smith (1971) cites the same collections plus Smith & Lavaanos 607. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: A. R. Sm., Hook. Icon. Pl. 37 heer. 527)? pl. 3691. 1971 (Ld). CLERODENDRUM LEVEILLEI Fedde ex Levl., Cat. Pl. Yun-nan 277 [as "CRenodendron" J. 1917; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ede 2s 131, & 182. .19497 This taxon, previously accepted by me in several publications, is now reduced to the synonymy of C. japonicum (Thunb.) Sweet, which see. CLERODENDRUM LIGUSTRINUM (Jacq.) R. Br. in Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 2, AE TO42 1812. Synonymy: VoLkameria inernmis @ Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 1, 2: 364. 1789. VoLkamenia Ligustrina Jacq., Coll. Bot. Suppl. 118--119, pl. 5, fig. 1. 1796. Vokkamerta foliis oblLongo-Lanceokatis, integer- nimis; petiolis, peduncukis calicibusque hinsutis Willd. ex Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 689. 1808. VoLkamenia Ligustrina Willd. apud Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 363. 1819. VoLkamenia Longifolia Gmel. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 890 in syn. 1821. VoLkameria Ligustrina Longifolia Gmel. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 890 in syn. 1821. C£enodendron Ligustrinum R. Br. apud Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 758. 1825. CLenodendaum Ligustrinum H.K. ex Loud., Encycl. Pl. 522. 1829. C&enodendron Ligustrinum Dryand. ex Drapiez, Herb. Amat. Fl. 5: pl. 323. 1831. C£enrodendrawm Ligustrinum R. Br. apud Bojer, Hort. Maurit. 255. 1837. C&erodendron Ligustri- num "[R. Br. in] Ait." apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893. Cenodendron culinare Sessé & Moc., Fl. Mex., ed. 2, 151. 1894. C&enodendron fortunatum Sesse & Moc., Fl. Mex., ed. 2, 151. 1894 [not C. fonrtunatwn Blanco, 1837, nor Blume, 1844, nor Buch.-Ham., 1831, nor Burm., 1962, nor Wall., 1885, nor C£eroden- drum fortunatum L., 1756]. CLerodendron inermis Sesse & Moc., Fl. Mex., ed. 2, 152. 1894 [not CLernodendraum inerme (L.) Gaertn., 1788]. 480 PicteXeatOs8.40 ¢G) Teck Vol. 61, No. 7 VoLkamenria Ligustrina (R. Br.) Jacq. ex Millsp., Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot. 1: 316. 1896. CQLenodendron mexicanum T. S. Brandeg., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 3: 39. 1909. Cenodendron aculeatum “(non L.) Millsp." ex Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 3: 400 in syn. 1930 [not C£ernodendrum acufeatum (L.) Schlecht., 1831]. Vo£kamera Ligustrina Jacq, ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 53 in syn. 1940. C&erodendnaum Ligustrinwn (Jacq,) R. & S. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 23 in syn. 1940. Cenrodendnron Ligustrinum (Jacq.) Roem. & Schult. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20 in syn. 1940. CLenrodendaum Ligustrinun L. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 463 in syn. 1971. Vokkameria Ligustrina var. Longifolia Gmel. ex Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 462 in syn. 1980. C£enodendron Lingustrinun (Jacq.) Roem. & Schult., in herb. Bibliography: Ait., Hort. Kew., ed. 1, 2: 364. 1789; Jacq., Col- lect. Bot. Suppl. 118=-119, pl. 5. fig. 1. 17963 Willd. in EL. vSm P1., ed. 4[5], 3 (1): 383. 1800; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 689. 1808; Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 658. 1809; R. Br. in Ait<, Hort. Kew:,:ede42; 4: 6425-1812; A. P./DC., Cat. Pl. Hortesbote Monsp. 71. 1813; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat., ed. 2, 64. VW81Ss PerscseSp. Pl. 32 363.91819;2Steuds) Noms) Botey Phane swede 207 & 890. 1821; Link, Enum. Hort. Berol. 2: 122. 1822; Spreng. in E25 Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 23.758. 1825: Sweet... Hort; Bryiito, sedeu emer 322. 18273; Loud: Encycl? Pl.9522:.1829s Loud=, Hort. sBriteeneqenne 247. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 415. 1830; Drapiez, Herb. Amat: Fl. 52 pl: 323% 1831's ‘Loud Hort. Brit’, ede 256247 lieeee Bojer, Hort. Maurit. 255. 1837; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 247. 1839; G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 549. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan. ; edz 2, 1: 3832 1840; DD: Dietr., Syn. Plascemolore 1842; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calcut. 473. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 101.& 111. 1845; Sehau. invA. DC. Prodr= Wil: 657 660e 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 106 & 503. 1858; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (2): 1156. 1876; J. E. Gonzalez, Re- vist. Cientif. Mex. 1 (14): 17. 1881; Hensl., Biol. Cent.-Amer. 2: 540. 1882; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Sessé & Moc., Fl. Mex., ed. 2, 151--152. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 175. 1895; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1219. 1895; Millsp., Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot. 1: 316. 1896; Hdck, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 23 (2): 76. 1897; Koehne, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 23 (2): 628. 1897; Millsp., Field Columb. Mus. Publ. Bot. 1: 386. 1898; J. Ramirez, Veg. Méx. 110. 1899; T. S..Brandeg., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot.2% 39%, 1909; Loes., Verhand]. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 53: 81. 1912; Prain, Ind. Kew.. Supp}..4,. imps 1, 50. 19135 Pi €. Stand] ss Contrib. Vaso. Nat. Herb. 23s, 1252..1924; P.0C. Stand]., Field Mus. .Publ.) Bot. o 400. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 239. 1930; Roys, Tulane Univ. Mid. Amer. Res. Ser. Publ. 2: [Ethno-Bot. Maya] 248 & 319. 1931; Mold., Brittonia 1: 472. 1934; Lundell, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 478: 25, 26, 75, 138, 183, & 203. 1937; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 16, 22, & 28. 1939; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 14--17 & 37. 1939; Mold., Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: 211--213. 1940; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 19--21, 23, & 53. 1940; Mold., Suppl. 1987 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrun 481 List Inv. Names 10 & 11. 1941; Lundell, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 8: 61. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 3, 16--19, 21, & 56. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 16, 19, 20, 22, 23, 72, & 90. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 100. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 1219. 1946; MotdeseAliph. piist) Cit. 1515.38, 1005 ..1,93'5 1985 4201 5.02185) 227--229% Z3iemese | 2405025) -=-253, .290,,.299, 300, 3065).310,.8 315.(1946), 2: Bags? O54 33 Oly S835 (SS 4 5 S308 Bis 909 594.05 634.35 134559 49,,0350),..357. 417--419, 423, 425, 426, 428, 429, 459, 475, 499, 500, 502, 578. 587, & 603 (1948), 3: 656, 659, 664, 666, 676, 677, 694, 714, 768, 785, 786, 795, 834, 835, 906, 907, 918, 919, 925, & 964 (1949), and 4: 999, 1019, 1023, 1026, 1028, 1031, 1038, 1051, 1053--1055, 1070, 1099, 1131, 1235, 1239, 1242, & 1297. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 29, 35, 36, 38, 40, 159, & 182. 1949; Matuda, Amer. Mid]. Nat. 44: 576. 1950; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 50. 1958; Mold., Résumé 35, 41, 43, 45, 48, 216, 230, 259, 262, 263, Abbe joo. 392, 8 45h 1959;.Jacks.in Hooks fF. c&edacksS... ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 1219. 1960; Mold., Resumé Suppl= 1346. 19663 Thom, Journs,Ecol. 55: 315 &.320. 1967; -Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 4 (1968) and 17: 2. 1968; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 193 & 194, fig. 36. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 69, 79, 81, 90, 359, 439, 443, 445, 449, 450, & 463 (1971) and 2: 732, 733, & 868. 1971; Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 138 & 143--145. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 28: 449. 1974; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 34: 280 (1976) and 36: 30 & AS ois Mold 2's Phytol. Memisin2:) 61 5-7 is <7 45, 785 :83:.94349, 392, 461, 462, & 539. 1980; F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 242. 1980; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 431. 1983; Raj, Rev. Palaeobot. Palyn. 39: 358 & 374. 1983; P. Holmgren & al., Ind. Vasc. Pl. Type Microf. 441. 1985; Mold., Phytologia 57: 400 & 404 (1985), 59: 469 (1986), 60: 182, 282, 361, & 495 (1986), and 61: 101. 1986. Mipustwations: Jacq. 5-Colilect..Supp)., 1185p]. 55 fig. 1.21796; Drapiez, Herb. Amat. Fl. 5: pl. 323 (in color). 1831; Gibson, Field- jana Bot. 24 (9): 194, fig. 36. 1970. A regular, weak shrub, 0.5--3 m. tall, or small, low, erect, shrubby tree, 4--5 m. tall, sometimes clambering or vine-like, wide- ly branched; branchlets long, slender, very obtusely tetragonal or subterete, the young ones brownish, the older ones light-gray, con- spicuously lenticellate, the youngest minutely puberulent, the older very minutely strigillose or glabrous, sometimes very obscurely spinulose; leaves decussate-opposite, very variable in size and shape; petioles very slender, 5--9 mm. long, minutely puberulent, sometimes articulate and obscurely spinescent at the base; leaf- blades chartaceous or membranous, elliptic or elliptic-oblong to elliptic-lanceolate or lanceolate, 1.5--10 cm. long, 0.6--5.1 cm. wide, apically acute or occasionally subacuminate, marginally en- tire, basally acute or subacuminate, glabrous on both surfaces or under a handlens obscurely puberulent on the midrib and larger vena- tion, densely punctate beneath; inflorescence supra-axillary or rarely terminal, cymose, the cymes solitary, opposite, 3--7.5 cm. long, 2--7 cm. wide, laxly few-flowered, usually only 3- or 4-flow- 482 PA Hb bile O02 EI0nG: ABA Vol. 61, No. 7 ered, often twice dichotomous and then 7-flowered, the terminal ones (when present) similar but usually smaller; peduncles widely divari- cate, very slender, 1.5--4 cm. long, shorter than the subtending leaf, minutely puberulent or subglabrate; bracts few, foliaceous, stipitate, 1--1.5 cm. long, 3--6 mm. wide, caducous, minutely puber- ulent or glabrate, punctate beneath; brac'tlets and prophylla linear, 1--6 mm. long, puberulent; pedicels elongate, very slender, 3--6 mm. long, puberulent, in fruit to 13 mm. long; calyx campanulate, 6--8 mm. long, deeply 5-fid, externally villosulous, the lobes lanceolate or deltoid, apically acute or acuminate, marginally ciliate; corolla hypocrateriform, white or very pale-yellow, the tube narrow-cyl in- dric, straight, 1--1.2 cm. long, slightly ampliate at the mouth, the limb spreading, 5-lobed, the lobes subequal, shorter than the tube; stamens long-exserted, involute in bud; filaments white; anthers brown or purple; style equaling the stamens; stigma bifid; ovary 4- sulcate; fruit drupaceous, green, drying brown when mature, 1--1.2 cm. long and wide when mature, externally smooth, splitting into two 2-seeded pyrenes at maturity. Jacquin (1796) originally described this-species, in error, from Mauritius, but on the basis of material cultivated in his greenhouse in Vienna, Austria. He comments that it "Differt a VoLkamenria inenr- mL, villositate petiolorum pedunculorum & calycis, brevitate tubi corollae, tum figura foliorum, & filamentorum colore". In case there may be some question as to the true identity of his plant [vis-a-vis C. heterophyllum (Vent.) R. Br. native to Mauritius], his original description is reproduced herewith: "Crescit in insula Mauritii. In caldariis nostris floret Julio, fructescit Novembri. Truncus arboreus, carpum crassus, cinereus, teres, erec'tus, decem- pedalis, superne in ramos longos & subdivisos patens, a petiolorum articulis superstitibus tuberculatos quidam, at minime spinosos. Folia omnia opposita, nulla terna, lanceolata, utrinque acuta, in- tegerrima, ad oras & nervum medium per lentem obiter villosula, caeterum glaberrima, duas tresve uncias longa cum petiolo villosulo & breviter ad basin articulato. Pedunculi axillares, solitarii, teretes, villosuli, graciles, foliis breviores, tres quatuorve flores pedicellatos sustinentes, saepe bis dichotomi & sic’ septem- flori. Bracteolae ad pedicellos minutissimae, villosae. Calycis villosi laciniae semiovatae, acutae, & ciliatae. Corolla cum ali- qua flavedine alba, limbo tubo haud multum superante. Filamenta alba. Fructus magnitudine ciceris, fuscescentes, pulpa pauca molli & fatua. Semina bilocularia. Et alia generis." Dietrich (1842) also credits the species to the Mascarene Island ("Ins. Mascliar."). ChLerodendrwm Ligustrinun actually appears to be native from north- ern Mexico to Panama. Collectors have found it growing in thickets, along roadsides, on the banks of creeks and rivers (even “overhang- ing the river"), in marshes and swamps, on natural levees, in beach- ridge forests, high forests, and secondary low forests, in cleared forest areas and open grazed areas, in lagoons, on inundated land,on marshy lake Shores, in littoral habitats, at the margin of woodland, in high evergreen or subevergreen woods, in sandy bushy areas and a- mong secondary vegetation, in the open sun in rocky-Sandy soil, 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrwn 483 in "suela calizo pedregosa", "Suela negro arcillozo calido", and clay soil, in acahual, corozal, tintal, and flat places in matorral, at altitudes from sealevel to 800 meters, in flower in October and from December to July, and in fruit from March to July and November to January. Standley (1924) lists the species from Campeche, Oaxaca, Puebla, Tabasco, Tamaulipas, Veracruz, and Yucatan, Mexico; Gonzalez (1881) reports it from Nuevo Leén, and Sousa, in a personal communication to me, from Quintana Roo. Millspaugh (1896) reported it "common in open lands near Izamal" in Yucatdn. Lundell (1937) avers that in £1 Petén, Guatemala, it grows densely along riverbanks which are not too shaded, is common on swampy banks, and is an occasional shrub "less than 4 m. tall" in marginal forests there. Ventura describes the species as "very scarce" in Veracruz, but Calzada refers to it there as an “abundant shrub", but "rare" in Ta- basco; King found it to be a common shrub in Oaxaca. Sweet (1827) states that C. Ligustrinum was introduced into cul- tivation in England in 1789 from "Mauritius" -- as stated above, Jacquin, in 1796, also thought that it originated in Mauritius. Ac- tually, in Mauritius the related species, C. inewme (L.) Gaertn. and C. heterophyllum (Vent.) R. Br., are known to grow, but I have yet to see any material of C, Ligustrinum from that island. Williams reports C. Ligustrinum cultivated in Veracruz, Mexico, while Molina (1975) found it in cultivation in Honduras. The species is apparently very variable as to stature -- it is described as a "tree" on Gentle 394 and West 22/12, as a "clambering shrub" on Lundele 6962 & 17625, as a "woody climber" on Lundell 18026, as a "woody vine" on Contneras 7416, Gentle 2184, and Matuda 3168, as a "vine" on Lundell 1472, and as "a vine climbing up through vegetation" on Sohns 1655 All other collectors and authors de- scribe it merely as a "Shrub". Johnson, in original longhand notes preserved in the Columbia University herbarium, states for his no. 12: "Can discern no difference between the flowers of this & the preceding [no. 63], yet this was a long slender stem, supporting it- self by other trees, something between climbing and standing erect." The corollas are described as "white" by all collectors who men- tion corolla-color at all (on no less than 24 of the collections neta. and by authors such as Loesener (1912) and Standley (1930). Common and vernacular names reported for the species are the following: "“itzimte", "itzimté", "itzinté", "iuimte", "mosté", "muste", "palo blanco cimarron", “privet-leaved clerodendrum", "snake-tree", "volcameria", "volkameria a f. de troéne", "y'imte", and "ydJimte". Poiret (1808) says: "Cette plante ressemble beaucoup au VoLkamen- 4a Aneumis; elle en differe par ses feuilles oblongues-lancéolées, plus etroites, point ovales, glabres a leurs deux faces, vertes en dessus, plus pale en dessous, tres-entieres a leurs bords, aigués & leur sommet, rétrécies a leur base, & soutenues par des pétioles velus. Les fleursont la méme disposition, mais leur pédoncule, ainsi que leur calice, est hérissé de poils. La corolle est plus 484 Peskbh Vie Te (On 510' Gy Tek Vol. 61, No. 7 coutré: son tube est a peu trois fois plus long que le calice, de moitie moins long que celui du VoLkameria inermis. Les filamens sont blancs & non de couleur purpurine; les anthéres brunes & non violettes." Bentham (1876) places C, Ligustrinwm in the group of VoLkameria, where it certainly belongs if habit means anything. He says: "Vog£- kameria, Linn., inclusit species plures charactere vago a Cferoden- dro separates, ab auctoribus recentioribus ad V. aculeatam limita- tur, speciem habitu plerisque notis C. inermi, C. Ligustrino aliis- que affinem sed pyrenis per paris cohaerentibus; in C. dnerami tamen aliisque speciebus pyrenae per paria arcte contiguae sunt, dum in aliis lacunis v. mesocarpio succoso plusminus seperatae, et Grise- bach in Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 500 aptius V. aculeatem cum caeteris Vof- kamertis CLernodendro adjunxit." He goes on to include the genus Torreya of Sprengel here, too, saying: "Torneya, Spreng. Neue Entd. ii. 121, est ex Arn. in Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, 1. 130, CLenodendri species ex India occidentali nec a Brasilia et ex descr. Sprengelii forte a C. Ligustrina, Br., planta Mexicana non diversa." On the contrary, I have examined the type specimen and it proves to be C. volubiéle P. Beauv., which see. Bojer (1837) regarded C. Ligustrinum as a synonym of the native C. heterophy£Llum (Vent.) R. Br. of Mauritius and this is of inter- est in view of Jacquin's and Sweet's opinion that C. Ligustrainwn came into cultivation from Mauritius. If the two names should prove to be synonymous, then C. cukinare of Sessé & Mocino would be the proper name for the New World plant. Gonzales (1881) identifies VoLkameria Ligustrina with V. dnerumis L. Sesse & Mocino (1894) report that the leaves of C£ercdendrum Ligustrinum are used in Mexico by the natives to flavor fish, form- ing the basis for their use of the epithet "cultnare" for the spec- ies. This culinary use is verified by Lundell (1937). Roys (1931) states that this is "A plant with which the Indian women season posole, camote-stew and other things....The Maya text prescribes the boiled leaves as a wash for snake-bites." As indicated above, C. Ligustrinum is typified by a specimen cul- tivated in Vienna. The type of C. mexicanum T. S. Brandeg. was col- lected by C. A. Purpus (no. 3336) at Santa Lucia, in the vicinity of San Luis Tultitlanapa, Puebla, near Oaxaca, Mexico, in January, 1908 and is deposited in the University of California herbarium at Berkeley. It differs slightly from the common form of C. Ligustri- num in having lighter and brighter leaf-blades when pressed and dried. CLenodendron fortunatwn Sessé & Moc.seems to be based on Ses- 4e, Mocino, Castiblo, & Maldonado 2182 from fields at Tehuacan, Puebla. CLenodendron culinare Sesse & Moc. is typified by a drawing on Macbaride photos 30831. The so-called VoLkamenria Ligustrina var. rotundifolia Gmel. is a synonym of CLenodendrum inerme f. parvifolium Mold. LeSueur 5486 appears to represent a very narrow- and small-leaved form of C. Ligustrinum . Similarly, the Fendler specimens from Pa- nama are anomalous in their very small, distinctly acuminate leaf- blades and may possibly represent a distinct form or variety. Small- 1987 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrwn 485 leaved specimens of C. Ligustninum are, indeed, not uncommon, but not with the leaf-blades so acuminate at the apex. For the record, the original description of some of the important conspecific synonyms are reproduced here: (1) CLenodendron mexicanum T. S. Brandeg. -- "Frutex, ramis viri- dibus, novellis pubescentibus: foliis ovato-acuminatis, basi cunea- tis, integris supra glabris, subtus dense minute furfuraceis, 8 cm. longis, 4 cm. latis; floribus cymoso-paniculatis ex axillis foliorum Superiorum: calyce campanulato, 3 mm. longo, 5-fido, lobis 5 deltoi- deis: corollae tubo tenuiter cylindraceo recto, ad faucem leviter ampliato, circa 12 mm. longo; limbo patenti 5-fido, lobis subaequal- ibus: staminibus 4 longo exsertis, in alabastro involutis: stylo Staminibus aequanti 2-fido: ovario 4-sulcato. Fructus ignotus. The dried specimens indicate that the petals are white and the anthers purple. No. 3336." [Note the statement that the leaf-blades are densely furfuraceous beneath! ] | (2) CLerodendrwm culinane Sesse & Moc. -- "CLenodendnon foliis Ovalibus, acutis, integerrimis. F.M. Caulis frutescens, sesquiorgy- am longus, obtuse angulatus, glaberrimus. Rami oppositi, cauli Similes. Folia opposita, ovalia, acuta, acuminata, integerrima, utrinque glabra, brevissime petiolata. Racemi axillares, solitarii, dichotomi, patentissimi. Pedunculus communis compressus, petiolo duplo longior, partiales filiformes, triflori, unicus uniflorus in dichotomia. Bracteae oppositae, lineares, erectae. Flores candi- dissimae, elegantes. Habitat in mexicanis arenosis litoribus. Flo- ret Novembri. . Usus. Folia piscibus condiendis adhibentur non ingrato sapore." } (3) CLerodendron fortunatwm Sesse & Moc. -- "C£enodendron foliis lanceolatis, integerrimis. Calyx: perianthium monophyllum, campanu- latum, ore partito laciniis ovatis, acutis, patentissimis, persis- tens. Corolla monopetala, ringens. Tubus longissimus, subincurva- EuSicte erate tribus ascendentibus. Stamina tubi inserta, corolla triplo longiora; quorum duo breviora. Antherae simplices. Pistillum. Germen subrotundum; stylus figura, situ et longitudine staminum; stigma bifidum laciniis acutis. Pericarpium..... Semina..... Caulis fruticosus, obtuse angulatus, scaber, sesquiulnam longus. Rami terni, patentes, glaberrimi. Folia opposita, lanceolata, integerri- ma, utrinque glabra, breviter petiolata. Pedunculi ex summis foli- orum axillis, subsexflori, erecti, foliis paulo breviores. Bracteae Subulatae, ad basim pedicellorum. Flores albi, elegantes, insipidi, inodori. Habitat in Tehuacani agris. Floret Junio. }." (4) CLerodendron inermis Sessé & Moc. -- "VoLkamerta.ramis iner- mibus. Calyx: perianthium monophyllum, campanulatum, semiquinquefi- dum laciniis acutis, aequalibus. Corolla monopetala, inaequalia. Tubus tenuis, longus. Limbus 5-fidus, laciniis oblongis, superior- ibus paulo brevioribus, profundioribus. Stamina. Filamenta quatuor, filiformia, longissima, ascendentia. Antherae oblongae, incumben- tes. Pistillum. Germen quadrangulare; stylus filiformis, ascendens, parum staminibus brevior; stigma bifidum, acutum. Pericarpium. Bacca subrotunda, bilocularis, quadrisulcata. Semina bina, oblonga. Radix fibrosa, perennis, horizontalis. Caules numerosi, sesquido- drantales, ramosissimi. Rami oppositi, teretes, glabri. Folia op- 486 PORDYSBOOOL-OnG Tel Vol. 615 Nove?g posita, ovata, serrata, glabra. Petioli brevissimi. Pedunculi ax- illares, inferiores uniflori, superiores triflori, longitudinem fo- liorum. Bracteae setaceae. Corollae albae, nonnil subroseae, jas- minum redolentes, Clerodendro fortunato similes. Bacciae magnitud- ine Pisi, tetraspermae. Habitat in aridis Tehuacani. Floret Junio. @." [Note the statement that the leaf-blades are serrate and that the plant is an annual J. For C£enodendrwm Ligustrinum Millspaugh (1898) cites Gawme: 736 & &75 and Schott 27 from Yucat&4n; Loesener (1912) cites Selenr 1896 from Chiapas; Lundell (1942) cites Matuda 3168 & 3169 from Tabasco; and Matuda (1950) cites Matuda 17323. Material of C. Ligustrinum has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C. aculeatum (L.) Griseb., C. aculeatum (L.) Schlecht., Volkameria aculeata L., V. inermis L., Aegiphila paludosa T. S. Brandeg., and Rubdaceae. On the other hand, the Breedgove & Thorne 20913 and Wedel 67, 1955, & 2732, distributed as typical C. Ligustrinum, actually are its var. nicanaguense Mold., Alexander 248 is var. paludosum (T. S. Brandeg.) Mold, and Feeckenr 4.n. and Herb. Hort. Bot. Imp. Pet. Mag. 4.n. are C. heterophyllum (Vent.) R. Br. It should be mentioned that the labels accompanying E. P. Johnson 12 & 63 are inscribed "Yucataén and Tabasco", but the plants were apparently collected on the banks of the Rio Palizado in Campeche; Kawinski 704, cited below as from Querétaro, may actually have been collected in Hidalgo -- the label is inscribed “entre Cazadero & Meta de St. Juan". Citations: MEXICO: Campeche: Goldman 446 (W--396809); E. P. John- gon 12 (C, K), 63 (C, K)3 Mannoquln 140 (Ip); Steere 1912 (F--668821, Mi). Chiapas: Linden s.n. [Chiapas, Mars 1840] (Cb, P); Selen & Se- Len 1896 (B); Sohns 1655 (Ba--388915. Ca--43979, Mi, N). Oaxaca: E. J. Alexander 248 (Ld, N); Galeotti 4.n. [Oaxaca] (V, V); R. M. King 1982 (Au--186273, Mi); L&. Williams 8470 (Mi). Puebla: Punpus 3336 (B, Bm, Ca--125372, E--118867, Ed, F--244046, G, Ld--photo, N, N--photo, P, W--840976); Sessée, Mocino, Castillo, & Maldonado 2182 (F--847137, Ld--photo, N--photo, Q, Q), 4.n. [Macbride photos 30831 | (F--929248, Ld--photo, N--photo, Ur--photo). Querétaro: Kawwinski 704 (L, L, N), 704b (L). Quintana Roo: Davidse, Sousa, Chater, & Cabnera 20223 (E--2941995). Tabasco: Barkow 18/3 (Ws), 36/1 (Mi, Ws); Calzada 2338 (N); Matuda 3168 (F--1026897, Mh, Mi, N), 3169 (F- 1026889, Mh, Mi, N); Rovinosa 119 (D, K, W--40172, W--1323371); Se- Len & Seen 5439 [359] (B, B); R. Cy West 3/11 (Ws), 22/12 (Ws). Tamaulipas: Berlandien 181 (B, B, B, Bm, Cb, Cb, Cb, Cb, Dc, E-- 118690, L, P, P, P, S, V; V, V, X)3 Edw. Palmer 186(Bm, E--778771, F--436228, G, Gg--32042, K, N, W--463122). Veracruz: Beaman 5645 (Ld); Calzada 647 (W--2790275, W--2790983); Donrantes Lépez 56 (Ac); Faberge 4.n. [Laguna Encantada, 8 Jan. 1971] (Au--291890); Fénck_1 (K); Hahn 147 (P, P), 4.n. [9 Avril 1866] (P), s.n. [Tlacatalpan ] (G, K, L)3; LeSueun 546 (Au, F--1003675, Tu--98524); Liebmann 11196 (Cp, W--1315038), 11797 (Cp, W--1269905), 11198 (Cp, W--1315039); Manquez & Donantes 27 (N); E. W. Ne&son 489 (W--569127); Edw. Patmen 407 (Bm, Cb, E--777733, G, Gg--32036, K, N, W--463363), 450 (E-- 778663, F--436406, Gg--34498, K, N, W--568029); Purpus 8605 (Ca-- 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrzum 487 206741, E--913517, G, N, W--1206795); Sefer & Selen 672 (B); Ventura A. 3386 (Au--304005, Mi); L2. Wikkiams 8470(F--896574, N). Yucatan: G. F. Gauwmer 736 (B, Bm, G, I, Lu, N, S, Us, W--268427), 875 (E-- 118963, F--36678. G, N, S, W--268624, X), 1933 (B, Ca--385156, Cp, E--954102, F--58731, G, S), s.n. [Izamal 1888] (F--181588, G, K), b.n. [1913] (Me); Gaumer & sons 736 (A, Br, Br, Ca--446252, Cp, Du-- 207700, E--118964, F--36539, Gg--160800, K, L, Mi, V), 1933 (Po-- 174966); Schott 27 (F--40025), 807 (Bm). State undetermined: Herb. Harvey 4.n. (Du--166591); Herb. Pavon 4.n. (X); Miblen b.n. [1853] (M); Quarles v. Ufford 505 (Ut). GUATEMALA: El Petén: Aguifan Hid- algo 353 (F--759462, 1, Mi), 433 (E--1097747, F--790934, Mi, N, N); Contreras 7416 (Au--278875, Ld, Ld), 6303 (Ld, Ld, W--2795351); C, L. Lundell 1472 (Du--248371, F--662827, Mi, W--1588968), 17625 (Au-- 278481, Ld, Ld, W--2795344), 17775 (Au--278578, Ld, Ld), 18026 (Au-- 278474, Ld, Ld, W--2795343), 18083 (Au--278482, Ld, Ld), 18238 (Au-- 278473, Ld, Ld); Steyermank 45943 (Mi, N), 46034 (Ld). BELIZE: Dwy- en 10351 (Au), 11039a (W--2787872); Gentle 394 (E--1091152, F-- 659132, Gg--235235, Mi, W--1587461), 1476 (E--1083642, E--759525, I, Mi, N), 2184 (Mi); A. Gentry 7591 (Ld, W--2787755, Ws); Liesner & Dwyer 1649 (Au, W--2800456); C. L. Lundeee 4319 (F--699485, G, Mi), 4344 (F--692303, G, I, Mi, Mi, S), 6962 (Au, F--894480, Mi, Mi, N); Puleston 771° (E--3020133). PANAMA: Coldn: Fend@en 300 (K). Pro- vince undetermined: Herb. Mele s.n. (Bm). CULTIVATED: Honduras: Mo- Lina R. 21922 (N). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Herb. Des- vaux é.n. (P); Parkinson S5.n. (Ed). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 194, fig. 36. 1930 (Ld); Jacq., Collect. Supp]. pl. 5, fig. 1. 1796 (Ld). CLERODENDRUM LIGUSTRINUM var. NICARAGUENSE Mold., Alph. List Comm. Names 16 & 28 nom. nud. 1939; Phytologia 1: 416. 1940. Bibliography: Mold., Alph. List Comm. Names 16 & 28. 1939;Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 16 & 32. 1939; Mold., Phytologia 1: 416. 1940; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 22, 23, 72, & 90. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 100. 1945; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 100, 193, & 319 (1946), 2: 340 (1948), 3: 666 (1949), and 4: 999, 1053, & 1099. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 38, 40, 159, & 182. 1949; Mold., Résumé 45, 48, 216, & 451. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 4 (1968) and 17: 2. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 85, 90, & 359 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 138 & 143--145. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 36: 30. 1977; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61, 78, 83, 349, & 539. 1980; F. C. Seymour, Phytol. Mem. 1: 242. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its leaves and axillary cymes usually being ternate and the leaf-blades being regularly puberulent or pubescent beneath. The variety is based on Chaves 227 from Managua, Nicaragua, col- lected on July 26. 1926, and deposited in the United States National Herbarium in Washington. Collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 2 m. tall, or small tree, 5m. tall. Englesing describes his collection as "probably an 488 PiuctheNeotpOuds On Teoh Vol’... 61%, Nomar escape from cultivation..... growing among low second growth in full sunlight in old clearings....the diameter of the stems near their baseul stos2hcms 2624 stems many from the same base, erect, arcuate outward, cylindrical,, the branches minutely furrowed vertically, gray-white, sparsely branched, the branches generally opposite, ar- cuately curved downward or stiff and straight, cylindric, light gray-green in color, with many minute raised lenticels, the leaves opposite in whorls, seemingly 4-ranked, smooth, dull dark-green a- bove, lighter green beneath, the flowers white, on axial cymes near the apices of the branches, the fruit 4-celled, green, oblate-spher- oid. [Grows in] Society [with] mostly herbs and grasses." Collectors have encountered the plant in dense wet forests, on extensive sand-dunes, and around roadside ponds, from sealevel to 1100 m. altitude, in anthesis from December to March and July to October, and in fruit in December. Standley reports it "rare" in Chinandega. The corollas are described as "white" on all the Breed- love & Thorne, Standley, and Wedel collections cited below, but on Lewis & al. 998 the "flowers" are said to have been "brown" and the fruit "yellow-brown" -- there are no corollas or fruit on the speci- men examined, but there are brown fruiting-calyxes. Vernacular names recorded for this plant are "jasmin", "si me miras", and "si me miras te enamoras". The Lindsey collection, cited below, is anomalous in having oppo- side leaves, many of which have a pair of coarse teeth 2/3 the dis- tance to the apex from the base. Material of this taxon has mostly been identified and distributed in herbaria as typical C. Ligustrinun (Jacq.) R. Br. Citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Braeedfove & Thorne 20913 (Ld, Mi). NICARAGUA: Chinandega: P. C. Standéey 11488 (N); E. Wal 4.n. [Cor- into, 15/4/28] (Ew, Ew). Managua: Chaves 227 (Ld--photo of type, N--photo of type, S--photo of type, W--1266749--type). Zelaya: Eng- Lesing 120 (F--572529, N, N, Y). Corn Island: F. C. Seymour 4411 (Ld). PANAMA: Bocas del Toro: Lewis, Dwyer, Elias, & Robertson 998 (N). Canal Zone: W, R. Lindsay 395 (Ba, F--855590). Colon Island: Wedek 67 (E--1218008). Old Bank Island: Wede& 1955 (E--1232155). Shepherd Island: Wedel 2732 (E--1244912). CULTIVATED: Costa Rica: Tonduz 129 (B, Ld--photo, N--photo, S--photo). Honduras: P. C. Standkey 24599 (N). CLERODENDRUM LIGUSTRINUM var. PALUDOSUM (T. S. Brandeg.) Mold., Ge- ogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 14 nom. nud. 1939; comb. nov. Synonymy: Aegiphila paludosa T. S. Brandeg., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. .02, 191. 1915), Bibliography: T. S. Brandeg., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 6: 191. 1915; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 6. 1921; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 253. 1922; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 14. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 3. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names 11. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 3. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 16 & 90. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 315 & 319 (1946) and 2: 423, 500, & 578. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 29 & 182. 1949; 1987 Moldenke, Notes on CLerodendrum 489 Mold., Resume 35, 230, & 451. 1959; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 2, 6. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 69 & 382 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 61 & 539. 1980. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its much shorter calyx-lobes. The variety is based on Purpus 7181 from around ponds near San Geronimo, Oaxaca, Mexico, collected in July, 1914, and deposited in the herbarium of the University of California at Berkeley. The leaves of this plant often have very much abbreviated leaf- bearing twigs in their axils so that they appear, on first glance, to be fascicled. Collectors describe it as a shrub, 0.5--3 m. tall, or a tree, to 5 m. tall, the stems to 3 cm. in diameter, the bark deeply and coarsely furrowed, the lenticels very abundant, elongate, white, conspicuous (more so than in the typical form), the corollas white, filaments white, and anthers brown. They have found it growing in open sunshine in clay-loam soil, on flat grazed areas, and among vegetation composed mostly of legumin- ous shrubs and cacti, at altitudes of less than 50 m., in flower in January and July, and in fruit in January. Material has been identified and distributed in some herbaria as typical C. Ligustrinum (Jacq.) R. Br. Citations: MEXICO: Oaxaca: E. J. Alexander 248 (Ld); R. M. King 873 (Au--214228, Ld, Mi, W--2301526), 1982 (N); Purpus 7181 (B--iso- type, Bm--isotype, Ca--175009--type, E--765041--isotype, F--424587-- isotype, F--photo of type, G--isotype, Ld--photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of type). CLERODENDRUM LINDENIANUM A. Rich. in Sagra, Hist. Cub. Bot. 2: 147 [as "C£erodendron"]. 1850; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 26 & 31. 1939. Synonymy: CLerodendron Lindenianwn A. Rich. in Sagra, Hist. Cub. Bot. 2: 147. 1850. C£enodendron Lindenianum Schau. ex Mold., Pre- lim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20 in syn. 1940. C&enodendron Lindelia- num Rich. ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20 in syn. 1940. CLenodendron Lindeniana A. Rich. ex Roig, Dicc. Bot. 2: 1005 sphalm. 1953. . CLerodendrwm Lindenianum var. Lindenianum [Alain] in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 322. 1957. Bibliography: A. Rich. in Sagra, Hist. Fis. Polit. Nat. Cuba 11 (2) [Fl. Cub. Fanerog. 2]: 147. 1850; C. Muell. in Walp., Ann. Bot. S¥staie 710.,1860;, Sagra, Icon. Pls-Fl. Cub.41. 1863.5 .Griseb. , Cat. Pte Cub. 216. 1866; Jacks. in Hook: f.. & Jacks...,. Ind. Kew, imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Mold., Alph. List Comm. Vern. Names 26 & 31. 1939; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 20 & 22. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 21. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 25 & 90. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 100. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. ROW xe Mp2 9 hs 561...1946; Mold. Aliph. List, Cit. 1: 3o63i9 75: TOD RWG S025 8 312. 19465 HIN. & Ae L. Molds; Pili ife 22°69. 1948; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 415, 418, 569, 578, 579, & 648--651 (1948), 3: 664, 675, 757, 826, 867, 889, 928, & 929 (1949), and 4: 1026, 1035, 1068, 1144, & 1206. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. 490 Pn rome Ose rn Vol. 61, Nowe Verbenac., ed.2, 43 & 182. 1949; Roig, Dicc. Bot. 2: 898 & 1005. 1953; Alain in Ledn & Alain. Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 319 & 322. 1957; Mold., Résumé 51, 216, 266, 271, 273, & 451. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 95, 359, 449, 461, & 463 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 319 & 322. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 88, 350, & 539. 1980; Mold., Phytologia 57: 478 (1985) and 60: 130 & 131. 1986. Pitustratton's s *Sagra’, ‘IconsyPl. Fis Cubs 4). 1863 A shrub or small tree, 1--7 m. tall, usually only a shrub 1--4 feet tall; branches and branchlets stoutish, very light-gray or whitish, obscurely tetragonal or subterete, tuberculate, glabrate; twigs more slender, yellow-brown or buff, more or less densely pub- escent with brownish often hirsutulous hairs; nodes not annulate, usually much thickened because of the very heavy, corky, prominent leaf-scars; principal internodes 0.3--3 cm. long, often extremely abbreviated on branchlets and twigs; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles stout, 3--9 mm. long, densely short-pubescent with brownish hairs; leaf-blades tremendously variable in size, shape, and tex- ture, coriaceous, gray-green on both surfaces or brighter green be- neath, varying from oblong, elliptic, or oblong-elliptic to oblong- lanceolate, oblanceolate, or obovate, 4--20.5 cm. long, 1.5--8 cm. wide, apically usually obtuse or rounded, varying to sharply acute or short-acuminate, marginally entire (and often more or less revo- lute in drying) or denticulate to subdenticulate-spinose, basally acute or cuneate (varying to deeply cordate), glabrous above (except for the pilose midrib), sparsely and often obscurely strigillose- puberulent (or subglabrate on the lamina) beneath, especially along the larger venation; midrib slender or stoutish, sharply prominulent within a furrow above, very prominent beneath, pilose above; secon- daries slender, 5--7 per side, arcuate-ascending, flat or slightly impressed above, very prominent beneath, often arcuately joined close to the margins beneath; vein and veinlet reticulation rather abundant, the larger portions decidedly prominulent beneath, mostly obscure above; inflorescence axillary, often only in the uppermost leaf-axils, the cymes opposite, solitary, 4--10 cm. long, 2--5 cm. wide, 2--5-flowered (mostly 3-flowered); peduncles slender, 0.1--5 cm. long, usually elongate, sparsely and obscurely strigillose or glabrate, yellow-brown or buff; pedicels similar to the peduncles in color and texture, 6--35 mm. long, very divaricate, usually jointed and bracteolate near the middle (from which joint another flower may arise); bracts absent; bracitlets and prophylla linear or setaceous, minute; flowers fragrant; calyx obconic’, 3--4 mm. long, apically am- pliate, the rim truncate and undulate, externally hirtellous; corol- la hypocrateriform, white, 2--2.5 cm. long, the lobes oblong, 5 mm. long; fruit drupaceous, fleshy, light-blue. This endemic Cuban species is based on J. Linden 1775 from the mountains near Pinal de los Hondones, Oriente, Cuba, collected in May, 1844. The type collection represents a form with thinner and less coriaceous, almost flat-margined, leaf-blades, well represented also by Jack 5628 in the Arnold Arboretum herbarium and by PoLfand, 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lenodendrum 491 Pakmer, & Palmer 216. Leaf-blades with denticulate margins are seen on Britton, Brait- ton, & Shafer 277, Roig 1642, Shafer 4175, 7743, & 8307, and C. Wright 3177; Jack 5628 in the Britton Herbarium exhibits leaf-blades very distinctly and sharply dentate with irregular teeth. Collecttors have encountered this plant in pine woods. grassy pineland, and pineland thickets, among limestone rocks, and on coral rock hills, at 600 m. altitude, in flower from January to March, as well as in May and September, and in fruit in February, May, and July. A key to help distinguish C, Lindenianwn from other Cuban taxa in this genus will be found under C, gnandiffonum (Hook.) Schau. in the present series of notes [60: 130--131]. Vernacular names reported for C. Lindenianwm are “roble guayo" and "turquesa". It should be noted that the Ledn 18548 collection, cited below, seems to be very close to C, anagense Britton & P. Wils., at least in general habit. Material of C. Lindenianum has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C. cubense Schau., C. tuberculatum A. Rich., and Aegiphila sp. On the other hand, the Again 6875, distributed as C. Lindentanum, actually is C. gnandiffonum (Hook.) Schau. Citations: CUBA: Havana: Britton, Britton, & Shafer 777 (Cm, N); Leon 13654 (D--694850, Y--13607). Las Villas: J. G. Jack 5628 (A, Bm, N, N, P), 5707 (A, N, W--1555504), s.n. [Leon 18548] (Ha), 4.n. [Soledad, Oct. 7, 1927] (Du--348517); Luna 985 (Ha, N). Oriente: Alain 3157 (Hk); Mas. G. C. Bucher 2 (N); CLemente 4529 (Ha, N); Clemente, Alain, & Chrysogone 6992 (Ha); Curbelo s.n. [Herb. Roig 6220] (N); Ekman 3991 (B, S), 4078 (B, N, S), 4219 (B, N, S), 6736 (B, S); R. A. Howand 6041 (G); Ledn & Alain 19159 (Ha); Ledn & CLem- ente 20380 (Ha); Leon & Victonin 19814 (Ha); Linden 1775 (B--isotype, Bm--isotype, Cb--isotype, K--isotype, K--isotype, Ld--photo of iso- type, N--photo of isotype, P--isotype, V--isotype, X--isotype); Lopez F. 1917 (W--2227105); Poland, Palmer, & Palmer 2161(E--40801, F--125724, G, N, W--402947); Roig 1642 (Es), 6640 (ES); Shafer 3622 (N), 7743 (N), 8307 (G, K, N, N, W--696507); Van Heamann 11761 (Es, N). Province undetermined: Sagna 219 (K), S.n. (V, V)3 C. Waight 3177 [1860--1864; Herb. Sauvalle 1781] (B, Bm, Cb, E--118857, G, Hv, K, Os, P, X). CULTIVATED: Florida: H. N. Mo£denke 21450 (Ld). CLERODENDRUM LINDENTANUM var. CAMAGUEYENSE (Britton & P. Wils.) Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5. nom. nud. 1939; stat. nov. Synonymy: Cfenodendrwm camagueyense Britton & P. Wils., Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 99. 1920. C£enodendron camagueyense Britton & P. Wils. apud A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6, imp. 1, 49. 1926. CLerodendron camagueyensis Britton & P. Wils. ex Roig, Dicc. Bot. 2: 741 & 1005. 1953. Bibliography: Britton & P. Wils., Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 99. 1920; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 6, imp. 1, 49. 1926; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 22. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 21. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. 492 Poks¥ehbO«bs0 Go leé Vol. 61, No.tf Distrib. Verbenac’., ed. 1, 25 & 90. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 3, 187, & 312 (1946), 3: 867 & 928 (1949), and 4: 1033. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 43 & 182. 1949; Roig, Dicc. Bot. 2: 741 & 1005. 1953; Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 322. 1957;3.AaW. Hills Inds Kews Suppl. 65, amp. i2'5: 49s Sass Mold., Resume 51, 271, & 451. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 95 & 461 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Alain in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 322. 1974; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 88 & 539. 1980; P. Holmgren & al., Ind. Vasc. Pl. Type Microf. 441. 1985; Mold., Phytologia 57: 478. 1985. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its longer corolla-tubes, the corolla being to 4 cm. in length. Britton & Wilson's origonal (1920) description is: A shrub 1--1.2 m. high, the twigs and petioles tuberculate and minutely hispidu- lous with mostly appressed hairs. Leaves obovate or elliptic-obo- vate, 7--11 cm. long, 3.5--6 cm. wide, dark green, lustrous and his- pidulous on the veins above, the secondary veins inconspicuous, paler, coarsely reticulate-veined and minutely hispidulous on the veins beneath, the margin denticulate; petioles 1 cm. long; calyx narrowly ciampanulate, subtrunciate at the apex, glabrous; corolla a- bout 4 cm. long, white, the lobes oblanceolate; stamens exserted." The variety is based on Shafer 496 from savannas south of Sierra Cubitas, Camagley, Cuba, collected on February 20 and 21, 1909, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. Roig describes the plant as an "Arbusto silvestre de hojas coriace- as, que crece en las sabanas al sur de la ciudad de Camagtey. Tiene las flores blancas de tubo largo y estambres salientes". Its vernacular name is “palo sabanero". It has been collec'ted in anthe- sis in December and February. Citations: CUBA: Camagley: Acuma 13783 (Es); Roig 3428 (N); Sha- fer 496 (F--284445--isotype, N--type, W--659156--isotype). Oriente: Ekman 15027 (B, N; S). MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Britton & P. Wils., Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 16: 99. 1920 (W). CLERODENDRUM LINDIENSE Mold., Phytologia 5: 83. 1954. Synonymy: CLenodendaum Lindeniense Mold., Phytologia 5: 97 sphalm. 1954. Bibliography: B. Thomas, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 68: [Gatt. Clerod. ] 89. 1936; Mold., Phytologia 5: 83 & 97. 1954; Anon., Trav. Lab. Bot. Syst. Brux. 16:°66.°1955;Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Atria trams Ind. 1954: 66. 1955; Mold., Résumé 144, 273, & 451. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew, Supp]. 12: 36. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 235 & 463 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 225 & 539. 1980; P. Holm- gren & al., Ind. Vasc. Pl. Type Microf. 441. 1985; Mold., Phytologia 57: 390 & 391 (1985) and 60: 60. 1986. A woody plant, about 1 m. tall; branches and branchlets tetrag- onal, rather slender, very densely spreading-hirsute with yellowish- gray hairs 1--2 mm. long; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles slen- der, 4--9 mm. long, flattened-sulcate above, densely villous-hirsute with yellowish-gray hairs like on the branchlets; leaf-blades char- taceous, grayish-brown when dry, lighter beneath, elliptic, 3--7 cm. 1987 Moldenke, Notes on CLerxodendrwn 493 long, 1.3--3.4 cm. wide, apically acute or very shortly acuminate, marginally entire, basally acute or short-acuminate, lightly pubes- cent above, with the hairs eventually wearing off, densely grayish- tomentose beneath; midrib slender, flat above, prominulous beneath; secondaries very slender, 3 or 4 per side, arcuate-ascending, pro- minulous beneath, flat above, not anastomosing at the margins; vein- let reticulation abundant but difficult to distinguish; peduncles slender, 3.5--4.3 cm. long, densely hirsute with yellowish-gray hairs 1--2 mm. long like on the branchlets; cymes 3--4 cm. long and wide, several times dichotomous, rather densely flowered, its bran- ches densely hirsute like the peduncles; bractlets narrow-elliptic, about 5 mm. long, densely villous, attenuate at both ends; pedicels filiform, 1.5--2 mm. long, villous; calyx campanulate, its tube a- bout 5 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, externally villous-hirsutulous with many-celled white hairs, the rim 5-toothed, the teeth about 3 mm. long, apically long-caudate, villous; corolla hypocrateriform, white, the tube narrow-cylindric, about 1 cm. long, less than 1 mm. wide, externally lightly puberulous, the limb ampliate to about 5 mm.; stamens exserted about 1 cm. from the corolla-mouth. This species is based on H. J. Schkieben 5866 from open woods on hills at Lindi, by Lake Lutamba, at an altitude of 240--250 m. Tan- ganyika (Tanzania), collected on January 11, 1935, and deposited in the Brussels herbarium. The collector notes that the plant grows "solitary". Thus far it is known to me only from the type collec- tion, which was cited by Thomas (1936) and distributed in herbaria as C. acerbianum (Visian.) Benth. Thomas gives the date of collec- tion as January "12". Citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Schlieben 5866 (B--isotype, Br-- type, Mu--isotype, N--isotype, S--isotype. CLERODENDRUM LINDLEYI Decaisne ex Planch., Fl. Serr. Jard., ser. 1, 9: 17 [as "C&enodendron" J. 1853: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avi- Gennes, 14, °265.& 37. 1939. Synonymy: C£ernodendron foetidum Hort. Paris ex Planch., Fl. Serr. Jard., ser. 1, 9: 17. 1853 [not C. foetidum Bunge, 1833, nor (Burm.) Bunge, 1985, nor (L.) Bunge, 1985, nor D. Don, 1825, nor Miq., 1921, nor C£erodendrum foetiduwm Bunge, 1840]. CLenrodendron fragrans fLore SsdmpLici Lind]. ex Voss in Vilm., Blumengart. 1: 830 in syn. 1895. CLenodendron Lindleyi "Decne. ex Planch." apud Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3:88 & 109. 1921. C£eno- dendron foetidum Hort. ex Rehnelt, Pareys Blumengdrtn., ed. 1, 282 in syn. 1932. BimMnaqgwaphys Planeh., Fl. Serrvidard). siseri. als 92 17 smis5a: Regel, Gartenfl. 6: 363 (1857) and 11: 64/65, pl. 353. 1862; Regel, Trans. Russ. Hort. Soc. 1862: pl. 79. 1862; Maxim., Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St.-Pétersb. 31: 84. 1886; Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc. Pond. aot. 26 [IrideFl. Sins 24: 260418903 Jacks. tm Hooks Fs 8 Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 561. 1893; Voss in Vilm., Blumengdrt. 1: 830. 1895; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 259 & 363. 1919; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 88, 109, SolenoAlS tapi. Ind.” Lond: Zc 239.0 i 9380s) Pret. Mem Sea. Soc 494 BRAY TT OeL- OG “PR Vol. 61, Nowy China 1 (3): 133. 1932; Rehnelt, Pareys Blumengdrtn., ed. 1, 282. 1932; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 5, 14, 26, & 37. 1939; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 16, 25, 36, 58, 72, & 90. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 561. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 17 & 187 (1946) and 2: 353, 359, 413, 414, 538,,561, 563, 564, 572, 608,°644, & 646. 1948; H: Nz &s Ace soMoldes Pl. Life 2: 69. 1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 295 43,776,213 521355 15999& 182... 1949 34Molide, Aliph. Last cGiiemere 708, 712, 719, 748, 801, 844, 879, & 928 (1949) and 4: 987, 1052, 1096, & 1299. 1949; Pételot, Pl. Med. Camb. Laos Vietn. 2: 253 (1954) and 4: 99. 1954; Alain in Ledén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 319 & 321. 1957; Mold., Resume 35, 51, 88, 169, 174, 181, 216, 263, 266, & 451. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 561. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 17 & 19 (1962) and 6: 8. 1963; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 47: 6794. 1966; Howard & Powell, Taxon 17: 55. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 11 & 19. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 69, 95, 148, 288, 292, 300, 311. 359, 444, 445, & 449 (1971) and 2: 868. 1971; Rouleau, Taxon Ind. 1: 92. 1972; Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 319 & 321. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 449 (1974), 31: 390 (1975), and 34: 245 & 249. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. South. Ryuk. 890 & 892. 1976; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.30: 419. 1978; Mold., Phytol. Mem. 2: 41, 61, 88, 140, 259, 277, 281, 282, 291, 302, 313, 350, & 539. 1980; Reis & Lipp, New Pl. Sources Drugs 251. 1982; H. N. & A. L. Mold. in Dassan. & Fosb., Rev. Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 4: 411, 459--461, & 472. 1983; Mold., Phytologia 52: 466 (1983), 57: 36 & 338 (1985), 58: 286, 332, 338, 343--345, 417, & 460 (1985), and 60: 62 & 130. 1986. Illustrations: Regel, Gartenfl. 11: 64/65, pl. 353 (in color). 1862; Regel, Trans. Russ. Hort. Soc. 1862: pl. 79. 1862. A bush or small, erect, bushy shrub or undershrub, 0.9--3 m. tall; branchlets rather obtusely tetragonal, brownish, more or less pul- verulent-puberulent or subglabrous in age, usually pilose at the nodes; twigs densely glandular-pubescent with short irregular hairs or puberulent; nodes not annulate, usually pilose; principal inter- nodes 1.3--11 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite; petioles rather stoutish, 1.5--10.5 cm. long, medullose almost to the base, usually collapsing at the base in drying, not much ampliate basally, dense- ly short-pubescent or puberulent; leaf-blades membranous or subchar- taceous, somewhat darker green above than beneath, ovate to broadly ovate or deltoid, 6.5--16.5 cm. long, 6.5--15.5 cm. wide, apically acute or short-acuminate, marginally entire or denticulate to rather coarsely and irregularly sharp-dentate and usually more or less ciliate, basally subcordate or subtrunc'iate (the central part of the base more or less cuneate-acute), very shortly and sparsely pilose with scattered hairs or puberulent-pulverulent above, more or less puberulent beneath or pilose-pubescent with short irregular hairs especially on the venation, usually marked with several, black, discoid glands at the very base and also sometimes scattered over other parts of the lamina; secondaries 3--6 per side, the 2 lowest issuing from the midrib at the very base of the blade and very deci- dedly pinnately branched from the basal side, all arcuate-ascending, 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C£Lerodendium 495 distant, joined in many loops near the margins; inflorescence ter- minal, paniculate but densely compact, many-flowered, 4--12.5 cm. long, 6--9 cm. wide, very conspicuously bracteate and bracteolate, puberulent or pilose to short-pubescent throughout; peduncles contin- uous with the apex of the twigs and similar in all respects, 0.5--6 cm. long, usually with a pair of large foliaceous bracts, similar in all respects to the leaves but smaller, at or near the apex; bract- lets very numerous, lanceolate or oblong, 1.2--3.5 cm. long, 3--5 mm. wide, surpassing the calyx, acuminate at both ends, pulverulent or pilose-pubescent on both surfaces, marked with numerous, subcutan- eous, black, discoid glands, stipitate; pedicels slender, 1--7 mm. long; flowers showy, slightly fragrant or malodorous; calyx obcionic- tubular or oblong-c'ampanulate, 1--1.5 cm. long, often magenta-crim- son, externally puberulent, the rim 5-lobed, the lobes linear or linear-lanceolate, apically purplish; corolla hypocrateriform, light purple or deep purplish-pink to purplish, pink, red. pink-lavender, or flesh-color, darker externally, the tube slender, 2.5--3 cm. long, mostly 4 times as long as the calyx, the limb mostly 5-lobed, the lobes obovate, 5--8 mm. long; stamens 4, long-exserted; fila- ments white; anthers deep-purple; fruiting-calyx red; fruit drupa- ceous, at first green. This species is native to southern China, Hainan island, and Him- alayan India and Burma. It is rather abundantly cultivated and tends to escape and become naturalized (as in Cuba). It has been widely confused in botanical and horticultural literature, as well as in herbaria, with C. bunget Steud. and the simple-flowered form of C. phikippinum Schau. Its roots, dried well for about 5 hours, are sold on the Canton market as "ch'au shi mut 11" and are employed in the manufacture of a medicine taken orally for the strengthening of the leg muscles. The fruit is edible and the leaves are used for brewing a tea in China. CLerodendrum Lindkeyi is a valid species and is most definitely not the single-flowered form of C, phikippinwm as maintained by Schauer, Merrill, and so many other authors. The true single-flow- ered form of C. philippinum is well represented by such collections as Leon 6320 in the Havana herbarium and is exactly like the common double-flowered form in its foliar characters, flower-size, etc., except for the simple nature of its corollas; C. Lind£eys, on the other hand differs notably in its leaf characters, flower size, etc. Planchon (1853) comments that "Trois arbustes bien distincte ont recu le nom de C£enodendron foetidum. D'abord, l'espece primitive a laquelle ce nom doit rester, et dont nous transcrivons en note la diagnose, comme objet de comparaison. C'est une plante du Népaul, a feuilles elliptiques, a calice plus long que le tube de Ja corolle: elle n'existe pas, que nous sachions, dans nos jardines [This is Canyopteris foetida (D. Don) Thellung]. La second espece, signalée dans le Revue horticole, en 1851, d' apres des exemplaires que l'on cultive a Paris depuis une douzaine d'annees, nous parait presque identique avec une prétendue forme a fleurs simples du C£enodendnon fragrans, forme déja publiée dans le Botanical Register. en Aout 1838, mais sans indication d'origine [This is C. Lindeys Decaisne J. 496 Pabevi Tn Ok L§ O4G)- Tvl Vol. 61, Nom Reste la troisieme espece que nous appellerons avec Steudel, CLear- odendaon Bungeg et dont le portrait dessiné sur le vivant dans l'etablissement Van Houtte, n'existe dans aucune publication horti- cule [This is the plant we now call C. bunget Steud. ]" He continues further about C. Lindley as follows: "C'est évidémment cette plante du Botanical Register que M. Schauer, dans le Prodromus de De Can- dolle (Tom. XI, p. 666), signale, aprés Lindley, comme le type a fleurs simples du CLenodendron fraanans, et dont i] indique 1'intro- duction comme recente a la date de 1847. Voici pourtant sur quelles raisons se fonde notre savant collaborateur, M. Decaisne, pour con- sidérer cette plante comme espece a part, sous le nom manuscrit de CLerodendron Lindfeyi, lo Le type a fleurs simples du C£enodendron fragrans figuré par Ventenat, (Malmais. t. 70) et qui fleurit en France, dans le jardin de Cels, vers le commencement du siécle, a des corolles a limbe bien plus large que le C£. Lindgeyi. 20 Le CLenodendron fragnans est une plante delicate, qu'on ne cultive jamais en pleine terre a Paris, et dont les racines ne tracent pas: l]'autre espece est, au contraire, rustique et ses racines tragantes. Ce que nous disons ici, du reste, se rapporte spécialement a la plante cultivée au Museum de Paris, sous le nom de C£enodendron foetidum, plante qui différe un peu de celle du Botanical Register en ce que ses fleurs sont inodores (et non presque aussi odorantes que celles du C, éragnrans ) et que ses jeunes pousses surtout sont couvertes d'un velouté de couleur violette. Y aurait-i] encore 1a deux especes confondues? Qui étudiera jugera." In this connection it may be noted that Howard & Powell (1968) also assert: "It should also be noted that the plant called C£eroden- daum Lindley often referred to the synonymy of 'C£erodendrawm frag- nans' does not, in our opinion, belong there." Voss (1895), in reviewing this involved situation, stat2s that, in his opinion, CLerodendrum Lindley "ist vielleicht nur eine Ab- treibend; Aste stumpf-4 kantig, kurz haarig (anscheinend grin blei- bend. Bldtter ziemlich langgestielt, fast herzftrmig, breit-eirund oder fast rundlich, zugespitzt, schién grin, am Rande ausgeschweift- gezdhnelt oder fast ganzrandig, am Grunde diesseits der Blattstiel- Einfllgung drusentragend, beiderseits kurzhaarig. Bluten in groszen, endstdndigen, vielblUtigen, gedrungenen, bouquetfitrmigen Dolden- trauben, deren Spindel, Blitenstiele und Kelche dicht flaumig sind. Deckbldttchen lanzettlich oder linealisch-lanzettlich, die Kelche Uberragend und wie diese driisentragend. Kelch verkehrt-kegel férmig- réhrig mit 5 spaltigen Saum und linealisch-lanzettlichen pfrienlich- zugespitzten Zipfeln. Blumenkrone ausser kaum kurzhaarig, nur schwach duftent, mit schmaler Rbhre, die meist 4 mal so lang als der Kelch ist; Kronsaum meist 5 teilig. BlUten fleischfarbig oder rot, aussen dunkler, weniger schin als bei C. foetidum." Collectors have encounterea C. Lindgeys along roadsides, in for- ests and roadside thickets, along railroad tracks, in green valleys, on wooded and damp grassy hillsides, in hedges and on dry land, in open brush, in uncultivated ground near houses, in waste places, and on garbage dumps, at 60--1450 m. altitude, in flower in March, April, June to August, and October to December. Hu reports finding it 1987 Moldenke, Notes on C£erodendrum 497 “growing over large areas by the village" of Hong Kong. Walker re- ports it naturalized on Okinawa; Pittier says of it in Venezuela: "Introduced but said to be indigenous". Alain (1924) reports it es- caped in Pinar del Rfo, Cuba, “originally from tropical Asia". A key to help distinguish this species from other Cuban species will be found under C. See sah (Hook.) Schau. in the present series of notes [60: 130--131 The corollas are described as having been "red" on Chung 2395 and Herb. Canton Chr. Cokk. 12501, “reddish-purple" on Rock 6621, "purpl- ish" on Ching 1994 and Chun 5999, “light-purple" on Hu 13126, "deep purplish-pink" on Walken 8136, and "pink-lavender" on Gressitt 1333. The leaves on Boeea 6473 and Koekz 25301 look remarkably like those of C, philippinum Schau., without regular marginal teeth vis- ible and with elongated corolla-tubes; on Ging 5537 the leaf-blades have regular teeth plainly visible over almost the whole margin. Vernacular and common names recorded for C. Lindfeys are “chau fung t'an", "ch'au shi mit li", "chau ti fung". "Lindley's cleroden- drum", “rindiri-kusagi", "Sarang banoea", "yaezaki-kusagi", and “yuen tau fung". It may be pointed out here that the CLerodendron foetidum Bunge, C. foetidum (Burm.) Bunge, C. foetidum (L.) Bunge, and CLerodendaum foetidum Bunge, referred to in the synonymy (above), all apply to the last-mentioned, a valid species, which see, while C£enodendron foetidum D. Don is a synonym of Canyopteris foetida (D. Don) Thel- lung and ChLenodendron foetidum Miq. is a synonym of CLerodendraum buchanani (Roxb.) Walp., which see. Walker (1976) cites from cultivation on Okinawa: Amano 6251, SIRI 6894, Tamayose 4.n., and Walken 8136; Reis & Lipp (1982) cite Tsang £1353 from Kwangtung, China. Material of C. Lind£eys has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as C. bracteatum Wall., C. bunger Steud., C. canescens Wall., C. foetidum Bunge, C. fnragnans Vent., C. fragnans Willd., C. glandulosum Colebr., C. noseum Poit., C. trichotomum Thunb., and C. viokaceum Glrke. On the other hand, the Kingdon-Wanrd 18191, Liang 61691, McChure 9207, and Nooteboom 1246, distributed as typical C. Lindkleys, actu- ally represent its f. albiflonum Mold., while Roig 8157 is C. splen- dens Citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Quarles van Uffond 516 (Ut). CUBA: Havana: Ekman 13181 (Ld--photo, N, N--photo, S); Leén 3367 (Ha, N); Monales & Bosque 348 (B); Shafer 419 (Cm, N). Pinar del Rio: Shafer 419a (Es, Es). BRAZIL: Bahia: Paukay 4.n. (V). Rio de Janeiro: Ru- dio 146 (B, W--1234147); Sampaio s.n. [Campos, Jan. 1935] (Ja-- 44982). INDIA: Assam: Koe&z 25304 (Mi). CHINA: Chekiang: Ching 1994 (Ca--281707, W--1246853). Fukien: Chang 4577 (Ca--303266); Chang & Po 3945 (Ca--300372); Cheng 1317 (Ca--286970), 3237 (Ca-- 299489); Chung 2395 (Ca--232902), 5534 (N); En 2021 (Ca--288341); Fong 19 (Ca--300037); Ging 5537 (Mi), 5840 (Ws), 6872 (Gg--151506); Po 12324 (Ca--325797); Tat 11033 (Ca--325798). Kiangsi: Lau 4731 (N, W--1753359). Kwangsi: Ching 5278 (Ca--409768, W--1248669) ; Steward & Cheo 606 (N). Kwangtung: Chun 5999 (Ca--347366); [to be continued ] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "THE BIOLOGY OF MARINE FUNGI" edited by S. T. Moss, xii & 382 pp., 79 b/w fig. incl. 261 EM photo., 34 tab. & 2 maps. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1986. $49.50. Herein are 30 invited papers of the 4th International Marine My- cology Symposium held as recently as August '85 at the Portsmouth Polytechnic, U. K., yet very neatly printed, organized and variously illustrated with many excellent EM photographs, charts, figures and tables and actually off the press in the next calendar year. The main topics embraced by these papers are ecological, taxonomic, physiological and applied biotechnological. Recent studies in these fields are carefully presented and directions for future work sug- gested. Bibliographies are intentionally very full. This book will be very important for scientists and students in the four fields of research just mentioned. "THE FLORA OF THE HORTOBAGY NATIONAL PARK" edited by J. Szwjko-Lacza, 172 pp...2 b/w fig... 23, photo., 17 tab.» 18 draws: Diag.) anrene 1 end-page map. Akademiae Kaido, Budapest, Hungary. 1982. After a general description of this park area established in 1972 and the methods of this floral study, chapters by 13 taxonomic and ecologic specialists consist of descriptive check-lists of aquatic algae, contributions to the soil algal flora, some microscopic fungi, higher fungi, lichens, bryoflora, and the vascular plants, all with species lists. The paper jacket reports a total listing of 1,772 taxa. This book presents very carefully detailed studies and is No. 3 in the Natural History of the National Parks of Hungary series. Nos. 1 and 2 in the series treat the fauna. "GREEN IMMIGRANTS - The Plants That Transformed America" by Claire Shaver Haughton, xii & 450 pp. & 27 chapter-letter captions. Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich, Inc., London & New York, N. Y. 10017. 1978 - $12.95 clothbound & 1980 - $5.95 paperbound. The idea for this book is an excellent one - to relate "the his- tory and romance, the legend and folklore, of nearly one hundred growing plants, telling where they came from, how they arrived, and what has happened to them since" (in alphabetical order). It makes for pleasant casual reading by those of almost all ages and inter- ests as well as careful reading of the collected descriptive histor- ical recorded source materials from various ports on the other side of the Atlantic and elsewhere -- not forgetting the potato and toma- 498 1987 Moldenke, Book reviews 499 to which became important to the New World settlers only after re- entry from Europe. It relates the advents and effects of introduced food crops, fodder, horticulturals and weeds. "CATOLOGO PARA UNA FLORA APICOLA VENEZOLANA" by Santiago Lopez- Palacios, 211 pp., 2 color pl., 14 b/w plant draw. pl. & 8 "honey" pl. Publicacion auspiciada por el Humanistico = CDCH, Merida, Venezuela. 1986. Paperbound. This is a carefully prepared and annotated inventory of the na- tive and introduced plants of Venezuela which are bee-pollen plants important in the honey industry. The plants are listed alphabetic- ally by families and the involved genera and species with scientific and vernacular names, geographic locations and often down-to-the- hour records of bee-flower visitations. "FRUIT KEY AND TWIG KEY TO TREES AND SHRUBS" by William M. Harlow, 1 & 50 & 1 & 56 pp., 139 & 148 b/w draw. & photo. Dover Publi- cations, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10014. 1959 reprint. $2.25 paperback. The full and subtitle to this ever useful book is "Fruit Key to Northeastern Trees and Twig Key to the Deciduous Woody Plants of Eastern North America" - "And to wherever else these trees have been introduced" could well have been added and thus stretch the range of the book's applicability. Even so, many foresters, ecologists, naturalists, teachers, students, etc. have depended upon these handy little illustrated and functionally keyed guides (really two books in one) since 1946 and 1941. Students in the field or in the class- room with hands full of twigs can get accurate identifications faster with these guides than with any of the many teachers' mimeographed ones that I have seen. This book should prove useful for many years to come! "WHERE DOES IT HURT ~- A Guide to Symptoms and Illnesses" by Susan C. Pescar & Christine A. Nelson, M.D., 1771 & 313 pp. Facts on File Publications, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1983. $15.95. This lay-person medical guide is truly "conveniently organized the way a layman thinks about illness -- either by disease or symp- tom" and offers advice needed to evaluate medical problems. In dic- tionary format it describes with clarity symptoms, causes, degrees of severity, contagiousness, and the usual and the possible means of treatment for over 300 of the most common disease conditions. The most useful sections of the book are the Quick-Reference Symptoms Guide with its many references to the disease and unusual but harm- less symptoms section and the Index to Cross References. Following the recommendations given therein can make readers more intelligent 500 Po Y*t*O) 2 Over? Vol. 61, Nor @ about the workings of their bodies and recognized symptoms and thus better able to communicate with their medical doctors about their problems. "THE FERN HERBAL - Including the Ferns, the Horsetails and the Club Mosses" written and illustrated by Elfriede Abbe, viii & 103 pp., 44 color & 36 b/w fig. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York 14850. 1985. $35.00. This is a fine, corrected, offset reprint edition of the author's 1981 limited edition from her own press. There are accuracy and beauty of texture and form in the illustrations. There are 23 ferns, 4 horsetails, 2 clubmosses and 2 spermatophytes included in the work, with common leaf-descriptive names for the ferns and for Asparagus plumosus and Myrrhis odorata which are also treated. For each beautiful illustration are given the scientific and common names (the latter in English, French, German, and Italian), descrip- tions, habitat and distribution, culture, and fascinating bits of history and uses. This book will do so well on naturalists’ and gardeners' coffee-tables, as a supplementary botany text, and as an important library acquisition, especially if the original edition was too expensive to acquire or regarded as too precious for ordin- ary handling. "MARIHUANA - DECEPTIVE WEED" by Gabriel G. Nahas, 0.B.E., M.D., Ph. D., xviii & 334 pp., 24 b/w fig., 23 tab., 1 map & 2 botanical pl. Raven Press Publishers, New York, N. Y. 10036. 1974. $27.50. "Its realistic, medically responsible approach" by an “author experienced in pharmacology as well as medicine" gives "not only a general account of the plant and of the history of its use but also the scientific and medical evidence so often neglected or discoun- ted". This book is a worthy pioneer, other authors and Dr. Nahas himself have followed suite. There are two clear botanical plates of this Cannabis sativa which are a marked improvement over many re- cent publications. The author's report on the considerabie varia- bility in the chemical strength of its incipient narcotic principle is often overlocked in the literature. "Cannabis intoxication pre- vails in the world under two completely different sets of social circumstances: (1) Endemically in poor agrarian societies (Middle East, India, Jamaica)..... it is the opium of the poor. These societies are stagnant. (2) Epidemically amidst the educated afflu- ent youth who are disenchanted by the offerings of a technical society and who seek instant pleasure..... Chronic users present a significant decrease in their productivity, efficiency and dependa- bility." 1987 Moldenke, Book reviews 501 "ECOLOGY OF TROPICAL PLANTS" by Margaret L. Vickery, vii & 170 pp., 59 b/w fig., 24 photo. pl., 7 tab. & 1 map. John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10158. 1984. $36.00. This is an excellent text because of its simple direct descrip- tions, forthright logical explanations, clear uncomplicated examples and illustrations, highly appropriate choices in end-of-chapter sug- gestions for further reading, and effective emphases on human re- sponsibility for environmental damaging. A final chapter on "Inves- tigating the environment" is supplied by John H. Hall of the Univer- sity of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania. Author Vickert spent 10 years in tropical Africa where she witnessed "the disastrous effecits on the environment of forest clearing, overcultivation and overgrazing". She adapted this book from R. F. Daubenmire's wonderful "Plants and Environment - A Textbook of Autoecology", 3rd edition, 1974, same publisher, so that it can be used in beginning college and technical school courses for teachers, nature guides and national park staffs. It makes good reading here in the U.S.A., too, "PHYSIOLOGICAL PLANT ECOLOGY" by W. Larcher, translated and revised by M. A. Biederman-Thorson, xiv & 252 pp., 152 b/w/ fig. incl. 8 maps, & 40 tab. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg & New YorkeeNeoy. 10010. 19755) $28200: This is a "rich" book with high quality and effectively selected and displayed information presented very efficiently in neat printed word and excellent full illustrative figure and table. The major topics presented are: the environment of plants, sun's radiation, carbon utilization, cycling of nitrogen and mineral elements, water relations, effects of temperature, and periodicity of climate and vegetation. Since ecologists today are becoming more and more specialized within this discipline it is fortunate that this book is still available for interested individuals, university courses, sci- entific laboratories and libraries. Both the author and the trans- lator have performed so very well! "HANDBOOK OF PHYCOLOGICAL METHODS - Developmental and Cytological Methods" edited by Elizabeth Gantt, xii & 425 pp., 39 b/w fig., 24 tab. & 40 photo. incl. 12 SEM. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge & London, U. K., & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1980. $29.95. Sponsored by the Phycological Society of America, this third, well prepared volume in the series has 32 papers by 46 contributors. Under "Experimental algal systems and techniques" there are papers on such topics as "Control of development in Scenedesmus", "Gamete release, fertilization, and embryogenesis in the Fucales" and "How to detect the presence of a circadian rhythm". Under "Light and electron micro- scopy: preparative methods" there are papers on "Immunochemistry: 502 PHY TO 0 GPA Vol. 61, No. 7 labeled antibodies", "Freeze-fracture and freeze-etch techniques" and "Stereology: quantitative electron microscopic analysis." The list of suppliers of equipment and materials is international but mostly American. There are separate author, subject and taxonomic indexes. "BREEDING PLANTS RESISTANT TO INSECTS" edited by Fowden G. Maxwell & Peter R. Jennings, xvii & 684 pp., 59 b/w fig. incl. 37 photo., 51 tab. & 26 photo pl., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10158. 1980. $40.00. This book, fully rich in subject matter, contains 21 papers by 35 authors who approach this huge problem so important to the world's economy and human. living quality from many angles. A brief survey of the topics chosen include: biochemical and morphological bases of resistance, genetic factors affecting expressions and stability of it, insect behavior, plant pathogens and resistance, the inevitable present-day use of plant and insect models, breeding approaches in such crops as alfalfa, cassava, cotton, maize, rice, sorghums, wheat, and forest trees. The first editor of this book discusses future op- portunities and directions. This book will continue to be important for quite a few years to come for advanced students, agricultural and horticultural crop and entomological technicians, and for the practi- cal and classroom professors in this extensive field. The book is cleverly written, very fully illustrated with even a few "overdone" tables and figures, provided with a very full bibliography, and a separate listing of insect, mite and plant species with their scien-. tific and common names and page references. "ECOLOGY - A Textbook" by Hermann Remmert, contemporaneous English translation of "OKOLOGIE", 2nd edition by Marguerite A. Biederman- Thorson, viii & 289 pp., 189 b/w fig. incl. 9 maps & 6 photo. & 12 tab. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1980. $25.00 clothbound; also paperbound. Germany, Britain and the United States have long been the richest sources of the leaders in ecology and its various subdivisions, as well as of its researchers, professors, ciourses and texts. It is fortunate that all levels of students and workers in English-language areas can have access to this author's fine text presented in straightforward, easy reading English. It is an excellent supplement tor the beginner and an important reviewer, evaluator or orientor for the more advanced student or worker in this field or any of its presentday Subdivisions. The figures are plentiful and very effective. After explaining the author's basic concept, the text develops the factors affecting auteco- logy, those of population ecology and those of ecosystems, always emphasizing that "things are not always as Simple as they seem". Index to authors in Volume Sixty-one Ahmed, K. A., 299 Allien Bis Ws, 1231 Al-Qadaib, S. A., 425 Arreguin-Sdnchez, M. de la L., Mine 50; 158, 161 Badawi, A., 346 Barringer, K., 361 Brown, L. E., 367 Brydntwer. ks. 231 Bunting, G. S., 441 Bye, R. A., 204 Cardenas S., A., 297 Ceska, A., 9 Cuatrecasas, J., 51 De Laubenfels, D. F., 448 Dilton; Me iD... 5 El-Gazzar, A., 299 El@Kheir, W.-S. A., 285, 425, 429 Ferraro, Lk. I., 189 Garza Barrientos, M. A., 373 Gonzalez Elizondo, 117 Henry, R. D., 209 Hernandez Torres, I., 453 Howard, R. A., 1 Hurlimann, H., 339 Kiatagi, A. M. F., 299 Khalil, A., 434 Koehises. "De, 453 Kord, M., 434 Levorg, M. G., 251 Enogier, Ale Ho; 353 kundellyC. L., 62 Index to supraspecific scienti Acacia, 69, 196, 334, 335 Acalypha, 1, 217 Acanthaceae, 396 Acanthus, 82, 83, 85, 167, 334 Acer, 214, 217 Achananthes, 293, 431 Achnanthes, 285 Actachne, 240, 246, 248 Acourtia, 117, 118 Acnasieae, 14 Acnochaetiales, 14 503 Mamaiys, Seat.) Sie McCoy, J. W., 142 Mekkey, L. E., 285, 425, 429 Moldenke, A. L., 69, 131, 207, 203%) Sil. 421), 498 Moldenke, H. N., 22, 82, 164, 270, 316, 378, 444, 456 Nevilings sl...) Sol Palacios-Chavez, R., 147, 150, 158, 161 Ratalis, HeeSeny los Pineyro-Lépez, A., 373 Quiroz-Garcfa, D. L., 147, 150, 158. 161 Ramos-Zamora, D., 147, 150, 158, 161 Sagdstegui-Alva, A., 5 SPoauOnnien tlie seoas Sanehez: VindaSiss bose Wc Onplicvee 139 Schuster, R. M., 445 Sharps, Aca Jas ISiZ Siliba. Je, 448 Spellenberg, R. W., 119 Thomas, R. D., 142 jones: I. Heal Utieinetes 135 USS ise els: Waksman, N., 373 Wallender, B., 373 Wands, DisE., Lis Wester, D., 231 Wilcox. Be Pe 23 fic names in Volume Sixty-one Acnostichum, 48, 84 Actinomycetales, 14 Adinandra, 410 Aegiphila, 70, 105, 486, 488, 491 Afzamomum, 337 Agaricales, 14 Agastache, 218 Agathis, 448-452 Ageratina, 77-80 Agrimonia, 218 Agrostis, 218, 240, 242-244, 246, 504 Po Hy Me 7 Oph OurGrds A Vol. Agrostis [cont.], 248 Aipteris, 315 Alacrinella, 19 Alaria, 13, 19 Albizzia, 335 Alchemilla, 240-248 Amatlania, 62, 63 Amekfus, 299, 310 Amphibia, 73 Amphikejeunea, 447 Amphiprora, 293 Amphona, 287, 293, 431 Anabena, 296 Androcymbium, 347 Anemone, 218 Anguillaria, 347 Anguillarieae, 346-349 Ankistrodesmus, 295 Anthocerotae, 15, 447 Antithamnion, 13 Antithamionella, 19 Apiaceae, 119 Anabis, 217 Anaceae, 441, 443 Anaucariaceae, 448 Andisia, 62-68 Anida, 144, 146 Antemisia, 119 Antocanpus, 84 Anundinellae, 422 Anundinula, 19 Asckepiadaceae, 360 Asparagoideae, 346 Asparagus, 500 Adphodelus, 123 Aster, 79, 116, 214, 217, 299-310 Asteraceae, 5, 7, 16, 77, 119, 21941250 143;) 146, 310,> 3674 421 Asternales, 421 Asteneae, 143, 146, 310 Astenocolax, 19 Astragalus, 122, 123 Astneptonema, 19 Athyrium, 217 Audouinelka, 10, 19 Aufacophona, 181 61, No. Aureolaria, 218 Aureolejeunea, 445-447 Auriculandisia, 62-68 Aveneae. 453 Avicenniaceae, 70 Axilliflora, 406 Azonekla, 241-244, 246, 248 Bacchanis, 241-246, 248 Baccifena, 30, 31 Bacillaria, 293 Bacikkaniophyceae, 429-431 Bacilkanriophyta, 287-289, 291, 293 Baeometna, 347 Bangiales, 12 Bangiophyceae, 11 Banbeyella, 14 Banringtonia, 84 Beckmannia, 215, 217 Bernberts, 222 Bernandia, 1, 2 Biddulphia, 293 Bidens, 245, 247 Bignonia, 466, 467 Bignontaceae, 201 Biotia. 299 BLepharodon, 146 Beyttiomyces, 19 BoLkamenria, 272 Bonnemaisonia, 10 Boschniakia, 16 Botnydium, 429-432 Bougainvillea, 192 Baachiania, 252. 253 Brachiolejeunea, 445-447 Bnachyelytrum, 218 Brickeklhia, 119 Briklia, 15 Bnaomus, 239-247 Bulbothnrix, 189 Burzende, 98 Caesakpinia, 6, 83 Caesalpiniaceae, 6 Cakamagrostis, 231, 234. 236-249 Cakimenris, 299 Cakliandra, 1, 3, 4 Callicanpa, 187 Callistephus, 299, 300 Cakkitriche, 217 Cakkuna, 15 Calochontaceae, 348 1987 Cakochorteae, 349 Calochorntioideae, 34/7 Calochontus, 347, 348 Calophyltum, 83 Calotnopis 22, 82 Cakyptnanthes, 352-356 Cakystegia, 217 Campanula, 217 Campynemaceae, 348 Canavalia, 83 Cannabis, 22, 500 Cappanaceae, 122 Cappanis, 82 Capsosiphon, 11 Capsosiphonaceae, 11 Canex, 214, 217, 218, 225-241, 245, 247 Canya, 214, 217 Canyopterts, 445, 447 Castanea, 230 Castela, 201 Castibkeja, 125 Casuarina, 84 Catesbaea, 31 Cathaysiopteris, 311, 312, 314, 315 CaulophylLlum, 218 Cektss, 87 Centaurea, 120 Centrales, 293, 430 Ceramtaceae, 10, 12, 13 Cernaosperma, 97 Certops, 82 Chaetopappa. 120 Chaunocymosa, 402 Chelone, 218 Cherodendron, 32 Chihanaea, 12 Chionographis, 347 Chinonomidae, 15 Chkhainomonas, 11, 19 Chlamydomonas, 432 ChLonelka, 425 ChLorococeum, 295, 431, 432 Chfonodendron, 34 ChhLonophyceae, 10, 288, 428-430, 432 Chfonophyta, 11, 13, 286-289, 291, 295 ChLorphyta, 288 Chromulina, 285 Index 505 Chnoococeus, 432 Chrysanthemum, 222 Chrysophyceae, 12 Chusquea, 57 Cinsium, 217, 222 CithanexyLum, 116 CLadophona, 287. 295, 425 CLadophonaceae, 13 CLathnomorphum, 12, 19 CLematis, 124 CLeome, 122 CLereodendron, 164 CLenodencron, 33 CLerodendeon, 34 CLerodendrom, 34 CLenrodendron, 22. 31-34, 84, 99, VOOMW05 05) 1916p 6bseGoe 170), 1772086, 272, 278, 280-2825 B22 B28, SCN Se9RP 33250 Jans 338, 378, 389, 391-395, 398-403, 405-408. 416-419, 457, 458, 461- 464, 466-469, 472, 474, 476, 478- 480, 484, 485, 489, 491, 493, 495-497 CLernodendrum, 22-27, 29-35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 45-50, 82-93, 95-105, TO7$ 109, TAR 5, ANS Ahn) 164R 1s 173, 175, 177-188, 270-282, 316, 317, 319-3215 323=338, 308s S79, 381, 383, 385, 387-419, 456-489, 491--493, 495-497 ChLerojendrum, 164 Cocconets, 294, 431 Cocos, 49 CoeLomycetes, 15 Corx, 142 Colchicaceae, 347, 348 CoLchiceae, 346-349 CoLchicoideae, 346-349 Colchicum, 347 CoLkmeria, 33 Cokketotrichum, 181 CoLubrina, 92 Combnetaceae, 70 Commekina, 217 Compositae, 61, 125, 146, 212, 225. 299," 310 Conopharyngia, 334 ConvokLvukuds, 217 Conalkinaceae, 1? 506 Conethrogyne, 299 Cononilla, 222 Cotuka, 246, 248 Crataegus, 214, 218 Cayptonemiales, 11 Cryptopornus, 14 Cucurbita, 133-138 Cucurbitaceae, 149 Cuscuta, 97, 217 Cyabnophyceae, 431 Cyanophyceae, 288, 428, 429, 431, 432 Cyanophyta, 287-289, 291, 296 Cyckonema, 103, 401, 402, 479 Cyckotella, 293, 430, 432 Cynodon, 436, 440 Cyperaceae, 84, 212, 236, 238, 239 Cyperus, 97, 218 Cypripedium, 216, 218 Cyrtosperuma, 84 Dacryonema, 14 Dalea, 119, 123, 125 Daphnopsis, 361-366 Dasylirion, 118 Datura, 22, 204-207 Delesseriaceae, 13, 14 Deknontea, 314, 315 Denticula, 294 Derris, 83, 84 Deschampsia, 453-455 Desmanthus, 218 Desmanestia, 10 Desmodium, 123 Dianthera, 217 Diarnnhena, 218 Diatoma, 294 Dichanthelia, 252 DichantheLium, 251-253, 261-269 DicotylLedoneae, | Dictyoneuropsis, 13 Dictyota, 13 Dieterkea, 149 Dimeregnama, 294 Diosconeales, 348 Dipidax, 347 Diploneis, 294, 431 Dipsacus, 222 Diptera, 15 Dinichketia, 280, 281 Dissanthelium, 246, 248 PRY TT COCLSOC@7IVA Douglassia, 98 Dayopterris, 217-219 Dutra, 205 Dyssodia, 217 Eccrinales, 14 Echinochloa, 252 Echinodonus, 218 Ectocanpus, 287, 296 Ehretia, 336 Elaeagnus, 222 ELLiopsoidiom, 430 ELlLipsoidiom, 432 Eleocharis, 218 Empselium, 19 Endogone, 14 Enteromonpha, 286, 296, 425-427 Enteropogon, 19, 20 Entonrnhiza, 14 Epithemia, 285 Equisetophyta, 212-215, 219, 223, 224 Erxagnosteae, 15 Enxnemastrum, 299 Erxrigeron, 120, 299 Eniogonum, 124 Enythrina, 83, 95 Enythrodermis, 20 Enythroxylaceae, 150, 153 Enythnoxylum, 6, 150-157 Espetetia, 54, 55, 61 Espeletiinae, 51, 61 Euckerodendron, 88, 385, 417 Euckerodendruwm, 407 Eugenia, 126-130, 139-141, 356- 360 Euglena, 296 EugLenophyta, 287, 289, 291, 296 Euomymus, 222 Eupanicum, 251 Eupatonrieae, 77 Euphorbia, 218 Euphorbiaceae, | Euthamia, 125 Fabaceae, 122, 125 Fabina, 232 . Festeuca, 242 Festuca, 231, 234, 236-241, 243- 249 Ficus, 83 Filinia, 426 Fischenella, 429 1987 Flavopunctelia, 189-192, 201 FLonideophyceae, 11 Fragilaria, 294, 431 Fritivlania, 347 Frutex, 34, 180, 183 Fucages, 501 Fucus, 12 Gagea, 348 Gakatella, 2:9 Gakinsoga, 120 Gakium, 217, 218 Garcinia, 353 Gastenosteus, 14 Geniostoma, 101 Gentiana, 218, 241 Gentianelka, 246. 248 Gentlea, 63, 65-67 Geranium, 244 Genarndia, 217, 218 Ghuraenda, 31 Gigantonockea, 314 Gigantopteridaceae, 311, 313, 315 Gigantopteridium, 315 Gigantopteris, 311-313, 315 Gigartinaceae, 10 Gigartinales, 11 Gikia, 124 Gikkenia, 218 Ghososiphonia, 11 GhLososiphoniaceae, 11 GLoniosa, 346-348 GhLoniosae, 346 GLossocanya, 105 Gmekina, 105 Go, 282 Gomphonema, 294, 431 Gomphosphaerta, 285 Goniotrichum, 287 Goniotricium, 296 Goodentaceae, 168 Gramineae, 16, 269, 453-455 Gnammatophona, 294 Gnaphandisia, 62, 63, 65, 66, 68 Gnaphephorum, 454 ‘ Gnatioka, 218 Guettanda, 84, 180 Guttiferae, 353 Gynosigma, 294 Habenaria, 216, 218, 219 Haemodonales, 348 Halosacctocokax, 11 Index Hantzschia, 294 HapLopappus, 121, 125 Hedychium, 142 HeLenium, 217 Hekiantheae, 5, 7, 367 Heliastriwm, 299 Hekicodendron, 14 Heliopsis, 120 HeLoniadeae, 348 HeLonieae, 346, 347 HeLoniops4s, 347 Hepaticae, 15, 447 Herzackewn, 219 Hetenothrix, 296 Hibiscus, 48, 83, 84, 280 Hildebrandia, 20 Hollenbergia, 20 Hokmskioldia, 20 Hydnrastis, 216, 218 Hydtodictyon, 429 Hypochoerts, 241, 243, 245 Hypophyllun, 20 Hypotnachyna, 190 Hypoxidaceae. 348 Ibanaea, 62, 68 Icaconea, 62, 64-68 Iphigenia, 347 Iphigenteae, 347-349 Ipomoea, 83, 84 Inidaceae, 348 Inidaea, 10, 11, 20 Isachneae, 422 Jacquinia, 161-163 Jasmini, 30, 31 Jasminum, 30, 31, 33, 93, 100, 101 Juncus, 218 Juniperus, 2, 118 Jussiaea, 217 Justicia, 217 Koekeria, 218 Kneysigia, 346, 347 Lagerstroemia, 105 Laingia, 20 Lamiaceae, 123 Laminaria, 11, 12 Laminanriales, 12 Leathesia, 10 Lechea, 217 Leguminosae, 1, 212 Lejeuneaceae, 447 508 PHY T.0 ly QeGhih A Vol. 61, No. Lens, 440 Lepidophyllum, 232 Leptochoa, 211 LeptoLoma, 252 Leptosphaeria, 20 Leucefene, 119, 120 LeucolLejeunea, 445, 446 Lewisia, 15-17 Liabeae, 421 Libanothamnus, 51-53 Lichen, 197 Liemophona, 294 Ligustrum, 105, 222 Likiaceae, 123, 346-350 Likiakes, 347, 348, 350 Likiiflorae, 350 Likiineae, 346 Likioideae, 347, 349 Likiopsida, 212-215, 219 Likium, 347 Lipanis, 16 Liquidambanr, 217 Littonia, 346, 347 Lobelia, 218 Loganiaceae, 101 Lonicerna, 142, 214, 217, 222 LophoLejeunea, 447 Ludwigia, 218 Lupinus, 123 Luzuka, 14, 239, 242, 244 Lycopodiophyta, 212-215, 219, 223, 224 Lycopodium, 217, 219, 227 Lygodium, 142 Lyngbya, 285, 296 Lysimachia, 218 Lythuumn, 222 Macananga, 337 Machaeranthera, 121, 143-146, 299 Mackura, 222 Macrobekium, 443 Macnrokline, 367 Maesa, 335 Magnolia, 69 Magnoliophyta, 212-216, 219, 220, 223-225 Magnoliopsida, 212-215, 219 Magnollophyta, 350 Mansilea, 211, 214, 215, 222, ces auleea cee Marurzang, 180 Mastogloia, 285, 294 Matekea, 360 Medeola, 346-349 Medeoleae, 346 Melanthiaceae, 347, 348 Melanthiales, 347, 348 Melanthioideae, 346-349 MeLanthium, 347 MelLastomataceae, 76 Melica, 218 MeLiola, 97, 181, 275 MeLosina, 293, 430, 432 Merendera, 347 Messerschmidia, 83 Micnocalyx, 405 MicrocolLeus, 429-432 Micropoma, 428 MikkLingtonia, 461 Mimoziganthus, 194 Minabihisb, 123, 124 Monactis, 5-7 Monocotyledoneae, 350 Monus, 222 Mougeotia, 296, 429, 430, 432 MuhLenbergia, 218, 240 Muscr, 428 Mutiseae, 117 Mycophyceae, 433 Mynriophyllum, 428 Mynnrhis, 500 Mundsdnaceae, 161 Myrtaceae. 127, 128, 140, 353 Myxophyceae, 429 Naias, 222 Nanthecieae, 347 Narthecium, 347 Navicula, 294, 431, 432 Nemaliales, 11 Neoboutania, 334 Neogneenella, 78 Nereocystis, 12 Neurolejeunea, 447 Nicotiana,’ 18 Nienburgia, 20 Ntin, 30, 31 Niin-notsjriik, 30 NAA BN o 9G Nin-notsiit, 31 Nin-notsjit, 32 NitophylLlum, 20 1987 Nitzschia, 287, 294, 295, 432 Nocandia, 97 Nostoc, 429, 431 Nothocestrwm, 343-345 Oenotheris, 247 Oerstedianthus, 62 OLea, 334, 335 OLearia, 299 OLigocymosa, 401 OLigospermium, 443 OLiveria, 429 OkLpidiopsis, 14, 20 Omphalanthus, 445-447 OmphalLophyllum, 13 Oocystis, 432 Ophionectria, 97 Opuntia, 118 Onchidaceae, 348 Onerthales, 242, 248 Onyzopsis, 16 Oscikkatonria, 285, 296, 429-432 Otatea, 118 Guxeda, 315 32, 99.) 101.,,.103 Paederia, 142 Paepakanthus, 444 Pakmaria, 11, 20 Panax, 215, 216 Pandanus, 83 Paniceae, 422 Paniculata, 185, 406, 407, 417 Panicum, 214, 218, 251-269 Panalia, 297 Panamecium, 425 Parideae, 346, 348 Parts, 349 Panmelia, 190, 191, 194-200 Panmeliaceae, 189, 191, 193, Le bode 199, 201, 203 PanmelLina, 189, 190 Panmotrnema, 190 Paspalidium, 252 Paspalum, 48, 218 Paulownia, 324 Paurochaetium, 251 Pavetta, 165, 168 Pedetes, 426 Pedicuklanis, 218 Pennales, 293, 430 Peragu, 183 Periclymeni, 30, 33 Pericome, 121 Index 509 Peromyscus, 14 Peryckiment, 31 Petasites, 16, 98, 180, 184, 186 Petnophytum, 124 Petnrosavieae, 348 Peynrischia, 453 Peynritschia, 453-455 Phacus, 296 Phaeophyceaé, 12. 13 Phaeophyta, 11, 287. 288, 291, 296 Pharumacium, 93 Phanmacum, 32 PhiLodendron, 441-443 Phkox, 218 Phoenix, 69, 82 Phonmidium, 431, 432 Phragmites, 218 Phycodrys, 20 Physalodspona, 181 Pinnakola, 98, 169, 183, 184 Pinnulanria, 295, 431, 432 Pinophyta, 212-215, 219, 220, 223, 224 Panus, 216. 22350297 Planta, 180 Plantago, 236, 238, 241, 243, 245 Platygloea, 14 PkLatythamnion, 13, 20 PLectonema, 285 PLaenosponium, 12, 20 PLeurosigma, 295 Poas 165 124.):218 57:23) 6 5284 5n236- 240, 242-244, 246, 247, 249 Poaceae. 15, 12417125 25T 269 Podocanpus, 196, 198, 334, 335, Sisy/ Poecikocerus, 97 Pogotrichaceae, 13 Poicrillopsis, 360 Polanisia, 122 Pokemoniaceae, 124 PoLemontum, 18 Polikepis, 196 Polygonaceae, 124 Polygonum, 214, 218 Poluneuropsis, 14, 20 PoLypodiophyta, 212-216, 219, 220), 9229), 1224 PoLypodium, 217 510 PH Ye T OF GPG A PoLyponaceae, 14 Pokysiphonia, 287, 296 Pongamia, 83 Pooideae, 453-455 Populus, 222 Poaphynra, 10-12, 18, 20 Portulaca, 341 Pontulacaceae, 17, 124 Potamogeton, 218, 222 PotentiLkla, 125 Premna, 83, 336, 405, 478 Primulaceae, 161 Prosopis, 194, 195, 197 Protosiphon, 429 Paunus, 214 Pseudocymopterus, 119 Pseudoparmelia, 189, 191 Psckactis, 143, 144, 146 Psychotria, 336 Pteridiwn, 217, 334 Pterosiphonia, 20 Ptilothamniopsis, 10 Ptychantoideae, 446 Pucana, 6 Punctelia, 189-203 Pycnophylkum, 244, 248 Quercus, 118, 214, 225 Radamaea, 378, 476 Ranunculaceae, 124 Ranunculus, 124, 127, 218 Raphanus, 439 Rauhia, 6 Relicina, 187 Rhaphidonema, 11, 20 Rheedia, 353 Rhicosphenia, 432 Rhizophona, 82 Rhizophonraceae, 70 Rhodochonton, 287, 289, 296 Rhodoglossum, 10, 20 Rhodophyceae, 11, 13 Rhodophycophyta, 12 — Rhodophyta, 10-14, 287-289, 291, 296 Rhodymenia, 11 Rhoicosphenia, 295 Rhopalodia, 432 Riccia, 339-342 Ricckaceae, 342 Riccieklka, 34] Riessia, 14 Ropalodia, 295 Rosa, 214, 222 Rosaceae, 124, 125, 212 Rotrfera, 426 Rubiaceae, 105, 142, 180, 281, 486 Rubus, 15, 214 Rudbeckia, 367-371 Ruilopezia, 53-58, 61 Sacctokepis, 252 Salingi 15, (20, 214, Zag Salvia, 123 Sandersonia, 346, 347 Santhophyta, 296 Sapnokegnia, 14 Sargassum, 11 Sannaceniaceae, 16 Saxifraga, 16 Saxifragaceae, 270 Scaevolka, 83, 84 Seagelia, 20 Scagelonema, 20 Scenedesmus, 501 Seeptroners, 295 Schinus, 201 Schizothrix, 288, 296 SchoenobiblLus, 361 Seinpus. 240 Seleria, 218 Sekenotiniaceae, 15 Scokiopeae, 346 Scoliopus, 349 Scrophulaniaceae, 125, 378 Seutia, 200 Sebastiania, 200, 201 Senectoneae, 421 Senna, 82 Sericocarnpus, 299 Sericostoma, 82 Senrount, 31 Setanria, 251, 252 Sibana, 217 Sikene, 217 Specukanria, 217 Smythea, 92 Solanaceae, 206, 343, 458 Sokidago, 119, 121, 122, 125, 214 Sonchus, 222 Sonneratiaceae, 70 Spathodea, 466 Vol. 61, No. 7 1987 Sphacelania, 20 Spinaea, 125 Spinanthes, 218 Spinogyna, 287, 296, 429, 430, 432 Sporobolus, 15, 97, 218 Spraguea, 16 Squamata, 385 StellLanria, 217 Stephanodiscus, 293, 430, 432 Sterculia, 391, 393 Steriatella, 295 Stevia, 79 Stictolejeunea, 447 Stipe, Ib, 218, 231, 241-247, 249 Stneptopogon, 297, 372 Strophanthus, 83 Surierella, 295 Surinella, 432 Swertia, 94, 95 Synedna, 295, 432 Syzygium, 335, 337 Szezawinskia, 15, 20, 21 Tacca, 328 Taccaceae, 328 Taeniekla, 21 Tagetes, 122 Takinum, 124 Tamarix, 82 Taxodiaceae, 18 Taxodium, 223 Tecoma, 6 Tecophilaeaceae, 348 Tex, 282 Teuminalia, 83 Tenpsinob, 287, 289, 293 Tetnranychus, 97 Tetrastigma, 92 Teucrium, 218 TheLypteris, 216, 218, 219 Theophrastaceae, 161, 162 Thrombium, 15 Thymelaeaceae, 361, 365, 366 Tittius, 180 Tofiekdeae, 349 Tofieldia, 347 Tofieleae, 346 Tokidadendnron, 21 Tokidaea, 21 Tonneya, 12. 21 Index 511 Tnadescantia, 216, 218 Trematodon, 372 Tribonema, 287, 296 Triceratum, 293 Trichomycetes, 14 Tricyrtideae, 346, 348, 349 Trifolium, 246, 247 Trilliaceae, 349 Tritium, 16, 21, 349 Traipolium, 294 Tripsacum, 218 Trisetum, 453--455 Tnayblidium, 97 Tubiflonrae, 91 Tulipa, 347 Tulipeae, 346-349 Turnena, 158 Turneraceae, 158-160 ULmus, 222 ULothrix, 285 ULva, 10, 21, 373-376 Urginea, 435 Ustikago, 14 Uvularia, 346-348 Uvulanriaceae, 347-349 Uvulanieae, 346, 348, 349 Vakdensinia, 15 Vaucheria, 429-432 Ventilago, 92 Vernatneae, 346-348, 350 Veratrum, 347, 348 Verbena, 218, 284, 444 Verbenaceae, 22, 82, 91, 164, 186, 316, 326, 456, 467, 473 Verbesina, 217 Vernonieae, 421 Viburnum, 169, 336 Vioka, 214 Vitex, 48, 83, 97 Vitis, 218 VoLcameria, 34 VoLhameria, 32 VoLkamena, 480 VoLkameria, 21-34, 97-101, 105, 115, 166, 168, 180, 1863272), 276-278, 282, 324-327, 329, 330, 338, 378, 379, 391-394, 479, 480, 482-486 Vokvocaktes, 11 Wakkeria, 348 Werneria, 242, 244, 246, 248 512 PH Y T 0) b-O¢@dta Vol. 61, No. 7 Wittrockiekla, 13 Zigadenus, 347 Wuwrumbaeotideae, 346, 347, 349 Zinovaea, 21 Wurmbea, 347 Zizyphus, 69 Xanthopaumelia, 189 Zostera, 16, 17 Xanthophyceae, 429-432 Zucha, 137 Xanthophyta, 287, 288, 291 Zunihia, 62-64, 66 Xenophyllum, 347 Zygnematales, 433 Xenospinaea, 125 Zeiklernopterts, 311, 313-315 Publication dates Volume 60, Number Volume 61, Number Volume 61, Number Volume 61, Number Volume 61, Number Volume 61, Number Volume 61, Number -- September 10, 1986 -- September 30, 1986 -- October 20, 1986 November 12, 1986 -- November 17, 1986 -- Deciember 2, 1986 -- December 24, 1986 AaAmnPwNMmM—ws ' ' “4 me ese y/o ey ae 59 sbesot if, ee iy i y fey aden? Peay; 1S i= 2% neaetink & eee J ag ye | \ tn~ee buh } pe eee : a 4 of Cn av orovecmmoor degeaaiee lotr eciees ne Ne Niemann SSRN ROO heeddbchthe heehee don aot NN AIY RO PA Sige ee NTO, ore URN ance y ee FURS eee ate Os a $A YO Cee OUCSSe EN ~ ra OPS EU SE STL wEee os man: A eer mn Lentiin-stcrpiapeapeomeremae one estes a